Home

Canon i-SENSYS MF8230Cn

1. 4 Specify the location to save the file the file name and the file format and then click Save For a CSV file specify the separators used in the file The Address Book data is exported to the specified location Changing Location to Save Address Book Data 1 Open the printer folder Displaying the Printer Folder 2 Right click your fax icon and click Printing preferences 186 676 Ou w Hardware and und Deion and Periburs add a dece Add 3 preter Sue wb s rey Print Sere er pwoqueriser Derice 8 s Primers and Fass 7 Canon ARES Seres Fe Medek Canen FESC Seren FAX F j j Category Primer Satus O decumeni r in quee NOTE Save the Address Book data in a folder such as the My Documents folder where you have write permission D If you want to create an Address Book click New or if you want to copy the existing Address Book to the specified folder click Copy hia sdis book enacts in the pscaled bolder Vf pou mari in mese an address book click Mass lf pou mni En cope the ecdctng address book bo thes cpescibed fodder click Copy me x aw The Address Book is created or copied NOTE If an Address Book already exists in the folder selected in step 4 the following message is displayed If you want to use the existing Address Book click Use as is and if you want to use the Address Book of the
2. Iristaled Pinter non Sexe FLLS Irzialed Prr er mcr Series PLLA Inetalied FacCarnon 9 Senes FA Cure Setryg P apecPoit lemage Printer 12 Select to print a test page 1 Select the check box to print a test page 23 14 2 Click Next his screen appears only when installing the printer driver and fax driver Wal nn ag az v Deep p m z el NIE Lun E PLL d 4 1 Pnnt Test Page Fu You can pent a test page to conden that the MF divas are installed amperdy Friel a test page wil Printer Caron S99 Series LIFRIH LT F Printer Canon S FRI LT PS v Pintar Canon S Series POLS v PrinberCanan Se Series POLE 13 Click Exit For USB Connection For Network Connection Li JEP E P Ej Copying of the MF driver files is Installation of the MF drivers is completa complete To finish the installation connect the panter ta your computer Chick Ext to exdt the wizard using a USB cable Le Next installation of MF Toolbox starts In any of the following cases MF Toolbox is not installed Proceed to step 17 f you are using Windows Server 2003 Server 2008 Server 2012 f you cleared the MF Toolbox check box in step 4 14 Click Next 24 14 Welcome to the Setup Wizard for MF Toolbox This Ward wil raal MF Toobar on your computer To continue cick Nea The screens for specifying a location in which the MF Toolbox is installed and po
3. Start Color key 61 676 Press to scan or copy documents in color In addition if you press this key when you start printing images from a USB memory device printouts are printed in color wy Start B amp W key Press to scan or copy documents in black and white In addition if you press this key when you start printing images from a USB memory device printouts are printed in black and white a key Press to switch the type of text that is entered Press to use tone dialing such as when receiving fax information services Receiving Fax Information Services r Numeric keys 0 9 keys Press to enter numbers and text Entering Text LINKS Using the Operation Panel 62 676 0ALJ 017 Shortcut Keys Shortcut keys located on the right side of the operation panel enable you to perform the operations with greater ease and efficiency By using the shortcut keys you can save scanned images to a computer or reduce the amount of paper you consume when you make copies a e e CC ODS SO C7 C8 9 HOw FJ Scan gt PC1 Scan gt PC2 key Using these keys is the easiest way to use the scan function First register settings for each key such as the computer where you want to save the scanned data or whether to scan the document as a color PDF or as a JPEG Then place the document and simply press Or sarc to start scanning The scanned document is stored in the compu
4. Filia Faaaqerze skye Argiloibas tarn Jequem PertrOMarggrmer t bribes Po Heu Cup GON mc Xnjsdege m Mae ed s Context Name 1 Context Name 2 Context Name 3 Enter up to 32 alphanumeric characters for the context name Up to three context names can be registered m Disabling SNMPv3 Clear the Use SNMPv3 check box Specify Printer Management Information Acquisition Settings With SNMP the printer management information such as printing protocols and printer ports can be monitored and obtained regularly from a computer on the network Fig bene h egy Cc onururik Hars onunty Hege Lii cus Mai e end MR Ancona Veresaun Sermo cani aige Veg ai Eaj la etrese Commagtiy bisiro fig in eratlin YE Ancona Verein Fee Um IHU Some Fab ke lhe Tenji Aad ke ioii i je idle al bee mee a me Finwe Ln gi page e ae SHUT d Falke har Mle yamani Init Arc rdindlium pat re CIE LARA L A ed Acquire Printer Management Information from Host Select the check box to enable monitoring of the printer management information of the machine via SNMP To disable monitoring of the printer management information clear the check box Click OK 391 676 8 9 Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON NOTE Disabling both SNMPv1 and SNMPv3 If both versions of SNMP are disabled some of the functions of the machine become unavailable such as obt
5. READ CAAE FULLY AND UNDERSTAHKD ALL OF THE RIGETS AMD RESTRICTIONS DESTREED H THE AGREEMERT BEFORE INSTALLING THE SDFMSISAE E DLICEIKIG THE BLITTCM RAIDIGAT HG POUR ACDEPTARCE A5 5TATED BELOW OR IMSTALLIHG THE SOFT eR OLI CREE TO BE ROUND Ev THE TERIS AMD CONDITIONS OF THES ADFIEEMENT IF YD DD BOT AGREE TO THE FOULING TERME ARD COMI TORS DF TRIG SGHEEHENT DO MET USE THE SOF TWSAE MD RERUND LL BE MADE BELAL SE THE SOF TIRE az PAOVIDED TD YELI AT MD CHARGE Ji pou accepi ee agresment chock res T pou cick Ba he iecit ion of dae biwa valle canceled ve e D Check the information displayed for the wireless router Write down the necessary information If you do not know what information is necessary write down all the information that is displayed Bowl informosiee ny boul the sorea poni deena han pour compe To connect Kee pinih bo pour scosss pod enber de scosss posi nane 554 D and He nek bes Pa EP bey or daphne eabchy sa dhe below when segue dalag Ie ponderis aia LAH vretup process The selup procazt Pus saa bie prinia ech Foe akion annisa miu bo ha help Fm for tha mup miian a tha inzhructhionz n Wires LAH 5 ntiing NOTE If wireless routers are not found Click Refresh If nothing happens check that the settings are correctly configured on the computer and the wireless router LINKS Connecting to a Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only Setting Up Connection by Selecting a Wireless Router
6. Information about the e mail server including the SMTP server name port numbers whether authentication is required and the user name and password for authentication NOTE For more information about the e mail server settings contact your Internet service provider or Network Administrator v Make sure that the computer meets the following system requirements for the Send Function Setting Tool Operating system Windows XP Vista 7 8 Server 2003 Server 2008 Server 2012 Web browser Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 0 or later Display SVGA monitor with at least 800 x 600 pixel screen resolution that supports at least 256 colors NOTE Also make sure that Use HTTP and Remote UI On Off gt are set to On Disabling HTTP Communication Disabling Remote UI v Set the machine configuration 2 Configuring Basic E mail Settings ty 4 pP i G You can also configure detailed e mail settings such as authentication and encryption depending on your needs Configuring Advanced E mail Settings 358 676 Configuring Basic E mail Settings OALJ O8F The Send Function Setting Tool helps you configure the e mail settings With this tool you can also register e mail addresses to the Address Book NOTE More detailed settings can be specified by using the Remote UI instead of the Send Function Setting Tool Configuring Advanced E mail Settings The Send Function Setting Tool is helpful for use
7. Remove the toner cartridges Securely pack the machine in the original box with packing materials Other precautions Follow the instructions in the caution label attached to this machine Avoid shaking or applying shock to this machine Do not forcibly open and close doors covers and other parts Doing so may result in damage to the machine Do not touch the toner cartridge contacts Doing so may result in damage to the machine ET To prevent a paper jam do not turn OFF the power open close the operation panel area or covers and load unload the paper when printing Use a telephone cable with a length of 3 m or less 14 676 0ALJ 004 Maintenance and Inspections Clean this machine periodically If dust accumulates the machine may not operate properly When cleaning be sure to observe the following If a problem occurs during operation see Troubleshooting If the problem cannot be resolved or you feel the machine requires an inspection see When a Problem Cannot Be Solved AN WARNING Before cleaning turn OFF the power and unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet Failure to do so may result in a fire or electrical shock Unplug the power plug periodically and clean with a dry cloth to remove dust and grime Accumulated dust may absorb humidity in the air and may result in a fire if it comes into contact with electricity Use a damp well wrung out cloth to clean the mach
8. time you send faxes Fax Settings fj TX Function Settings fj Change Default Settings fj Select the setting p Change the default value of the selected item Apply Change Default Settings Resolution 200 x 100 dpi Mor 2 Sided Original Off d Sharpness 0 Settings Select the item you want to set and change the default value LINKS Sending Faxes Various Fax Settings OFax Settings MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only 153 676 0ALJ 03J Receiving Faxes This section describes the methods for receiving faxes and how to set up the machine to receive faxes You need to complete some procedures for using fax functions before specifying the receiving settings Configuring Initial Settings for Fax Functions MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only NOTE The machine can print received fax documents on A4 or Letter size paper If received fax documents are printed on other paper sizes a portion of the page may not be printed or a page may be printed on two separate sheets of paper ll Methods for Receiving Faxes The machine provides the following receiving methods Select the method that best suits your needs and then set it up by following the procedures in Setting Up the Machine to Receive Faxes Dedicated to receiving faxes The machine receives faxes automatically Even if someone makes a call to you you cannot talk to the caller Fax Tel Auto
9. E lt Text Photo Map gt Ea Suitable when copying documents that contain both text and photos or documents that include detailed lines such as maps You can also select whether to give priority to copy speed or image quality Text Photo Map Speed Priority is given to speed over image quality This setting is effective only when selected for color copying Text Photo Map Quality gt This setting gives priority to image quality over speed You can also adjust the level of priority given to the quality of the text or photos Use J gt to adjust the setting and press Apply Adjust Level Text Priority D Photo Priority M Printed Image Suitable when copying documents that contain printed photos such as magazines or pamphlets 9 lt Text gt Suitable when copying documents that only contain text LINKS Basic Copy Operations 116 676 0ALJ 02F Adjusting Density You can adjust the density of the copy if the text or images in a document are too light or dark You can also adjust the background to remove the background color when document pages are lightly colored or yellowing NOTE Adjust both the density and background when copying a document printed on thin paper such as a newspaper so that the text and images on the opposite side of the page are not visible in the copy m Density Bf Adjust the density Apply a lt gt Decreases the densit
10. Q Select the paper source fj On p 529 676 Multi Purpose Tray Rough Paper Settings 4 When printing on rough paper especially when color images are printed too light select On You can specify the settings separately for each paper source Multi Purpose Tray Off On Drawer 1 Off On Drawer 2 Off t On Adjustment Maintenance Special Processing p Special Paper Processing b Rough Paper Settings 3 Select the paper source On p b Wtirgose Tray off Envelope Cling Prevention E4 If envelope flaps cling to the envelope bodies when printing select lt On gt Offt On lt Adjustment Maintenance gt fj Special Processing fj Special Paper Processing Envelope Cling Prevention p On p Envelope Cling Prevention Envelope Switch F4 Adjust this setting if envelope printouts are light or envelopes do not feed smoothly Envelope 1 Envelope 2 530 676 Adjustment Maintenance ES Special Processing p 3 Special Paper Processing 3 Envelope Switch Select Envelope 1 or Envelope 2 3 Envelope Switch Envelope 1 Prints on envelopes with normal fixing power 3 Envelope 2 Prints on envelopes with fixing power stronger than Envelope 1 Special Mode P EJ If the printed paper curls select lt On gt Offt
11. To make it easier to specify destinations by using other methods such as the Address Book see Specifying Destinations E mail Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only E Mail Address Max 120 Char Specify from LDAP Server Specify from Coded Dial A a 12 Apply Specify multiple destinations including Cc Bcc destinations as necessary s First select from To Cc or Bcc as a destination type and press ff and then specify destinations Use the Address Book or an LDAP server for To destinations To specify destinations for Cc and Bcc you need to use the Address Book 6 Specify the scanning settings as necessary Use A W to select the settings Specifying Detailed Settings Send Press Start Humber of Destinations 1 Ta jahn example con Original Orientation Portra Original Type Text Photo 2 Sided Original Off Sharpness 0 Data Size Standard NOTE 288 676 You can select either PDF or PDF Compact gt as a file format The file name of a scanned document is automatically assigned based on the following format communication management number four digits sent date and time document number three digits pdf Example of file names If a one page document is converted into a PDF file and sent on October 17 2013 at 07 00 05 P M 0045 131017190005 001 pdf You cannot specify file names yourself Specify the subject body reply to
12. Wireless LAN Status and Latest Error Information can be viewed from Status Monitor Press Status Monitor Network Information Wireless LAN Information and select the setting to view LINKS Connecting to a Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only Setting IPv4 Address Setting IPv6 Addresses Configuring DNS 346 676 0ALJ 087 Configuring the Machine for Printing or Faxing from a Computer When using the machine as a network printer or a PC to fax machine you can configure the protocols and ports used for printing and create a print server for the machine Before configuring the machine for printing or faxing from a computer perform the basic setup procedures including the printer driver installation MF Driver Installation Guide LLIT a ba a i a LTTE Li NOTE Printing protocols are rules for delivering document data created on a computer to the machine and can be selected according to the printing purpose or the network environment amp Ports are gateways for passing document data from a computer to the printer Incorrect port settings are often the cause when documents cannot be printed from a network computer 347 676 0ALJ 088 Configuring Printing Protocols and WSD Functions Configure the protocols that are used for printing documents from a networked computer The protocols supported by the machine include LPD RAW and WSD Web Services on Devices NOTE
13. 1 Select lt Confirm Edit Destination gt and press B Send Press Start Humber af Destinations Z 4ATao jane janedexample com Specify from LDAP Server Specify from Coded Dial Previous Settings 2 Select a destination you want to delete and press 53 314 676 Confirm Edit Destination Te jane jane examnle cca 3 Press Clear Dest gt select Yes and press fj E Mail Address john example NOTE If you want to easily and quickly delete destinations without displaying a list of destinations Before selecting Confirm Edit Destination in step 1 you can press 4 lj to toggle the destinations you specified Display a destination you want to delete and press LINKS Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 315 676 0ALJ 069 Changing Default Settings The default settings are the settings that are displayed whenever you turn ON the machine or when you press If you change these default settings to match the operations that you perform frequently you can eliminate the need to configure the same settings every time you scan BUSB memory Scan Settings USB Memory Settings Change Default Settings p Select the setting Change the default value of the selected item Apply s Original Orientation Portra_ Original Type Text Phata 2 5ided Original Off
14. Easy Installation E i siak iba standard proorams reque to ese the deca sd Installs mesecterd programm Manuals apas manuas relied in eee of the deace WO a n a g NOTE If the above screen is not displayed see Displaying the CD ROM Setup or Select language Screen 3 Click Start for Manual Uninstaller 654 676 Stent Software Programs Ba programs ban ite COADA Circi S129 8o frei ig of ie pagam peu mat ka start Marea Urn ad o Thi mansai ifcilallas ts Eois siup ael ieee a Caran Ifa DP Vade Sou p ica Lir Meade p Caron iii EP Rides Satup sstzizntim a Eoi wire ananas seuls coim ia acckaz P nami and neklwort key required when seting sp 3 wireless LAH connec N San tend Penisan Salting Tost Canguas Ba selings Ier garding scanead oiginals omine dexcu Z Click Uninstall Uninstall Manuals mo manuak installed by this setup will b uninstalled SESS e Manual 21 0 MB Uninstall begins Wait a moment This process may take some time D Click Exit Uninstall Manuals Levies Eallation of Ene manuals es complete 6 Click Back Exit 655 676 Stent Sofware Programs Eas programme ban thea CD ROM Cic Sia go fria ri giri of mia pra gram esu merida siari Eis Varese rema lr a Th mansa inlaid fe Pis salip asl ta unircrlabas o mm B a La nan bf DP PATH iu adu A i Fart Visas Canon MERLEP Wireless
15. Fh Remate Uti Porta taal pa tarn Manage Help ie Hates prp irpo qub23 Pur Fiir ap Pad amp print Eana db und im ea Lx LEERD Mi 2313 E dT AN 3 Fate bir arra Faa ap Canet re ere or renhe Pacem Niger cock recor infrrreaticn Fa amore 3 Click Import Export Menu M Rk ee ae a E et yes wert Foch dg relance gt Pagar aing eine Sega Cono DH ee rl Tires aae gu Erg Frgkkalo Tera Visum aar Aega bug nao LA IL ET Li ofa Sateen Fia fen Seir Coren Seg Copp Tanaji Far Samiria z Enn Saige fea Us Print amiga Dene Yerro Nr IE Ll Ea Mrs Lid ipd e S aer d ETEL OTLET o Depart Sagres Fittewal Seisa Bist Gaara Commamcaeon anagem Turin zs camide mrega E npe apon bse eras mpra RISO ES PIII AULUS Priami Click Import za f ben report ns Ws jE s Paemugs Pooh OF Settingsfegistration Pitan LiErezTzokai cn 5 Pagar Saing Bape Veep nni eden x Tiree aie V am rtieny Saree Corman TES Cipp trea Fax Brus gt Scan Seeing blanor Ul Print Garing y E ee Saree bee Peet ear Egga ha Li LET Warna Bene Dan qeu cni meae aget fus cha gus b ruanas Far mig ne OD UTESHLESQO Lago Bnew to berit sport Pater un Fuss Garey Adve U ddarar a Thur ble TEHewns Dennen Sacre Specify the setting file to be imported and click Start Importing To specify the file to be imported click Browse and select th
16. Installation of MF Toolbox is complete Chee Exit to exit the wizard 12 When the following screen appears read the displayed information click Accept or Do Not Accept and then click Next 14 74 below related to your Canon product be sent via the Internet to Canon or in the case that you ane using a Canon 1 Information related to Canon laser printer scanner Fax Computer s O5 version language and display setting information Device driver and applicabon softwere usage logs 2 Information related to Canon laser printer Fax Printer s ID number instalation date and tme toner use information number of sheets printed and mainienance inforrmatinn If your Canon product ia shared far use collective information recorded in the shared preduct wil be sent In ths survey we wil nat send any other informaiton ndudng your personal information For this reason from the informaton that amp sent to us we ane unable to identify speafic customers ive are therefore unable to respond to requests fo dischane any sent information To accept the terms above select Accept and then cick Next to start installation of the program 21 Send information without confirmation once installation is complete O Geel If you select Accept The Product Extended Survey Program the program to investigate the state of usage will be installed The Product Extended Survey Program is the program to send the information
17. Remove the CD ROM once this screen appears 26 74 Exit CD ROM Selup lt L In the case of USB connection wait until your computer is restarted USB Cable Connection Only when Connecting with USB Le In the case of network connection check the installation results Checking the Installation Results For Windows 27 14 Installing the Software For Macintosh To connect with USB connect the USB cable after installing the software After completing the procedures described in this section proceed to the procedures in Registering the Printer and Fax For Macintosh The installation screen varies depending on the version of Mac OS X Be sure to close all applications that are running 1 Insert the User Software CD ROM into the slot on your computer 2 Double click the CD ROM icon and then double click the Canon MF Driver pkg icon Canon MF Driver pig Dacumierts 3 Click Continue 28 14 Introduction License i Destination Select Installation Type Installation B Summary 4 Welcome to the Canon MF Driver Installer With this installer you can install Canon MF Driver on your computer Read the License Agreement and click Continue r E Introduction License i Destination Select B Installation Type Installation B Summary ie i z la i y P ai 9 Click Agree Software License
18. Russian Turkish Greek Estonian Romanian Slovak Croatian Bulgarian Catalan Polish Latvian Lithuanian m gt Preferences p Display Settings Language Select a language E gt 485 676 Remote UI Language 2 E3 Select the display language used for the Remote UI screens Englisht French Spanish German Italian Dutch Finnish Portuguese Norwegian Swedish Danish Czech Hungarian Russian Turkish Polish Preferences p Display Settings Remote UI Language Select a language a gt 8 486 676 OALJ OAY Timer Settings Hm 1 All the settings about the timer are listed with short descriptions Default settings are marked with a dagger t Hetwork Settings Ji Preferences Common Settings Copy Settings Fax Setting NOTE Asterisks amp Settings marked with 1 cannot be imported or exported via the Remote UI Settings marked with 2 may be unavailable or have different defaults depending on the country or region of purchase amp Settings marked with 3 are only available for the MF8540Cdn MF8230Cn Date Time Settings Auto Reset Time Function After Auto Reset Auto Sleep Time Auto Offline Time Date Time Settings Specify date and time settings including the date format and the 12 or 24 hour clock display setting The date and time that are printed on each fax document report and list are
19. Select to configure the IP address settings by manually entering an IP address In order to select this option Auto Acquire must be set to Off Check Settings Select when you want to view the current IP address settings mg Automatically assigning an IP address 1 Select lt Auto Acquire gt lt Select Protocol gt 2 Select lt DHCP gt lt BOOTP gt or lt RARP gt and press Select Pratocol NOTE If you do not want to use DHCP BOOTP RARP to assign an IP address Select lt Off gt If you select lt DHCP gt lt BOOTP gt or lt RARP gt when these services are unavailable the machine will waste time and communications resources searching the network for these services 3 Check that lt Auto IP gt is set to lt On gt If lt Off gt is selected change the setting to lt On gt 339 676 4 Press lt Apply gt NOTE IP addresses assigned via DHCP BOOTP RARP override the address obtained via Auto IP m Manually entering an IP address 1 Check that lt Auto Acquire gt is set to lt Off gt Manually Acquire Check Settings If On is displayed select Auto Acquire gj and set both Select Protocol and Auto IP to Off 2 Select Manually Acquire and press f 3 Specify the IP address subnet mask and gateway address or default gateway Specify the settings in the following order IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Addres
20. ll Scanning from a Computer You can scan documents placed on the machine from a computer The scanned documents are saved to the computer You can scan using MF Toolbox included with the machine or with other applications such as an image processing or word processing application Scanning from a Computer 249 676 0ALJ 05U Preparing to Use the Machine as a Scanner Make sure that the machine and your computer are connected and all software is installed 2 Connecting to a Computer To connect via a wireless or wired LAN you must register this machine in MF Network Scan Utility Register by following the procedure below This procedure is not required if the machine and your computer are connected via USB IMPORTANT The scan function is not available if the machine and your computer are connected in an IPv6 environment Use IPv4 or a USB connection 1 Click amp in the system tray Customize Ini da Ws 2 Select the check box for the machine and click OK V yea Frond In mood earned data lo pour conscoller Hhrpugh ie nebiscrk Waa rara r option pana chick Ghee scenes rama check boc and ben cick Ok 1 T T ems Po uli ione MF Talis inia be malake on pour ciple Sarra Lot Hanes MAT wies Up to ten scanners on a network can be registered on a computer 250 676 0ALJ 05Y Scanning from the Machine The sequence of scanning a document and saving it to a computer can onl
21. regs Tiria Sai Lad ledin Sebrgs Ceres uma Capp trea gs A F Fay aoro MED tame Zon Soir biet Lia Pra garga Deme Seng Chg Egea ien a Coes Liae tp Capri z a ing Sele dpa eer Ihren E arearen i Conierasior iene liz parece iH aazeerEt Z Click Edit 379 676 fa enc IA EBMEERE AL m etri meh bire E p 26x s ler E Vua Pemi Foods l C S13 7 amp eningiforgismation Fintra 5aEngaRspkaiuza Hyran Wereg Erga Herai otingr IUB Zea Pagar aing Dipi Venise ono LR IE reg Tian aie Typen ere Ceres pg ep nigi Fax Samras z Eam Feiing bhweiiy Uns Prio gran Perens Serre RAE aol reqs D Specify the required settings and click OK ELTE p Bix I Veg diu Wee Pomin loch o Wig Fielwencee Zzr rgzHzgkiales Iyan Wesp 5adngz Metered Settings OMB Sediegs r Edi SMED Seding DIEM Clea Neonati rei True Tee hdbnciug aatia Tess B Change will e aces oe Pea main poat bc ead OFF and DH f medien Scien 3 Corman mg NetBIOS Name Enter up to 15 alphanumeric characters for the NetBIOS name of the machine Workgroup Name Enter up to 15 alphanumeric characters for the name of the workgroup that the machine belongs to IMPORTANT NetBIOS names or workgroup names that start with an asterisk cannot be registered to a WINS server 6 Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn
22. Fax Settings ES TX Function Settings lox gt ECM TX p ES B On p 53 a Set Pause Time 1 Ea For example when you make calls by dialing O pause telephone number O is dialed first and then a few seconds later the telephone number When sending faxes overseas you need to specify destinations by dialing international access code country code area code fax number but consecutive numbers that are input without pauses may not be recognized correctly In this case try adding a pause after the international access code or the fax number If the code or the number is still not recognized correctly change the duration of the pause For instructions on how to enter a pause see step 3 on Sending Faxes 1 to 4 to 15 sec 497 676 Fax Settings fj TX Function Settings fj Set Pause Time p Specify the duration of pause Apply gt Auto Redial 1 Specify settings for Auto Redial a function that automatically redials the fax number after several minutes if the first attempt fails because the line is busy You can specify how many times the machine redials and the interval between redials Off On Redial Times 1 to 2t to 10 times Redial Interval 2 to 99 min Redial When Error Occurs Off Ont Fax Settings fj TX Function Settings gt fj Auto Redial gt fj On j Specify the settings Appl
23. IPv4 Address Filter p Select Outbound Filter or Inbound Filter Select Off or On Restart the machine IPv6 Address Filter Ea Enable or disable settings for filtering packets sent to or received from devices with specified IPv6 addresses 2Specifying IP Addresses for Firewall Rules Outbound Filter Off t On Inbound Filter Off t On System Management Settings Security Settings IPv6 Address Filter b Select Outbound Filter or Inbound Filter Select Off or On Restart the machine 534 676 MAC Address Filter EJ Enable or disable settings for filtering packets sent to or received from devices with specified MAC addresses Specifying MAC Addresses for Firewall Rules Outbound Filter Off t On Inbound Filter Offt On System Management Settings Security Settings ff MAC Address Filter BB gt Select Outbound Filter or Inbound Filter fj Select Off or On p Restart the machine Communication Management Settings 1 Specify settings for sending or receiving faxes Fax Settings Specify the communication start speed settings and the R key settings TX Start Speed B Adjust the communication start speed This adjustment should be made when it takes a long time to start sending a fax due to a poor telephone line connection 33600 bpst 14400 bps 9600 bps 7200 bps 4800 b
24. If you try to access Network Settings or System Management Settings when only the System Manager ID is enabled the following logon screen is displayed scili LINKS O Setting Access Privileges Setting the Department ID Management 400 676 0ALJ 099 Setting the Department ID Management You can control access to the machine by using multiple IDs for multiple users or groups If a user tries to operate the machine when Department ID Management is enabled a logon screen is displayed and the user must enter their own Department ID and PIN to use the machine When Department ID Management is enabled usage of functions such as color copying and black and white scanning is recorded for each Department ID To configure Department ID Management register department IDs as necessary and then enable Department ID Management function Additional settings are required if you want to enable Department ID Management for operations from a computer such as printing and PC faxing Registering Editing Department ID and PIN Enabling the Department ID Management Setting the Department ID Management for Printing or Faxing from the Computer Blocking Jobs When Department ID Is Unknown Registering Editing Department ID and PIN Register a Department ID and set a PIN for it You can also disable functions such as black and white copying and color printing for each Department ID Up to 300 Department IDs can be registered 1
25. MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 4 on 1 1 Sided gt 2 Sided gt TAL Zz MF8580Cdw dei MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 2 on 1 1 Sided gt 1 Sided gt 4 on 1 1 Sided gt 1 Sided gt LINKS Basic Copy Operations 22 Sided Copying MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Copying Multiple Documents onto One Sheet 2 on 1 4 on 1 124 676 0ALJ 02S Copying Both Sides of an ID Card onto One Page You can use ID Card Copy to copy the front and back sides of a card onto the same side of a page This function is useful when copying a driver s license or ID card NOTE amp ID Card Copy is available with A4 Letter size paper or larger Copy Ratio is automatically set to 100906 amp ID Card Copy is not available when using Erase Frame Paper Save Copy lt 2 Sided gt or 2 on 1 gt lt 4 on 1 m Place the card MM Non 1 p ID Card Copy f Turn the card over ilHow to place the card L FE mm ci mm r d Turn over LINKS Basic Copy Operations 125 676 0ALJ 02U Erasing Dark Borders and Frame Lines Erase Frame When copying documents that are smaller than the output paper size frame lines may appear around the edges in the copied image When copying facing pages from thick book dark borders may appear Erase Frame enables you to erase these frame lines and dark borders NOTE amp The width
26. OALJ OER RX Result Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only You can check the logs of received fax documents by printing an RX Result Report The report can be printed either every time a transmission is completed or only when a receiving error occurs m Report Report Settings RX Result Report fj Select the print setting p RX Result Report Only When Error Occurs E off Select if you do not want to print RX Result Reports A On Select to print an RX Result Report every time you receive a document Only When Error Occurs gt Select to print an RX Result Report only when a receiving error occurs Example B3 DA 2013 B 27TAM FAL T1234XXXXXX Bosal SECTS ETEK etches ese EE Result Report st EELS PERE EE EB DIIIIITIJ Th followlne RA Job Ls complete doh Masher S008 dddroge 4586 Ce XXX Nnm Start Tima O2 02 O8 27 AM Call Length 00717 Sheets Result a Result OK indicates that the transmission was completed successfully while NG and three digits an error code indicates that the transmission failed When an Error Code Appears 610 676 OALJ OES Department ID Management Report When Department ID Management is enabled you can check the total volume of printouts for each Department ID by printing a Department ID Management Report By checking the printout totals you can better manage your paper and toner supplies Report
27. Press 5 Use A W to select lt Adjustment Maintenance gt and press 0 Select Correct Print Color Mismatch gt and press j K WN e Press 53 Adjustment starts Correct Print Color Mismatch Correcting print color lt F Jl nisaatch D Press to close the menu screen NOTE You can set the machine to perform this adjustment automatically after the power is turned ON 2 Auto Correction Settings 604 676 OALJ OEH Adjusting Values for Text Color Reproducibility in Color Documents If copy results of black or blackish text are not satisfactory you can improve the color reproducibility with this adjustment This adjustment value can be set independently in the feeder and platen glass NOTE The settings are applied to color copies when Original Type is set to lt Text Photo Map gt or Text Selecting Document Type 8 Adjustment Maintenance 53 Black Text Processing for Color ES amp Select Feeder or Platen Glass 53 Adjust the value Apply Black Text Processing Feede R Color Text Platen Glass R Black Text E Color Text gt Makes black or blackish text in a copy match more closely with the original i Set closer to Without the setting du Ten Original document Ex 3 Black Text Enhances the clarity of black text Without the setting hi WDR A A A Original document 605 676 OALJ OE
28. Remove the cap that covers the USB port on the back side of the machine Pull the string forward to remove the cap as shown below Connect the USB cable Connect the flat end a to the USB port on the computer Connect the square end b to the USB port on the machine If a dialog box is displayed Follow the on screen instructions and complete installation L In the case of Windows check the installation results Checking the Installation Results For Windows L In the case of Macintosh registering the machine is required Registering the Printer and Fax For Macintosh 32 14 Checking the Installation Results For Windows Check if the MF drivers MF Toolbox and e Manual are installed correctly Check if the following icons are displayed for the installed applications 4 NOTE About Icons That Are Displayed Icons for each driver may be displayed separately or only representative icon may be displayed depending on the operating system Printer driver Printers and Faxes Printers or Devices and Printers folder Canon MEDI Sarsez LIFRD LT Fax driver Printers and Faxes Printers or Devices and Printers folder imies FAX For network connection Scanners and Cameras or Scanners and Cameras Properties folder MF Toolbox Desktop PW Canon MF Toolbox 4 9 Desktop vlt uit Series e Manual 33 74 Scanner driver Registering the Printer and Fa
29. Specify the font to use by selecting a corresponding font ID number from O to 54 You can print the PCL font list with font samples from the operation panel PCL Font List MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Ot to 54 519 676 Printer Settings lt PCL gt p Font Number p Select the font number Apply Point Size Set the font size in points adjustable in 0 25 increments You can specify this setting only when a proportionally spaced scalable font is selected in Font Number 4 00 to 12 00 to 999 75 point Printer Settings p lt PCL gt p Point Size p Specify the point size Apply Pitch ba Set the font pitch or cpi characters per inch adjustable in 0 01 increments You can specify this setting only when a fixed pitch scalable font or a bitmap font is selected in Font Number 0 44 to 10 00 to 99 99 cpi m Printer Settings E lt PCL gt p E Pitch p Specify the pitch value Apply Form Lines Set the number of lines printed on one page from 5 to 128 This setting is automatically changed according to the settings specified in Default Paper Size and Orientation 5 to 64 to 128 lines p Printer Settings p E PCL p Form Lines Specify the number of lines Apply d Character Code Ea Select the character code that is most suited for the computer you send print data from The spec
30. The adjustment image is scanned and adjustment starts In approximately 1 to 2 minutes the adjustment is finished Step 2 Adjusting Copy Image Scanning Image for Adjustments 1 0 Press amp to close the menu screen 1 1 Open the feeder and remove the adjustment image 1 2 Gently close the feeder NOTE If the Correction failed message is displayed amp Did you load plain or recycled A4 or Letter size paper into the paper drawer amp Did you place the adjustment image with the print side face down with the black stripe toward the back side of the machine Has a paper jam occurred 2Clearing Jams amp Is the amount of toner required for correction sufficient Checking Toner Level amp Is the transfer belt inside the machine dirty GO Transfer Belt 603 676 OALJ OEF Correcting Print Color Mismatch Print color mismatch refers to a shift in the positions of colors that may occur when printing one image with multiple toner cartridges Print color mismatch can cause printouts to appear blurry If print color mismatch occurs perform the following procedure This adjustment is sometimes performed automatically such as when toner cartridges are replaced When color kw pom shifts occur When color shifts do not occur nam NOTE This adjustment is not available when Only Continue Black amp White Printing is selected on the screen displaying the message End of Toner Cart Lifetime
31. Troubleshooting for AirPrint You cannot print using AirPrint Make sure that the machine is turned ON If the machine is turned ON restart the machine and see if the problem is solved Make sure that the paper is loaded in the machine and the machine has enough toner Loading Paper Replacing Toner Cartridges Make sure that no error messages are displayed on the machine Make sure that Apple devices iPad iPhone iPod touch Macintosh and the machine are connected to the same wireless LAN If the machine is turned ON it may take several minutes before the machine is ready for wireless communication Make sure that Bonjour on Apple devices is enabled Make sure that the machine is configured to enable printing from a computer even when no department ID and password are entered Blocking Jobs When Department ID Is Unknown Changing AirPrint Settings You can 1 can register information including the name of the machine and installation location that is used for identifying the machine You also disable the AirPrint function of the machine Use the Remote UI to change these settings Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI NOTE Depending on your Web browser the procedure to start the Remote UI may be different See the instruction manuals for the Web browser you are using 2 Click Settings Registration If you are using a mobile device such as iPad iPhone or
32. Vis E Wa Fesin loch Od 5 SalingsFiegistratiss Sa bis Pagar baing Spine el Maama ar i da rera T aEngrHrckRilo heen broker Henge Koc Doping Manet STINGS Tires Sai gi TCP tanir f um rsieri Satire Cores Ferg gt Cipp magi Fin Satire gt Son Sobre Floor Upon Prin Sama leer Serr gs gt Capa Ceres meri Ea Boh Ul da ple tope E Sail sche sd pippi Tim rom LET Ped omm mi m Hil pega qn Curmmmcsguon Mang sere Seige cari bieg obw ap n bein Sarig irimemaln Click Edit S SS retri ranim P E die ee fmin loch Wig 5 Set ngsfiegistration Preferences ZzErgrHzskiiio Hyven Verp faking Herai Lobinge SUMP Sang Papae Bothe mI desi ensi anni DR e Tires acr qu Fein inge SHUP 4 bringa Cann Batting Use AP Ja Capp enaga namn y maree i Fam esie Uva Caramaniig hamas 1 Din an iing Cenan farsa pubi r Reber Liai Print aiga WD Accs Fania Rard Dah Perens Zeeg ranky Morne 3 D Specify SNMPv1 settings If you do not need to change SNMPv1 settings proceed to the next step i eor IENA Re or E di Wee fmin loch h 5 Settings Registration FrelarcE z Pagar Loin orandi aono C ds 3 er Tue kobrak Hg Trees amiga Changes sail ac aches oP Ca rais poan bn eed OFT and DR fection Sain Corta Hrga gt Cipa trea s Fan Bairi Son hing bissa Uode Print Samia Parer Sgt a da Sole papper Im pret i Pam azamegt E hekessk prega Bensi Fsiliougi Sed ormari Her 1
33. eumpuler e Bebeng Peery Lest Trnublezhiaabira a Pair do Fe eA E D Osm PL 15 Notice Office Locations E Canon Click to return to the top page Contents tab Search tab Click to toggle the display between the table of contents and search n Contents The titles of chapters are displayed 3 Place the mouse pointer over one of the titles and topics of the chapter are displayed on the right Click a topic and its page is displayed Contents d Important Satety Instructions Settling Up Ube Machine Going Green and Savir b TTE IT amp copying Easy on the environment JE NL ADR SUELEN ee n s nux UR om Laing Sending Fumes Canceling Sending Faxes Fair Fases Wano Fax Sating Ling the Machine as a Erin er Sending and Roecadiving Spachyving Destinations tor Fas according in Your Fms Purposes uu Lig the Machine n5 2 Sonner Changing Default Settings EA Nobeni Checking Status and Log for Sent and Beceived Documents o eon rib Z Sending Faxes from Your cy Limy Aerate LIT Camputer FC Fax nppears r x appears How bo Install the diwar software Hos bo connect the telephone lina Canrs send or receive faxes Cant print doqanents Cane connect Ene machine to a nebearioed cumgorar e i i How bn scan your documents 0 3 camgpeter NULLI re Erg c List 2 Traubicsiooting a Mainessa E Ar Ee A amp
34. 236 676 Prints images with small text or fine lines with a clear finish Press j Printing starts If you want to cancel printing press Cancel Yes fj 8 Disconnect the USB memory device from the USB memory port 1 Press 7 2 Press Status Monitor 3 Use A to select Device Status and press 753 4 Select Remove Memory Media and press 73 Wait until the message The memory media can be safely removed is displayed D Disconnect the USB memory device TIPS If you always want to print with the same settings Changing Default USB Print Settings LINKS Memory Media Print Settings 237 676 OALJ O5F Changing Default USB Print Settings The default settings are the settings that are displayed whenever you turn ON the machine or when you press If you change these default settings to match the operations that you perform frequently you can eliminate the need to specify the same settings every time you make prints Memory Media Print Settings fj Change Default Settings f Select the setting fl Change the default value of the selected item Apply Change Default Settings Print File Mame Off Original Type Photo Priority Brightness Halftene Error Diffusion E Settings Select the item you want to set and change the default value LINKS Printing from USB Memory USB Print Memory Media P
35. Apply To specify any additional destinations select Specify Next Destination New by using A W before repeating the same procedure Fax Humber Max 120 Digits To specify from the Address Book Specifying from Address Book Fax To specify from an LDAP server Specifying Destinations in an LDAP Server Fax 4 Specify the scanning settings as necessary Use AJ W to select the settings Various Fax Settings t Send Press Start Humber af Destinations 5 a 12 32 CCKC Density a0 a Original Off harpness 5 Press B amp W to start sending LINKS Sending Faxes Canceling Sending Faxes 2 Checking Status and Log for Sent and Received Documents 159 676 0ALJ 03S Storing Received Faxes into Memory Memory Reception KM You can store received faxes into memory without printing them as soon as you receive them The documents SU gt in memory can be printed at any time so you can delete unnecessary documents like direct mails before M they are printed and save paper This feature is also helpful when printing confidential documents you can SS B print them whenever it is convenient for you and prevent unauthorized persons from seeing them Storing Documents into Memory Printing Documents in Memory unintentionally 2 Checking Deleting Documents in Memory NOTE The documents in memory can be also forwarded to a destination Selecting a Document to Forward St
36. Approx 2 W When the power switch is turned OFF 0 5 W or less Warm up E 23 seconds or less Time 2 Weight 3 Approx 31 kg In the normal state 430 x 484 x 479 mm Dimensions When the optional Cassette Feeding Unit V1 is installed WxLxH 430 x 484 x 579 mm When the optional handset is installed 510 x 484 x 479 mm Environmental Temperature 10 to 30 C Conditions Humidity 20 to 80 RH no condensation Color s Full Color Compatibility Gradation 256 gradations Acceptable Documents Supported Document Types Acceptable Paper Stock Q Paper Printable Range Printable Area Scan Range Scan Area 1 The current value displayed on the rating label indicates average current consumption 2 Warm up time is an interval between when the machine is turned ON and when the main screen appears on the display Warm up time may vary depending on the use conditions and environment of the machine 3 The value indicates the mass of the main unit including toner cartridges I MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Type Personal Desktop Power 220 to 240 V 50 60 Hz Supply 1 Power requirements differ depending on the country in which you purchased the product Maximum 633 676 900 W or less Average consumption during standby mode Approx 20 W Power Average consumption during sleep mode Consumption Approx 1 W Average consumption during sleep mode by Wireless Connections Approx 2 W When the power switch is turned OFF 0 5 W or less Warm up
37. Bardy ie priri kana di Bariy im ean Faa dl and tr ere or renie Faces Addr Pook ji rez Ir rarr atis hia ern Click Security Settings Key and Certificate Settings for key pairs or CA Certificate Settings for CA certificates San Janine bigeery Uo Prinr Samia Pret Seer T THEY T TTTES T Chapel Sepa Seeley Carnes Lider Cain Deser fir f peor DiM Mpeg x Ut parra 1 M a aga regi Kat cf ETUDES LM Click the icon for the key pair or certificate that you want to verify a QP ep EEA mores a Toch g MEE heres RS Peman Pagar Laing ar i Sarge Loca Kew and choos tania relais ga Mig SSM DLE iege Aiea S aed Tired amissi Peon Sete Coren mg Bey arra Lam Fl rn Cipp trea s i Ey 35 Far eninge i Scan ting eR PS ol fe cert eee Certificate details can be viewed on this screen 5 Click Certificate Verification 451 676 SallingsRegistraliss Haate Spam Maraya Premrn Senge Repkioien Syne Visus aan irga SDecuey Setia Key and Coto Seega Caia c Paper Sabine Drak fied Weer Cope ee er I reas Terzo Sae feden VERS Cerca Detalle gt Dra mca Dring umm Ces Sing metal Heike Sig iol e Algae a hase Desirneden CaP STTORYO Daman inc OU ABCONF Degaasrd CREEN a y Maia Print Sante Vaibifity Stat nde MOAN 5 Panier Smeg Mall n Dais MO 20x E LaL CaF STS TONY Qaem uc QUANDI Departed C EDO Ea gnis i plage cana Publi Key ASA II me E
38. Click Show Printer Webpage JI U Ne Log on to the Remote UI in System Manager Mode To check the machine status or supplies you can also log on in End User Mode 247 676 Cope RAST dac Sr A Buone l ieaaracd lI Trademarks Apple Bonjour iPad iPhone iPod touch Macintosh Mac OS and OS X are trademarks of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc 248 676 0ALJ 05S Using the Machine as a Scanner You can scan original documents by using the operation panel of the machine or an application on a computer Whichever way you use the scanned documents are converted into electronic file formats such as PDFs Use the scan function to convert large volume paper documents into files so that you can organize them easily NOTE To use this machine as a scanner you must complete preparations in advance including installation of software to a computer Preparing to Use the Machine as a Scanner Depending on the operating system and the version of the scanner driver or applications you are using the screens in this manual may differ from your screens E Scanning from the Machine You can scan and save documents to your computer by using the operation panel of the machine You can also save documents to a USB memory device or send them as e mail attachments Scanning from the Machine Convenient Scanning with a Machine Based Operation
39. Color Haavy 1 86 119 g m Heavy 2 120 128 g m LINKS Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Slot Paper 87 676 0ALJ 01S Registering Default Paper Settings for the Manual Feed Slot You can register default paper settings for the manual feed slot Registering default settings can save yourself the effort of having to specify the settings each time you load the same paper into the manual feed slot NOTE After the default paper setting is registered the paper setting screen is not displayed when paper is loaded and the same setting is always used If you load a different paper size or type without changing the paper settings the machine may not print properly To avoid this problem disable the default setting by selecting Off in step 3 and then load the paper 1 Press Select Paper Settings s If the Select Paper screen shown below is displayed use A W to select Paper Settings and press R Select Paper Multi Purpose Tray EB a Ad Plain 2 El i AS Plain 2 Register Custom Paper 3 Select Set Details and press fj s If Set Details cannot be selected select On press j and then perform steps 1 and 2 again Register Default Settings mRegistering a custom paper size Ea 1 Select Custom and press fj I50 C5 Governments LTR Governnment LoL Brazil 0FICIO Mexico FICIO 2 Specify the length of the X shorter side 88 676 Select X and press
40. Date 5v genii ume Mamie Tithe Cesky Czech Dansk Danish Deutsch German Eesti Estonian English Espanol Spanish Francais French Italiano Italian Latviski Latvian Lietuviu Lithuanian Nederlands Dutch Fa Net January 13 2011 oru F Masavuki Hirmide Manager Toto za zen m e byt provozov no na zem AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Pozn mky t kaj c se pou it tohoto produktu Francie Tento produkt nelze pou vat mimo uzav en prostory Dette produkt m anvendes i AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Bem rkninger for anvendelse af dette produkt Frankrig Dette produkt kan ikke anvendes udendere Dieses Ger t darf in folgenden L ndern betrieben werden AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Hinweise zur Verwendung dieses Produkts Frankreich Dieses Produkt darf nicht im Freien verwendet werden Seda seadet v ib kasutada AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Teadaanne selle toote kasutamise kohta Prantsusmaa seda toodet saab kasutada vaid siseruumides This equipment may be operated in AT B
41. E Settings Select the item you want to set and change the default value B E mail b Scan Settings p TX Function Settings Change Default Settings p e E Mail p Select the setting Change the default value of the selected item Apply s File Format PDF Density 20 Original Orientation Portra Original Type Text Photo 2 Sided Original off d Sharpness 9 Data Size Standard Subject Message Entered E Settings Select the item you want to set and change the default value B Shared folder Scan Settings p TX Function Settings Change Default Settings Windows SMB p Select the setting p Change the default value of the selected item Apply 316 676 Original Orientation Portra Original Type Text Photo 2 Sided Original Off Sharpness i0 Data Size Standard E Settings Select the item you want to set and change the default value LINKS 2Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 2Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Specifying Detailed Settings Scan Settings 317 676 0ALJ 076 Checking Log for Sent Documents E mail Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only The logs for sent e mails or documents scanned to shared folders can be chec
42. MF8540Cdn Only Status of copy print send receive jobs Displays the current status of the selected item The Copy Print Job Status screen is shown below as an example 65 676 Copy Frint Job Status TT O2 15P4 Printing Lili TT U2 L6PM Waiting i Network Information Displays the network settings such as the IP address of the machine and status such as the condition of wireless LAN communications Hetwork Information TPv6 Wireless LAM Information IEEE B s 1X Error Information Viewing Network Settings When a Message Is Displayed Messages are displayed at the top of the screen in situations such as when paper runs out or the toner level is low The display alternates between showing the normal screen and the message F Copy Press Start 100 uu Original Type Text Photo Map Original Type Text Phatao Map 2 51ded Off 2 Sided Off Copy Ratio 100 1 1 i Copy Ratio 100 1 1 2When an Error Message Appears When an Error Occurs In some cases when an error occurs instructions on how to respond to the error are displayed Follow the on screen instructions to solve the problem The screen displayed when a paper jam occurs is shown below as an example f2When an Error Message Appears Renee original Tros fender LINKS Q Using the Operation Panel 66 676 0ALJ 019 Logging on to the Machine When Department ID Management is enabled you must log on before you can use
43. SMTP Server Address Enter up to 48 characters for the SMTP server name address E Mail Address Enter up to 120 characters for the e mail address that you want to use for the machine lSetting up POP before SMTP and encrypted communication with the POP server POP before SMTP authentication prevents unauthorized users from using e mail by performing user authentication on the POP server Communication with the POP server can be encrypted if it supports SSL rom i 5 Guia Eupori Seegi Druman Herua Seeing Tien iegareni Liew POF Rodhernticgsen Daas Tending mas harts Et hare Pared Uperkme t i hace ttn m heut argu Furi Senir Se FUF Terner Lorre Varagan Delgi From iden Carn Lies BEL bnpecvbspon aacra Cere binii Saey ia MN hdd CH to Vadica cn bera Un SPP Baten Che Mel Sen Lha E3J TP Atha cusica SMTP AUTH Use POP Authentication Before Sending To enable authentication on the POP3 server select the check box and enter up to 64 characters in the User Name text box Set Change Password To specify or change the password enter up to 32 characters in the Password text box POP Server Enter up to 48 characters for the POP3 server name address Use SSL Select the check box to use SSL for encrypting communication with the POP3 server Select the check box for Confirm Certificate or Add CN to Verification Items depending on your needs Use APOP Authentication Select the che
44. UTF 8 is the supported character encoding used when the text data is transmitted between the machine and an LDAP server 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Oy Remate Ul Paral Deska Baak Inloratiza iie Sinton Prima Mb Sant amp priri Eana dnd im ect Faa dp Pane tr are or ceive aem tr Iribrrrration ha erra Seara Paga Don Seer Shap ss cni o LR d reg iier brun Pro Samia Deer Serra Vh dieat Eege ead n ba yop Uinc pete Sabini Selb Naa El Tir rupem OE Pl mom nd CANN Manager Tues rra gode Sigs breue apen ed ne uou armen m 4 Click Register New Server 383 676 Bad tq pun E Hag raaj Aegean LOAP barii Selen isa ann Lp Tissus aeq ledin Soir Corren UTE Cipp trea gs Fax Zamira Zan iing bireqry Uus Pria Sage levet pm NOTE To edit registered server information Click a text link under Server Name for the edit screen To delete registered server information Click Delete on the right of the server name you want to delete click OK D Specify the required settings G TEETE m aos ee E h e Fanin Foch h am 3 LK BettingsRegistration Peman Papen iing Scene oer Conn i ide Bogis New LDAP Soren T Drange he kirki tigi Tires aie feden Stans Certa er Sarvs Phares Capi rea gs Fan Satire mata RIDERE Zn bing felt buses Prine sam Pere Str ga
45. gt Pagar Satire Police oleate LEE UE lp Teji Tissus omisi Teren Sere Cerena Ser Capp Tega Fin Satire gt Scan biiga Babati STE mai iina irita Degen Sacre 8 Specify the Selector Settings 436 676 Pax Satira 4 Enahp Por teni Soe Hamer Marks Print Sntiegn Seberier Sorting EE Farge Panth Denija z Local Adim ABI heiii Cadet 8 1 Lal lt Pl Addam Syam Managersqet tahir Wu Ajit Hye Wusasqereni Heron Abie hh beep Vus dI lacia pe Haii Gamisqi Dr E EDU fed e AiP hiirem Wa ihi Acad m Security Sorge All We Akira LiMo pla ann Mn id apnd Pad Fland eck rei qa cinco reme Eres lana Damus beget T pest lido tnc erais aci ie 15 7 Mae did TEI TEDEH FREE Ee a ee EX pee LL CO Pai pier mu ee nd Tu en ipai ibing Per sanies Local Par Remo Fer IKE Settings Local Address Click the radio button for the type of IP address of the machine to apply the policy All IP Addresses Select to use IPSec for all IP packets IPv4 Address Select to use IPSec for all IP packets that are sent to or from the IPv4 address of the machine IPv6 Address Select to use IPSec for all IP packets that are sent to or from an IPv6 address of the machine Remote Address Click the radio button for the type of IP address of the other devices to apply the policy All IP Addresses Select to use IPSec for all IP packets All IPv4 Select to use IPSec for all IP packets that are sen
46. in 16 676 Store in the following environment to ensure safe and satisfactory use Storage temperature range 0 to 35 C Storage humidity range 35 to 85 RH relative humidity no condensation Store without opening until the toner cartridge is to be used When removing the toner cartridge from this machine for storage attach the protective cover for the drum and then place the removed toner cartridge into the original protective bag or wrap it with a thick cloth When storing the toner cartridge do not store it upright or upside down The toner will solidify and may not return to its original condition even if it is shaken Even within the storable humidity range water droplets condensation may develop inside the toner cartridge if there is a difference of temperature inside and outside the toner cartridge Condensation will adversely affect the print quality of toner cartridges Do not store the toner cartridge in the following locations Locations exposed to open flames Locations exposed to direct sunlight or bright light for five minutes or more Locations exposed to excessive salty air Locations where there are corrosive gases i e aerosol sprays and ammonia Locations subject to high temperature and high humidity Locations subject to dramatic changes in temperature and humidity where condensation may easily occur Locations with a large amount of dust Locations within the reach of children Be careful
47. 0ALJ 02X Configuring Copy Settings to Your Needs The default settings are the settings that are displayed whenever you turn ON the machine or when you press If you register your frequently used settings as default settings you can eliminate the need to configure the same settings every time you make copies In addition you can also register combinations of multiple copy settings and use them whenever you need them NOTE The machine comes pre configured with factory default settings CO Setting Menu List You can change and register the default settings according to your needs Change the copy ratio to 95 and register it as the default setting From now on you l ofter dogy ddeurmeme can make copies without changing the copy ratio 2 Changing Default Settings with pages full of information and always reduce the copy ratio to 95 Go to lt Favorite Settings gt and register the combination of lt 2 Sided gt and lt Collate gt TEA ere turned lt On gt You can then easily use this setting combination whenever you need it cop documents f our regular weekly gt Registering Frequently Used Copy Settings meetings and collate them into however many sets are required 128 676 0ALJ 02Y Changing Default Settings The default settings are the settings that are displayed whenever you turn ON the machine or when you press If you change these default settings to match the operations that y
48. 0ALJ 039 Specifying Destinations for Faxes You can specify destinations by selecting them from the Address Book as well as by using the numeric keys To use the Address Book you need to register destinations in the Address Book beforehand You can also specify previously used destinations If your office has an LDAP server installed you can also specify destinations in the server Specifying with Numeric Keys Specifying from Address Book Specifying Previously Used Fax Fax Destinations Fax Specifying Destinations in an LDAP Server Fax TIPS for Enhancing Security amp If you want to limit available destinations to ones from the Address Book ones in an LDAP server or previously specified ones Limiting Available Destinations amp If you want to disable specifying previously used destinations Disabling Use of Previously Used Destinations LINKS GO Sending Faxes QGRegistering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Registering LDAP Servers MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 142 676 0ALJ 03A Specifying with Numeric Keys Fax Use the numeric keys on the operation panel to specify destinations IMPORTANT When Restrict New Destinations is set to On you cannot use the numeric keys to specify destinations Limiting Available Destinations 1 Press H 2 Enter the destination using the numeric keys and press Apply
49. 3 Select Sound Volume Control and press j 4 Select a setting and press fj Setting Description Procedure lt Fax Tone gt Sound produced during a fax transmission On Sound is produced j Go to step 5 Off No sound is produced ER Ring Tone gt Sound produced when an incoming fax is received Go to step 6 lt TX Done O S d i d d G Tone Sound produced when fax sending is complete On Sound is produced B3 Go to step 5 Off No sound is produced ER is Dons Sound produced when fax receiving is complete Go to step 6 one gt Only When Error Occurs gt ES gt Go to step 5 lt Scanning Done Tone gt Sound produced when fax document scanning is complete Sound produced each time a key on the operation panel is Emu Tone gt pressed Sound produced when an invalid key operation is performed such as when you enter a number outside the valid setting range lt Invalid Entry Tone gt lt Restock Supplies Tone gt Sound produced when a toner cartridge is almost empty On Sound is produced or Off No sound is produced 3 Go to step 6 See Sound produced when a paper jam or other error occurs one gt lt Job Done Sound produced when an operation such as copying or Tone gt scanning is complete lt Energy Saver Alert gt Sound produced when the machine enters or exits sleep mode Only available for the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn M
50. 6 Select Search Method and press 53 313 676 Hane john Set Search Conditions Fax Number E Mail Address rganizakion Specify the search method and press 53 Using All Conditions Below Searches and displays the destinations that meet all the search criteria specified in steps 4 and 5 y Using Some Conditions Below All destinations meeting any of the search criteria specified in steps 4 and 5 are displayed as search results 8 Press lt Start Search gt Name john Fax Number E Mail Address Organization The destinations meeting your search criteria are displayed NOTE If the authentication screen appears when you press lt Start Search gt enter the user name of the machine and the password registered in the LDAP server and press Apply Registering LDAP Servers MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 9 Select a destination and press lt Apply gt Up to 10 destinations can be specified Search Results E Mail Jane jane exanple com To search for a destination using other search criteria repeat steps 2 to 9 NOTE If you have already specified a destination using the numeric keys up to nine destinations can be specified using an LDAP server You cannot specify the selected destinations as Cc or Bcc addresses BTo delete destinations E If you specified multiple destinations you can delete destinations as necessary
51. 74 How to Use the Online Help In the Online Help all the functions of the driver software and information about options are included If you want to know descriptions of the functions and settings immediately when using the driver software make use of the Online Help For Windows 1 Select File gt Print from the menu bar in the application 2 Select the printer in Select Printer or Name in the Print dialog box 3 Click Preferences or Properties 4 Click Help LIT Eis Saji Page eun Fahina Paper Source Quaity How to display the Help screen Click Contents in the Help screen and then double click the desired title to display the information i UPS E Prinrier Dever Help il Hda Back phan i Caner ars MALT M Basic Frising Procedure Basic Settings Tab Settings 1 Changing the Detaui Seting M Disclamar Click one of tha following inis te jemp bo the description M Tradamarks and Aborediations Profile Add fedi i qe l urdisma Cannas 8 Tae hoe Method Qg Hasic Sema Tas 2 Wha Yau Can Do Searching from Scaing 4 Reduced Size Layoel Contents B PanterPrinting 1 1 saded ami 2 sided Printing 1 Booi Pravin 2 5atiag Pe Fintahing bahti 4 Switching Betwaes Color and Page Srl Daip Sizu Copes Ces an Page Layout Page Crdarf Anu Soc nilimg 1 2dind 2 2 ded Book et Pristieg i r Sadie Sith Setting Binding Locamon euiar messing Coo Mees
52. A document cannot be printed by using the manual feed slot because the paper drawer is not set correctly Set the paper drawer correctly and push it in firmly To resume printing follow the procedure on the display and then press fj when the screen displays the message Is all of the jammed paper removed gt 557 676 Paper Size amp Settings Mismatch The paper size setting on the operation panel does not match the loaded paper size Match the paper size setting specified in Paper Settings and the size of the paper that is actually loaded To use the loaded paper Change the setting of Paper Settings to match the loaded paper size Specifying Paper Size and Type NOTE If printing from a computer check whether the paper size setting in the printer driver matches the loaded paper size To load paper without changing the settings Load the paper with the size that is set to Paper Settings 2Loading Paper Prepare the black toner cartridge Toner is running low Have a new toner cartridge ready About Replacement Toner Cartridges NOTE amp When copying or printing you can continue printing amp If the machine is receiving a fax or automatic report output is set received faxes and reports will be stored in the machine so that they do not appear faded after they are printed To continue printing even if the toner is running low set Continue Printing When Toner Is Low to On 2 Contin
53. CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Uwaga dotyczaca uzytkowania produktu Francja produktu nie nalezy uzywac na zewnatrz Este equipamento pode ser utilizado em AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Aviso referente ao uso deste produto Franga Este produto ndo pode ser usado em reas externas To opremo je dovoljeno uporabljati v AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Obvestilo glede uporabe tega izdelka Francija Tega izdelka ni mogoce uporabiti na odprtem Toto zariadenie m e byt pou van na zem AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Upozornenie k pouZivaniu tohto vyrobku Franc zsko Tento vyrobok sa nesmie pouZivat vonku To nap v npoiov unopsi va xpnoiponoinOsgi otnv AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK 2nysioor yia TH xorjon auTOU TOU npoi vroc l aAAia AUTO ro npoi v Sev unopei va xpnoiponoin8si oe EEWTEPIKOUG xopouc Den h r utrustningen kanske fungerar i AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Meddelande f r anvandnin
54. Cipp trees Fan Sar Zan Janine foie Relay Uva Ped ae WINS Resolution Select the check box to use WINS for name resolution When not using WINS clear the check box WINS Server Address Enter the IP address of the WINS server IMPORTANT If the IP address of the WINS server is obtained from a DHCP server the obtained IP address overrides the IP address entered in the WINS Server Address text box Scope ID If the network is divided into several groups with scope IDs identifiers for groups of devices in the network enter up to 63 alphanumeric characters for the scope ID Leave the text box blank if there is no scope ID set for your computer 6 Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON NOTE WINS settings can also be accessed from 4 WINS Settings LINKS Setting IPv4 Address 382 676 0ALJ 091 Registering LDAP Servers MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only If an LDAP server is implemented in the network you can search the server for fax numbers or e mail addresses and then specify them as destinations or register them in the Address Book You can register a maximum of five LDAP servers to the machine Register LDAP servers via the Remote UI NOTE amp LDAP servers that are supported by the machine are Windows Server 2003 Server 2008 Server 2012 Active Directory The machine communicates with LDAP servers using LDAPv3
55. Click the General tab Click Print Test Page to print a test page 666 676 VFESDUC Series UFAN LT Properties Generi Shamo Feta Juba Caos Management Secuty Deve Setbrga Profi TE Canon MEFESOUC Sara UFR LT i Caren MEL Seius LIERELT Festuies Colon fes Paper scndatie Doubia nca tan m Staple Fe Speed Z0 ppm Maca rra rr nieder LXX dps Fraferen cat Print Tert Paga ll Checking the Bit Architecture If you are not sure whether your computer is running 32 bit or 64 bit Windows Vista 7 8 Server 2008 Server 2012 follow the procedure below 1 Display Control Panel Windows Vista 7 Server 2008 Start select Control Panel Windows 8 Server 2012 Right click the lower left corner of the screen select Control Panel 2 Display System Windows Vista 7 8 Server 2008 R2 Server 2012 Click System and Maintenance or System and Security System Windows Server 2008 Click System 3 Check the bit architecture For 32 bit versions 32 bit Operating System is displayed For 64 bit versions 64 bit Operating System is displayed Q k Contol Panel 7 Syrte and Secunty ipe by l Dosing Panel Home View basic information about your commune E Device Manager Win danni get b Rarcis arti Hy Siam przinchizn Vin deser 7 Ultimate Capynght E ARE Mizscazft Corporation All nigris manens Hy Acdenreed crier piire Sere Fuck x Voss Wibren Expenence Indes needs bo be eefeeshe
56. Coded Dial You can also register destinations in Favorites In this case click Favorites instead of Coded Dial C Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only rss Tigi eee iad Lii Humba Er 3 LIT Typs e o xy j NOTE You can edit a registered item by clicking the corresponding text link under Number Type or Name 472 676 You can delete a registered item by clicking the corresponding Delete button D Select Destination Type to Register and click OK Ce CAPIO IPRC UT el Rg Pu ane 6 Specify required settings and click OK j e pA y Bram ach m xL EM a Firre aad n 1 Pies D z 1 Fax adhem Brek Coded Dial Regii Meer Dozing on Register How esin Fu m Coded Del TEH bps 5 ligo Boe aet CEMOH RG UTI A AT Papae LINKS Remote UI Screens 2Saving Loading Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Address Book List MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 473 676 OALJ OAU Setting Menu List There are various settings in this machine You can adjust each of the settings in detail Access these settings by pressing amp TIPS You can print the setting menu in list form to check the current settings User Data List System Manager Data List 474 676 OALJ OAW Network Settings Mm 1 All the settings about the network are listed w
57. Do not exceed the load limit line when loading paper Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit line 3 Loading too much paper can cause paper jams 28 676 4 Align the paper guides against the edges of the paper Press the lock release lever and slide the paper guides inward until they are aligned securely against the edges of the paper IMPORTANT Align the paper guides securely against the edges of the paper Paper guides that are too loose or too tight can cause misfeeds or paper jams 5 Insert the paper drawer into the machine gt Continue to Installing the Handset Optional MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only or Connecting the Power Cord LINKS Loading Paper 29 676 0ALJ 00C Installing the Handset Optional MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Install the optional handset on the machine Have all of the included parts ready before you start installing 2 Insert the plugs with pins into the holes on the handset cradle NOTE Do not fully insert the pins into the plugs at this point 3 Insert the plugs with the cradle into the holes on the machine D Place the handset on the cradle 30 676 gt Continue to Connecting the Power Cord 31 676 0ALJ OOE Connecting the Power Cord Connect the power cord to the machine Read the precautions in Power Supply before connecting the power cord NOTE Do not connect the USB cable yet Wait u
58. On Adjustment Maintenance ES Special Processing lt Special Mode P p R On gt amp Clean Fixing Unit Clean the fixing unit after a toner cartridge is replaced or if black streaks appear on printouts 2 Fixing Unit Clean ITB Clean the transfer belt inside the machine to prevent the print quality from deteriorating Transfer Belt Clean Feeder Clean the feeder rollers if documents become dirty after being fed through the feeder Feeder 531 676 0ALJ 0C7 System Management Settings All the settings about System Management Settings are listed with short descriptions Default settings are Scan Settings marked with a dagger Mesery Media Print Settings Printer Settings Adjustment Maintenance Initialize Menu NOTE Asterisks Settings marked with 1 are only available for the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw amp Settings marked with 2 have different defaults depending on the country or region of purchase amp Settings marked with 3 cannot be imported or exported via the Remote UI Settings marked with 4 are only available for the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Settings marked with 5 are only available for the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn 2Network Settings System Manager Information Settings 2 Device Information Settings Department ID Management On Off Security Settings Communication Management Settings
59. Print List Department ID Management Report Check that the size and type of paper displayed on the screen is loaded in the machine p lt Yes gt p Example 03 03 2013 8 51AM WFASOOC Serios l gooni EXEXZEEESETISR RRZXZEEZERZSEZ ZEEREEE aa Dept ID Hngt Report aan DEEE ETTET i a EE E E EEEE Taa aE E ETETE ta RI Print Auto Report LINKS Setting the Department ID Management 611 676 OALJ OEU Address Book List MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only You can check the list of destinations registered in the Address Book as Coded Dial Favorites and Group Dial by printing an Address Book List Report Print List Address Book List Select the setting you want to print out amp Check that the size and type of paper displayed on the screen is loaded in the machine b Yes p Example lt Coded Dial gt 03 05 2013 6 42AM MPSSG0C Series Poot Poet EEL ie SEE LET PPP ETETE EE i to es Coded Dial Dest List ies PETTITT ITT eer i it tier ia naij Addremx TOO ET CI best Typi Fax s087 Address 45 X umen ABC Company Dest Typs Far 20803 Address TBODXOOOUOCE nam Group 15 Dost Typo F amp x Example Favorites D3 03 2013 8 48AM MF amp ZODC Series Moon PEELE ES a am Pavor i tes aam CELT TT Peer Terry l DL Address Via Name CANON Dest Type Fux 2 Address Group Dial Nama SALESDEFT n3 Addres
60. Rotates the preview image 90 degrees to the left or right Information Displays the current settings of the scanned image such as the color mode and size of the scan area tf Auto Crop Automatically sets the cropping frame that fits the scanned document Each time you click the icon the cropping frame is reduced zx Clear Crop Frame Clears the selected cropping frame Select All Crops Selects all of the cropping frames on the image Zoom Enlarges the image in the cropping frame The smaller the cropping frame the larger the image is displayed You can check the details that are difficult to see with Q jj To return the image to its original size click this button again Specifying Settings for Documents and Color Mode Specify the document input method the platen glass or feeder document size color mode and other settings d noo fy 4 2370 Original Input Method Select a setting based on whether you place your documents on the platen glass or in the feeder Platen Glass Select when placing documents on the platen glass ADF 1 sided Select when placing 1 sided documents in the feeder ADF 2 sided MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn Select when placing 2 sided documents in the feeder MF8540Cdn only Input Size Specify the size of the scanning area For normal cases select the same size as the document To specify the size with values select a unit and enter the val
61. Save Scanned Image to 5 and the data is saved to that folder Specifying External Applications to Forward Scanned Data If you specify an application to which you want to forward the scanned data the specified application automatically starts when scanning is complete For example you can specify Adobe Photoshop or other image processing application If you select Mail for the type of scan and specify an e mail application the scanned data is automatically attached to a new e mail message To scan with OCR selected you must specify an OCR software Scan i n ae H1 Serene he itema image ln the selected jaki j aei Ura inse ey MN gii Colar a Dikimi Sait Select Tane ligai boi Fac Paper Sae toan Mode lmg Qualis Comer Back Feed U npin Pha cnin Cn we wr Caen 5cannacl raga iz Fis Hsu brs Saree a1 T psa FDF Sayed Pired Wenge on 7 frs Finis to b Sublobder sath Canen Date j Edidi application Dag ael deep an eppleatien ien eee Io regne Lorfinedho n of the Scanned Insane sni Pid Sonntag azar App Delete If you do not want to forward the scanned document to an application such as when you want to save it click this button 5 Set 266 676 Click this button and select an application Alternatively you can specify an application by dragging its icon here if it is not an e mail application NOTE Supported e mail applications Microsoft Outlook Express Microsoft Outlook
62. Selects the paper loaded in the drawer A lt H gt MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn only Selects the paper loaded in the optional drawer LINKS Basic Copy Operations 111 676 0ALJ 028 0ALJ 029 Canceling Copies If you want to cancel copying immediately after pressing kk select Cancel on the screen or press on the operation panel You can also cancel copying after checking the copy status W Press Cancel on the screen that is displayed while copying Do you want to cancel Copy Ratio 100 Paper Kl is Adi Plain 1 la Press to cancel Do you want to cancel If the screen displays a list of documents when is pressed Documents have been scanned and are waiting to be printed Use A W to select the copy document to cancel Da wou want to cancel E 11 32AM Paused I 1 TT 11 32AM Waiting b F Details x E Use Status Monitor to cancel Status Monitor Copy Print Job fj Job Status fj Select the copy document on the lt Copy Print Job Status gt screen 3 Cancel p Yes p ES Status Copying ime 03 03 11 304 Department ID Job Type Z Copy d Humber of Originals 15 Sheets x Copies 15 x 1 1 Copy Ratio 100 Paper E w Ad Plain 1 E Copy details The number of copies settings and other details are displayed If you only want to check the details without canceling copying press Status Monitor to re
63. Sometimes your documents deserve better presentation than a staple in the upper left corner Making booklets is easy The print driver will take care of the page positioning for you All you have to do is fold the pages and staple them along the middle For more information about this function see Printing Booklet MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 631 676 Specifications The machine specifications are subject to change without prior notice due to improvements of the machine 2Machine Specifications Paper Drawer Specifications Optional MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Wireless LAN Specifications MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only 2Document Type Scan Area Paper Copy Specifications Fax Specifications MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Scanner Specifications Printer Specifications Specifications for E mail Sending MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Specifications for Scanning to Shared Folders MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 632 676 OALJ OF7 OALJ OF8 Machine Specifications I MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Type Personal Desktop Power 220 to 240 V 50 60 Hz Supply 1 Power requirements differ depending on the country in which you purchased the product Maximum 1 200 W or less Average consumption during standby mode Approx 25 W Power Average consumption during sleep mode Consumption Approx 1 W Average consumption during sleep mode by Wireless Connections
64. Stateless Address Select the check box when using a stateless address When not using a stateless address clear the check box Use Manual Address When you want to manually enter an IPv6 address select the check box and enter the IP address prefix length and default router address in the corresponding text boxes IP Address Enter an IPv6 address Addresses that start with ff or multicast address cannot be entered Prefix Length Enter a number that indicates how many bits are available for the network address Default Router Address Specify the IPv6 address of the default router as necessary Addresses that start with ff or multicast address cannot be entered Use DHCPv6 Select the check box when using a stateful address When not using DHCPv6 clear the check box 6 Click rok IF bee eI on nete ir BELEJ M E it aee lamim Foch h Settings Registration Cramps fee leistet ga Changes will be iia ia Esa mie poaait iz eed OFF anc DH IP amp d rras Stir Cipp trea A i Pa Fan agens gt Scan Sorge Leth fad address ipernity Dies Pri samini Lih Loc Aig tay DEI DODO SERO DOE DODO Me en DODO Perper Seer Freir Leng Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON 343 676 NOTE Checking whether the settings are correct Make sure that the Remote UI screen can be displayed with your computer by using the IPv6 address of the machine 2
65. and press 53 Device Status Copy Frint Jab BTo print the checked document E 1 Press lt Print Forward gt Time 03 03 11 24AM Department ID Jab Type qj Fax Humber of Destinations 1 Print Forward 2 Select Print and press fj 3 Select lt Yes gt and press fj Da you wank te print 166 676 mTo resend the checked document 4 1 Press lt Print Forward gt Time 03 03 L1 24an Department ID Jab Type ge Fax Humber of Destinations 1 2 Select Forward and press fj 3 Select the forwarding destination from the Address Book and press 53 For instructions on how to use the Address Book see Specifying from Address Book Fax BTo delete the checked document E3 1 Press lt Delete gt Time 03 03 11 24AM Department ID Jab Type ge Fax Humber of Destinations 1 Delete Print Forwari 2 Select Yes and press 73 Is it OK te delete LINKS Receiving Faxes Checking Status and Log for Sent and Received Documents 167 676 0ALJ 03Y Receiving Fax Information Services Through fax information services you can easily get a variety of helpful lifestyle and work information from companies and organizations This section describes a typical procedure for receiving these services NOTE Depending on the service actual procedures may differ from the ones described below Follow the procedures for th
66. example domainiNuser1 When Use Security Authentication is selected enter the user name only example user1 Set Change Password To specify or change the password select the check box and enter up to 24 characters in the Password text box Domain Name When Use Security Authentication is selected for Login Information enter up to 120 alphanumeric characters for the directory tree name in Active Directory example example com Display Authentication Screen When Searching Select the check box to require the user to enter the user name and password when a search is requested If the check box is cleared entries in the User Name and the Password text boxes are used for authentication 6 Click rok LINKS Specifying Destinations in an LDAP Server Fax Specifying Destinations in an LDAP Server E mail Configuring SNTP 385 676 0ALJ 092 Configuring SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol SNTP enables you to adjust the system clock by using the time server on the network The protocol is typically used for synchronizing the machine and a server such as when the machine needs to access an LDAP server with the security authentication that was enabled The time is adjusted based on Coordinated Universal Time UTC so specify the time zone setting before configuring SNTP Date Time Settings SNTP settings can be specified via the Remote UI NOTE The SNTP of the machine supports both NT
67. ext to start installaton of this program g _ Send information without confirmation once installason i complete e If you select Accept The Product Extended Survey Program the program to investigate the state of usage will be installed The Product Extended Survey Program is the program to send the information related to the usage of this machine to Canon every month for ten years Any other information including your personal information is not sent You can also uninstall the Product Extended Survey Program Uninstalling the Product Extended Survey Program For Windows 17 Confirm that the applications are selected w under Install and click Next Install Check iced Eo aft setup HI aera w Peeqeuams rejusnesd Sor pritina Socsmaims zcafiireg magia and sandieqg aas By corper Zu M Tose Ep Prrgram thal dices you da sacl impotimages scanned sif a scanner iie an applcasien atiach fem da s mar aes urar hem In Ferd dets anc Prax P a A pma rmt Peegeam thai riaips seu Ip manage scanned doosmemis and phita E supperiz Search usctians suce as kapated seardies and Aled s imhes Pda ual These manas aee ued so maia full use of he deicse eeu ireiall he mands os yosr COM PIE you can disp ay he rrt ad ci m bud usisa he CDA The options to be displayed differ depending on your country or region Restart your computer 1 Select the Restart Computer Now Recommended check box 2 Click Restart
68. icon P Print amp Fax a e Show All a Canon 9 Series Open Print Queue Options amp Supplies Locabuxm Kind Canon Series OUS Sisus idle JShare this printer on the network Sharing Preferences z Default printer Last Printer Used E UE Default paper size US Letter j EE Click the lock to prevent further changes JA 4 From the menu bar click Go gt Go to Folder 9 Delete the files or folders below that correspond to the driver you want to uninstall Drag files or folders to Trash icon on the Dock to delete f Authenticate dialog box appears enter the administrators name and password and then click OK Location of the folder to enter Name of the file or folder to delete Library Printers Canon CUPS MF Printer Printer driver NS Library Printers PPDs Contents Resources ee 62 74 6 xxx may differ depending on the model Library Printers Canon CUPSFAX Fax driver NM FB Library Printers PPDs Contents Resources R l Tue l xxx may differ depending on the model Applications Canon MF Utilities Library Application Support Canon ScanGear MF Library Application Support Canon WMCLibrary framework Library Application Support Canon WMCReb plist Scanner driver MF Toolbox Library Image Capture Devices ang AE PANDERO APP y 9 p xxx may differ depending on the model Canon xxx ds Library I
69. s If you enter the wrong characters press J Press to delete each character one by one press and hold to delete all the input characters at once e e Fax Humber Max 120 Digits MO m fore P7 Es d 1239000003 Wan BL Pause a Lo mI Apply To specify any additional destinations select Specify Next Destination New gt by using A W before repeating the same procedure Up to 10 destinations can be specified NOTE When Confirm Entered Fax Number is set to On a screen appears that prompts you to enter the destination again Displaying the Screen for Confirming the Fax Number MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Enter the same destination again for confirmation The maximum number of destinations that you can specify when using the numeric keys in combination with an LDAP server is 10 For example if seven destinations have been specified using an LDAP server up to three destinations can be specified using the numeric keys BTo delete destinations E If you specified multiple destinations you can delete destinations as necessary 1 Select lt Confirm Edit Destination gt and press f Send Press Start Humber af Destinations 3 9 CANON 455100000XX Specify Next Destination Me 2 Select a destination you want to delete and press fj Confira Edit Destination LISXXEXXXX p TBSXXXEXYX pe ABGXXXKXXX 3 Press Clear Dest gt sele
70. use A W to select Yes and press fj and then proceed to Connecting via Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only If you want to connect via wireless LAN later use A W to select No and press fj and then proceed to Configuring Initial Settings for Fax Functions MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only to configure the fax settings De you want te use the wireless LAW ta connect the computer The settings can be configured later ES Ho Connecting via Wired LAN Use a LAN cable to connect the machine to the router If the screen shown below is displayed use A W to select No and press j and then proceed to 2 Connecting via Wired LAN Da you want to use the wireless LAM to connect the computer The settings ean be configured later If the screen shown below is displayed proceed to Connecting via Wired LAN 4 Copy Press Start 100 E a4 1 Original Type Text Phete Map 2 5ided Off Copy Ratio 100 1 1 Connecting via USB The machine and computer are connected via a USB cable If the screen shown below is displayed use A W to select No and press ff and then proceed to 2 Connecting via USB 36 676 Do you want to use the wireless LAM to connect the computer The settings ean be configured later If the screen shown below is displayed proceed to Connecting via USB I Copy Press Start 100 E a4 1 riginal Type Text Phote Map 2 Sided Off Copy Rati
71. 03 03 2013 1 All Items Mly Specify the print settings as necessary Use AJ W to select the settings press and specify each setting Print File Hane Off Original Type Photo Priority Number of Copies B Specify the number of copies from 1 to 99 Use A W or the numeric keys to enter a quantity and press Apply Humber af Copies Paper E4 Select the paper to print on Use A W to select the paper and press fi Multi Furpose Tray Bis A4 Plain 2 lt N on 1 gt B You can print two or four images onto a single sheet Use A W to select lt 2 on 1 gt or 4 on 1 gt and press fj 234 676 al lt 2 on 1 gt Prints two images onto a single sheet ip 4 on 1 Prints four images onto a single sheet NOTE N on 1 is not available for printing TIFF files 2 Sided MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Ea You can make 2 sided printouts Use A W to select the binding position and press 53 E Book Type Prints images in such a way that the printed pages are opened horizontally when bound u A r tH AB Calendar Type Prints images in such a way that the printed pages are opened vertically when bound LI NOTE lt 2 Sided gt may not be available with some sizes or types of paper Paper Print Date E4 You can print the modification date of the file below each image Use A W to select On and pres
72. 1 Appl Department ID Management On Off i Select whether to use the Department ID Management a feature that uses IDs as user accounts to specify access privileges and maintain information on how the machine is used Setting the Department ID Management Offt On System Management Settings ES Department ID Management On Off gt Select Off or On ES b Security Settings Enable or disable settings for encrypted communication via SSL or IPSec as well as settings for IP address or MAC address packet filtering Use SSL Ea Select whether to use SSL encrypted communication Enabling SSL Encrypted Communication for the Remote UI Off t On P System Management Settings Security Settings BR Use SSL gt p Select Off or 533 676 On Restart the machine Use IPSec ba Select whether to perform encrypted communication by establishing a virtual private network VPN via IPSec Configuring IPSec Settings Offt On lt System Management Settings gt b Security Settings Use IPSec Select Off or On Restart the machine IPv4 Address Filter Enable or disable settings for filtering packets sent to or received from devices with specified IPv4 addresses 2Specifying IP Addresses for Firewall Rules Outbound Filter Off t On Inbound Filter Off t On System Management Settings Security Settings
73. 192 1 iee 3 Click OK Installation starts when clicking Starts Confirm Seiti The setup program vell instal the drivera wih the folowing settings The program Faabuma vou selected are being nstalled 1 Select Device aida mins nl cupo uU ed a p M Setup Vilzand is installing the MF driver Please wat Ibare fon linelalasior 2 Confirm Settings 3 instal Pott CHMFN zCSEF CAEDSCE v ine Printer Caron S9 Senes WFAN LT 4 Ex Darei Canon 9 99 Senes FAI LT ga Ex Status FnnberLanan 9 LFA LT Xs Die Canon UFRII LT APS installing fax diver Pinte Caran Senes POLS Disi Canon Senee PELS FnnierLanon Senes POLE Dra Canon ee Senes PELE FaxcLanon Gee Sena FAS Dirai Canon 9 Senet FAX PotCNHMENPSCAM 2LSEFLAEDBLE ScannerLanon 9 9 ser ZC3EFCAEDBCE Deer Camion E Daie itin C 9 Click Exit For USB Connection For Network Connection Copying of the MF driver files is Installation of the MF drivers is complete complete To finish the installation connect the printer to your computer Click Ext to exit the wizard using 4 USB cable Le Next installation of MF Toolbox starts In Windows Server 2003 Server 2008 Server 2012 MF Toolbox is not installed Proceed to step 13 13 74 10 Click Start Welcome to the Setup Wizard for MF Toolbox This Wizard wil insiall MF Toolbox on your computer To start installing click Start 11 Click Exit
74. 2 4 on 1 1 4 on 1 2 4 en 1 3 4 on 1 4 LINKS Basic Copy Operations 22 Sided Copying MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Using the Paper Save Copy Key 123 676 0ALJ 02K Using the Paper Save Copy Key You can use lt 2 on 1 gt lt 4 on 1 to copy multiple documents onto a single sheet and lt 2 Sided gt to copy the document onto both sides of a page Using Copy which combines these functions makes it easier to save paper than when using the functions separately NOTE amp The 2 sided Paper Save Copy settings may not be available with some sizes and types of paper Paper Using Paper Save Copy reduces the copy ratio automatically the copy ratio is displayed on the screen You can increase or further reduce the copy ratio before pressing kp but the edges of the document might not be copied if you increase it Paper Save Copy is not available when using Erase Frame 2 Sided 2 on 1 gt lt 4 on 1 or ID Card Copy amp When you copy multiple documents onto one page margins may be created in the copied image m EM Fp Select the paper save copy setting fj Select the document size on the Scan Size screen H 4 on 1 1 5ided 2 Sided 2 on 1 1 Sided 1 Sided 4 on 1 1 Sided gt 1 Sided Paper save copy settings Select one of four setting combinations Original Portrait Copy 2 on 1 1 Sided gt 2 Sided gt MF8580Cdw
75. 2 Status Monitor Cancel Page 2 Settings Registration Page 2 Address Book Page MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Portal Page main page Ceska Bask niama i w Sistas Friis ih arh i2 priri Tenna gh wets i2 20m Faa M euri im need or roroi freas mot Inem riin ha 2n Congarisska hraa Horia Papi Vim cm Paw impo ta Paa PE Fide iz 78234 oes Ad Fin I 07134 peed FJ Log Out Logs off from the Remote UI The Login page will be displayed Mail to System Manager Displays a window for creating an e mail to the system manager specified in System Manager Information under System Management Help Displays the Help screen for the currently displayed page in a separate window F Refresh Icon Refreshes the currently displayed page Device Basic Information Displays the current status of the machine and error information If an error has occurred the link to the Error Information page will be displayed Consumables Information Displays paper information and the remaining amount of toner Support Link Displays the support link specified in Device Information under System Management FJ Status Monitor Cancel Displays the status of the current print documents and history of print copy send and received documents You can also check the status of the machine Settings Registration Displays Settings Registration page When you have logged on in System
76. 3 3412 a CANON ASSXXXXXXX Specify Next Destination He i a a Packi naii an i 2 Select a destination you want to delete and press fj Confira Edit Destination p T89XXXXXXX p CANON AERON 3 Press Clear Dest gt select Yes and press fj If you specified destinations in Group Dial in step 2 lt Number of Destinations gt is displayed on the screen Selecting this item and pressing displays detailed destinations in Group Dial Fan Number 123XXXXXXX NOTE If you want to easily and quickly delete destinations without displaying a list of destinations Before selecting Confirm Edit Destination in step 1 you can press 4 li to toggle the destinations you specified Display a destination you want to delete and press J Selecting Destinations Directly by Entering Coded Dial Numbers 1 Press HH 2 Press Coded Dial 146 676 chai Oe 8 B8 i3 ies gt E DERS You can also use A W to select Specify from Coded Dial on the screen and press i Use the numeric keys to enter a three digit number 001 to 181 s If you enter the wrong characters press Press to delete each character one by one press and hold to delete all the input characters at once Enter Coded Dial Number E Bo 0 0 0 0 NOTE If a confirmation screen appears When Coded Dial TX Confirmation is set to On a screen is displayed that shows the destinati
77. 5 Do wou want te end Fax Setup Guide 5 Press 53 Turn the main power OFF and DM to apply the settings C 1 6 Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON When the machine is restarted the telephone line type is automatically set If the machine does not automatically set the type of telephone line Follow the procedure below to set the type of telephone line If you are not sure of the type of phone line you are using contact your local telephone company Select Line Type may not be available depending on the country where you are using the machine Fax Settings fj Basic Settings fj Select Line Type Select the type of telephone line ff3 d Select Line Type Manual LINKS Installation Sending Faxes Receiving Faxes 50 676 0ALJ 00Y Basic Operations This chapter describes basic operations such as how to use the operation panel or how to load the paper and documents that are frequently performed to use the functions of the machine Mm Parts and Their Functions This section describes the exterior and interior parts of the machine and their functions as well as how to use the keys on the operation panel and how to view the display Parts and Their Functions ll Logging on to the Machine This section describes how to log on when the screen for entering the Department ID and PIN is
78. Allow Fax Driver TX 1 Enable or disable PC faxing sending faxes from a computer Prohibiting PC Faxing MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Off Ont Restrict Resending from Log Select whether to prevent a destination from being selected from the sent job logs Disabling Use of Previously Used Destinations Offt On Confirm Entered Fax Number 1 Select whether to require users to enter the fax number twice when it is entered by using the numeric keys Displaying the Screen for Confirming the Fax Number MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Offt On Coded Dial TX Confirmation Select whether to display the details of an entered coded dial number when it is selected as a destination Displaying Destinations in Address Book Offt On Restrict Sequential Broadcast 1 Select whether to prohibit sequential broadcasting a feature that sends faxes to multiple destinations in succession Prohibiting Sequential Broadcasting MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Off Confirm Sequential Broadcast Reject Sequential Broadcast Display Job Log Ea Select whether to display the copying printing faxing and scanning logs on the display of the machine and in the Communication Management Report Off Ont EU System Management Settings Display Job Log Select Off or On 538 676 Ej Ej Ej Restart the machine Enable or disable the USB port that is used for connecting
79. Auto mode you need to connect your telephone to the machine beforehand Fax Settings fj RX Function Settings p Incoming Ring p On f Specify how many times the incoming call rings Apply Remote RX 1 ba Specify settings for receiving a fax by operating a telephone that is connected to the machine Remote Reception When a fax is sent to the machine you can receive it just by picking up the handset of the telephone and entering a specific ID number by using the telephone This feature can save you the trouble of going all the way to the machine For instructions on how to use Remote Reception see Using a Telephone to Receive Faxes Remote Reception Off Ont 00 to 25 to 99 Fax Settings fj RX Function Settings fj Remote RX gt fj On ff Specify the ID number for receiving a fax Apply Switch to Auto RX Specify settings for automatically receiving a fax after the machine has rung for a specified time period This feature is only available when Manual is selected for the receive mode By using this feature faxes can be received even when no one is available to pick up the handset Off On 1 to 15 to 99 sec Fax Settings f RX Function Settings f Switch to Auto RX gt Bg On H Specify how long the incoming call rings Apply p RX Print Settings 500 676 S
80. AutoPlay is displayed click to close the dialog box 2 Open the folder that contains the uninstaller on the CD ROM For 32 bit DRIVERS us_eng 32bit misc For 64 bit DRIVERS us_eng x64 misc 3 Double click DelDrv exe 58 74 T E e DutuCD Rr Drive f CANON UTR DINERS uang amp Wb emcee Dmm ur i Fist E Dens 4 Files Currently an the Disc 59 dp Dasendcaekt ju earet Places Date med fied rye pan SS TED Pe Appia ees 37 4 7107 36 Ak Eg ducatus LIBI PM ppkn 3725 2082 15 PA Spee cir SiGe 1 20 Pl Tat Decora Qs 43 A cCenhisuratzzri arti e limi 3 Dee ret at Mane amp e Pichon B unas 6 Computer amp wore dcl ica Local De ID ca DE Lebarker Dotenaeiger iT d DDHCD RN Drive FF CANON LU GP fuac Cirad Dese PE A Hatzezek M Derer Dee odes SINU LIAB AMO Dubecsenbed ETAIT 1148 AM Apohceton Saree 1 35 ME When User Account Control appears Click Yes or Continue 4 Click Delete ET Senes Delete to delete the selected device Click Yes A Are you sure you want te delete the drivers ve 6 Click Exit 59 74 Uninstallation of the MF drivers is complete Chick Exit to mat te wizard 7 Open the Explorer and click Network Right click the machine icon and select Uninstall from the pop up menu LC e Heinek dg Creig Lineal Pacteseral bed hiai ay Citi dibd agrave hal 3 on Tees A A wp
81. Canon web site Please verify the operating environment etc and download the appropriate software if required 4 14 Supported Operating Systems Supported Not supported Windows Windows Mac OS X version XP Vista 7 8 10 5 8 or later Printer driver UFRII LT Printer driver UFRII LT XPS Printer driver PCL5 2 Printer driver Sew O same O O Network Scan Utility Q i Presto 1 Supported only over network connection IEEE Oo ESE o 2 These software may not be supplied depending on your model or your country or region 5 14 Selecting the Driver to Be Installed After selecting the connection method between the machine and a computer select the driver to be installed 1 Press 0 2 Press A or Y to highlight System Management Settings and then press o Sean Settings Mesory edia Print Settings Printer Settings Adjustment Maintenanze E Press A or Y to highlight PDL Selection Plug and Play and then press g Store to USB Memory Mesory Media Print on off Product Extended Survey Prog Cloud Print On Off p r PDL Selection Plug and Play Press A or Y to highlight the printer driver you are using and then press o 6 74 FRIT LT XPS PLS PCL6 Selectable page description language Fax UFRII LT Network UFRII LT XPS PCL5 PCL6 UFRII LT m UFRII LT XPS PCL5 PCL6 6 Re
82. Card Copy Collate Off t On Erase Frame Off t On Sharpness Seven Levels Color Balance 494 676 Yellow 17 Levels Magenta 17 Levels Cyan 17 Levels Black 17 Levels 495 676 0ALJ 0C2 Fax Settings MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Hm 1 All the settings about the fax are listed with short descriptions Default settings are marked with a dagger t Hetwork Settings Preferences Titer Settings Common Settings Copy Settings NOTE Asterisks amp Settings marked with 1 may be unavailable or vary or have the different default depending on the country where you are using the machine Settings marked with 2 are only available for the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Settings marked with 3 cannot be imported or exported via the Remote UI Basic Settings TX Function Settings 3RX Function Settings RX Print Settings Fax Setup Guide Basic Settings Specify the basic settings for using the machine as a fax device Register Unit Telephone Number Register the fax number for the machine Registering the Fax Number and Unit Name Select Line Type 1 Select the telephone line type used for fax transmission Connecting the Telephone Line Pulse Tonet Off Hook Alarm Ea Select whether the machine makes an alert sound when the handset of a telephone or the optional handset connected to the machine is not properly set on the cradle You can also adjust the volume o
83. Destinations in an LDAP Server Fax for the procedure According to the content registered in the LDAP server the user name and the fax number e mail address of the specified destination that is registered on the LDAP server will be automatically input Select a destination and press fj 4 Proceed to step 10 Select Name and press Registering Name is optional If you register Name the destination can be searched alphabetically Enter the name using the numeric keys and press Apply Select Fax Number or E Mail Address and press fj Enter the number or address using the numeric keys and press Apply Press Apply 100 676 Registered to Address Book ll Editing the Content of Registered Destinations in Favorites After registering destinations you can change the content of destinations such as numbers names and types Press fj or E23 Press HS Use 4 to select lt gt Use A W to select the destination you want to edit and press lt Details Edit gt Ol BR WN e Press lt Edit gt If a screen appears prompting you to enter a PIN enter the correct PIN using the numeric keys and press fi Setting a PIN for Address Book OY Select the item you want to edit press 7j perform editing and then press Apply Press Apply NI Registered to Address Book LDAP Server Apply B llDeleting a Registered Destination Press ZH or
84. Dorien Mia T igisi Chiganga ees bagni Liema Eria iens aap pred lb Irc paren T am arn ni Department ID Enter a number of up to seven digits for the Department ID Set PIN To set a PIN select the check box and enter a number of up to seven digits both in the PIN and Confirm text boxes Restrict Functions Select the check box for the function that you want to disable for the Department ID NOTE If the Scan check box is selected scanning documents to USB memory devices e mails and shared folders is disabled You can also disable scanning documents to computers via Computer and Remote Scanner However you can only disable scanning documents to computers for all users Blocking Jobs When Department ID Is Unknown mEditing the settings of the registered Department ID 1 Click the corresponding text link under Department ID to edit 2 Change the settings as necessary and click OK NOTE Deleting a Department ID Click Delete on the right of the Department ID you want to delete click OK NOTE Department ID Page Total You can check the total numbers of pages copied printed scanned or faxed for each Department ID If you want to return the counts to zero click the corresponding text link under Department ID and click Clear Count OK If you want to return the counts of all Department IDs to zero click Clear All Counts OK Scan tobe wth Uinknown IDs Alyy Black A
85. EA Uva Commaniiy Fina 1 Corururit Hare m MIB aona Peresin F Grey e Set Commen Ween O Uma Darren Mees d Cormurit Hira _ Comrirsabcacon Manager Seas rra ades ensi qu gt bipil apes MEL dee Parani imn Lori rity Sara 4 iha TLachaalad Feary kitir Serien i m NE Gur anc Farenin Read ws Use SNMPv1 Select the check box to enable SNMPv1 You can specify the rest of SNMPv1 settings only when this check box is selected Use Community Name 1 Use Community Name 2 Select the check box to specify a community name If you do not need to specify a community name clear the check box Community Name Enter up to 32 alphanumeric characters for the name of the community MIB Access Permission For each community select Read Write or Read Only for the access privileges to MIB objects Read Write Permits both viewing and changing the values of MIB objects Read Only Permits only viewing the values of MIB objects 389 676 Use Dedicated Community Dedicated Community is a preset community intended exclusively for Administrators using Canon software such as imageWARE Enterprise Management Console Select the check box to use Dedicated Community If you do not need to use Dedicated Community clear the check box BEnabling SNMPv1 1 Select the Use SNMPv1 check box 2 Select the Use Community Name 1 or Use Community Name 2 check box enter the community name in the Community Name text
86. EMC requirements of EC Directive M Laser Safety Information Laser radiation could be hazardous to the human body For this reason laser radiation emitted inside this equipment is hermetically sealed within the protective housing and external cover No radiation can leak from the machine in the normal operation of the product by the user This machine is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product under IEC 60825 1 2007 EN60825 1 2007 M220 to 240 V Model The label shown below is attached to the laser scan unit on the machine DANGER 525 tan wen cpm VORSICHT Beery teste nan PRECAUCI N Situ ien era VAROITUS CORAN st HAXYHATTONALLE LASER SATEILY AX TUMA km TEM FEEFEE Uc mp 38 52141 EDAD AO BLE a xis This machine has been classified under IEC 60825 1 2007 EN60825 1 2007 and conforms to the following classes CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT LASER KLASSE 1 APPAREIL LASER DE CLASSE 1 APPARECCHIO LASER DI CLASSE 1 PRODUCTO L SER DE CLASE 1 APARELHO A LASER DE CLASSE 1 LUOKAN 1 LASER TUOTE 670 676 LASERPRODUKT KLASS 1 A N CAUTION Use of controls adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified in the manuals for the machine may result in hazardous radiation exposure BWEEE Directive E Only for European Union and EEA Norway Iceland and Liechtenstein These symbols indicate that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste according to the WEEE Directive 2
87. Entering Text Subject Max 40 Characters A A XXXXXX TIPS amp You can change a variety of display related settings such as the scrolling speed or display language GO Display Settings amp To change the screen that is automatically displayed when the machine remains idle for a specified length of time Function After Auto Reset 94 676 OALJ 01X Entering Text This section describes how to enter text and numbers Original Type Text Photo Map 2 5ided Off Copy Ratio 100 1 1 Switching the Type of Text Press A a 12 to switch the type of text that is entered The currently selected type of text is indicated by the A a or 12 displayed above and to the right of the text input field NOTE You can also press Xj to switch the type of text Types of Text That Can Be Entered The text that can be entered using the numeric keys and 4 are listed below Key A a 12 T aum 1 ABC abc 2 3 DEF def 3 4 GHI ghi 4 5 JKL jkl 5 6 MNO mno 6 PQRS pqrs 7 TUV tuv 8 9 WXYZ WXYZ 9 0 Not available 0 space _ amp M M Lf lt gt 5 Not available Deleting Text One character is deleted each time is pressed Press and hold to delete all of the entered text Moving the Cursor Entering a Space Use 4 or J to move the cursor To enter a space move the cursor to the end of the text and press J Example of Entering Text and Numb
88. F Repeat this step until you finish scanning the entire document 4 Press lt Start Copying gt NOTE When the lt Paper Size amp Settings Mismatch gt or lt The memory is full Scanning will be canceled Do you want to print gt message is shown in the display When an Error Message Appears You can check the copy history such as when or how many copies have been made Press Status Monitor Copy Print Job fj Copy Job Log 3 Select the copy document you want to check fi IMPORTANT When copying documents with text or images that extend to the edges of the page The edges of the document might not be copied For more information about the scan margins see Scan Area TIPS amp If you always want to make copies with the same settings 2 Changing Default Settings amp If you want to register a combination of settings to use when needed 2 Registering Frequently Used Copy Settings 110 676 Selecting Copy Paper Specify the paper source that contains the paper to use for printing out copies NOTE You must first specify the size and type of paper that is loaded in the paper source Specifying Paper Size and Type Loading Paper m Paper Select the paper source y i 9 gt MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Select Paper MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Select Paper eo B Selects the paper loaded in the manual feed slot lt i gt
89. Fam Setsp Tah Finishing T25 IPapar Source Ta Jauatt Tab estore Deiis De Samme Tas View cating Profi Tan br E hr cun e ae e e g ee 4 See Bosc Settiags Ta Mm Yau Cas Oe For Macintosh 1 Select File gt Print from the menu bar in the application 2 Select the printer in Printer 3 Change the content displayed in lower pane of the dialog to Finishing Quality 66 74 Special Features etc 4 Click 0 E Presets Standard H ii Copies 1 m Collared Ir Pages amp All From 1 ta 1 orientation Pay 1 Koa a ee Help screen E SA 2 sided Printing H Binding Location d 2159 by 27 94 cm Finishing Details Ozz lt You can search a content by entering a keyword Top gt Corents gt Panes and Dialog bomes gt Finishing preferences pare Finishing preferences pane This pane lets you specify paper outpul eatiings such as print style 1 aided Printing 2 sided Printing elc paper output method and gutter width Z NOTE Wilh some operating systema and applications the settings in each preferences pane are displayed at the The functions that are available for the painter you are using depend on the printer model function wersion and installed options To find out which functions are ewailable for the printer you are using refer be the instruction manuel provided with the printer Searchi
90. First Copy Time A4 Text Photo Map Speed Color 300 x 300 dpi Text Photo Map Text Photo Map Speed B W 300 x 600 dpi Text Photo Map Quality Printed Image Text 600 x 600 dpi 600 x 600 dpi 100 1 1 400 Max 200 14196 A5 gt A4 7096 A4 gt A5 50 25 Min MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Color 20 cpm B W 20 cpm MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Color 14 cpm B W 14 cpm Maximum 99 copies MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Platen glass Color 16 2 seconds or less Platen glass B W 15 5 seconds or less Feeder Color 16 7 seconds or less Feeder B W 16 4 seconds or less MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Platen glass Color 19 seconds or less Platen glass B W 19 seconds or less Feeder Color 19 seconds or less Feeder B W 19 seconds or less OALJ OFK 1 The copy speed on A4 size plain paper on one side printing is measured during continuous copying However this varies depending on the use conditions and environment of the machine 642 676 Fax Specifications MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Line Used Communication Mode Compression Method Modem Speed Transmission Speed Sending from Memory Receiving in Memory Fax Resolution Dialing Receiving Reports Telephone Type Public Switched Telephone Network PSTN 1 Super G3 G3 MH MR MMR JBIG Super G3 33 6 Kbps G3 14 4 Kbps Automatic Fallback Approx 3 seconds per page ECM JBIG transmitting from th
91. Foch hp 55 Befingsfiegistratisn Haate piem Masaya Fehman Sainpa Raghini Hyran Verga Setings Duca Setings Ransis Ul Settings Edi Razia Ul Settings TEA Baroj Maaa Conil ii Seraja Tinge fer kii Change ilice afecta zx Dea ruin post iz aed CFT ard OH Tires ation i V aem ener eben c Corren rangs c Cap hiap Hersnir 1H Srtepa pp gt Scan biip TE Poh ERE kis ES Kobe al abe I area HL DEP VB cdd COLL y Vois Prin minia Deyer Gnomes Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON NOTE Using the operation panel You can enable or disable the SSL encrypted communication from amp 2Use SSL 432 676 Starting the Remote UI with SSL If you try to start the Remote UI when SSL is enabled a security alert may be displayed regarding the security certificate In this case check that the correct URL is entered in the address field and then proceed to display the Remote UI screen Starting Remote UI Enabling SSL for e mailing MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn only If the SMTP server and the POP3 server support SSL you can enable SSL for communication with these servers 12 Configuring Advanced E mail Settings For more information about the SMTP server and the POP3 server contact your Internet service provider or Network Administrator LINKS Generating Key Pairs 2Using CA issued Key Pairs and Digital Certificates 2 Configuring IPSec Settings 2 Con
92. Gey HardwuraandScund Devices and Painters Aud a dece Ads 3 prin Tae wb s prine Prin serae peopertser Devices 4 s Primers and Fais 7 Canen Cam Kan I Canon Fax hirret Series FAX ne Hr FELI UFFILT Decent bed Vinha See nhat s printing VO Sedi delmoh piisi Brinhiniacpred erano Printer properties Cmn therscut Tieulikeihest Remove dece Progsertuei Canon MIFESOCK Seres LIFRE LT Tne G Defauh r Model Conon LFSC Serer Cabegorg Painter Saber J de unia i gubat 0ALJ 057 3 Click the Device Settings tab and make sure that the Allow Use of Secured Print check box is selected If the check box is selected Secure Print is enabled If the check box is not selected select it and click OK Gene Sharing Fors rmm 1 TEIL i Ee a Jas Paper Source Cipticnk I3 250 Shee Ore Spockin at Hos a L1 linn Depam DI hierar 2 5a ees rra amp BAe Le ol Secured Prii LINKS QG Printing via Secure Print 222 676 0ALJ 058 Printing via Secure Print This section describes how to print a document from an application as a secured document The first part of this section describes how to send a secured document to the machine and the second part of this section describes how to print the secured document on the machine Sending a Secured Document from a Computer to the Machine Printing Out Secured Documents 2 Changing the Valid Time Period for Secured Do
93. Job Log Print Job Log 2 Select the document whose status you want to check and press 0 Copy Print Job Status TT 02 15P Printing TH 02 16P4 Waiting E Copy Print Job Status Displays a list of the documents that are being processed being copied or are waiting to be processed i lt Details gt Displays detailed information about the document selected from the list mTo check the print logs 1 Select Print Job Log and press 53 Jab Status Copy Job Log 2 Select the document whose log you want to check and press fj 195 676 E Print Job Log Displays a list of the documents that were printed OK is displayed when a document was printed successfully and Error is displayed when a document failed to be printed because it was canceled or there was some error M Details Displays detailed information about the document selected from the list The displayed document name or user name may not reflect the actual document or user name NOTE If the Result column shows a three digit number This number represents an error code When an Error Code Appears LINKS Printing a Document 2 Canceling Prints 196 676 OALJ 04H Various Print Settings There are a variety of settings to suit your needs such as Enlarged Reduced and 2 sided Printing p B by d GEnlarging or Reducing Switching 1 Sided and 2 Sided 2 Collating Printouts by Page Printing MF8580Cdw MF85
94. Local Port Remote Port If you want to create separate policies for each protocol such as HTTP or SMTP enter the appropriate port number for the protocol to determine whether to use IPSec IMPORTANT IPSec is not applied to the following packets Loopback multicast and broadcast packets IKE packets using UDP on port 500 ICMPv6 neighbor solicitation and neighbor advertisement packets 9 Specify the IKE Settings fag Pott meum rere rk E dade Ha Arinna Naked a De ot ts od Digital Hyran dato Ee Mage MODs aee gd cei EE xd Vice 8a g ee Dg Ag TD Mon Eby per DH coup IPSec Weraecrik Tora IKE Mode The mode used for the key exchange protocol is displayed The machine supports the main mode not the aggressive mode Authentication Method Select Pre Shared Key Method or Digital Signature Method for the method used when authenticating the machine You need to enable SSL for the Remote UI before selecting Pre Shared Key Method Enabling SSL Encrypted Communication for the Remote UI You need to generate or install a key pair before selecting Digital Signature Method 2 Configuring Settings for Key Pairs and Digital Certificates Valid for Specify how long a session lasts for IKE SA ISAKMP SA Enter the time in minutes Authentication Encryption DH Group Select an algorithm from the drop down list Each algorithm is used in the key exchange Authentication Selec
95. MF drivers is complete 55 14 Uninstalling the MF Toolbox For Windows 1 Open Programs and Features For Windows XP From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Add or Remove Programs For Windows Vista 7 Server 2003 Server 2008 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel 2 Click Uninstall a Program or double click Programs and Features For Windows 8 Server 1012 Right click the lower left corner of the screen and select Programs and Features 2 Select Canon MF Toolbox 4 9 and then click Uninstall 3 Click Remove Welcome to the Setup Wizard for MF Toolbox This Setun Wizard will remove MF Toolbox rom your computer Ta continue chck Remove 4 Click Exit 56 74 57 14 Uninstalling the Drivers for the WSD Device For Windows 1 Insert the User Software CD ROM When the following screen appears click Exit Canon CD ROM Setup Easy Installation lestalls the standard Hopara requires to ese the deace Custom irstallapon installs selected piiama Sat software Programs mts prageams relied to Tee tunctianabty of ihe drece deacthy rom the CD ROM Manus Displays rimus relaie 150 eee of the diraza nine Leser Fiegestration Check hare lo accesk Cannas hare page po igile antes and Aries questionaire The options to be displayed differ depending on your country or region If
96. Microsoft Exchange EUDORA Netscape Messenger Windows Mail Becky Ver 2 Mozilla Thunderbird LINKS Scanning Using MF Toolbox 267 676 0ALJ 062 Scanning Using an Application Scan the document by using an application You can use Adobe Photoshop Microsoft Office Word or other image processing and word processing applications The scanned image is directly loaded in the application allowing you to edit or process the image immediately The following procedure varies depending on the application IMPORTANT The application must be compatible with TWAIN or WIA For more information see the instruction manual for your application TWAIN is a standard for connecting image input devices such as scanners with computers WIA is a function that is an integrated standard in Windows all From the Operation Panel 1 Place the document s Placing Documents L w IMPORTANT The second or subsequent documents may not be scanned or an error message may be displayed depending on the application In such a case place and scan one document at a time 2 Press E23 3 Use A W to select Remote Scanner and press 5 Windows 58 m From a Computer 4 From the application select the start scan command The procedure for selecting the start scan command varies depending on the application For more information see the instruction manual for your application 5 Select the scanner dri
97. PIN press to erase the PIN leave the text box blank and press Apply 5 Press 4 amp NOTE In addition to setting the Address Book PIN you can further enhance security by performing the following operations Restricting the addition of new destinations Limiting Available Destinations amp Disabling the PC fax function Prohibiting PC Faxing MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only LINKS Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Registering Address Book from Remote UI MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 2 Configuring Basic E mail Settings Setting a Shared Folder as a Save Location 419 676 OALJ O9R Limiting Available Destinations By limiting fax numbers that can be specified when sending documents to those already registered in the Address Book those previously used or those searchable from the LDAP servers you can reduce the possibility of specifying incorrect destinations and prevent users from leaking information When this function is enabled the machine prohibits users from entering destinations using the numeric keys adding new entries to the Address Book and editing the existing Address Book entries 1 Press amp 2 Use A W to select System Management Settings and press H s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press ID 2 Logging on to the Machine 3 Select Restric
98. Printing Reports and Lists Print out reports describing transmission results or a list of Address Book information Printing Reports and Lists ll Checking the Total Pages Printed by the Machine If you want to check the total page number of printouts 2 Viewing the Counter Value ll Initializing Settings If you want to restore the settings Initializing Settings 585 676 OALJ OEO Cleaning the Machine Regularly clean the machine to prevent deterioration in printing quality and to ensure that you use it safely and easily Carefully read the safety instructions before you start cleaning Maintenance and Inspections Where to Clean e Exterior of the machine and ventilation slots Exterior i Rollers inside the feeder Feeder Internal fixing unit and transfer belt GFixing Unit QG Transfer Belt fj Platen glass and the underside of the feeder Platen Glass 586 676 OALJ OE1 Exterior Regularly wipe the exterior of the machine especially around the ventilation slots to keep the machine in good condition 1 Turn OFF the machine and unplug the power cord from the AC power outlet When you turn OFF the machine data that is waiting to be printed is deleted Fax documents that were received by using the Memory Reception function faxes that are waiting to be sent and reports that are automatically printed after sending and receiving faxes are not deleted 2 Clean the exterior of the mach
99. Registering Your Settings in the Scan PC Key Register the save destination computer and type of scan in Scanepci OF soe rca hae gp Se PC1 gt i b Scan PC25 Sache Oe Qa 9 xe D 3 i ie a Press Use A W to select Scan Settings and press 0 Select Shortcut Key Settings Register J 0C Ne Select Scan gt PC1 gt or Scan gt PC2 gt and press fj Select the key to which you want to register settings Select Shortcut Key Eg 20 D Select the type of connection that is used between the machine and computer and press 0 Specify the destination USB Connection Hetwork Connection E off Select this setting to erase registered settings y USB Connection Select this setting if the machine and computer are connected via USB 9 Network Connection Select this setting if the machine and computer are connected via a network 6 Select the destination computer and press 53 This screen is not displayed if you select USB Connection in step 5 254 676 Specify the destination Scan type Color Resolution File format Color Scan Color 300 dpi PDF searchable 1 High compression B amp W Scan Black and white 300 dpi TIFF lt Custom 1 gt Color 300 dpi JPEG Exif lt Custom 2 gt Color 300 dpi PDF searchable 1 Standard compression 1A PDF format where characters on the document are scanned as text da
100. Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Who Remate Ul Paral Deska Baak Fila zn ur d Frim gj Bardy tr priri Eana Goody te scan Faa d Bariy e sere or renhe Pacers ji reza nine Kea errans 3 Click Department ID Management Edit fe acl Rigi n brisa Lara Hai Fema Borie e Uieparirea r t ar arr rd eae eT Cann Do ds remain been rS s HE OR gh ni ee E wn ledin Snir Ceresa Seaegs Vepatk m 10 Llama peer ls Cep Seating Polat Joba ath rinsar ID Ali Fs anon Sonn Joke adis Linke IDs Ale Scan Saltire siis A Vitae Dapy bia Ali bikera Uca Pria Saminga reparti 1 Pasa Testa Porter Satin ga leas Hew Deparment Cia Al Danis Thijn Ege Seg xxm j Dry Pages uepre tuas Pages z a z parta E EFIR Dee repo Ca en n Mick E Wh s Col Back eke Cor Rack Whe CE odes M pagagpraet EL bet bebe a i J E Lim parre D P amagareni fiia E Char Count Say Car 405 676 4 Clear the check boxes as necessary and click OK serm e J f eer BE tt m demam tmn Ves die es Pmi loch hp cmm Yr ur pe DE BettingsiFegistration Figuras nane hep s eee Lee hang l adage Cepia a aien epee CO aaga ain click e Treas aai qu fon nnn fection Scire Core Sey DepasrurertiD Maaagerauri y EE Copp treats r lacer 10 Wagers Fin Sar Zon Tange hip Miei Po amines Pret semg Caiga Egel read s bagni Li ajn ca
101. Select the document containing errors lt Skip Error gt m Printer Settings ES Auto Error Skip ES Select Off or On 3 Timeout 517 676 Set the time period after which the machine deletes incomplete print data from memory The machine deletes incomplete print data because it may have some errors and prevent the machine from printing the next document 5 to 15t to 300 sec NOTE Provide the machine with enough time to receive all the print data from the computer especially when printing large amounts of data If you specify a time period that is too short the machine may not receive all the print data in time for printing m Printer Settings p ES gt lt Timeout gt gt ES Set the time period Apply Color Mode Select whether to print in color or in black and white If lt Auto Color B amp W gt is selected the machine automatically switches the color mode printing color pages in color and black and white pages in black and white Auto Color B amp W t Color Black and White m Printer Settings f Color Mode f Select the color mode ff Gradation Settings Specify this setting to improve the smoothness of the gradations of graphics and photographic images Select Smooth 1 to improve the smoothness moderately Select Smooth 2 to apply a stronger smoothing effect than Smooth 1 You can specify this setting
102. Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 311 676 0ALJ 073 Specifying Previously Used Destinations You can select a destination from the three most previously used destinations When you specify a previously used destination the machine also sets the same scan settings such as density used the last time you sent documents to that destination IMPORTANT When lt Restrict Resending from Log is set to On you cannot use this feature Disabling Use of Previously Used Destinations Turning OFF the machine or setting Restrict New Destinations to On deletes the past destinations and disables this feature 2 Limiting Available Destinations NOTE When you specify a destination using this feature any destinations that you have already specified are deleted 1 Press g 2 Use A W to select Previous Settings and press 53 Windows 5MB Specify from Address Book Specify from LDAP Server Specify from Coded Dial 3 Select a destination and press Previous Settings I ere The selected destination and its scan settings are specified LINKS Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 2Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 312 676 0ALJ 07
103. Setting Up Connection by Specifying Detailed Settings 337 676 0ALJ 083 Setting IP Addresses Connecting the machine to a network requires a unique network IP address Two versions of IP addresses are available IPv4 and IPv6 Configure these settings depending on the network environment To use IPv6 addresses you need to properly configure the IPv4 address settings IPv6 338 676 0ALJ 084 Setting IPv4 Address F IP 192 168 The machine s IPv4 address can be either assigned automatically by a dynamic IP addressing protocol such as DHCP or entered manually When connecting the machine to a wired LAN make sure that the connectors of the LAN cable are firmly inserted into the ports 2 Connecting to a Wired LAN You can test the network connection if necessary Setting IPv4 Address Testing the Network Connection Setting IPv4 Address 1 Press 2 Use A W to select Network Settings and press s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press 1p 2 Logging on to the Machine 3 Select TCP IP Settings IPv4 Settings IP Address Settings 4 Configure IP address settings IP Address Settings Manually Acquire Check Settings Auto Acquire Select to automatically assign an IP address via a protocol such as DHCP When Auto Acquire On is displayed automatic addressing is enabled Manually Acquire
104. Setup Azaislant s 3 tool mice ena seu bo comm Be access poet name and restwoet key required when seing ep 3 wireless LAM connectos Lo E J fend Tenian Saing T sl Configures a stings Ier mariing scanead wignas fom ie desce v Canon CD ROM Setup lesenlls ihe standard piara required in exa the deite Custom retaliation j installs selected pigiama Start Softwar Programs j Stala progeam related lo De lursslesruabby of the dows directly fom the COAOM Manuals Desplasys manuals relied in ese of the dece 656 676 OALJ OH9 Screen Layout of e Manual The e Manual is divided into different screens and the content of each screen varies Top Page Appears when e Manual is started se dd A Impartani Safety Insbmatimms ce Manual lg Setting Up the Machine Going Green and Saving Money b Bache Coseratlons q Copying qz Fanning ami PEJ Lee the Machane gea Printer EF Easy on the environment h easy on your wallet There ane lots of ways do cut back on paper fone pewer onc eeperaes lam ig thet BMdcri Bussi ars a Cir ay Network Bp security Liking Renee LiT Quick Help i Curran Problemi Whan am amor Message appara d e When an eror code too appears i How bo install the diver sofbwsra Baa tes conreat ra ralenh ana lina Cannot send or recablea Taxes Cannot print documents Cannot coriect lhe madhma to tebe corked computer base D Gan your documents Bo
105. Soon Made Coi Image Dusty 300 da ef Conci Blech Ted Uapi Ihe S conner Dirar wr Seen S canned iraga la Fis Hae Ere Gave ot Tras FOF POF Seting Sare bosni Inesge bie a m Bisai d Eres Picienes bo 8 ubliokder h Cursi gs EdienalAspbssli n Dag aedi deop in ae plicabon icon Fees Ki negantes Sa Loe ol She Deca resge anc ef Settings Fea Ca oe mg When placing documents in the feeder in step 1 When scanning is complete the save destination folder is displayed on the computer EBWhen placing documents on the platen glass in step 1 Ea When scanning is complete follow the procedure below 1 If there are additional pages of documents to be scanned place the next document on the platen glass select Scan Next Original and press 73 Select Next peraktlon Confirm Destination J Cancel Store amp Finish Repeat this step until you finish scanning all of the pages When there is only one page to be scanned proceed to the next step 2 Press Store amp Finish The save destination folder is displayed on the computer NOTE About the save destination folder By default the scanned data is saved to the Pictures or My Pictures folder A subfolder named with the scanning date is created and the data is saved to that folder amp To change the save destination see Configuring Storing Settings TIPS Scan from the machi
106. Starting Remote UI Using the operation panel IPv6 settings can also be accessed from 4 2IPv6 Settings LINKS Setting IPv4 Address Viewing Network Settings 344 676 0ALJ 086 Viewing Network Settings Viewing IPv4 Settings 2 Viewing IPv6 Settings Viewing the MAC Address 2 Viewing Wireless LAN Settings and Information MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only NOTE amp The IP address is not correctly configured if it is displayed as 0 0 0 0 Connecting the machine to a switching hub or bridge may result in a connection failure even when the IP address is correctly configured This problem can be solved by setting a certain interval before the machine starts communicating Setting a Wait Time for Connecting to a Network amp You can print a list of the current network settings User Data List System Manager Data List Viewing IPv4 Settings m Status Monitor Network Information f lt IPv4 gt fj Select the setting to view fj IF Address 152 168 0 225 ubnet Yask ateway Address Viewing IPv6 Settings m Status Monitor Network Information fj lt IPv6 gt fj Select the setting to view By Link Local Address IF Address feBo 0000 0000 0000 tateless Address 1 F jg 0123 4557 88ab cdef tateless Address 2 tateless Address 3 tateless Address 4 tateless Address 5 tateless Address 6 tateful Address Default Router Address Viewing the MAC Address 1
107. There are four size settings Poster 1 x 2 Poster 2 x 2 Poster 3 x 3 and Poster 4 x 4 NOTE Poster size settings cannot be selected when 2 sided printing is enabled Select 1 sided Printing in 1 sided 2 sided Booklet Printing and then select a poster size setting Select the Print Border check box to add borders on your printouts The borders are helpful if you want to paste the printouts together or cut off the margins LINKS Printing a Document Enlarging or Reducing 204 676 OALJ 04U ng Booklet MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Print You can print two pages of a document on both sides of paper and then fold your printed pages in half to make a booklet The printer driver controls the print order in such a way that the page numbers are correctly arranged NOTE Booklet printing may not be available with some sizes and types of paper The paper that is available for 2 sided printing is also available for booklet printing See Paper Basic Settings tab Select Booklet Printing in 1 sided 2 sided Booklet Printing Click Booklet to specify detailed settings as necessary OK OK LE 1E 307317730773 onis Ar Dani Satin Pint zm usc odor Tun 1 sided 2 sided Booklet Printing Select Booklet Printing NOTE For 1 sided Printing and 2 sided Printing see Switching 1 Sided and 2 Sided Printing MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only A B
108. Top Click to return to the top page Site map Click to display all the e Manual topics f Help 657 676 Click to display information on how to view the e Manual how to perform a search and other information G Print Click to print the displayed content y Feature Highlights Provides a variety of practical examples of ways to use the machine Click to toggle the display of practical examples by category or click the sliding display for more information about each category The sliding display can be stopped by moving the pointer onto it Feature Highlights Quick Help Click to view how to solve problems or maintain the machine g Notice Click to view important information you should know when using the machine Office Locations Click to display contact information for any inquiries about the machine Feature Highlights Provides a variety of practical examples of ways to use the machine So Much More Bl Feature Higskgets Just what you were looking for L dee There see s variety of features Inr whatpwer you need 1n de Ie at hae in fe alice r imme on The reged 4 iur Dni El Spechesticons El uring s Mamuai 01 Easy Printing with Google Cloud Print EB cies 02 keep Your Printouts Private Only 2 0 Marmy when you prim ee er from yuur rornpuler f Serra guit of the printer riget aay However i you hyre sensiEnes documents this may not be
109. Trail Indicates the series of pages you opened to display the currently displayed page You can check what page is currently displayed List Number Specifies the range of coded dial numbers displayed on the page You cannot display List Number in Favorites Top Icon Moves the scroll box up to the top of the page when the page is scrolled down NOTE Registering Editing the Address Book You can register or edit the Address Book when you have logged on in System Manager Mode 458 676 OALJ OAH Managing Documents and Checking the Machine Status Checking Current Status of Print Documents 2 Checking History of Documents 2 Checking Error Information 2 Checking Device Specifications Checking System Manager Information 2 Checking Print Total Counter NOTE The document file name displays only 32 characters The printed application name may be added to the file name Checking Current Status of Print Documents The list of the documents currently printing or waiting to be printed is displayed ry Log on to the Remote UI Starting Remote UI Status Monitor Cancel Job Status ced Pe 1 Mesas Large VEI You can delete a document job by clicking Cancel NOTE amp Regardless of the Department ID Management setting all the print documents currently printing and waiting to be printed will be listed amp If you entered your user name when you logged on in End User Mode your user name will onl
110. UFFILT PD LT bord See whats printing VO Sedi delaoh piisab Prine pred ererice Coure thortcut Troubleshoot Remepa device Pripet Canon MFESK Seres LIFRE LT ene Deuh j Model Conon kA RC Gere _ Cabeqers Panter Statue J documen ii gaa Jez Uu cing ais Selva fa BP you share thes primer aniy uezers an yaur nebek ith a eer and passend orth compute can print by rl Thee primer wall met be moms le E Ta change these retirar uma Har 2 sharp tha pnnier T m o i Render print jobu om clari computer Drreura Fihi preter ri ihrer with users ronrang el lerent verasrn of Hiriy xau may wart 35 inea addibonal Sever se chat the vsers do rok haee bo tad the rink desse hien they consect bo thee thard printer Ateste Denis NOTE When Change Sharing Options is displayed Click Change Sharing Options If the User Account Control dialog box appears click Yes or Continue 354 676 oss Canon MFB500C Series UFRII LT Properties General Sharing Forts Advanced Color Management Securty De F you share this printer only users on your network with a TE and password for this computer can print to it The printe 4 Install additional drivers as necessary This operation is required if you want to install MF Drivers in other computers running a different bit architecture via the print server Click Additional Drivers 2 Select the check box for the b
111. Use Filter check box and click the Reject or Allow radio button for the Default Policy Use Filter Select the check box to restrict communication Clear the check box to disable the restriction Default Policy Select the precondition to allow or reject the communication of other devices with the machine Select to pass communication packets only when they are sent to or received from devices whose Reject IP addresses are entered in Exception Addresses Communications with other devices are prohibited Select to block communication packets when they are sent to or received from devices whose IP Allow addresses are entered in Exception Addresses Communications with other devices are permitted 2 Specify address exceptions Enter the IP address or the range of IP addresses in the Address to Register text box and click Add IMPORTANT Check for entry errors If IP addresses are incorrectly entered you may be unable to access the machine from the Remote UI in which case you need to set lt IPv4 Address Filter or IPv6 Address Filter to Off IPv4 Address Filter 2IPv6 Address Filter NOTE Entry form for IP addresses Description Example IPv4 Delimit numbers with periods E Entering a single address IPv6 T Delimit alphanumeric characters with colons I Und Specifying a 192 168 0 10 range of Insert a hyphen between the addresses 192 168 0 20 addresses comua 192 168 0 32 27 range of Enter th
112. X 509v1 or X 509v3 DER encoded binary Key pair p12 or pfx File extension CA certificate cer E Pople Key agora RSA 512 bits 1024 bits 2048 bits or 4096 bits and key length Certificate signature algorithm SHA1 RSA SHA256 RSA SHA384 RSA 2 SHA512 RSA 2 MD5 RSA or MD2 RSA Certificate thumbprint algorithm SHA1 1 Requirements for the certificate contained in a key pair are pursuant to CA certificates 2 SHA384 RSA and SHA512 RSA are available only when the RSA key length is 1024 bits or more NOTE The machine does not support use of a certificate revocation list CRL 445 676 Generating Key Pairs 0ALJ 0A8 A key pair can be generated with the machine when it is required for encrypted communication via Secure Sockets Layer SSL You can use SSL when accessing the machine via the Remote UI Up to five key pairs can be registered to the machine 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Fa Remate Ul Paral Ceska Baak Intoraniza erie es See 3 Frima M Bardy amp priri Eana S Bari fe mn Faa qp Candy tr ere or ranh Mer tr Ir rrrration ha erro Click Security Settings Key and Certificate Settings itp UE m serus e Pami Ta ig Mal to Totus blasen Help Ergz Figli ym V Emmat irga Loco Senin Sar riy Salman ioia Wip Tep anni OR Lo ds Te Racari HTS Tirso aiii s l mcin n
113. a Wireless Router Setting Up Connection by Specifying Detailed Settings If the problem persists even after checking the network key check whether the machine is properly installed and ready to connect to the network Installation Settings Problems Copying is restricted Do you want to log in Copying is disabled in the Department ID Management Select Yes and log on with a Department ID for which copying is not disabled For the Department ID and PIN contact your Administrator Setting the Department ID Management Correction failed ba Appropriate paper that is required for correction is not loaded in a paper drawer Load plain or recycled A4 or Letter size paper into the paper drawer Full Adjust Adjust Copy Image An adjustment image that is required for correction is not placed on the platen glass correctly Place the adjustment image on the platen glass with the print side face down and the black stripe toward the back side of the machine Full Adjust Adjust Copy Image Paper jammed during correction Remove the jammed paper and perform correction again Clearing Jams The amount of toner required for correction is insufficient Corrections require toner Replace the toner cartridge and perform correction again Replacing Toner Cartridges The transfer belt inside the machine is dirty Perform automatic cleaning of the transfer belt Transfer Belt Could not connec
114. a moment 6 Click Exit Install Manuals Insta on of ta manuals is complete Click Next Exit 651 676 Install Cici Mead ip ai setup 4 LESTI w This manaii ara require bo maios full iae of fia dica i enu balal in maiaa DO yosr cempular yos can di pay Ti m3cugis viho usieg thes CD ROM Exit CD ROM Setup Hialat C apaa haw Riian en i Viewing the e Manual Double click the MF8500C MF8200C Series e Manual icon on the desktop Enable Java scripting in your browser before using the e Manual g e Manual NOTE If a security warning message appears Allow blocked cantent Click Allow blocked content Internet Explorer restricted this webpage from running scriptis or ActmreeX controls TIPS for Viewing the e Manual Directly from the CD ROM Depending on the operating system you are using a security warning message may appear If the message appears allow the content to be displayed in your Web browser llUsing the Multi lingual User Manual CD 1 Insert the Multi lingual User Manual CD into the drive on the computer amp If the Select language screen does not appear remove the CD ROM from the drive and then insert it again or see Displaying the CD ROM Setup or Select language Screen 2 Select your language 3 Click Display Manuals 652 676 W Using the User Software CD ROM 1 Insert the User Software CD R
115. a valid Google account Check whether the machine is properly registered to Google Cloud Print from Remote UI Registering the Machine with Google Cloud Print Cleaning failed Paper jammed during cleaning Remove the jammed paper set paper correctly and perform cleaning again Clearing Jams Feeder Fixing Unit The amount of toner required for cleaning the fixing unit is insufficient Cleaning requires toner Replace the toner cartridge and perform the cleaning again Replacing Toner Cartridges Color copying is restricted Do you want to log in Color copying is disabled in the Department ID Management Select lt Yes gt and log on with a Department ID for which color copying is not disabled For the Department ID and PIN contact your Administrator Setting the Department ID Management Color printing is restricted Do you want to log in Color printing is disabled in the Department ID Management Select lt Yes gt and log on with a Department ID for which color printing is not disabled For the Department ID and PIN contact your Administrator Setting the Department ID Management 554 676 Connection failed Check the PSK settings The network key PSK of a wireless router to be connected is not set to the machine correctly Check the network key PSK of the wireless router and set it to the machine again 2 Checking the SSID and Network Key Setting Up Connection by Selecting
116. a wait time for connecting to a network Select the setting depending on the network environment Setting a Wait Time for Connecting to a Network Ot to 300 sec Ethernet Driver Settings Select the communication mode of Ethernet half duplex full duplex and the Ethernet type 10BASE T 100BASE TX You can also view the MAC address of the machine Auto Detect Select whether to automatically detect or manually select the communication mode and the Ethernet type Configuring Ethernet Settings Off Communication Mode Half Duplex t Full Duplex Ethernet Type 1OBASE T t 100BASE TX MAC Address Check the MAC address of the machine which is a number unique to each communication device Viewing the MAC Address IEEE 802 1X Settings Ea Enable or disable IEEE 802 1X authentication 2 Configuring IEEE 802 1X Authentication Off t On Network Settings p ES b IEEE 802 1X Settings p Select Off or On 3 Restart the machine Initialize Network Settings Select to return the Network Settings to the factory defaults Initialize System Management Settings 481 676 OALJ OAX Preferences Mm All the settings about the sound volume and display are listed with short descriptions Default settings are marked with a dagger Titer Settings Common Settings Copy Settings Fax Setting NOTE Asterisks Settings marked with 1 are only available for the MF8580Cdw MF855
117. also set the machine to remain online 0 The machine remains online 1 to 5 to 60 min m Timer Settings fj Auto Offline Time f Set the time period Apply p Auto Shutdown Time 3 Set a timer to automatically shut down the machine after the specified period of idle time has elapsed since the machine entered the sleep mode 2 Setting Auto Shutdown Time MF8540Cdn MF8230Cn Only O Auto Shutdown is disabled 1 to 4 to 8 hr 490 676 OALJ OCO Common Settings Preferences Mm All the settings about the operation of the paper drawer and the paper feed method are listed with short descriptions Default settings are marked with a dagger Titer Settings Copy Settings Fax Settings NOTE Asterisks Settings marked with 1 are only available when the optional paper drawer drawer 2 is attached amp Settings marked with 2 are only available for the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw amp Settings marked with 3 are only available for the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Drawer Auto Selection On Off Switch Paper Feed Method Drawer Auto Selection On Off Enable or disable the automatic drawer selection feature for the paper sources If automatic drawer selection is set to On when printing documents the machine automatically selects a paper source that is loaded with the appropriate paper size Also when the paper runs out this setting enables c
118. and set it to the machine again 2 Checking the SSID and Network Key Setting Up Connection by Selecting a Wireless Router Setting Up Connection by Specifying Detailed Settings The authentication method of the machine is set to Shared Key but that of the wireless router is set to Open System Connect again by selecting a wireless router or by manually changing the WEP authentication method to Open System Setting Up Connection by Selecting a Wireless Router Setting Up Connection by Specifying Detailed Settings Change the WEP authentication method to Shared Key at the wireless router and connect again For more information about how to change see the instruction manuals for your networking devices or contact your manufacturer 562 676 The yellow toner cartridge has reached the end of its lifetime The toner cartridge has reached the end of its lifetime Replacement of the toner cartridge is recommended How to Replace Toner Cartridges Toner Cartridge Error Re insert or replace the toner cartridge The toner cartridge is not set in the cartridge tray correctly or the toner cartridge may be faulty Set the toner cartridge of the color displayed again If the message still appears the toner cartridge may be faulty Contact your local authorized Canon dealer or the Canon help line 2How to Replace Toner Cartridges Use Remote UI to set the information necessary for authentication The IEEE 802
119. are the settings that are first displayed whenever you open the print settings screen of the printer driver but you can change them For example if you want to print all documents including color documents in black and white you can change the default setting for color mode to Black and White By changing the default settings the setting is always Black and White whenever you open the printer driver screen and you can eliminate the need to configure the same settings every time you make prints IMPORTANT To perform the following procedure log on to your computer with an administrator account 1 Open the printer folder Displaying the Printer Folder 2 Right click your printer icon and click Printing preferences ee Oly Handeanaand Sound Daries and Priors add a dece igi s prianie ese au 5 rire Print seres properes E Devices 3 a Printers and Faries 7 i C mem a Cannn Canon Fas W crort PIRIS MSc i FC MEESDC XP Series FAC ceme 1 feries LIFRE UFR LT Dotnet Poe LT r AS Vini Bre what s prinlirsg w Let ac delnult perder Ponting preferences Panier ers pact Create shortcut Tora bles hac Rene aice Pooperties J Canon PASIO Seres LIFRE LT Skate amp Defauh Sahne J loc uem s ini queue i Model Conon MRSC Gere Category Panter 3 Change the settings on the print setting screen and click OK Click the Basic Settings Page Setup Finishing Paper Source or Quality
120. are using 2 Select your fax driver and click Print hor n ESSO Senes P n MFBISDUC Siiki LI acce on APS UFFIT LT Fi tn die TIERE 2 Pages T5535 Evie ether a ange sage orsser sia desde pags ange Fo axarphe 5 12 Hambaro Diesiiraiiona Spei Dubia Dash Profi Swe Sed Fae iomain and mage 4 Select a destination and click Add to List OK 182 676 To specify multiple destinations repeat steps 3 and 4 183 676 0ALJ 047 Importing Exporting Address Book Data Address Book data in CSV format created on applications such as Microsoft Excel can be imported into the machine or the Address Book data can be exported to a file for use on other fax machines or applications The machine supports two file formats CSV csv files and Canon Address Book files abk Importing Address Book Data Exporting Address Book Data Changing Location to Save Address Book Data NOTE You cannot use the Address Book if you do not have permission to access the folder where the Address Book is saved Log on as a user who has permission to access the folder or change the save location of the Address Book 2 Changing Location to Save Address Book Data Importing Address Book Data 1 Open the printer folder Displaying the Printer Folder 2 Right click your fax icon and click Printing preferences zi ec H aideaands5eund amp Dirai and Perla Lr add a fece Add 3 preter Tas afe 5 Dna Prin
121. as separate files For PDF or TIFF files multiple documents can be scanned and saved into one set of files regardless of whether documents are placed on the platen glass or in the feeder Send Press Start P CANON starfish Original Orientation Portra Original Type Text Photo 2 Sided Original off NOTE You can select from among lt PDF gt lt PDF Compact gt lt TIFF gt and lt JPEG gt as a file format The file name of a scanned document is automatically assigned based on the following format communication management number four digits sent date and time document number three digits file extension name Example of file names If a one page document is converted into a PDF file and sent on October 17 2013 at 07 00 05 P M 0045 131017190005 001 pdf 292 676 You cannot specify file names yourself 6 Press to start scanning Scanning starts If you want to cancel scanning press 5 Yes R gm When placing documents in the feeder in step 1 When scanning is complete the documents are scanned to the shared folder m When placing documents on the platen glass in step 1 When scanning is complete follow the procedures below except if you selected JPEG as a file format in step 5 1 If there are additional pages of documents to be scanned place the next document on the platen glass and press j Repeat this step until you finish scanning all of the pages When there i
122. ba me Predects soa Deia Computer You may allow olher users of other Gompulers conie L your Da zipneaded Companer to usc me Sots prosided than you musti assaee thea ad such ugers shall abide bey thee deri of tis Agresmeni and shell be subjecti im resiriciosm and obligates borne Ex you hereunder TE aco pl Has Fera oft hi aprem click Yes Ts densa Ifa Beret ol hib agesecsent dick He Tr eee hi program ite lemme of ges aparma mul be acospled Click Next 19 74 Welcome to the Setup Wizard for the MF drivers This will install fhe MF direm on your computer To Glick Next continue The following screen appears Click Yes To use this program you must remove all firewall blocks set against this program Do you want to change the Windows Firewall settings so that the Vindews Firewall block will be removed To make this setting effective it is aloo necessary to allow exceptions in Windows Firewall Love te For USB Connection t Proceed to step 13 For Network Connection t Proceed to step 7 7 Select the machine to be installed 1 Select the machine 2 Click Next Selecl a tanget device To inatal the divers l Select Device Select the device fom the desica list and click Mes E tha devica i nor shed n the 2 Select Driver device bet click 5eaech bp IP Address and qpecity the device IP addes manually Conlin Scttings Device Lia If no machines are displayed in Devic
123. box How to display the print dialog box differs for each application For more information see the instruction manual for the application you are using 3 Select this machine in the print dialog box The printers connected to your Macintosh are displayed Select this machine in this step 4 Specify the print settings as necessary Presets Specify the print settings by selecting a preset setting from the drop down list Copies Specify the number of copies Two Sided MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn only Select the check box to make 2 sided printouts Pages Specify the range of the pages to print when printing a document with multiple pages NOTE The available settings differ depending on the application you are using D Click Print Printing starts To cancel printing Canceling AirPrint Printing Canceling AirPrint Printing You have two options to cancel printing You can cancel printing from the operation panel of the machine Canceling Prints or from an Apple device with the following procedure lli Canceling from iPad iPhone or iPod touch 1 Press the Home button twice 2 Tap Print Center to display the list of the documents to be printed 3 Tap the document you want to cancel and tap Cancel Printing E Canceling from Macintosh 1 Click the printer icon that is displayed in the Dock on the desktop 245 676 2 3 Click the document you want to cancel Click Delete
124. box and specify the MIB Access Permission setting Up to two community names can be registered 3 Select the Use Dedicated Community check box and specify the MIB Access Permission setting m Disabling SNMPv1 Clear the Use SNMPv1 check box Specify SNMPv3 settings If you do not need to change SNMPv3 settings proceed to the next step G Lyme m D amp zcx Ves dum sp Vase Famin To Fete Perea ar Denier abu C iniii peagi kngeniExpenri inulin Eating iiaeaa Leto Dead Conent y Nes Boe Pere oon Furi Onh Shire hapag Ls SHEF pedem u Eases iru Lar Nan MIL cris Berek Sabai reads Ascdreentic aci Bao iron wn SHAS Serge Fano Ajeniee peor Paneer Conie iesp hipan ms Use SNMPv3 Select the check box to enable SNMPv3 You can specify the rest of SNMPv3 settings only when this check box is selected Enable User Select the check box to enable User Settings 1 User Settings 2 User Settings 3 To disable user settings clear the corresponding check box User Name Enter up to 32 alphanumeric characters for the user name MIB Access Permission Select Read Write or Read Only for the access privileges to MIB objects Read Write Permits both viewing and changing the values of MIB objects Read Only Permits only viewing the values of MIB objects Security Settings Select Authentication On Encryption On Authentication On Encryption Off or
125. by TRC SS 2011 32 Regulatory information for users in UAE TRA REGISTERD No ERO0058948 11 DEALER No DA0058934 11 B Disclaimers The information in this document is subject to change without notice CANON INC MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS MATERIAL EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED EXCEPT AS PROVIDED HEREIN INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THEREOF WARRANTIES AS TO MARKETABILITY MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF USE OR NON INFRINGEMENT CANON INC SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE OR LOSSES OR EXPENSES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS MATERIAL E Copyright Copyright CANON INC 2014 674 676 No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language or computer language in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic optical chemical manual or otherwise without the prior written permission of Canon Inc Il Trademarks Canon and the Canon logo are registered trademarks of Canon Inc in the United States and may also be trademarks or registered trademarks in other countries Adobe Acrobat Reader and Photoshop are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and or other countries Apple Bonjour Mac OS Macintosh and OS X are trademarks or registered trademarks of Apple Inc in the U S and or other countries Microso
126. cannot change the installation location 7 Click Install Standard Install on Macintosh HD Introduction License This will take 57 4 MA af space on your computer Destination Select Click Install to perform a standard installation of Installation Type this software on the disk Macintosh HD installation B Summary Change Install Location GoBack install The Change Install Location button may appear but you cannot change the installation location Enter your Name and Password and click OK f you are using Mac OS X 10 7 x or later click Install Software f Y Type your password to allow Installer to make changes b Desails e 30 74 9 When the following screen appears click Close ANA s Install Canon MF Driver L The installation was completed successfully Introduction License v d Destination Select kurtallstion Typa Installation Successful Installation The software was successfully installed Summary Follow the instructions in the manual attached to the device or in the Documents tolder to set the driver Go Back n the case of USB connection proceed to USB Cable Connection Only when Connecting with USB n the case of network connection proceed to Registering the Printer and Fax For Macintosh 31 74 USB Cable Connection Only when Connecting with USB 1
127. change the items to be included click Settings 175 676 i Sender tab Select the sender items you want to include and enter the information Miinid Sarde Hara TTS Sender Hara TTI 7 niuda Company Lsenany s incdude Dept De F incus Fax Murata Fant Huber i Destination tab Select the destination items you want to include and enter the information Destination names company names department names and fax numbers specified in the Sending Settings tab Sending PC Faxes are included on the cover sheet Mja Destrater Hama E include ompans F include Dept Dre Is incdus Fax hurtar Logo tab Signature tab Specify each setting The following screen shows an example for when the Logo tab is selected D Site ED B 50tn 50 E With without logos or signatures Select Print with Logo or Print with Signature if you want to include logos or signatures on the cover sheet Have the bitmap files for logos or signatures ready beforehand M Location of logos or signature files Specify the location where logos or signatures files are saved Click Browse to locate the file you are using for logos or signatures 9 Size and position of the specified logos or signatures Adjust the size and position of the specified logos or signatures while checking the image displayed on the left B Details tab 176 676 Include Number of Sheets to Send Select this check box if you want to
128. changing setting values press to decrease a value Select Paper Settings key Press to select the paper you want to use or to set the size and type of paper loaded in the paper source Specifying Paper Size and Type M OK key Press to apply settings or specified details M Back key Press to return to the previous screen If you press this key when specifying settings for example the settings are not applied and the display returns to the previous screen Multi function keys left right When an item such as lt Hook gt or lt Register gt is displayed at the bottom of the display press the key under the displayed item to select or apply the item or to proceed to further operations Using the Operation Panel Error indicator Blinks or lights up when an error such as a paper jam occurs Wi Fi indicator MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw only Lights up when the machine is connected to wireless LAN Processing Data indicator Blinks while operations such as sending or printing are being performed Lights up when there are documents waiting to be processed Display Displays the operation and status screens for copying faxing and other functions as well as the status of the machine and error information Also view the screen when specifying the settings of the machine Display Menu key Press to start specifying many of the settings for the machine such as Timer Settings or Preferences Setting Menu List Repo
129. check box j Click OK mConfiguring WSD Click Edit in WSD Settings Vies LPG Preig RANT Pria 5T lige FAM Printi i LM Usa EDI Printing 2 Configure the settings as necessary MENSODC 2 Sittings fegiaaraticn j Hare Sum Manager Figura ean cesa s anno Lr d tems Drange he kiebi raai T Panis iio sache oe ea maa pou h eed CFT ed OH ee het fiba PEE Em Ciro im HTTP Settee eame PTE 1 miin Seg UK Casi Drama Seg Copy Feiing IE Fan Saleen A us AED Prey Zon Soir iha TAD Beard belgie piy Frit Samia Peyres Serres ihep WED Ecganieqi E dans LI liem argue i ibiti Ea yop Unda Laer 7 Lira Viol aet Darra ERI LETT Wr pare Ae B heheh Sega Er my iw Use WSD Printing Select the check box to print via WSD When not using WSD printing clear the check box Use WSD Browsing Select the check box to obtain information about the machine from a computer via WSD This check box is automatically selected when the Use WSD Printing check box is selected Use WSD Scanning Available for Windows Vista 7 8 WSD scanning enables you to scan documents to a computer without installing the scanner driver Select the check box to scan documents via WSD When not using WSD scanning clear the check box Use Computer Scanning Select the check box to use WSD scanning by operating the machine with the operation panel This check box can only be selected when the Use W
130. connected correctly cConnecting to a Wired LAN Scanned data could not be e mailed or stored to the shared folder because TCP IP was not working correctly Check lt TCP IP Settings gt and set correctly Network Settings An IP address is not set Set the IP address correctly Setting IP Addresses The machine cannot communicate with devices on a network immediately after the machine starts up because the waiting time for the start of the communication is set The machine cannot start communicating immediately after it is turned ON Wait until the set time for Waiting Time for Connection at Startup gt passes after turning ON the machine and send again Setting a Wait Time for Connecting to a Network When communicating with an SMTP server to send an e mail a timeout error occurred from the server Check whether SMTP is running on the network correctly Check whether the machine is properly installed and correctly connected to the network OInstallation Settings Problems When communicating with the SMTP server an error returned from the server Check whether the SMTP server is set correctly A destination is not set correctly Check whether the destination is set correctly When storing a scanned document into the shared folder an error occurred from the folder Check whether the shared folder and the computer that has the shared folder are running correctly The SMTP server name is not s
131. creases or curls When You Cannot Print Properly 575 676 OALJ OCK Printing Problems See Common Problems also Printing results are not satisfactory Paper creases or curls When You Cannot Print Properly You cannot print Is a printer driver installed to your computer correctly MF Driver Installation Guide Printing seems to be slow Print or delete data in memory Printing Documents in Memory 2 Checking Deleting Documents in Memory Disabling Secure Print is recommended if you are not using it 2 Changing the Valid Time Period for Secured Documents When the free space in memory is running low the processing speed of the machine becomes slow just as a computer does There is nothing abnormal You cannot print with Google Cloud Print Using Google Cloud Print 576 676 OALJ OCL Faxing Telephone Problems MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only See Common Problems also Sending Problems A fax cannot be sent Is an external phone line busy Wait until the line becomes free Has an error occurred Print and check a Communication Management Report 2Communication Management Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Is a telephone line set correctly 2 Connecting the Telephone Line When sending the fax overseas insert pauses in the fax number Sending Faxes A fax cannot be sent with a destination in the history specified Did you turn OFF th
132. displayed Logging on to the Machine llPlacing Documents This section describes how to place documents on the platen glass and in the feeder Placing Documents llLoading Paper This section describes how to load the paper into the paper drawer and manual feed slot 2 Loading Paper W Using the Operation Panel This section describes how to use the keys on the operation panel to perform various operations such as adjusting and checking the settings This section also describes how to enter text and numbers which are necessary for operations such as registering information in the Address Book and sending faxes Using the Operation Panel 51 676 M Registering in the Address Book This section describes how to register destinations for sending faxes or scanned documents Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only E Adjusting the Volume This section describes how to adjust the volume of various machine sounds such as those produced when fax sending is complete or when an error occurs Adjusting the Volume li Entering Sleep Mode This section describes how to set the sleep mode Entering Sleep Mode li Setting Auto Shutdown Time This section describes how to enable the Auto Shutdown Time setting Setting Auto Shutdown Time MF8540Cdn MF8230Cn Only 52 676 0ALJ 010 Parts and Their Functions This section describes the parts of the machine ext
133. document is saved to the computer y PDF The scanned document is converted into a PDF file You can also forward it to an application By default the scanned document is converted into a searchable PDF file where text can be searched using a computer Color Scan B amp W Scan Custom 1 Custom 2 You can register frequently used settings in advance Configuring Scan Settings in MF Toolbox You can also specify an application as a forwarding destination When you scan by using the operation panel the settings registered here are applied Scanning from the Machine Scanning Using the Scan gt PC Key NOTE 258 676 To switch a scanner If two or more machines are installed and you want to switch to another machine click Settings and select the machine 2 Configuring Settings for MF Toolbox and the Scanner da Bk Lips T Luthor 2 Scan Scan Settings 6 Configure the scan settings as necessary Configuring Scan Settings in MF Toolbox Calor Scan car a Sereda hi titre ay be the haal bei 1 Brad aene Brie ings y species apicali al Semen Subiegi Select Sou Puls Hla a Pis Fed l a Paper See Aa Scan Hade Loka rugas Quae da 9 Canet Bick Ted Umpisa be 1cm D ron wr Dm bomadi nga is Fis Flere bl Saree m T ppa FDF apes pirea lace b 2 Set Fiat to 8 Subholder ath Donen Date Exin application Dag acc dang en appkeauen con Seer Ie regrikar Lorina of She Scanner ae and if fasting Same A p
134. down the inside of the machine Note that placing objects in front of the ventilation slots prevents ventilation Installation Speaker Emits sounds produced by the machine such as fax tones and warning tones Lift handles Hold the lift handles when carrying the machine Relocating the Machine Scanning area Documents loaded in the feeder are automatically fed to the scanning area for scanning Output tray 54 676 Printed paper is output to the output tray t Manual feed transport guide Lower the manual feed transport guide when paper is jammed in the manual feed slot to remove the jammed paper Clearing Jams Platen glass Place documents to scan on the platen glass Also use the platen glass to place thick or bound documents such as books when they cannot be loaded in the feeder Placing Documents USB memory port You can connect a USB memory device to the machine and directly print the data from the USB memory device Documents scanned by using the machine can also be saved directly to the USB memory device Printing from USB Memory USB Print Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory Manual feed slot Load the paper into the manual feed slot when you want to temporarily use a type of paper different from that which is loaded in the paper drawer 2Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Slot 55 676 0ALJ 012 Back Side MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn p Handset Jack MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw only C
135. en nies Eo coe Eg primar sseng a wireless LAM refei 5 Canons Some pas Cancal i For Network Connection Select Network Connection and click Next Select ihe Type of Connection Saiaci tha tpe of core clon Eetesen ie Oeics ac your comgpitar Vv LEB Goneecdion TEE Eme nd LHe LIII Gale E Sores ihe dace le yeur c mpeler Eistar Cone clon Cann he Gece d yer computer ia me mahai Far imi cran en Few Do conic fa primer eseng a resa LAN refer 15 Canams bore page 4 NOTE Windows Server 2003 Server 2008 Server 2012 This screen is not displayed Proceed to the following procedure 4 Select the check box next to the application you want to install and click Install 18 74 Custom Installation Th sachd pesqeams shown slew will ba iialabad Click jasil andi ian follow fe mechs Galas anda soman Tha disk mpacs required lor MF drivers may dier iram he epar cured A phy x AP Gera Programs requiras for priming Generics scaneieg images and sanding Tasas by compeelar A30 MB Hi Tasib r Program thai alice you ia aasi mpat images scanned wif a scanner inis an application a amp ach hem fo MB e mail menyer ee diem tm hard disks ac Pr aste Poesie d carica cent Pregeam thai heips seu to manage scanned doosmearnis ard phass kup pers search l uescioss such as 250 MB keypad 8 Ses aed searches Pho Masiak LJ These manuals aeg required bo make full use of hie dedic H
136. example for when lt Name gt is selected in step 4 to search by personal name Mame Max 30 Characters LES A oh Apply Pressing lt A a 12 gt toggles the input modes except for searching by fax number To specify multiple search criteria repeat steps 4 and 5 6 Select Search Method gt and press 53 150 676 Set Search Conditions Hane john Fax Number E Mail Address rganizakion Specify the search method and press 53 Using All Conditions Below Searches and displays the destinations that meet all the search criteria specified in steps 4 and 5 y Using Some Conditions Below All destinations meeting any of the search criteria specified in steps 4 and 5 are displayed as search results 8 Press lt Start Search gt Name john Fax Number E Mail Address Organization The destinations meeting your search criteria are displayed NOTE If the authentication screen appears when you press lt Start Search gt enter the user name of the machine and the password registered in the LDAP server and press Apply Registering LDAP Servers MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 9 Select a destination and press lt Apply gt Up to 10 destinations can be specified Search Results Fax p john 455000XXX To search for a destination using other search criteria repeat steps 2 to 9 NOTE The maximum number of destinations t
137. fax driver click Overwrite 187 676 188 676 0ALJ 048 Using the Machine as a Printer There are many ways to use the machine as a printer You can print documents on your computer by using the printer driver print image files from a USB memory device or print from portable devices using Google Cloud Print or AirPrint Make full use of the print functions to suit your needs li Printing from a Computer You can print a document made on your computer by using the printer driver Printing from a Computer li Printing from USB Memory USB Print You can print JPEG and TIFF image files stored in a USB memory device by connecting it directly to the machine Using this function you can print without using a computer Printing from USB Memory USB Print llUsing Google Cloud Print You can print without using a printer driver by using applications or services on computers or other portable devices that support Google Cloud Print Using Google Cloud Print Google mr Cloud Print Ready ll Using AirPrint You can print without using a printer driver by sending print data wirelessly from Apple devices Using AirPrint 189 676 0ALJ 049 Printing from a Computer You can print a document made with an application on your computer by using the printer driver There are useful settings on the printer driver such as enlarging reducing and 2 sided printing that enable you to print your documents in var
138. faxes or the Address Book List You can also specify whether to print reports automatically utput Report Printing Reports and Lists Status Monitor Screen When you press Status Monitor a screen is displayed that enables you to check the status of documents that are being printed sent or received as well as the status of the machine such as the toner levels or the network setting information such as the IP address of the machine Status Monitor Error Information Displays the details of any errors that occurred When an Error Message Appears Error Information Recovery Press OK f Device Status Displays the status of the machine such as the amount of paper or toner remaining Device Status Remaining Toner Remove Henory Media Check Counter Secure Print Memory Usage Paper Information Displays whether paper is loaded in each paper source Remaining Toner Displays the amount of toner remaining Remove Memory Media Use to safely remove a USB memory device Printing from USB Memory USB Print Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory Check Counter Displays the separate totals for black and white and color printouts Viewing the Counter Value Secure Print Memory Usage MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn only Displays the amount of memory currently used for storing secured document data Printing a Document Secured by a PIN Secure Print MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn
139. ff Input the length of the X side using A W or the numeric keys and press Apply Set Length for X La E 77 218 3 Specify the length of the Y longer side Select Y and press f Input the length of the Y side and press Apply ah 127 355 4 Press lt Apply gt Specify Size X 140 om Plain 3 75 90 g m Recycled Color Howey 1 86 119 g m Heavy 2 120 128 g m LINKS Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Slot 2Paper 89 676 0ALJ 01U Registering a Custom Paper Size You can register up to three frequently used custom paper sizes 1 Press Select Paper Settings s If the Select Paper screen shown below is displayed use A W to select Paper Settings and press R Select Paper Multi Purpose Tray EB in Ad Plain 2 EB us AS Plain 2 2 Select Register Custom Paper and press fj Multi Purpose Tray Drawer 1 Drawer 2 3 Select Not Registered and press i 140 x 260 am 8 Hot Registered If paper sizes 1 to 3 have already been registered either change or delete the setting to continue The procedures for changing and deleting these settings are described below mChanging a setting 1 Select the registered size you want to change and press fj 2 Select lt Edit gt press 73 and proceed to step 4 2 140 x 260 mm Edit J Delete m Deleting a setting 1 Select the registered size you wan
140. for a 64 bit operating system cannot be installed Windows XP on which no service pack or SP1 is installed Windows Server 2003 on which no service pack is installed 10 Click Start to start installation Confirm Sette Install The setup program vell instal tha drivera wilh the folowing ssttings The program Faatuma you selected are being nstalled lect Deuce ih z NM ther chek Start lo stat wetaling E Deuce ti Salup Wizard ia inataling the MF divers Plane well Select Driver heres few Inelelbahon Seleci Diver Condi PotCMMFHP 2CXFCIEDSCE 7 s Eiin inm Solinus PinterCaronl 999 Senes LIFRII L Contam Settings 4 nsal Dirai Lahan Senet UF AHI LI install R i Defeat Printer Firer Lanan LFA LT XFS R g maut Printer P Dureer C anon S9 UFRII LT P3 l Print Tast Page PrirterCanon Seres PELSE Prnt Test Page r Exi Dira anon ae Senes PLL Se 7 Ex Pinter Canc 9 seige FULLA Drar Canon Senes PELE Fas Canon Sena FAS Dres anam Senes Fx PotUiMMFNPSCAM 2CS8EF AEDBCE Scama Canon 99 ser Z2C3EFCAEDBLE Coren Canin Senes 11 Select the machine you would like to make your default printer 1 Select the machine you would like to make your default printer 2 Click Next This screen appears only when installing the printer driver and fax driver The MF divers hane been malad ou can set one of The inttalled parber ot the ristalled lax as the default printer Select a dev
141. ia dep the PDF ponte maras P ix 2 Chook the Device Status Check that Ea dica a aered OM acd that a nebert coner and configuration procedure hee been ronpiesed 359 676 nt to view Send Setting Guide click How to Set NOTE If the screen below appears Click Yes To use this progam you must remove all fineveall blocks set sgain ihi program De you sank bs change the Windows Firewall selrugs iis thal the M amcsern Forareea ll biek val be nerve Ta make the setting steci rte also necessary to allow exceptione i Misadaees Fareveall c3 gt NOTE If the machine is not displayed in Device List Click Search Again If the problem persists click Search by IP Address enter the IP address of the machine and then click OK 6 Confirm the settings and click OK 2 Click Start capta Lr znL id Nu T Fs i Wee wares Toch Pay Sand Function Setting Ten miting Canon For qna Cahir arith PT Fih BEPA doi Tes dog ina Digna Dey hon b A a ih Disita Hasa HiP aei Pahi Kasse UFE aves Lonati Eira ARO PR My1 An ey ee If the logon screen is displayed enter the appropriate ID and PIN in the corresponding text boxes and then click Logon 3 Click Send to E mail Settings cata kapris S etree ted Vis diu Wee fanmim Foch Wig Tord icme cabinas by o mal bon the device lt 0 6 a o0 pg a Mila oun sR ee Fb Fa
142. is converted into a JPEG Exif image This setting is available when Grayscale Color or Color Magazine is selected for Scan Mode Configuring Scan Settings The scanned document is converted into a TIFF image A PDF file is created If you scan a multi page document these pages are merged into one PDF file A one page PDF file is created for each page of the scanned document For example if you scan a three page document three separate one page PDF files are created One PDF file is created from multiple documents For example if you scan a three page document one three page PDF file is created Newly scanned document data is added as additional pages to an existing PDF file that you specify Adding Pages to an Existing PDF file Available file formats for each scan type Scan type Mail OCR Save PDF Color Scan B amp W Scan Custom 1 PDF Single Page BMP JPEG Exif TIFF PDF PDF Multiple Pages PDF Add Page v v vC vC S s s S v v v Y v v v v v v 265 676 sS Custom 2 d vC d d Not available if Scan Mode is set to Black and White or Black and White OCR 2 Configuring Scan Settings If a message indicating the image size is too large is displayed Lower the Image Quality value 2 Configuring Scan Settings PDF Settings If you select PDF PDF Single Page PDF Multiple Pages or PDF Add Page for Save as Type 133 you
143. job you want to print and click H did Caner FisaCamesua Cassin MFISEOC Sarias LERELT File Ert Mieweie Heip Laytet Flom Dionmumanti Printing starts For instructions on how to cancel printing see 2 Canceling Prints LINKS Printing a Document 219 676 0ALJ 055 Configuring Printer Settings on the Machine When you print a document from a computer you can specify many print settings such as the number of copies or color mode in the application you used to make the document or on the printer driver However the Paper Size Override setting described below can only be specified on the machine B Paper Size Override gt Select whether to switch between printing on A4 and Letter size paper if one of these paper sizes is loaded but the other is not For example if you are printing a Letter size document but only A4 paper is loaded in the machine the machine will print your document on A4 paper m 9 Printer Settings fg Paper Size Override gt f Select Off or On p Paper Size Override E oft Does not perform paper size substitution Printing stops and an error message is displayed when the machine runs out of the paper that has been specified n On Performs paper size substitution However if no paper to substitute is loaded in any paper sources the substitution cannot be performed E Other Printer Settings MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn On
144. length can be loaded in the paper drawer Custom paper size of 76 2 to 215 9 mm in width and 127 to 355 6 mm in length can be loaded in the manual feed slot MF8280Cw MF8230Cn A4 210 0 x 297 0 mm B5 182 0 x 257 0 mm A5 148 0 x 210 0 mm Legal 215 9 x 355 6 mm Letter 215 9 x 279 4 mm Statement 139 7 x 215 9 mm Executive 184 0 x 266 7 mm Officio 215 9 x 317 5 mm B officio 215 9 x 355 mm M officio 215 9 x 341 mm Government Letter 203 2 x 266 7 mm Government Legal 203 2 x 330 2 mm Foolscap 215 9 x 330 2 mm Envelope COM10 104 7 x 241 3 mm 639 676 Envelope Monarch 98 4 x 190 5 mm Envelope C5 162 x 229 mm Envelope DL 110 x 220 mm Custom Paper Size 1 The machine can print received fax documents 2 Custom paper size of 83 to 215 9 mm in width and 127 to 355 6 mm in length can be loaded in the paper drawer or the manual feed slot NOTE The default paper size of the machine is set to Letter Change the paper size setting when using a different size of paper Specifying Paper Size and Type in the Paper Drawer M Paper Type and Paper Source Capacity Chlorine free paper can be used with this machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Paper Type Paper Capacity for Paper Drawer Paper Capacity for Manual Feed Slot Plain paper t 60 to 90 g m 250 sheets 50 sheets 86 to 119 g m 200 sheets 30 sheets Heavy paper 120 to 163 g m 150 sheets 20 sheets e 60 to 74 g m2 250 sh
145. list Name for Favorites Number Enter the name for identifying the destination to be registered Set a name that will be easy for you to find later in the Address Book M Store Destination Settings Protocol The protocol that is used for sending scanned documents to a shared folder is displayed Computer Name of Store Destination Enter the name or the IP address of the computer where the shared folder is located Shared Folder Name on Store Destination Computer Enter the name of or path to the shared folder For example if the shared folder is a subfolder named share and is contained in the Public folder in drive C path C users public share enter users public share bre Destination Settings Windows SMB me of Stora Destination swan r Name on Store Destination Computer users public share Status of Settings for Shared Folder 368 676 Access Restriction to Shared Folder Click the Not Set or Set radio button to match the access restrictions set to the shared folder When Set is selected enter the user name in the Registered User Name text box and password in the Password to Access text box D click Next Confirm the settings and click Register OY Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON LINKS 2 Configuring the Machine for Scanning to Shared Folders 2Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw
146. machine Has a paper jam occurred 2Clearing Jams If you want to perform color correction again Follow the on screen instructions until the screen shown on the right in step 8 is displayed and then perform color correction again 2Adjust Copy Image 8 Confirm that one of the screens shown here is displayed De you want to use the vA Copy Press Start wireless LAM to connect the coaputer 100 Hi 1 The settings can be configured later Original Type Text Phote Hap Yes 2 Sided Off Copy Ratios 100 111 gt If you want to connect the machine to a computer continue to Connecting to a Computer gt If you do not want to connect the machine to a computer and are using MF8540Cdn MF8230Cn the initial settings are complete If you are using MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw use 4 to select No and press j and then proceed to Configuring Initial Settings for Fax Functions MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only 35 676 OALJ 00H Connecting to a Computer When connecting the machine to a computer you can select whether to connect via wireless LAN wired LAN or USB Select the connection method that best suits your environment and devices Connecting via Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only A LAN cable is not required because wireless communications radio waves are used to connect the machine and the router If you want to connect the machine to a computer via wireless LAN now
147. machine to automatically receive faxes when an incoming call rings within a specified timeframe Switch to Auto RX The machine distinguishes between fax and telephone calls This mode is only available for certain countries and requires subscription to a network switch service NOTE You need to connect your telephone or the optional handset to the machine beforehand Depending on the type of telephone connected to it the machine may not be able to send or receive faxes properly amp If you are connecting an external telephone with fax functions set the telephone to not receive faxes automatically amp If you pick up the telephone handset and hear a beep the call is a fax You can receive the fax just by using the telephone to enter a specific ID number 2Using a Telephone to Receive Faxes Remote Reception 154 676 W Setting Up the Machine to Receive Faxes 1 Press HH 2 Use A W to select RX Mode and press 53 Specify the destination 3 03 2013 14 04 Resolution 20 x dpi TE Density 0 Hook 3 Select the receiving method and press 0 Manual swering Machine i When selecting lt Fax Tel Auto Switch E4 Specify the following three settings as necessary When the setting is complete press Apply Farrel mite Sate Incoming Ring Time 15 After Ring Receive Ring Start Time gt Enables you to specify the duration during which the machine determines whether a
148. mail TX Result Reports indicate the transmission result between the machine and the mail server not between the machine and the destination address Even if the transmission fails a three digit error code will not be printed To check the error code print a Communication Management Report Communication Management Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 607 676 NOTE To print a part of a fax document on the report When you select On or Only When Error Occurs gt a part of a fax document can be included in the report Set Report with TX Image to On and press Report with TX Image 03 03 2019 1T ORAM FAR wooo ELE LEEPETELL PLETE PELGLEDLER kk TH Result Separt HEF SriPfESESdESEIAESZREREERHEROEES Sonding it complete Job Humber 8081 Address TZINEAN Hank Start Time aayat 61 05 AN Call Length Go 18 Sharta 1 Result OK PO XLX Tit TEL xxxx 3 0123 TEL yyyr 7 9676 FAX xzxx xx li FAX yyy yy 9875 XC XXX 608 676 OALJ OEL Communication Management Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only You can check the fax and e mail logs of sent and received documents by printing a Communication Management Report The report can be printed automatically after every 40 transmissions or you can print it manually m Report Report Settings Communication Management Report f Select the print setting Commu
149. mail logs of sent documents as well as documents scanned to a shared folder by printing a TX Result Report The report can be printed either every time a transmission is completed or only when a sending error occurs m Report Report Settings f TX Result Report fj Select the print setting f TX Result Report Only When Error decurs E off Select if you do not want to print TX Result Reports M lt On gt Select to print a TX Result Report every time you send a document Only When Error Occurs gt Select to print a TX Result Report only when a sending error occurs Example Fax sending 03 03 2013 ARAN Fax giao PIEIIDEA4ZINPAEPENEDEEA3ERXKEN TEE TK Result Kepari EEF DPCP TTP Sending if conglata Job Humber 0051 Addreza V2 30000 RC Haan Start Time 3 03 61 05 AM Call Length p 1H Sheets Result Example Scanning to e mail shared folder 0370372013 I0 B4AMH NFSGOUC Fori na uu DM BEN u oaa EFPENHTVEZSEEEFENZEFSEEEZITIES33 g EFE TX Result Heport TT SECC Pee Pee Job Mimbar Anas xc OQ cS Start Time hoe 10 254 AN Sharks I OG i LANDS John x amp l cO E Result OK indicates that the transmission was completed successfully while NG and three digits an error code indicates that the transmission failed When an Error Code Appears f Department ID The Department ID is shown when Department ID Management is enabled Sent Error For e
150. not be covered by warranty B When Contacting Canon When contacting us have the following information ready Product name MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Dealer where you purchased the machine Details about your problem such as what you did and what happened as a result Serial number eight alphanumeric characters long found on the label on the back side of the machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw MF8230Cn 584 676 OALJ OCY Maintenance This chapter describes upkeep of the machine including how to clean the machine and initialize settings W Basic Cleaning Cleaning the Machine The machine becomes dirty Exterior Smudge marks appear on originals or printouts Platen Glass Feeder Streaks appear on printouts Fixing Unit Print quality deteriorates Transfer Belt If you want to check the remaining toner level Replacing Toner Cartridges How to replace toner cartridges How to Replace Toner Cartridges Relocating the machine for maintenance or an office move GRelocating the Machine llManaging Print Quality Maintaining and Improving Print Quality Shades of colors on printouts are different from originals 2 Correcting the Gradation Adjusting Values for Text Color Reproducibility in Color Documents Color mismatch occurs Correcting Print Color Mismatch Adjusting Values for Text Color Reproducibility in Color Documents li
151. of counterfeit toner cartridges Please be aware that there are counterfeit Canon toner cartridges in the marketplace Use of counterfeit toner cartridge may result in poor print quality or machine performance Canon is not responsible for any malfunction accident or damage caused by the use of counterfeit toner cartridge For more information see http www canon com counterfeit Availability period of repairing parts and toner cartridges The repairing parts and toner cartridges for the machine will be available for at least seven 7 years after production of this machine model has been discontinued Toner cartridge packing materials Save the protective bag for the toner cartridge and protective cover for the drum They are required when transporting this machine The packing materials may be changed in form or placement or may be added or removed without notice Dispose of the removed sealing tape according to local regulations When disposing of a used toner cartridge Attach the protective cover for the drum place the toner container into its protective bag to prevent the toner from scattering and then dispose of the toner cartridge according to local regulations 17 676 0ALJ 006 Setting Up the Machine Follow steps 1 to 9 described below to set up the machine For more information about a particular step click on the link to go to the corresponding section Step 1 Checking Supplied Accessories v S
152. on the printer driver 198 676 LINKS Printing a Document 199 676 0ALJ 04K Switching 1 Sided and 2 Sided Printing MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only If you are using the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn you can make both 1 sided and 2 sided printouts The default setting is 2 sided Printing Change the setting as necessary NOTE 2 sided printing may not be available with some sizes and types of paper Paper Basic Settings tab Select 1 sided Printing or 2 sided Printing in 1 sided 2 sided Booklet Printing Select the position to bind in Binding Location OK lica tied kakis l ririzr Hg uU p Zune Farting E192 ele cial A3 Scading Auto Fanizzw Dolair zm Auto Coor 1 sided 2 sided Booklet Printing Select 1 sided Printing or 2 sided Printing NOTE For Booklet Printing see Printing Booklet MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only A Binding Location Specify the position to bind the printouts with a binding tool such as a stapler Printing orientation will be changed depending on the specified binding position To specify the margin width for the binding position click Gutter Long Edge Left Prints images in such a way that the printed pages are opened horizontally when bound be d Short Edge Top Prints images in such a way that the printed pages are opened vertically when bound ABE lt a Gutter Specify a binding m
153. other error may occur Set the resolution to the minimum required for your intended use t Correct Black Text Emphasizes the outlines of black text Display the Scanner Driver Select this check box to enable you to configure advanced scan settings with ScanGear MF To start ScanGear MF click Start G Configuring Scan Settings in ScanGear MF This item is not displayed when OCR is selected for the type of scan Configuring Storing Settings 264 676 Specify settings for the scanned data such as the file name file format PDF JPEG etc and save destination 9 P Sis EIER the rekectex kal se aid nona Freinage Dy specs appli c sir Seana Sulingr d inan Aia bl aca rut Vialinnd 1 sced Pya ATE nh Boe Hode Lolo rege Duae X da 3 Darei Black Ted ee Era eornm Drm ar S anm Scammed mez iz p Esteri Apps During ind din an application ion Feier Ko regi Kar File Name Canaman ot ihe peere Imape sed Lf Getting T ipic ie Enter the name for the scanned data file NOTE If a file with the same name already exists in the save destination a unique sequential four digit number for example 0001 is appended to the new file name Save as Type Select the file format BMP JPEG Exif TIFF PDF PDF Single Page PDF Multiple Pages PDF Add Page NOTE The scanned document is converted into a bitmap image The scanned document
154. p Append CR to LF EJ Select whether to append a carriage return CR when the machine receives a line feed code LF If lt Yes gt is selected the print position moves to the beginning of the next line when the machine receives an LF code If lt No gt is selected the print position moves to the next line just under the received LF code ABCDE LFGHIJ 1 LF code in print data Append CRtoLF gt lt Yes gt Append CR to LF gt No Yes Not Printer Settings p lt PCL gt p ES Append CR to LF gt s Select Yes or No p Enlarge A4 Print Width E43 Select whether to expand the width of the printable area of A4 size paper in portrait orientation to that of LTR size Off On Printer Settings p ER lt PCL gt p p Enlarge A4 Print Width f Select Off or On p d Halftones Ea Specify the data processing method to reproduce halftones You can select whether to use Error Diffusion and you can also select 522 676 Resolution or Gradation separately for text graphics and images Error Diffusion Offt On Resolution Gradation Text Resolution Gradation Graphics Resolution Gradation Image Resolution Gradation m Printer Settings Bg lt PCL gt fg lt Halftones gt fg Specify the halftones settings p Resolution Gradation er Error Diffusion Prints small t
155. p opertser Reese dice Devices 3 a Printers and Fase 7 anon MFSSXM Senes FAX Medel Canen PMFESDOC Sese FAX Category Primer Haws 0 documentis in queue NOTE To change or delete registered destinations select a destination from Address Book and click Edit or Delete 179 676 4 Specify each setting and click OK E Address Enter the recipient name company name and department name M Fax Number Enter the fax number s Hyphens can be inserted between numbers as necessary If you want to add explanations of the uses for the fax numbers such as Home or Office enter them in Description Notes Enter comments as necessary Registering Multiple Destinations as One Destination Group Dial 1 Open the printer folder Displaying the Printer Folder 2 Right click your fax icon and click Printing preferences TASE iu o Ad adeace Add s prais See alb s printing Fring sereer properties Devices 8 a Pieters and Faxed 7 Canon MAFESOEW Seres FAO Miodek Canen RAPES Senei FAX Category Primer Haws 0 documentis i quee 180 676 NOTE To change or delete registered destinations select a destination from Address Book and click Edit or Delete 4 Specify each setting and click OK D amp rhbn Mar Corpi Fie Hunii Dascigben LAKUMITI LANUK eee d CAHOMDZ CAHOH TEC dh Fiobert roem WZ Copors cn 12900004 Dota Dunara Gagup bl
156. praterz E Group Name Enter a group name such as Sales Department 1 Show Select the type of the destinations to display in Available Destinations from which you can select the destinations to register in Group Dial Person Displays single destinations Group Displays group destinations AII Displays all the destinations registered in the Address Book Available Destinations Select the destinations to register in Group Dial and click Add The selected destinations are displayed in Current Group Members NOTE To select multiple destinations click the destinations while holding down SHIFT key or CTRL key To delete a destination from Current Group Members select a destination and click Delete i Notes Enter comments as necessary 181 676 0ALJ 046 Using Registered Destinations This section describes how to specify destinations registered in the Address Book Registering Destinations NOTE You cannot use the Address Book if you do not have permission to access the folder where the Address Book is saved Log on as a user who has permission to access the folder or change the save location of the Address Book Changing Location to Save Address Book Data 1 Open a document in an application and display the print dialog box How to display the print dialog box differs for each application For more information see the instruction manual for the application you
157. print The machine may also be unable to receive print data LINKS Preparing for Using Google Cloud Print 243 676 0ALJ 05L Using AirPrint You do not necessarily need to use a computer for printing photos e mails Web pages and other documents AirPrint enables you to wirelessly print from Apple devices such as iPad iPhone iPod touch and Macintosh without using the printer driver Printing from iPad iPhone or iPod touch Printing from Macintosh Canceling AirPrint Printing Troubleshooting for AirPrint 2 Changing AirPrint Settings System Requirements To use AirPrint you need one of the following devices with the latest version of iOS iPad all models iPhone 3GS or later iPod touch 3rd generation or later If you use Macintosh OS X v10 7 or later is required Network Environment Apple devices iPad iPhone iPod touch Macintosh and the machine must be connected to the same wireless LAN Printing from iPad iPhone or iPod touch 1 Make sure that the machine is turned ON and is connected to the local wireless LAN Viewing Wireless LAN Settings and Information MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only 2 From the application on your Apple device tap 21 to display the menu options 3 From the drop down list tap Print 4 Select this machine from Printer in Printer Options The printers connected to the network are displayed Select this machine in this step IMPORTANT Printer Opti
158. registered paper sizes are displayed on this screen Specifying Paper Size and Type in the Manual Feed Slot Paper Size Multi Purpese Tray 91 676 NOTE The registered paper sizes are displayed when you set the default paper settings for the manual feed slot From the screen you can select one of the displayed sizes as the default paper size for the manual feed slot Registering Default Paper Settings for the Manual Feed Slot LINKS 2Loading Paper in the Paper Drawer 2Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Slot 92 676 0ALJ 01W Using the Operation Panel Use the keys shown below to specify settings and adjust values Ld COPY FAX M s Copy Press Start 100 Bo 1 riginal Type Text Phote ap 2 5ided off Copy Ratio 100 1 1 Using A Y ilScrolling the screen The scroll bar is displayed on the right side of the screen when not all of the information fits on one screen If the scroll bar is displayed use A W to scroll up or down The text and background colors of an item are inverted when it is selected Copy Press Start 100 Gu Ad Original Type Text Photao Map 2 5ided Off Copy Ratio 100 1 1 mChanging a setting value Use A W when entering numbers You can also enter the value directly using the numeric keys when the numeric key icon is displayed in the top left corner of the screen as shown below Entering Text B NOTE The numbers in parentheses beneath the val
159. rm poles Birer Cone ction i Canned me deck la yoa cempuli via he ebook T Far Habeak badaka NOTE Select USB Connection even if connected using a network 4 Clear all the check boxes except for Manuals and click Install Custom Installation The seachd pezgeams shown beiw wil be insialad Click pasisi and hen law he iezmucii ons displased on he soren The disk mpace required lor MF drivers may difer iram Ese spare curent displayed s NF Lee Pregeams required Sce primm dozemeris canning images and sanding fases By compter i30 Mm zx MF Toria 3 Progeam thal alkcwrs yog d aas import imapes scand wies a scanner iniz an apoicabon aach hem io 25 B a mad Se ER die Fuer In haad disks ale Prisio Page apu Pregam tar helps eeu tn marag scanned docemenms andiphelos E supports search arigas such an z5n um kapami saah es anc tuli searches Manuals These gre aee required In make Pull re dct me dea IT eeu ps pan Hes ceca e onn vier comparer yog can dis pray Tig manicas sihat using mis COA E Fr Dek Space This DNI pars Reges In intel zum D Read the License Agreement and click Yes to agree 650 676 License Agreement Fiese read fne folowing license agreement comple and canelult briore installing he sohware programa CANC SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMEHT WIPORTANT This zx Hox edi agree menn Agee Dre yeu asd Cass lnc Canen aid Greig pour ea Of Canoes Softee programs inciudisg the r
160. screen appears specify the optional settings and then click Continue or OK 40 74 2 4 Installable Options E Canon Ww Series Make sure your printer s options are accurate y sheoram here so you can take full advantage af them For information on your printer and its optional hardware check the documentation that came wath it Paper Source Options None Job Accounting C Secured Print Function Version LO orlaer H Paper Type of Multi purpose Tray Plain 1 60 to 74 qma EI Paper Type of Drawer 1 Plain 1060 0 Ta g m2 1 Paper Type of Drawar 2 Plain 1 06010 74 g m2 ej Check that this machine is added to the Printer amp Fax or Print amp Scan dialog box BOO Print amp Fax aje Printers Options amp Supplies into A Kind Canon we Series UF Status idle Share this printer on the network Sharing Preferences Default printer Last Printer Used H Default paper size US Letter ol Click the lock to prevent further changes 9 Close the dialog box 41 74 Installing the Latest Drivers Downloaded from the Canon Homepage This section describes the outline of the procedure to install the drivers software downloaded from the Canon homepage For the procedure to download drivers software refer to the download site of the Canon homepage 1 Decompress the downloaded file 2 Open the DRIVERS folder and
161. seconds and turn it back ON LINKS Preparing for Using Secure Print Checking the Printing Status and Log 226 676 0ALJ 059 Configuring Print Settings to Your Needs You can register combinations of settings as Profiles to suit your different printing needs Also you can register the settings that you frequently use as the default setting Once the default setting is set the registered settings are automatically displayed on the printer driver screen and you can skip the operations to specify the print settings and print immediately Register the combination of the 2 on 1 and 2 sided Printing settings as a Profile and select this profile whenever you need it Registering Combinations of When heve many pages Frequently Used Print Settings to print shrink two pages to fit on one sheet gt and print them on beth sides of the paper On the printer driver set black and white printing as the default setting From now on you will not have to change the color mode when printing Changing Default always print color documents in black and mm Settings white to cut costs 227 676 0ALJ 05A Registering Combinations of Frequently Used Print Settings Specifying combinations of settings such as 1 sided landscape orientation on A4 size paper every time you print may be time consuming If you register these frequently used combinations of print settings as profiles you can specify printing se
162. separately for graphics and images Gradation Off t Smooth 1 Smooth 2 Apply to Graphics Off Ont Apply to Images Off Ont m Printer Settings fj Gradation Settings fj Specify the gradation settings Bf 518 676 Compressed Image Output Ea Specify how print data should be treated when it is too large to be held in the memory of the machine The machine can either print the data in lower image quality Output or cancel printing and display an error message Display Error Output t Display Error Printer Settings fj Compressed Image Output j Select Output or Display Error p gt amp paie Specify the PCL printing settings such as page layout and print quality Paper Save H Select whether to save paper by not outputting blank pages in documents By selecting On the machine will not output blank pages To output all your document data when printing including any blank pages that you have inserted in your document select SOIT Off t On m Printer Settings ES E lt PCL gt p Paper Save Select Off or On ES P Orientation E3 Select lt Portrait gt vertical orientation or lt Landscape gt horizontal orientation for the page orientation Portraitt Landscape Printer Settings p 3 E lt PCL gt p Orientation ES Select Portrait or Landscape p ES Font Number
163. tabs to specify the print settings on each screen as necessary Various Print Settings Cepal Tee lia 38 Deis Aj S Para A Landscape Morea Sc mra 4 let ede tojad Tooker Printer P Tadei Firtirg Eingir Loain Ll Long Edge Lee Firimhirsg 1 oF i Cmor facie E Auto Color Bu LINKS Printing a Document Various Print Settings 230 676 OALJ O5E Printing from USB Memory USB Print You can print image files stored in a USB memory device by connecting it directly to the machine Using this function you can print without using a computer Available File Formats You can print the following types of image files e JPEG DCF Exif 2 21 or earlier JFIF TIFF JPEG MH MR MMR compression NOTE amp Maximum printable data size per file is 50 MB 2 1 For multi page TIFF files maximum data size is per page 2 Maximum data size is 20 MB for the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn when Secure Print is enabled Note that even some files smaller than the size described above may not be printed correctly Available USB Memory Devices You can use USB memory devices with the following format styles FAT16 memory capacity up to 2 GB FAT32 memory capacity up to 32 GB IMPORTANT Do not use non standard USB memory devices You may not be able to print the images properly in some USB memory devices Do not connect anything other than a USB memory device USB memory devic
164. the machine D Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON Restricting the Scan to USB Function You can disable storing data into a USB memory device If this function is enabled scanned data cannot be stored into a USB memory device USB memory devices are connected into the USB port on the front side of the machine 1 Press 4 2 Use A W to select System Management Settings and press s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press 1p 2 Logging on to the Machine 426 676 3 Select Store to USB Memory and press 4 Select lt Off gt and press fj Store to USB Memory E off Prohibits data from being stored into a USB memory device Scanned data cannot be stored into the USB memory device M On Permits data being stored into a USB memory device D Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON Restricting the USB Print Function You can disable printing data from a USB memory device The data in the USB memory device cannot be printed 1 Press 4 2 Use A W to select System Management Settings and press If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press jp 2Logging on to the Machine 3 Select Memory Media Print On Off gt and press 53 4 Select lt Off gt and
165. the machine When the logon screen is displayed follow the procedure below to enter the Department ID and PIN The logon process may also be required for the System Manager ID Enter Department ID and PIH Login Press ID Logout Press ID PIN Black amp White Copy Scan 1 Enter an ID 1 Use A W to select Department ID or Manager ID gt 2 Enter a number of up to seven digits using the numeric keys and press Apply If no PIN is registered proceed to step 3 2 Enter the PIN Select PIN 2 Enter a number of up to seven digits using the numeric keys and press Apply 3 Press 1D The logon screen will be changed to the main screen After you finish using the machine press 1p again to display the logon screen LINKS Setting the Department ID Management Setting the System Manager ID 67 676 0ALJ 01A Placing Documents Place documents on the platen glass or in the feeder Use the platen glass when scanning thick or bound documents such as books You can load two or more sheets of documents in the feeder so that they can be scanned continuously For information about the types of documents that can be placed on the platen glass or in the feeder and information about the scannable area of a document see 2Document Type or Scan Area Placing Documents on the Platen Glass Placing Documents in the Feeder IMPORTANT Use documents that are completely dry When placin
166. the output resolution A resolution of 75 dpi is a rough guide for displaying the scanned image on a computer and 300 dpi for printing or creating a searchable PDF If you double the output resolution the image file size increases by a factor of 4 If the file size is too large a memory shortage or other error may occur Set the resolution to the minimum required for your intended use y Output Size Select the size of the scanned image when it is printed or displayed on a computer a Click Ej to switch between the portrait and landscape orientation This button is not available when Flexible is selected If you select Add Delete you can add new output size settings and delete the added sizes 215 676 ipo Fire Cutt See Fi ma Select Flexible to change the output size and the ratio of width to height Drag the area you want to scan on the preview image or enter values for width and height If you specify the magnification percentage in the 96 entry field on the right side of the width and height entry fields the document is enlarged or reduced for scanning Data Size Displays the data size of the image when it is scanned with the set Output Resolution and Output Size Adjusting Image Quality Configure settings for improving the image quality such as correction of scratches or faded colors on a photograph These settings are available if you select Color or Grayscale for Color Mod
167. then double click Setup or Setup exe If the User Account Control screen appears click Yes or Continue 3 Follow the on screen instructions After the installation completes perform the following procedure EE In the case of Windows USB Cable Connection Only when Connecting with USB Checking the Installation Results For Windows L In the case of Macintosh Registering the Printer and Fax For Macintosh 42 14 Installing the MF Drivers on the WSD Network For Windows Installing the MF Drivers on the WSD Network For Windows You can print from a Windows Vista 7 8 Server 2008 Server 2012 computer using the WSD Web Services on Devices protocol To use WSD follow the procedures in both Installing the MF Drivers and Setting WSD 7 IMPORTANT To enable or disable WSD Use the operation panel on the machine e Manual gt Configuring Printing Protocols and WSD Functions 43 14 Installing the MF Drivers 1 Open the printer folder For Windows Vista From the Start menu select Control Panel and then click Printer For Windows 7 Server 2008 From the Start menu select Devices and Printers For Windows 8 Server 2012 Right click the lower left corner of the screen select Control Panel and then click View devices and printers 2 Click Add a printer e E nad DE TUE luy Control Panel e Hardas and Sound Desc aed Printers bp Sea
168. time shorter than the default setting 4 hours may shorten the life of the toner cartridges 21 676 About the User Software CD ROM Ea The User Software CD ROM includes various drivers tools and other useful software Install the items as necessary Includes the printer drivers fax driver MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw only and scanner MF Drivers driver as well as the MF Network Scan Utility which is used when scanning documents over a network MF Toolbox Enables you to use scanned images with applications attach them to e mail messages or save them to a hard disk Presto You can handle scanned images in many ways by using this software Install this software by PageManager selecting Custom Installation on the setup screen NOTE Depending on the operating system you are using some functions may not be usable The newest software is posted on the Canon web site Please verify the operating environment etc and download the appropriate software if required Manuals Included with the Machine Ea The manuals listed below are included with the machine Refer to them as necessary Getting Started Wireless LAN Setting Guide MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only e Manual This Manual MF Driver Installation Guide Send Setting Guide MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only gt Continue to Removing Packing Materials Read this manual first It describes basic setup procedures from removing the packing m
169. to the machine Doing so may cause a malfunction If using the machine in your office consult your Network Administrator 1 Check the device and network settings Have the computer and the router been connected properly For more information see the instruction manuals included with the devices you are using or contact the device manufacturers Have the network settings been completed on the computer If the network has not been set up properly you will not be able to use the machine on the wireless LAN network even if you perform the rest of the procedure below 2 Check the router Check your router for a WPS button The procedure will vary depending on whether or not the router has a WPS button 3 Configure the wireless LAN settings See Wireless LAN Setting Guide or 2 Connecting to a Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only to configure the wireless LAN settings See Wireless LAN Setting Guide to perform settings NOTE If this screen is not displayed press Network Settings Wireless LAN Settings to display it 4 Check that the settings have been completed properly Ea 1 Check the IP address Viewing Network Settings Write down the IP address that is displayed 2 Open a Web browser on the computer 3 Enter http the IP address of the machine in the address field and press the ENTER key If a Remote UI screen like the one shown here is displayed a proper conn
170. toner cartridge the quality of printouts including faxes may deteriorate Also note that it will not be possible to reprint a fax because the fax function automatically deletes data once it is printed Do not pull out the sealing tape at an angle or sideways If the tape breaks you may not be able to pull it out completely If the sealing tape becomes stuck when pulling it out keep pulling until it is completely removed Remove the drum protective cover 8 Install the toner cartridge Each toner cartridge color has its own slot in the toner cartridge tray and this tray is indicated with a corresponding color label 1 Place the toner cartridge into the slot that corresponds to its color Make sure that the drum avoids contact with the frame of the toner cartridge tray because the bottom surface of the cartridge is exposed e Push the toner cartridge tray back in and close the front cover Immediately after the front cover is closed the quick adjustment 12 Quick Adjust starts To perform adjustment for higher quality perform full adjustment Full Adjust 595 676 OALJ OE8 About Replacement Toner Cartridges The average yields of the toner cartridges are shown in the table below Purchase the toner cartridges at your local authorized Canon dealer For optimum print quality using Canon genuine toner cartridges is recommended To find a dealer near you contact the Canon help line Follow the prec
171. walls between the machine and the wireless router Are there any appliances such as microwave ovens or digital cordless phones that emit radio waves near the machine rx DES i WP yj 1 E 50 mor less v 4 Perform one of the following settings again Setting Up Connection Using WPS Push Button Mode Setting Up Connection Using WPS PIN Code Mode Setting Up Connection by Selecting a Wireless Router Setting Up Connection by Specifying Detailed Settings NOTE When you need to manually set up the connection If the wireless router is set as described below manually enter all the required information for the wireless LAN connection GO Setting Up Connection by Specifying Detailed Settings ANY connection refusal is activated amp The WEP key that was automatically generated hexadecimal is selected A function in which the wireless router refuses the connection if the SSID on the device to be connected is set to ANY or is blank When you need to change the settings of the wireless router If the wireless router is set as described below change the settings of the router amp The MAC address packet filtering is set 573 676 When only IEEE 802 11n is used for the wireless communication WEP is selected or the WPA WPA2 encryption method is set to TKIP The stealth mode is activated 574 676 0ALJ 0CJ Copying Problems See 2 Common Problems also Printing results are not satisfactory Paper
172. what yru wart Just use secure prie ing amd no ore will be able bo print ymar documents without entering your password on the machina s apsratian panal Dent lat your confsdential dacamants lia axpoge on tha bay For avancer Ta for mere informalion about thie Turscliem en C i Secured by a PIN Secure Print inling a Demian Dmr e amp Click to display the detailed information Click again to close the window o0 Click to display the corresponding topic page Topic Page Contains information about how to configure and use the machine 658 676 Tap SiteMap Kelp Print By Canon d Setting Menu Ust All the settings about the operation of the paper drawer and the Malmerk Settings paper feed method are listed with short descriptions Defaut s ttings are marked with a daggar Pyeheiences Tener Satin gu NOTE Memory Media Print Settings Asterisks Settings marked with 1 are only avallable when the optional paper drawer drawer Z tr attached Preber Senga d Adiscment Hrberance z Settings marked with are only Availale fer the ZXysbem Managernest Sermgs P Tratinkze Hena Or wwer Auto Selection On ott tat Savio Paper FF aur Mitis Drawer Auto Selection On Olf 2 0 nalla of disable tha automatic drawer selection feature for Ife paper ences TF aubeenalie drawer selection i get to nic whee pri
173. you are operating in the IPv6 environment you cannot install the drivers or software following procedures below Refer to Installing the MF Drivers on the WSD Network For Windows to install MF Drivers You may not be able to use the scan function in the IPv6 environment IMPORTANT User rights for logging on to Windows Log on as a user with administrative rights When installing via USB connection Connect the USB cable after the software installation Make sure that the power of the machine is turned ON when connecting the USB cable When installing via network connection Before starting the installation check the following he computer and machine are connected via the network The power of the machine is turned ON The IP addresses are properly set up 8 14 Installing Using Easy Installation For Windows 1 Insert the User Software CD ROM into the slot on your computer 2 Click Easy Installation Canon CD ROM Setup leszzlls iha standard procrams required to sse the device Custom installation 8 ff inea s sesecter paama Stal Sofware Programs Sats papama rabje io Be rclonaldy of lhe dacs directly bom ihe CHAIM Manisals Displays manuals relied ip eee of the deace Lick hare bo access Cannes Soma pape fo eeqesier onise and answer a ES TIT TT Eni The options to be displayed differ depending on your country or region I
174. 007 Adi Rph Are 1 Select the Use Filter check box and click the Reject or Allow radio button for the Default Policy Use Filter Select the check box to restrict communication Clear the check box to disable the restriction Default Policy Select the precondition to allow or reject other devices to communicate with the machine Select to pass communication packets only when they are sent to or received from devices whose Reject MAC addresses are entered in Exception Addresses Communications with other devices are prohibited Select to block communication packets when they are sent to or received from devices whose Allow MAC addresses are entered in Exception Addresses Communications with other devices are permitted 2 Specify address exceptions Enter the MAC address in the Address to Register text box and click Add You do not need to delimit the address with hyphens or colons IMPORTANT Check for entry errors If MAC addresses are incorrectly entered you may become unable to access the machine from the Remote UI in which case you need to set MAC Address Filter to Off 2MAC Address Filter NOTE When Reject is selected for an outbound filter Outgoing multicast and broadcast packets cannot be filtered Deleting a MAC address from exceptions Select a MAC address and click Delete Add j Click OK 6 Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds
175. 012 19 EU the Battery Directive 2006 66 EC and or national legislation implementing those Directives If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol shown above in accordance with the Battery Directive this indicates that a heavy metal Hg Mercury Cd Cadmium Pb Lead is present in this battery or accumulator at a concentration above an applicable threshold specified in the Battery Directive This product should be handed over to a designated collection point e g on an authorized one for one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment EEE and batteries and accumulators Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE Your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources For more information about the recycling of this product please contact your local city office waste authority approved scheme or your household waste disposal service or visit www canon europe com weee or www canon europe com battery E International ENERGY STAR Program As an ENERGY STAR Partner Canon Inc has determined that this product meets the ENERGY STAR Program for energy efficiency The International ENERGY STAR Office Equipment Program is an international program
176. 0ALJ 054 Combining and Printing Multiple Documents By using Canon PageComposer you can combine multiple documents into one print job and print the job with specified print settings This function for example enables you to combine documents made with different applications and print all of the pages in the same paper size 1 Open a document in an application and display the print dialog box How to display the print dialog box differs for each application For more information see the instruction manual for the application you are using 2 Select the printer driver for the machine and click Preferences or Properties Dae Printer Conon WRG Senes IWRELT zu raa Al acho Cumt Paga Page HEE nier either 3 Brahe page nania or 3 Enge sage cere Former 5 12 Pre c LN Ae E 3 Select Edit and Preview in Output Method Click OK on the Information pop up screen Click OK at the bottom of the screen emm Perieg Praferese ii E mm t Frag or mmi xor Noc Auto odor Ti Seales Priim i Canoe MRS Series POLS m Microsoft XPS Docomer infi Canon WOES ener WERE LT ara 5 The Canon PageComposer starts Printing does not start in this step 217 676 D Repeat steps 1 to 4 for the documents you want to combine The documents are added to the Canon PageComposer File Ert Meserie Heip Deena Mame From the Document Name list se
177. 0Cdn MF8280Cw amp Settings marked with 2 have different defaults depending on the country or region of purchase Sound Volume Control Display Settings Sound Volume Control Adjust volume at which the machine beeps when a key is pressed on the operation panel or when a paper jam occurs 2Adjusting the Volume Fax Tone 1 Select whether to make a dial tone while a fax is being sent You can also adjust the volume Off On Three Levels Ring Tone 1 Select whether the machine beeps when a fax is received You can also adjust the volume Off On Three Levels TX Done Tone 1 Select whether the machine beeps when a fax is sent You can also adjust the volume Off On Three Levels Only When Error Occurs Three Levels RX Done Tone 1 Select whether the machine beeps when a fax is received You can also adjust the volume Off On Three Levels 482 676 Only When Error Occurs Three Levels Scanning Done Tone 1 Select whether the machine beeps when scanning fax documents is complete You can also adjust the volume Off On Three Levels Only When Error Occurs Three Levels Entry Tone Select whether the machine beeps when a key is pressed on the operation panel Off Ont Invalid Entry Tone Select whether the machine beeps when an invalid settings value is entered such as when a user is trying to enter a number unavailable for a setting Off On Restock Supplies
178. 18 seconds or less B W 18 seconds or less Output 600 x 600 d Resolution i P Gradation 256 gradations moner About Repl t Toner Cartrid Cartridges out Replacement Toner Cartridges OALJ OFS 1 May varies depending on the installation environment and paper type used 2 The print speed on A4 size plain paper is measured during continuous printing However this varies depending on the use conditions and environment of the machine 3 May vary depending on the output environment 645 676 OALJ OFU Specifications for E mail Sending MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Communication SMTP Protocol 1 Data Format PDF Compact PDF Black and White PDF 300 dpi MMR Compression PDF Compact Text 300 dpi Background 150 dpi Resolution Color PDF 200 dpi JPEG Compression PDF Compact Text 300 dpi Background 150 dpi Windows XP Vista 7 8 Server 2003 Server 2008 Server 2012 System Solaris Version 2 6 or later with Samba 2 2 or later Environment Mac OS X Red Hat Linux 7 2 or later with Samba 2 2 or later Interface 100BASE TX 10BASE T Color Mode Color Black White Jp Text Text Photo Photo Image Paper Size A4 AS 1 POP3 is available to use only when authenticating before sending 646 676 OALJ OFW Specifications for Scanning to Shared Folders MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Communication Protocol Data Format Resolution System Environment Interface Color Mode Inputted I
179. 1X settings are incorrect Check whether Login Name is set correctly Check whether the Use TLS Use TTLS or Use PEAP check box is selected If using TLS check whether a key pair is registered If using TTLS or PEAP check whether a user name and password are set correctly 2 Configuring IEEE 802 1X Authentication 563 676 OALJ OCE When an Error Code Appears If printing is not successful or you cannot send or receive a fax or scanned document or another error occurs that error appears on a report or a message on the lt Status Monitor gt screen as a three digit number error code Check the following to find out causes and solutions for each error code For how to print an error report and information in the report see Printing Reports and Lists Print Job Log FOPIN g AIAH FAT ire z z T 11 32AM OK asadpinp dp nensh ih SHEEHEdRE zzz 3 rror Report Perec eee eee Following jab aria jr error T 31 854 Error s099 Jab Header bod Sept 10 LETTE ET LI nuu Etart Tlie 13 53 03 54 ANM Call Ligin 00 Snare E Mad ulT au Busyine Signal 001 A document jams in the feeder Remove the jammed document Document Jams in the Feeder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Document Jams in the Feeder MF8280Cw MF8230Cn 003 A fax could not be sent or received due to its large data size When sending a fax Reduce the resolution and scan the document Adjusting Res
180. 3 The computer name or logon name is displayed If you want to change the user name enter up to 32 alphanumeric characters for a new user name PIN If you specified the PIN in step 3 The specified PIN is already entered The PIN is displayed in symbols If you did not specify the PIN in step 3 Enter the PIN of up to seven digits The entered PIN is displayed in symbols 224 676 After the secured document is sent to the machine it is held in the memory of the machine waiting to be printed Printing Out Secured Documents After you send the secured document to the machine print it out within 30 minutes After that the secured document will be deleted from the memory of the machine and can no longer be printed NOTE If secured documents are left unprinted they occupy the memory and may prevent the machine from printing even ordinary not secured documents Make sure that you print your secured documents as soon as you can amp You can check how much memory is being used for secured documents Status Monitor Device Status Secure Print Memory Usage amp You can change the valid time period for secured documents 2 Changing the Valid Time Period for Secured Documents Press frm NOTE You cannot proceed to the next step if the Remote Scanner screen shown below is displayed In this case press Back to close the screen and press again Waiting Online 2 Select the secure
181. 3 or both at the same time Specify the settings for each version to suit your network environment and the purpose of use B J SNMP Manager SNMPv1 SNMPv1 uses information called community to define the scope of SNMP communication Because this information is exposed to the network in plain text your network will be vulnerable to attacks If you want to ensure network security disable SNMPv1 and use SNMPv3 SNMPv3 With SNMPv3 you can implement network device management that is protected by robust security features Note that SSL must be enabled for the Remote UI before configuring SNMPv3 Enabling SSL Encrypted Communication for the Remote UI NOTE The machine does not support the trap notification feature of SNMP amp To change the port number of SNMP see Changing Port Numbers SNMP management software when installed on a computer on the network enables you to configure monitor and control the machine remotely from the computer For more information see the instruction manuals for your management software Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager mode Starting Remote UI Click Settings Registration Sho Remate Ul Portal Vd Vo Systers hlanagar Hep m aas abel 11 12 wu Ta Sates bien arra Deska Baak hikari iis Sisins Fibes i Bardy amp priri Eana S Bariy m en Faa d Bondy ie sard or renin Faces tr I nirrrratian ha enn 3 Click Network Settings SNMP Settings 388 676
182. 4 Specifying Destinations in an LDAP Server E mail If your office has an LDAP server installed you can use the destinations registered in the server To specify destinations access an LDAP server via the machine and then search for a destination NOTE You need to specify the settings for connecting to an LDAP server beforehand Registering LDAP Servers MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 1 Press EZ 2 Use A W to select Specify from LDAP Server and press 53 ia Salect a scan type Windows 5HMB Specify from Address Book E L i l s 1 Specify from Coded Dial Previous Settings 3 Select the LDAP server you are using and press f Select LDAP Server starfish shellfish Hot Registered 4 Mot Registered 5 4 Select the search criteria and press fj Personal names fax numbers e mail addresses organization names and department names are available criteria for searching destinations Multiple search criteria can be specified at the same time Name Fax Number E Mail Address Organization 5 Specify the search criteria using the numeric keys and press lt Apply gt The following screen shows an example for when lt Name gt is selected in step 4 to search by personal name Mame Max 30 Characters Pressing A a 12 toggles the input modes except for searching by fax number To specify multiple search criteria repeat steps 4 and 5
183. 4 23 seconds or less Time 2 Weight 3 Approx 26 kg In the normal state Dimensions 430 x 484 x 429 mm WxLxH When the optional handset is installed 510 x 484 x 429 mm Environmental Temperature 10 to 30 C Conditions Humidity 20 to 80 RH no condensation Seen Full Color Compatibility Gradation 256 gradations Acceptable l Documents QOSupported Document Types Acceptable Paper Stock Printable Range Scan Range Paper Printable Area Scan Area 1 The current value displayed on the rating label indicates average current consumption 2 Warm up time is an interval between when the machine is turned ON and when the main screen appears on the display Warm up time may vary depending on the use conditions and environment of the machine 3 The value indicates the mass of the main unit including toner cartridges 634 676 Paper Drawer Specifications Optional MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Paper Capacity Available Paper Power Supply Dimensions WxLxH Weight Cassette Feeding Unit V1 250 sheets 60 to 90 g m Paper From main unit 430 x 454 x 102 mm Approx 4 kg 635 676 OALJ OF9 Wireless LAN Specifications MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only Standard Transmission Scheme Frequency Range Data Transmission Rate Communication Mode Security Connection Method IEEE 802 11g IEEE 802 11b IEEE 802 11n DS SS System OFDM System 2 412 to 2 472 MHz IEE
184. 40Cdn Only Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Onl Canceling Sending Documents E mail Shared Folder Only Specifving Detailed Settings Specifying a Scanning Size Selecting a File Format Adjusting Density Specifying Orientation of Your Document Selecting Document Type MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Scanning 2 Sided Documents MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Adjusting Sharpness Adjusting Balance between File Size and Image Quality Setting Gamma Values Specifying Destinations E mail Shared Folder Specifying with Numeric Keys E mail Specifying from Address Book Specifying Previously Used Destinations MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Onl Specifying Destinations in an LDAP Server E mail Changing Default Settings Checkina Log for Sent Documents E mail Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Network Connecting to a Network Selecting Wired LAN or Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only Connecting to a Wired LAN Connecting to a Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only Setting Up Connection Using WPS Push Button Mode Setting Up Connection Using WPS PIN Code Mode Setting Up Connection by Selecting a Wireless Router Setting Up Connection by Specifying Detailed Settings Checking the SSID and Network Key Setting IP Addresses Setting IPv4 Address Setting IPv6 Addresses Viewing Network Settings Configuring the Machine for Pr
185. 40Cdn and you have attached the optional drawer leave the optional drawer on the floor and move it after moving the main unit of the machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn 597 676 6 Carefully place the machine at the new installation site For information about how to install the machine after relocating it see Setting Up the Machine 598 676 OALJ OEA Maintaining and Improving Print Quality If the printing results are not satisfactory such as low image quality poor reproducibility or print color mismatch try the adjustments below mM Auto Adjust Gradation If the density or brightness of colors in printouts and originals are different perform lt Auto Adjust Gradation gt to improve color reproducibility There are three types of adjustments Full Adjust Quick Adjust and Adjust Copy Image Correcting the Gradation B Correct Print Color Mismatch If the colors in printouts become blurry perform Correct Print Color Mismatch This problem may be caused by a color mismatch 2 Correcting Print Color Mismatch ll Black Text Processing for Color You can specify which cartridges to use to print black text in color printouts Adjusting Values for Text Color Reproducibility in Color Documents 599 676 OALJ OEC Correcting the Gradation Gradation refers to the dark to light continuum of shades of a color The more shades in the gradations of colors that are printed the more natural pri
186. 5 676 2 Double click the shared printer 3 Follow the on screen instructions to install the drivers LINKS G Printing from a Computer 356 676 OALJ O8C Configuring the Machine for Scanning to E mail or Shared Folders MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only To send scanned documents by e mail or store them into a shared folder directly from the machine you need to set the machine configuration The Send Function Setting Tool an application that is included with the machine will assist you with the required setup Set the necessary configuration depending on your network environment Scanning to E mail 2 Configuring the Machine for Scanning to E mail Scanning to Shared Folders 2 Configuring the Machine for Scanning to Shared Folders LINKS Specifications for E mail Sending MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Specifications for Scanning to Shared Folders MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 357 676 OALJ O8E Configuring the Machine for Scanning to E mail Before configuring the machine for scanning to e mail check the setup flow shown below 1 I Make sure that the machine and the computer are correctly connected E 2 Connecting via Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only a Connecting via Wired LAN v Make sure that you have the following information The IP address of the machine 2 Viewing Network Settings An e mail address to be registered as a destination Bg
187. 50Cdn MF8540Cdn Only a E Printing Multiple Pages onto One Printing Posters Printing Booklet MF8580Cdw Sheet MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Printing Borders Printing Dates and Page Numbers Printing Watermarks Selecting Document Type Saving Toner 2 Combining and Printing Multiple Documents 197 676 0ALJ 04J Enlarging or Reducing You can make enlarged or reduced printouts by using a preset print ratio such as A5 to A4 or a custom print ratio that you set in increments of 1 Setting Print Ratio by Specifying the Original Document and Paper Size Preset Ratio The print ratio is automatically set based on the document and paper size you have specified ry Basic Settings tab Select the document size in Page Size Select the paper size in Output Size OK Specifying Print Ratio in Increments of 1 ry Basic Settings tab Select the Manual Scaling check box Enter the print ratio in Scaling OK Licini incidat Printing s Fate ns H4 5caing TATE E ters Eton at Praha or Mew Setings or j m Auto Enders Tae NOTE Depending on the selected paper size you may not be able to set the optimum enlarging reducing ratio For example there may be large blank spaces on your printout or portions of the document that are missing The enlarging reducing settings on some applications have priority over those
188. 550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 137 676 0ALJ 035 Adjusting Resolution e a j You can select the resolution suitable for your document type The higher the resolution is the clearer the j j image becomes but the longer it takes to send i zal m amp Resolution Select the resolution m 200 x 200 dpi Fine 200 x 200 dpi Phote 200 x 400 dpi Superfine 400 x 400 dpi Ultrafine 200 x 100 dpi Normal gt Suitable for documents that contain text only A 200 x 200 dpi Fine Suitable for documents that contain fine text 9 200 x 200 dpi Photo gt Suitable for documents that contain photographs f 200 x 400 dpi Superfine gt Achieves an even finer resolution than Fine 3 400 x 400 dpi Ultrafine gt Achieves an even finer resolution than Superfine LINKS Sending Faxes 138 676 0ALJ 036 Adjusting Density You can adjust the density of the fax if the text or images in a document are too light or dark Sail m Density p Adjust the density Apply e lt gt Decreases the density jy lt gt Increases the density LINKS Sending Faxes Adjusting Sharpness 139 676 0ALJ 037 Adjusting Sharpness You can adjust sharpness of the image before sending Increase the sharpness to sharpen blurred text and lines or decrease the sharpness to improve the appearance of magazine photos e lt gt Decrease
189. 6 628 630 632 633 635 636 637 638 639 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 654 657 662 664 665 670 676 0ALJ 000 Important Safety Instructions The content described in this chapter is for the prevention of damage to property and injury to users of the machine and others Before using this machine read this chapter and follow the instructions to properly use this machine Do not perform any operations not described in this manual Canon will not be responsible for any damages resulting from use not described in this manual improper use or repair changes not performed by Canon or a third party authorized by Canon 9 676 0ALJ 001 Installation To use this machine safely and comfortably carefully read the following precautions and install the machine in an appropriate location AN WARNING Do not install in a location that may result in a fire or electrical shock A location where the ventilation slots are blocked too close to walls beds rugs or similar objects A damp or dusty location A location exposed to direct sunlight or outdoors A location subject to high temperatures A location exposed to open flames Near alcohol paint thinners or other flammable substances Other warnings Do not connect unapproved cables to this machine Doing so may result in a fire or electrical shock Do not place necklaces and other metal objects or containers filled with liquid on the machine If foreign su
190. 60 74 g m Plain 2 70 84 g m Plain 3 75 90 g m Recycled Color Heavy 1 86 119 g m Heavy 2 120 128 g m Heavy 3 129 163 g m Coated 1 100 110 g m Coated 2 120 130 g m Coated 3 155 165 g m Coated 4 210 220 g m Transparency Labels Envelope NOTE If you select an envelope No 10 COM10 gt Monarch DL or ISO C5 as the paper size in Default Paper Size only Envelope is available as a paper type Printer Settings ff Default Paper fj Select the paper size fj Select the paper type p 9 511 676 Paper Size Override Select whether to switch between printing on A4 and LTR size paper if one of these paper sizes is loaded but the other is not Configuring Printer Settings on the Machine Off On Print Quality Specify the print quality such as toner density and image data processing methods Density E3 Specify the print density for each toner color As the value gets bigger the density becomes darker Yellow 17 Levels Magenta 17 Levels Cyan 17 Levels Black 17 Levels Printer Settings p ES Print Quality 3 Density Select the toner color ES b Specify the toner density Apply Apply Toner Density Fine Adjust 4 Adjust the toner density for each toner color You can adjust the density separately for darker areas High medium areas Medium and lighter ar
191. 80Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only You can convert scanned documents into PDF files and send them directly from the machine as e mail attachments You can work more efficiently because this feature eliminates the need to use your computer to send scanned documents Before you can use this function you need to complete some procedures such as specifying the e mail server settings For more information see 2 Configuring the Machine for Scanning to E mail Saving Documents Directly in Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only You can convert scanned documents into PDF TIFF or JPEG files and store them in shared folders on computers This feature is helpful when digitalizing paper documents for sharing Before you can use this function you need to complete some procedures such as specifying the location for saving scanned documents For more information see 2 Configuring the Machine for Scanning to Shared Folders 284 676 0ALJ 067 Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory This section describes how to scan documents to save directly in a USB memory device connected to the machine You can save the scanned documents in PDF JPEG or TIFF format Available USB Memory Devices You can use USB memory devices with the following format styles FAT16 memory capacity up to 2 GB FAT32 memory capacity up to 32 GB IMPORTANT Do not use non standard USB memory devices You may not be able to save data pr
192. 85 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 594 596 597 599 600 604 605 606 607 609 RX Result Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Department ID Management Report Address Book List MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only User Data List System Manager Data List IPSec Policy List PCL Font List MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Viewing the Counter Value Initializing Settings Initializing Menu Initializing Key and Certificate Initializing Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Initializing System Management Settings Appendix Feature Highlights Going Green and Saving Money Improving Efficiency Going Digital So Much More Specifications Machine Specifications Paper Drawer Specifications Optional MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Wireless LAN Specifications MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only Document Type Scan Area Paper Copy Specifications Fax Specifications MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Scanner Specifications Printer Specifications Specifications for E mail Sendin Specifications for Scanning to Shared Folders MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Using e Manual Installing e Manual Uninstalling e Manual Screen Layout of e Manual Viewing e Manual Others Basic Windows Operations Notice Contact Us MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Onl 8 676 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 62
193. ABC j LA DC ABG Blank space of originals becomes grayish in printouts You can check the level of remaining toner according to the following whenever you want to It is recommended that you check the level before you start to print a large job Status Monitor Device Status Remaining Toner A Check the toner level amp E Toner Level Messages OK There is no need to replace the toner cartridges Low The toner is low Make sure that you have a replacement toner cartridge ready Nearly Out Replacing the toner cartridge with a new one is recommended LINKS About Replacement Toner Cartridges 593 676 OALJ OE7 How to Replace Toner Cartridges Read the precautions in Maintenance and Inspections and 2 Consumables before replacing the toner cartridges 1 Open the front cover 2 Pull out the cartridge tray MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw MF8230Cn 4 Remove the replacement toner cartridge from the protective bag 5 Shake the toner cartridge 5 or 6 times as shown below to evenly distribute the toner inside the cartridge and then place it on a flat surface In this step do not remove the drum protective cover Front View 6 Pull the sealing tape straight out The full length of the sealing tape is approximately 50 cm 594 676 IMPORTANT When pulling out the sealing tape If the sealing tape remains inside the
194. AN switch or an access point blocks access from the outside of the network RADIUS Server Authentication Server Q2 Client Device LAM Switch Supplicant Authenticator Select the authentication method from the options below If necessary install or register a key pair or CA certificate before configuring IEEE 802 1X authentication Using CA issued Key Pairs and Digital Certificates TLS The machine and the authentication server authenticate each other by mutually verifying their certificates A key pair issued by a certification authority CA is required for the client authentication when authenticating the machine For the server authentication a CA certificate installed via the Remote UI can be used in addition to a CA certificate preinstalled in the machine The TLS method cannot be used with TTLS or PEAP at the same time TTLS This authentication method uses a user name and password for the client authentication and a CA certificate for the server authentication MSCHAPv2 or PAP can be selected as the internal protocol TTLS can be used with PEAP at the same time Enable SSL for the Remote UI before configuring this authentication method Enabling SSL Encrypted Communication for the Remote UI PEAP The required settings are almost the same as those of TTLS MS CHAPv2 is used as the internal protocol Enable SSL for the Remote UI before configuring this authentication method Enabling SSL Encrypted Communic
195. Agreement English d TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS ASD CONDITIONS YOU ALSO AGREE THAT THIS AGREEMENT I5 THE COMPLETE AMD EXCLUSIVE STATEMENT OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN YOU AND CANON CONCERNING THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND SUPERSEDES ALL PROPOSALS OR PRIOR AGREEMENTS VERBAL OR WRITTEN AND ANY OTHER COMMUNICATIONS RETWEES YOU ASD CASON RELATINOG TO THE SUBRJECT MATTER HEREOF NO AMENDMENT TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE EFFECTIVE UNLESS SIGNED BY A DULY ALTHORISED REPRESENTATIVE OF CANON Should you have any questions conceming this Agreemenr or if you desire 10 omisi Canom for any reason please write m Canons sales subsidiary or No 20836 To continue installing the software you must agree te the terms of the software license agreement Click Agree to continue or click Disagree to cancel the installation and quit the Installer 6 When the following screen appears click Continue 29 74 Select a Destination Select the disk where you want to install the Canon MF amp Introduction Driver software License Destination Select Installation Type installation Macintash HD Macintosh HD Macintash HD 2 15 32 CE free 14 73 GB free 12 71 CB free B Summary 49 01 GE total 42 42 GB tonal 35 08 Gi tatal Macintosh HD 5 Installing this software requires 57 4 MB of space dina D ab You have chosen to install this software on the disk Go Back r Continue You
196. All IP Addrousos All Porte All Ports Hain Pre Shared Key Sethe Wal ldity 450 min uth Encryption Algorithm lunticat ion LINKS 2 Configuring IPSec Settings 614 676 OALJ OFO PCL Font List MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only You can check the list of available fonts for the machine Report Print List f PCL Font List fg Check that the size and type of paper displayed on the screen is loaded in the machine b Yes p Example FONTS LIST PAGE 001 Font Hame Fitch Pnuink Symbol Spacing Style Stroke Typeface Sample PCL Internal Fonts Dog Courier scalable 6 4095 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWAY Z O01 C3 Times scalablae 1 Q 4161 ABCDEFGHUKLMNOPQRSTU VW X Y Z 062 CO Tisas Bald scalable 4101 ARCDEFGHUKLMNOPOQRSTUV WXYZ 563 Ci Timos Italic scalable 1 l 4101 ABCDEFGHUKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ 54 CS Timas Bald Italic ata lable 1 4101 ABCDEFGHUKLMNOPORSTUVWXYZ 055 Cu Omega Scalabla a113 aOgsTL WX YZ 615 676 OALJ OF1 Viewing the Counter Value You can check separate totals for the number of pages used for color printouts and black and white printouts These totals include faxes reports and lists in addition to copies and printouts of data from computers m Status Monitor Device Status fj Check Counter fj Color Total or Black amp White Total H Check Counter Calar Total 000017 LE 616 676 OAL
197. Authentication Off Encryption Off for the desired combination of authentication and encryption settings BEnabling SNMPv3 B 1 Select the Use SNMPv3 check box 2 Select the Enable User check box and specify the User Name MIB Access Permission and Security Settings settings Up to three users can be registered 390 676 3 Specify authentication and encryption settings as necessary Specify these settings only when Authentication On Encryption On or Authentication On Encryption Off has been selected for Security Settings hii Le Lhe his ris HB Apc Pereiha Feud BY nie T Sacany 5ammqr Denti ghee Ce eyes Cl e JAasihantie gen 2yah Sar T rwn FP aca r Arsen acus Pacer Cnr Ercryp ca Mga Earp Priwe E Jaar ankru F nabis Per Authentication Algorithm Click the MD5 or SHA1 radio button for the algorithm that corresponds to your network environment Encryption Algorithm Click the DES or AES radio button for the algorithm that corresponds to your network environment Set Change Password To set or change the password select the check box and enter between 6 and 16 alphanumeric characters for the password in the Authentication Password Encryption Password text box For confirmation enter the same password in the Confirm text box Passwords can be set independently for authentication and encryption algorithms 4 Specify the context name that identifies an SNMP context
198. BP Wireless Setup Assistant can be used on a computer connected to a wireless LAN 1 Insert the User Software CD ROM into the drive on the computer Select a language and click OK if you are prompted to do so 2 Click Start Software Programs Canon CD ROM Setup Easy Installation j lestalla iha andan piyama seurod t saa the drita a Installs selected programs Sats pogeams ralaiesd in Se lursciiinabiy of the device diracily fom the COO Manuals Lis pir z manuals relied in ese of the device NOTE If the above screen is not displayed Displaying the CD ROM Setup or Select language Screen 3 Click Start for Canon MF LBP Wireless Setup Assistant man Senha Programs Grats programs Prem tte COADA Cici 1200 8o inea ri gird of mia program Pou man a ria Au Mara ac Ure sd desi F The mansas ircriallad De E45 p abi Eu nalaga ES a sd Laren HC EDI riagi Selup ees lrg Wigan O arman WPL EP Pimia Salup ssisian cs 3 ool wir ees psu iz comim fa accicas probed nam and mehet key required when seing ep 3 winelez s LAH ron reciia Sind Per ating Tool Canfrguras Ba seing Ier aariing scanead wiginala from Te desc Sian 336 676 4 Read the License Agreement and click Yes to agree ure of Canon s piwas pogen inckaring Hs relied rraanscnir ca ann panied mamis tes ec thes others ior certain Canon s coping machines cards andimulhikunctional peoples hes Producis
199. Canon MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw MF8230Cn 1 676 Important Safety Instructions Installation Power Supply Handling Maintenance and Inspections Consumables Setting Up the Machine Checking Supplied Accessories Removing Packing Materials Preparing Toner Cartridges Loading Paper Installing the Handset Optional MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Onl Connecting the Power Cord Turning ON the Power and Configuring Initial Settings Connecting to a Computer Connecting via Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only Connecting via Wired LAN Connecting via USB Configuring Initial Settings for Fax Functions MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Deciding Which Fax Receive Mode to Use Registering the Fax Number and Unit Name Selecting the Receive Mode Connecting the Telephone Line Basic Operations Parts and Their Functions Front Side Back Side Interior Manual Feed Slot Paper Drawer Operation Panel Shortcut Keys Display Logging on to the Machine Placing Documents Loading Paper Loading Paper in the Paper Drawer Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Slot Loading Envelopes Loading Preprinted Paper Specifying Paper Size and Type Specifying Paper Size and Type in the Paper Drawer Specifying Paper Size and Type in the Manual Feed Slot Registering Default Paper Settings for the Manual Feed Slot Registering a Custom Paper Size Using the Operation Panel Entering Text Registering in the Addr
200. Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw MF8230Cn For the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn IMPORTANT Make sure to insert the paper drawer The machine only prints when the paper drawer is inserted even if paper is loaded in the manual feed slot An error message is displayed if you attempt to print without inserting the paper drawer 1 Open the cover s Hold the top center of the cover to open it 2 Pull out the paper tray and the tray extension Pull out the tray extension when loading large paper 3 Spread the paper guides apart Slide the paper guides outward 71 676 ze 4 Insert the paper into the manual feed slot until the paper stops Load the paper in portrait orientation with the short edge toward the machine with the print side face up Paper cannot be loaded in landscape orientation Fan the paper stack well and tap it on a flat surface to align the edges IMPORTANT Do not exceed the load limit line when loading paper Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit line 3 Loading too much paper can cause paper jams NOTE When loading envelopes or paper with a logo see Loading Envelopes or Loading Preprinted Paper 5 Align the paper guides against the edges of the paper Slide the paper guides inward until they are aligned securely against the edges of the paper am c E ez IMPORTANT Align the paper guides securely against the edges of the paper Paper guide
201. Color Mismatch 528 676 Off t On Adjustment Maintenance Auto Correction Settings lt Correct Print Color Mismatch When Main Power is ON p amp Select On or Off j Correct Print Color Mismatch Use this function if color shift has blurred the image 2 Correcting Print Color Mismatch Black Text Processing for Color Adjust the threshold value to determine whether to print black text in color documents by using only black toner or by using a mixture of black and color toners You can set values for the feeder and the platen glass separately Adjusting Values for Text Color Reproducibility in Color Documents Feeder Seven Levels Platen Glass Seven Levels Special Processing If the print results on special types of paper are not satisfactory the following settings may improve the quality of the printouts Special Paper Processing When printing on the back side of printed paper rough paper or envelopes the print results may be improved by adjusting the following settings Manual Back Side Settings for 2 Sided Only Ea If printouts on the back side of printed paper are too light select On You can specify this setting separately for each paper source Multi Purpose Tray Off On Drawer 1 Off t On Drawer 2 Off t On Adjustment Maintenance Special Processing Special Paper Processing j Manual Back Side Settings for 2 Sided Only
202. Configuring DNS DNS Domain Name System provides a service for name resolution that associates a host or domain name with an IP address Configure the DNS mDNS or DHCP option settings as necessary Note that the procedures for configuring DNS are different for IPv4 and IPv6 example com IP 192 168 XXX XXX 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Exa ica Baak Intosrarca first EESTI Frie a Beady rr print Euh di Bariy ie enn Pua qp aret re serpe or cece fees Aiia feck Ermar rieren ha armere 3 Click Network Settings TCP IP Settings Ties MP Serle HEH G Sat ingsRegistration Trelancaz Pagar fnt hele napa Cano LH ds tread Tires aiite leden deren Ceres Ser Capp trea gs Fan Sirac Zn Saree flee Us Print amiga Derer Serra Dhaan Eige s EnA Lieja Eria ribet Apip EDIT aim y eee 4 Configure DNS settings m Configuring IPv4 DNS Click Edit in IPv4 Settings Seen ihe Tah ia Les Hetaj Pel Biga Tres ais Imren Tatry Corta Seg r dimeas trieg E ep menaja Van Samras Jarg Argine alc Fic Scan Satine Paso IP tipo Bus Pred same DH 5eiiingg Deren Leste Primary fF 2 Configure IPv4 DNS settings 375 676 aie Wished Cip A Deparment ID Mairpenam a ae B halons Cms DRA Seals ua E url MR Pima OBS Sarom Ad
203. D Management You can specify access privileges for a user or group of users by registering a Department ID You can register multiple Department IDs If a user tries to operate the machine when Department IDs are enabled a logon screen is displayed and the user must enter their own Department ID and PIN to use the machine Information for each Department ID can be viewed such as how many pages have been copied printed or scanned in black and white or color Setting the Department ID Management 398 676 0ALJ 098 Setting the System Manager ID Register the System Manager ID an ID that is intended exclusively for Administrators You can also set a PIN for the System Manager ID If this ID is enabled you can access Network Settings and System Management Settings only when the System Manager ID and PIN have been entered correctly The System Manager ID settings information is critical to the security of the machine so make sure that only Administrators know the System Manager ID and PIN 1 Press 4 2 Use A Wto select System Management Settings and press 7j NOTE If the System Manager ID has already been set If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press 1D 2Logging on to the Machine 3 Select System Manager Information Settings System Manager ID and PIN 4 Specify the System Manager ID and PIN Specify the lt System Manager ID gt and then s
204. De Pant JD Devices 3 Printers and Faxes 4 d l i Eb reriall HPS Faxgeklacasr Donen ober FL Wiebe lt Agate PDF Click Add a local printer 44 74 PRCPEUCO CUTE C 9 Adda local printer Wee thn option one domu dont bava a USE printar Wann aubcmatically irmtalh USE printer Adda network wireless or Bluetooth printer Make ues that pour compal n connected to tha nebert on that your Bluetooth or wirnkmas pinler a burned w 4 Confirm that LPT1 Printer Port is displayed for Use an existing port and click Next Choose a printer port pratar port n a bypa of connection that alla your computer bc changa mienas wath a printer be PDF Post Miosair 9 Click Have Disk Install the printer driver Change jenn printer Toss the kA Clack Pirrs Lipire n nee mons modal To malal a dear irem anri iaiallabizn CD cick Hra Duke Cd Ths driver is digitally sigre C Mindeme Upate Hace Ti risk eh deser gaie m aoar 6 Insert the User Software CD ROM into the slot on your computer 45 74 When the following screen appears click Exit Canon CD ROM Setup latal ihe standard piyama requiret to sse the device Custom installation installs selected programa etat Sofware Programs Seats papama related io Gee functionaldy of he device diracily fom ihe CDHSCHM Maniak apay manuals related io sse of the deace Dick har
205. Derren Serr gs E tror 2 LA dina meral rers gs Bs Mun E a Paper tira ad m Weser can Pager Tapa Fhin 2 72 44 pid iud Mena Lan appre Camus CAMON IND TT UI Pss Pri amit FJ To Portal Returns to Portal Page main page Menu Click an item the content is displayed in the right page Setting Up Menu Options from Remote UI Breadcrumb Trail Indicates the series of pages you opened to display the currently displayed page You can check what page is currently displayed Top Icon Moves the scroll box up to the top of the page when the page is scrolled down NOTE System Management Settings amp You can only set System Management Settings when you have logged on in System Manager Mode 457 676 When you have logged on in End User Mode only System Management will be displayed Address Book Page MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Fogictad FX eel T T i uu E he Les LT i a i E a i Pre pidan Ex ka he Kat Piped how Kex FEeguaed he Regie Ven Een Ha Peg deed es ee Kan Pegi TERNET CAMON INC BLI AI oi nt FJ To Portal Displays Portal Page main page Favorites Displays the list of the Favorites Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Coded Dial Displays the list of the coded dial numbers Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Breadcrumb
206. Displays file names and dates image 01 jpq 03 03 2013 1 image 02 jpg 08 03 2013 1 image 03 jpg 03 03 2013 1 image_O4 jpg 03 03 2033 1 All Items Apply NOTE You can set whether to display abbreviated file names File Name Display Format y lt Images gt Displays previews To select a file press 53 Use 44 to switch the preview Press to display a larger preview Press X again to return to the original preview size Raat Directory mTo change the file sort order E4 You can change the sort order of the files in a USB memory device NOTE You can specify a sort setting such as Name Ascending or Date Time Ascending as the default setting for the file sort order File Sort Default Settings 1 Press lt All Items gt image_0L jpg 03 03 2013 1 image 02 jpg 03 03 2013 1 image 0 jpg 03 03 2013 1 image 04 jpg 03 03 2013 1 2 Select Sort Files and press fj Display Seleck ALL Items Display Method Details Select All Clear All 3 Select the criteria for file sorting and press 53 233 676 Sort Files Name Descending Date Time Ascending Date Time Descending NOTE When you select Date Time Ascending or Date Time Descending gt files are sorted based on the modification dates and time of the files Press Apply Lj felder 4 z image 01 jpq 03 03 2013 1 image 03 jpg 03 03 2013 1 image 04 jpg
207. E BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Notice for use of this product France This product cannot be used outdoors Este equipo puede ser utilizado en AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Aviso relativo al uso de este producto Francia este producto no puede utilizarse en exteriores Cet quipement peut tre utilisable en AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Avis concernant l utilisation de ce produit France Ce produit ne peut pas tre utilis l ext rieur Questo dispositivo pu essere utilizzato in AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Nota per l uso del prodotto Francia il prodotto non pu essere utilizzato all aperto So aprikojumu drikst lietot AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Piez mes par izstr d juma lietoSanu Francija So izstr d jumu nedr kst lietot arpus telpam m Si jrenginj galima eksploatuoti AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Pastaba apie io produkto naudojima Pranc zija Sio produkto
208. E 802 11g 6 9 12 18 24 36 48 54 Mbps IEEE 802 11b 1 2 5 5 11 Mbps IEEE 802 11n SGI Invalidated 20 MHz 6 5 13 19 5 26 39 52 58 5 65 Mbps SGI Validated 20 MHz 7 2 14 4 21 7 28 9 43 3 57 8 72 2 Mbps SGI Invalidated 40 MHz 13 5 27 40 5 81 108 121 5 135 Mbps SGI Validated 40 MHz 15 30 45 60 90 120 150 Mbps Infrastructure Mode WEP WPA PSK TKIP AES CCMP WPA2 PSK TKIP AES CCMP WPS Wi Fi Protected Setup Manual setup 636 676 OALJ OFC Document Type llf Supported Document Types Type Size W x L Weight Paper Capacity Platen Glass Plain paper Heavy paper Photograph Small documents for example index cards Special types of paper for example tracing paper transparencies etc Booklet Up to 20 mm thickness Up to 215 9 x 297 mm Up to 2 kg 1 sheet 637 676 OALJ OFE Feeder Plain paper one page document Multi page documents of the same size thickness and weight Maximum size 215 9 x 355 6 mm Minimum size 139 7 x 128 mm 50 to 105 g m2 Up to 50 sheets A4 80 g m OALJ OFF Scan Area The shaded areas in the table below indicate the scan area of the document Make sure that text and images in your documents fit within the shaded area The scan area varies depending on the function used and where documents are placed in the feeder or on the platen glass Platen Glass ied mrri amm Copy NOTE The scan area for copying may differ from the
209. Ey Press m Use 4 to select lt gt Use A W to select the destination you want to delete and press lt Details Edit gt U AUN Press lt Delete gt If a screen appears prompting you to enter a PIN enter the correct PIN using the numeric keys and press 9 2 Setting a PIN for Address Book 6 Select Yes and press fj 101 676 0ALJ 022 Registering Multiple Destinations for Group Dial Multiple destinations can be combined into groups After a group is registered you can add or delete destinations 1 CJ WO o N Oui D 11 Press fj or E23 Press BEEN Press Register Dest gt s If a screen appears prompting you to enter a PIN enter the correct PIN using the numeric keys and press g 2 Setting a PIN for Address Book Use A W to select Coded Dial and press 53 Groups can also be registered in Favorites Select Favorites to register the group as Favorites Select Group and press Select Name and press Registering Name is optional If you register Name the destination can be searched alphabetically Enter the name using the numeric keys and press Apply Select Number of Destinations and press j Press Add Address Book ABC ABC DEF GHI XL Press Add yy CANON johrexasple coa Repeat steps 10 and 11 until you have registered all of the destinations that you want to register and then p
210. F file B Specify an existing PDF file to which you want to add the newly scanned document data The data is added to the existing file as additional pages Place the document start MF Toolbox and proceed with this procedure The PDF file you select must be created with MF Toolbox Newly scanned document data cannot be added to PDF files created with other applications 1 Select the scan type 2 Select PDF Add Page for Save as Type Por POF M Set the mc aru rcge bo Pm tokad hakje eid pene Fe rasga Dr LMBi Fed SDDbc eno re AL EA EG Delect Source ligai eld Paper Sco Scan Mace Teepe Dualty Doneci Fark T esi Deeply ha Scanner Ceroar we En 5 onines nee ki Dieis POF File Baied On Pic he ublckds i A Exel Aoplicalen Der ml ds ry Corim ie Sera g Click PDF Settings and configure the scan settings as necessary Configuring Storing Settings 3 Click Browse and select the PDF file to which you want to add the pages The newly scanned document data is added to the PDF file you select 4 Click Start Scanning starts To cancel click Cancel m When placing documents in the feeder When scanning is complete the scanned document is saved to a folder on the computer or forwarded to an application Configuring Storing Settings Specifying External Applications to Forward Scanned Data B 261 676 When placing documents on the platen glass The screen shown below is
211. F8280Cw 5 Use lt j to adjust the volume and press Apply 6 Press to close the menu screen 104 676 0ALJ 024 Entering Sleep Mode The sleep mode function reduces the amount of power consumed by the machine by disabling power flow to the operation panel If no operations will be performed on the machine for a while such as during a lunch break you can save power simply by pressing on the operation panel You can also use the Auto Sleep Time setting to automatically put the machine into sleep mode if it remains idle for a specified length of time i Scans PC 2 4 8 8 ra NOTE When in sleep mode When the machine enters sleep mode lights up yellow green Situations in which the machine does not enter sleep mode When the machine is in operation amp When the Processing Data indicator is lit up or blinking When the machine is performing an operation such as adjustment or cleaning When a paper jam occurs amp When the receiver of the optional handset or an external telephone is off the hook When the menu screen is displayed When a job is waiting to be scanned to a USB memory device or to a computer When an error message is displayed on the screen There are some exceptions The machine sometimes enters sleep mode when error messages are displayed When You Want to Set the Auto Sleep Timer The factory default settings for the amount of time that elapses before t
212. F8540Cdn Only 2Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Selecting a File Format 305 676 0ALJ 070 Specifying Destinations E mail Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only You can specify destinations by selecting from the Address Book as well as by using the numeric keys To use the Address Book you need to register destinations in the Address Book beforehand You can also specify previously used destinations If your office has an LDAP server installed you can also specify destinations in the server Specifying with Numeric Keys E 2 Specifying from Address Book 2 Specifying Previously Used mail Destinations Specifying Destinations in an LDAP Server E mail NOTE When specifying destinations for e mails You can specify multiple destinations including Cc Bcc destinations just like you can when sending normal e mails These destinations can be specified using the Address Book or an LDAP server To specify destinations as Cc or Bcc addresses you need to use the Address Book When specifying destinations for shared folders You cannot specify destinations using the numeric keys or an LDAP server Furthermore only one destinations can be specified at a time TIPS for Enhancing Security amp If you want to limit available destinations to ones from the Address Book ones in an LDAP server or previously specified ones Limiting Available De
213. Flu Hara Mad Spem ao T D JPEG Ear Erea canned braga a r wf ase Pokus io a Sublolder wath Geren Dare E Horse lach arn alis Eni Donamsan zd ihe canned rouge arid od Sects Select Source Select a setting based on whether you place your documents on the platen glass or in the feeder Platen Glass Select when placing documents on the platen glass ADF Select when placing documents in the feeder When documents are placed in the feeder they are scanned When nothing is placed in the feeder LAUT NOg documents placed on the platen glass are scanned 263 676 M Input Method MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn only Select whether you want to scan a 1 sided or 2 sided document placed in the feeder Paper Size Select the document size If you select an option for a custom size the Paper Size Settings screen opens You can then enter a custom size Paper Siza Satin usi m 4 f Orientation If documents are placed in the feeder set the orientation of the documents You can also set Binding Location if 2 sided documents are placed in the feeder Crientitien ngsnal itsin em d Toe punt RJ Lih 1 a em Iia eu Fri Brig Losin sis 1 Long Edge Shot E doe C ee 3 Scan Mode Select the image type to scan documents Available items vary depending on the type of scan such as Mail or PDF Black and The document is scanned as a black and
214. Fresi Computer i4 E ians E Dreorh 5 Rarmet lacur a Multifunction Devices 1 Media Dewices 1 J Lisanas i Iac EITHNTET P biri me Fb B ues HAE Compete teeta ca Lara Desk Ee cog DE Lobe ber Daixrir gur IE 3 Ce TCDA Cree fF CANON U QE Humen Cirad Deren file etui Caii uam Ka anetem Deas Hearre iecetrorc P sbwezrk When User Account Control appears Click Yes or Continue The machine icon is deleted from the printer folder and uninstall is completed 60 74 Uninstalling the Product Extended Survey Program For Windows 1 Open Programs and Features For Windows XP From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Add or Remove Programs For Windows Vista 7 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel 2 Click Uninstall a program or double click Programs and Features For Windows 8 Right click the lower left corner of the screen and select Programs and Features 2 Select Canon Laser Printer Scanner Fax Extended Survey Program and then click Uninstall 3 Follow the on screen instructions 61 74 Uninstalling the Software For Macintosh 1 If the machine is connected to a computer with a USB cable disconnect the USB cable If you want to delete the scanner driver or MF Toolbox proceed to Step 4 2 Open System Preferences and click Printer amp Fax or Print amp Scan 3 Select the machine and click the
215. H 2 al Lie a LSS Gable k comet me cerca Ip your compseier t eM So NOTE Windows Server 2003 Server 2008 Server 2012 This screen is not displayed Proceed to the following procedure 4 Click Install 10 74 Easy Installabian Tha kaiean priogeams will e insat Click palai and Pan follow Eres naed raplayad on Eh screan The dk spaci required Boe BF teers reas deer Prom She spass cumst displ rte Wr Lures Prograres reguirad tor prising dacureeis 30mning viaje aid sanding axes 5s comple WS Tees Program tial dows seu iz Easily impos mmages scaenad with a scanearinip as appicrivon adach eam do s mai THES Opes aes hemio hand disks mic i Frac Disk Space 18257 We Spare Rieqaieed to install 455 MB Read the License Agreement and click Yes License Agreement Praass madha iebowin lanza agiacment Comply ans carail balera asiaiiig Ta saiwa programas CANON SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT PORTANT Tht egal agreemen Agreement between you aad Cason Inc Eaman and grresrnirs yout ese of Canoes acf ferar programs inciudiag m relared manas or amy piniad materia marecf tie xfrerare For camain Canon s copying machinga prizters ard tn one periphecsis me Produrts h READ CAREFULLY AHD UNDERSTAND ALL OF THE RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS DESCRIBED IH THIS AGREEMENT BEFORE USING THI STAARI ITE CLICKIMG THE IHITTOM IMCSCATIHG TOUR ACCEPTANCI AS STATE ILC CHCU SING T
216. H Miot Corporates All ngris merad Rh diva nesed zyrisrn ott rey Seri Fuck L Syriam Rating Em Wende Exprsiience edes P rr APAN Sth bone H 4 Ded Coss Progsemncr 6 Cu retold meso AME 1 System type Pen vd Touch Carp ute nace demam and weikgesup ieltiesgs Action Center Congue nane we DODD PE SP Change sette hari Upata Full zzmzafar narra ima boe P Peslermares Aien and r Tai Camgute descen ple Wonksroop VOR KOH OU 71 14 Disclaimers The information in this document is subject to change without notice CANON INC MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS MATERIAL EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED EXCEPT AS PROVIDED HEREIN INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THEREOF WARRANTIES AS TO MARKETABILITY MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF USE OR NON INFRINGEMENT CANON INC SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE OR LOSSES OR EXPENSES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS MATERIAL 12 14 Copyright Copyright Canon Inc 2013 All Rights Reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language or computer language in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic optical chemical manual or otherwise without the prior written permission of Canon Inc 13 14 Trademarks Canon and the Canon logo are registered trademarks of Canon Inc in the Uni
217. HE SORTVAMIGE YOU AGREE TO EE BOUND AY THE TERIS AND COMDITIONS OF THIS amp GREEMENT F YOU DO HOT AGREE TO THE FOLLOWS TERIS ABD CONDITIONS CE THIS AGREEMENT DO NOT USE THE SOFTWARE MO REFUND WILL BE MADE BECAIESE THE SOG TARE WAS Phares Dr TO WHI AT MO CHARGE i GRANT OF LICENSE Caos granite yos s personal lied and menace he lceszze in ose Ouse a5 used berein shall incide poring leading italan ac casaing execubng or dtaplaysng the SalTarare solely for Hoe asse mih Products only an comgpuli s drecty c via network connected to the Products iba Desigsaied Computer You may aig other usars of Othe coempulers conmmecped do joer Derignaded Computer to use the So tare prowded that you must assure thal adi such ugang shell abide by the jarma ol tirg ME MN MR REFIERE Aiea an EE C Ts aco pl Lh seem of irs Agee pick Des Te dim Era Ease ol fies agesserearnt chick He Tose him pogram the berm ct hos agree mus bs aoe 6 Click Next Welcome to the Setup Wizard for the MF drivers This wizard wil install the MF direm on your computer To 11 74 The following screen appears Click Yes To use this program you must remove all firewall blocks set against this program Do you want to change the Windows Firewall settings so that the Windows Firewall block will be removed To make this setting effective it is also necessary to allow exceptions in Windows Firewall For USB Connection Le Proceed to st
218. Image screen 4 Set the file format and save destination Sara Beret nace boc 3 Sart Pichest to a Subfelder vith Cunard Date E Save as Type Select a file format such as PDF or JPEG Available formats vary depending on the type of scan you selected in step 1 NOTE Adding comments to a JPEG file If you select JPEG Exif you can add information such as the date or comments to JPEG files when saving them Select the scanned image click Exif Settings and enter your comments on the displayed screen 260 676 Q7 ET sd i Ee 3 J i Soares nane a bo Brosse 71 Eve Finish no a mubfokder vs Duneni Dale M Save Scanned Image to Specify a save destination folder If you select the Save Pictures to a Subfolder with Current Date check box a subfolder named with the scanning date is created in the specified folder and the data is saved to that folder NOTE If you select PDF Add Page for Save as Type Save Scanned Image to is switched to Create PDF File Based On In this case click Browse and specify an existing PDF file to which you want to add the newly scanned document data The data is added to the existing file as additional pages D Click Save or Forward The scanned data is saved to a folder on a computer or forwarded to an application Configuring Storing Settings Specifying External Applications to Forward Scanned Data Mm Adding Pages to an Existing PD
219. Initialize Key and Certificate 3 Select to restore Key and Certificate Settings and CA Certificate Settings to the factory defaults Initializing Key and Certificate Initialize Address Book 3 4 Select to restore the Address Book settings to the factory defaults Initializing Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Initialize System Management Settings 3 Select to restore the System Management Settings to the factory defaults You can restore all the System Management Settings at once GInitializing System Management Settings Network Settings Register LDAP Server 4 System Manager Information Settings Display Job Log Device Information Settings USB Device On Off Department ID Management On Off Store to USB Memory Security Settings Memory Media Print On Off Communication Management Settings Product Extended Survey Program On Off Forwarding Settings Cloud Print Settings Store Print When Forwarding Secure Print Settings gt Remote UI On Off PDL Selection Plug and Play Restrict TX Function 4 Initialize All 541 676 OALJ 0C8 Initialize Menu Select to restore the settings listed below to the factory defaults You can restore all the settings listed below Scan Settings at once or you can restore individual settings separately Initializing Menu Mesery Media Print Settings Printer amp ettings Adjustment Maintenance System Management Settings NOTE Asterisks Settings
220. J Printing Reports and Lists You can check fax results and the machine settings by printing reports and lists TX Result Report You can check the logs of sent documents TX Result Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Communication Management Report You can check the logs of sent and received documents Communication Management Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only RX Result Report You can check the logs of received fax documents RX Result Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Department ID Management Report You can check the total volume of printouts for each Department ID Department ID Management Report Address Book List You can check the list of destinations registered in the Address Book Address Book List MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only User Data List System Manager Data List You can check the list of the settings Setting Menu List as well as the content that has been registered in the machine User Data List System Manager Data List IPSec Policy List You can check the list of policy names and the content of the IPSec settings that are registered in the machine 1PSec Policy List PCL Font List You can check the list of available fonts for the machine PCL Font List MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 606 676 OALJ OEK TX Result Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only You can check the fax or e
221. J OF2 Initializing Settings You can restore the following settings GInitializing Menu GInitializing Key and Certificate GInitializing Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only GInitializing System Management Settings 617 676 OALJ OF3 Initializing Menu You can restore the settings of the machine Setting Menu List NOTE To initialize the settings of Network Settings and System Management Settings see Initializing System Management Settings m Initialize Menu ES Select the item you want to initialize 3 p lt Yes gt p 3 Initialize Menu Timer Settings Common Settings Copy Settings Fax Settings d Scan Settings Memory Media Print Settings Printer Settings Initialize All b Items for initializing Select the setting you want to initialize lt Initialize All Initializes all the settings 618 676 OALJ OF4 Initializing Key and Certificate You can restore the settings of the key pairs and digital certificates Note that all the key pairs that you registered in the machine and certificates except the preinstalled digital certificates will be deleted after initializing NOTE After initializing functions that require key pairs such as SSL encrypted communication and TLS of the IEEE 802 1X authentication are not available To use these functions configure the settings for the key pairs and activate the functions again m gt System
222. K The computer name logon name of your computer is displayed in User Name if you want to change the user name enter up to 32 alphanumeric characters for a new user name Enter the PIN of up to seven digits 223 676 4 Specify the print settings and click OK Click the Basic Settings Page Setup Finishing Paper Source or Quality tabs to specify the print settings on each screen as necessary Various Print Settings bi PanngETPERE Profile E Caimi Saliga Drpul Mathis zl i i Pepe See latier eS Output Sirm Match Page Saee Page Layout 1 imi echoed Zii Gooner Paring i Pade Poena Bid Loca Ll Lang lage esti Preshing n okrMads Fiii paie BRANI Dale Printer Canoe WA Series POL Bakio ERS Docemer Canon KGS bener UP RE LT Fu Stalin OCDE Comer Page imga amp M onl sort Page Figea TESH Cola Enter ether m ingie page namber nr a ge Sage ee Pr eae 5 12 j ji zB 43 6 Check the document name user name and PIN and click OK Dsaman well ba pated in cha Secured Port reda Document Name The document name is automatically set based on the information from the application If you want to change the document name enter up to 32 alphanumeric characters for a new document name M User Name If you specified the user name in step 3 The specified user name is displayed If you did not specify the user name in step
223. MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Registering Address Book from Remote UI MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 369 676 OALJ O8R Configuring the Machine for Your Network Environment The configuration of a network varies depending on the purpose of the network The machine has been designed to be compatible with as many network configurations as possible and it is equipped with a variety of technologies Consult your Network Administrator and set a configuration to suit your network environment 370 676 0ALJ 08S Configuring Ethernet Settings Ethernet is a standard for communicating data in a local area network LAN You can set the communication Ethernet mode half duplex full duplex and the Ethernet type 10BASE T 100BASE TX In general the machine can be used without changing the defaults 12 Ethernet Driver Settings but you can change these settings to suit your network environment 1 Press amp 2 Use A W to select Network Settings and press fj s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press ID 2 Logging on to the Machine 3 Select Ethernet Driver Settings Auto Detect gt 4 Select whether to configure Ethernet settings automatically or manually ilConfiguring Ethernet settings automatically Select On and press ff The machine detects and automatically sets the communication mode and the Ethernet type that ca
224. Management Settings fj Initialize Key and Certificate p Yes RB LINKS Configuring Settings for Key Pairs and Digital Certificates 619 676 OALJ OF5 Initializing Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only You can restore the settings of the Address Book Note that all the information registered in the Address Book will be deleted after initializing m System Management Settings f Initialize Address Book fg lt Yes gt m gt LINKS Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Registering Address Book from Remote UI MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 620 676 OALJ OF6 Initializing System Management Settings You can restore the settings of the machine Setting Menu List Some settings require restarting the machine to be initialized System Management Settings fj Initialize System Management Settings Select the item that you want to initialize BR Yes EM Restart the machine if necessary Initialize System Management 5_ Systems Manager Information 5 Device Information Settings Department ID Management n Security Settings Communication Management Set Forwarding Settings Stere Print When Forwarding Remote UI n Off Restrict TX Function d Register LDAP Server Display Job Log USB Device On Off Stere to USB Meaory Memory Media P
225. Manager Mode you can change the settings items and save load the registered data Setting Up Menu Options from Remote UI M Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw only Displays the coded dial numbers and the Favorites list registered in the Address Book You can also register or edit the Address Book when you have logged on in System Manager Mode Registering Address Book from Remote UI MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 456 676 Status Monitor Cancel Page Seat Fia Mandar sages rii Job Satan Jeb Eri Jet aria BF iab E alien nb Typa Ties Ci Test Page ining Cancel Prins TI 2013 16 PM CmpeseMICEMOM INT 2213 2 gees Baie FJ To Portal Returns to Portal Page main page Menu Click an item and the content is displayed in the right page Managing Documents and Checking the Machine Status Breadcrumb Trail Indicates the series of pages you opened to display the currently displayed page You can check what page is currently displayed Refresh Icon Refreshes the currently displayed page Top Icon Moves the scroll box up to the top of the page when the page is scrolled down Settings Registration Page EMT Vs diu aee Fieri looh steg ee A Tah ano Lo dg Taji Tiras ac qu tion Toren Cera Sey uns Purpan Iray Capp Tinga Sat on Cisal CHI Face Seien Duet 1 Scan Xon Paper Sire Ad bgt Vw Princ Saning Baer Pipe Piin 2 72 83 pim
226. NOTE Folders and files lower than the third directory are not displayed When you move to another folder the previous file selections will be cleared BTo select all files 1 Press lt All Items gt Root Daractory image 01 jpg 03 03 2013 1 image 02 jng 03 03 2013 1 image 03 jpg 03 03 2013 1 image 04 jpg 03 03 2013 1 2 Select Select All and press 73 All the displayed files are selected Display Method Details J folder Sort Files Name Ascending v image_02 jpg 03 08 2013 1 Clear All z image l3 jmng 03 03 2013 1 z image 4 jpg 03 03 2013 1 To clear all selections select Clear All and press R BTOo display previews 4 You can change the display method from Details for file names and modification dates to Images for previews By previewing images you can check the file content before you select a file to print NOTE You can specify either Details or Images as the default display method Default Display Settings 1 Press lt All Items gt Root Directory image 01 jpg 03 03 2013 1 image 02 jng 03 03 2013 1 image 03 jpg 03 03 2013 1 image 04 jpg 03 03 2013 1 232 676 2 Select Display Method and press fj Display Seleck All Items f Sort Files Mame Ascending Select All Clear All 3 Select the display method and press 73 Display Method Details a lt Details gt
227. NOTE To save more paper combine this setting with 2 sided printing Switching 1 Sided and 2 Sided Printing MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Basic Settings tab In Page Layout select the number of pages to print onto a single sheet In Page Order select the page distribution layout OK tidad Jasad look Printing tagi L i o Vane Fairing Een ol 4 Beain Auto Long Edza Lak Finizhing Lour DE Fom Darden xier hod gr o Enea Page Layout Select the number of pages to print onto a single sheet from 1 on 1 to 16 on 1 For example to print 16 pages onto a single sheet select 16 on 1 NOTE For options such as Poster 2 x 2 see Printing Posters Printing may not be performed properly if you combine this setting with an application setting for collating printouts A Page Order Select a page distribution layout For example if you select Across from Left the first page is printed on the top left and then the rest of the pages are arranged rightward LINKS Printing a Document Switching 1 Sided and 2 Sided Printing MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 203 676 0ALJ 04S Printing Posters You can print one page of a document onto multiple pages For example if you make a one page A4 size document nine times larger you will have a poster 3x3 A4 size sheets large after you print the document and paste it together Aube oder Tap
228. O DOO DEI DODU gE eh Loo Ahti Preis Leng irigewory Ugi Pv amni D Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON NOTE DNS settings can also be accessed from amp G IPv4 Settings CIPv6 Settings 377 676 LINKS Setting IPv4 Address Setting IPv6 Addresses Viewing Network Settings 378 676 0ALJ 08Y Configuring SMB Server Message Block SMB is a protocol for sharing resources such as files and printers with more than one device in a network The machine uses SMB to store scanned documents into a shared folder Depending on your network you may have to set the NetBIOS name and workgroup name NetBIOS Name In a Windows network that uses NetBIOS NetBIOS names are used for identifying network connected computers as well as for file sharing and other network services Most computers use the computer name as the NetBIOS name Workgroup Name Workgroup name is a name for grouping multiple computers so that basic network functions such as file sharing become available in a Windows network Specify the workgroup name to identify the group that the machine belongs to 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Tho Remate ul Paral Deska Baak Inloratiza iie Sines Printer Bardy e priri Eana dp Bariy im en Pua dp Sets rr are or ceive foe frees inbrarratian ha err
229. OHX Configuring Scan Settings in Simple Mode Simple Mode is a collection of basic scan settings in ScanGear MF designed for easy operation In other words Simple Mode is a digest version of ScanGear MF Configure settings in the order indicated from to on the screen and click Scan By doing so you can configure basic settings and scan Click Preview to display Ihe preview image a Preview area You can preview the document that is placed on the platen glass If you click Preview a preview image is displayed in this area and the cropping frame is displayed with a dotted line y Toolbar Control the image in the preview area HH Auto Crop The cropping frame that fits the scanned image is automatically set Each time you click the icon the cropping frame is reduced You can move the frame or change its size with your mouse NOTE Manually setting multiple scanning areas You can manually add cropping frames You can also specify cropping areas in the document so that each of them can be scanned as separate images Drag the cropping frames to specify the areas you want to scan You can specify up to ten areas Click Scan to scan the areas in the cropping frames as separate images 7 Clear Crop Frame Clears the selected cropping frame fy Left Rotate Right Rotate Rotates the preview image 90 degrees to the left or right Information Displays the current settings of the scanned i
230. OM into the drive on the computer Select a language and click OK if you are prompted to do so amp If the CD ROM Setup screen does not appear remove the CD ROM from the drive and then insert it again or see Displaying the CD ROM Setup or Select language Screen 2 Click Manuals 3j Click e Manual 653 676 OALJ OH8 Uninstalling e Manual You can remove the e Manual from the computer to restore the computer to the same state it was in before the e Manual was installed The label of the CD ROM that contains manuals may vary depending on the country region or the model of the machine M Using the Multi lingual User Manual CD 1 Open the Windows Explorer Windows XP Vista 7 Server 2003 Server 2008 From the Start menu select All Programs or Programs Accessories Windows Explorer Windows 8 Server 2012 Right click the lower left corner of the screen and select File Explorer 2 Enter either of the following paths in the address field and press the ENTER key C Documents and Settings the user name My Documents Canon MFP Manuals 3 Delete the MF8500C_MF8200C Series e Manual folder 4 Delete the MF8500C_MF8200C Series e Manual shortcut icon on the desktop llUsing the User Software CD ROM 1 Insert the User Software CD ROM into the drive on the computer Select a language and click OK if you are prompted to do so 2 Click Start Software Programs Canon CD ROM Setup
231. P version 3 and SNTP versions 3 and 4 servers 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Mall p Gyori Manager Hain Esca Baak hikari iie Sisins Fibes i Bardy amp priri Eana Goody ian Pua Eh Seedy tr are or eacrin fo tr I nirrrratian ha err 3 Click Network Settings TCP IP Settings ele hep s neni LN eds reus Tikes Gai qi Seton Iai mu rr TTE Capp tres Fn Salire Sn Sabine flac bres Pra naming Ferrer Sptmgs siae oL Ea yop Uia top Sai a Sele Upapa pai W Varuqeruas il C anirrrior imn Vir artc tt langer Die emt Seti F Sy eye ATR iF MIU Sw aige HTU Srs 5HTP teziaga Loe FATF lc arb oe Deparmezerst l Boece PIN onbrresiion Erben D Select the Use SNTP check box and specify the required settings 386 676 tikrenFsckEaldca hran Yor me fence Hace r TOPAF Loire Eda IATP Settings Ti ANTP Sorting hrb egeta s ane He ved ges Dige fe kobrak aide Tes anii qa Lhanges udi o a acina sia ea maa poani iz eed CFT ar DH f erion Tokirgn DK Casca Ceres Cy Cipp trea Fan Sagre Zan Jatin firey Loin Pria paige ies fore Use SNTP Select the check box to use SNTP for synchronization If you do not want to use SNTP clear the check box NTP Server Name Enter the IP address of the NTP or the SNTP server If DNS is available on the network you can enter a host
232. P3 gt lt SMTP gt MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn only 2 Configuring Advanced E mail Settings SNMP Monitoring and Controlling the Machine with SNMP Multicast Discovery Configuring SLP Communication with imageWARE D Enter the port number using the numeric keys and press Apply 1 865535 6 Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON LINKS Configuring Printer Ports 414 676 OALJ 09H Setting a Proxy A proxy or HTTP proxy server refers to a computer or software that carries out HTTP communication for other devices especially when communicating with resources outside the network such as when browsing Web sites The client devices connect to the outside network through the proxy server and do not communicate directly to the resources outside Setting a proxy not only facilitates management of traffic between in house and outside networks but also blocks unauthorized access and consolidates anti virus protection for enhanced security When you use Google Cloud Print to print over the Internet you can enhance security by setting a proxy When setting a proxy make sure that you have the necessary proxy information including the IP address port number and a user name and password for authentication 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Po Rete Ul Paral Ceska Baak low
233. PER Pira F mhiir he Shad haa Dragan Eie g Doi i Ea gir Life dt ae Ee Pe OT oe Loge ieee De pareset Macaprecei Lam hama he i3 Bi Fiekossk raga Daten Ped ETE LE Favara Conca Mangere Tuas camda Perieg luin ap n ee ee ee fo tee et m Pen caesa Corm qm Mires LOWE a MEL 2201415 HEIBOCHET Server Name Enter up to 24 alphanumeric characters for identifying the LDAP server Server Address Enter the IP address of the LDAP server or enter up to 47 alphanumeric characters for the host name of the server example Idap example com IMPORTANT Server Address and DNS To prevent errors from occurring when searching for destinations make sure to check the following If the host name is entered for Server Address make sure that a DNS server is available in the network If the IP address is entered for Server Address check whether the DNS server supports only forward lookup If the server supports only forward lookup select Do Not Use or Use for Login Information If you select Use Security Authentication make sure that the DNS server supports reverse lookup Position to Start Search Specify the node in the directory information tree DIT that you want to start search from Leaving the text box blank sets the machine to start search from an arbitrary node selected automatically Depending on the type of characters used up to 120 characters can be entered When specifying the node
234. PORTANT Make sure to hold the paper drawer with both hands and pull it out gently Otherwise you may damage the paper drawer by dropping it if it slides out too easily 2 Hold the green knobs and push down the part shown in the figure IMPORTANT Do not touch the rubber pad Touching it may deteriorate print quality 3 Hold the green knobs and return the part shown in the figure back in place Return the part shown in the figure back in place until it clicks 4 Set the paper drawer 5 When the screen shown below is displayed use A W to select Yes and press fj Is all ef the jammed paper removed Paper Jams in the Paper Drawer 1 Pull out the paper drawer 547 676 IMPORTANT Make sure to hold the paper drawer with both hands and pull it out gently Otherwise you may damage the paper drawer by dropping it if it slides out too easily 2 Gently pull out the paper When the optional paper drawer drawer 2 is attached gently pull out the paper in the same way UJ Set the paper drawer 4 When the screen shown below is displayed use A F to select Yes and press fj Is all ef the jammed paper removed Paper Jams in the Back Side 1 Open the rear cover 3 Gently pull out the paper 548 676 6 Close the rear cover Document Jams in the Feeder MF8280Cw MF8230Cn If there are documents placed in the feeder remove them first Then follow the pr
235. Papae Laing plea ed Varna Cani i oH dra reign Tiree aique V am crier irp Cores mg Capp freaks Fax Satire z Sonn eines blaeore Us Print ganing Pme Orr et 5 Select the Use IPSec check box and click OK If you want the machine to only receive packets that match one of the security policies that you define in the steps below clear the Receive Non Policy Packets check box i bee UE nd suus Veg dk eee Paim loch hp z me Fiete ea Doina Reghina ran Wep einge acair Settings PLac Settings 5 Edie Sec Stings Din ARE Idea Sia Le RO D dra tetas Change the loliocing sutlags Ta amiga Chang will ic ec 2821 Doa ie posui be OF and DH P germen Sehr Zancai Coren Gg lt Cipp rema ds Far Samire o San Seine Biy Utah Prin Sami Perper rtm 6 Click Register New Policy Ves di es Biers loch h Friera tigrngzFzgkaikzs ran Virugmar trErngz Darai Semibd gt Papae lating Seared nigra Conil Doa ps rei Dh alil Le ee ilie Deb CREME uunc Hi Tae DEI aui CH Ther oats ca feecton Seng Corres Seer IP Sas Batini z Capp trea gs Us Htc Nezara Hon Prip Packets See pappi Ut parre 1 Macsagereri 2 hsil pega LED frist wen Waragacknd Specify the Policy Settings 1 In the Policy Name text box enter up to 24 alphanumeric characters for a name that is used for identifying the policy 2 Select the Enable Policy check box le Wee femin Foo Hap CET Peman Hes ps
236. Paper Type of Multi purpose Tray Flain 1 60 to T qimz E Paper Type of Drawer L Plain 1 60 to 74 gimat Paper Typo of Drawer 7 Plan 1 i60 to 74 gimat Cancel 8 Check that this machine is added to the Printer amp Fax or Print amp Scan dialog box 38 74 Options amp Supplies Location Kind Canon NEW Seres US Status idie Share this printer on the network Default printer Last Printer Used iH Default paper size US Letter 84 id Click the lock to prevent further changes 9 Close the dialog box USB Connection Register the printer and fax respectively following the procedure below 1 Open System Preferences and click Printer amp Fax or Print amp Scan 2 Click the icon ean Print amp Fax No printers are available Click Add to set up a printer B Default printer Last Printer Used lia 1 id Click the lock to prevent further changes t 39 74 3 Click Default and then select a printer name for which USB is displayed in the Kind or Connection column Ade Printer Marne hn Location Print Using i More Printera 4 Select Select Printer Software from Print Using 9 Select a driver that is capable for this machine from the driver list and then click OK If you are using Mac OS X 10 5 x clicking OK is not required 6 Click Add 7 If the following
237. Press amp 2 Use A W to select Network Settings and press fj s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press 1p 2 Logging on to the Machine 3 Select Ethernet Driver Settings and press j 345 676 Ethernet Driver Settings Wireless LAN Settings TCP IP Settings SNMP Settings xea o Dedicated Port Settings Waiting Time for Connection _ Viewing Wireless LAN Settings and Information MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only 1 Press amp NJ Use A W to select Network Settings and press 73 s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press ID 2 Logging on to the Machine Select Wireless LAN Settings and press 53 s If the Do you want to enable the wireless LAN message is displayed select Yes and press fj Read the message that is displayed and press 53 Select Wireless LAN Information and press E53 OU A CJ Select the setting to view and press fj Wireless LAN Information ireless LAM Status Latest Error Information hannel SID Settings ecurity Settings rower ay B Viewing WEP and WPA WPA2 PSK information 1 Select Security Settings gt and press 7 2 View the current security settings and press 73 If the security settings are not configured None is displayed 3 Select the setting to view and press 73 WPA WPA2 PSK NOTE
238. Priority the facing that you use for loading preprinted paper for 2 sided printing logo side face down can also be used for 1 sided printing This setting is especially useful if you frequently perform both 1 sided and 2 sided printing Switch Paper Feed Method 83 676 OALJ 01K Specifying Paper Size and Type You must specify the paper size and type settings to match the paper that is loaded Make sure to change the paper settings when you load the paper that is different from the previously loaded paper IMPORTANT If the setting does not match the size and type of loaded paper a paper jam or printing error may occur 84 676 0ALJ 01L Specifying Paper Size and Type in the Paper Drawer 1 Press Select Paper Settings s If the Select Paper screen shown below is displayed use A W to select Paper Settings and press Multi Purpose Tray ER Ad Plain 2 Ew AS Plain 2 2 Select Drawer 1 or Drawer 27 and press 5 Drawer 2 is displayed only when the optional paper drawer drawer 2 is installed MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn only Paper Settings Multi Purpose Tray Wit 7 Register Custom Paper 3 Select the paper size and press fj Plain 3 75 90 g m Recycled Color Heavy 1 86 119 g m Heavy 2 120 128 g m LINKS Loading Paper in the Paper Drawer Paper 85 676 OALJ 01R Specifying Paper Size and Type in the Manual Feed Slot The screen sho
239. Pv6 network Use IPv6 Enable or disable IPv6 in the machine You can also view the current settings Setting IPv6 Addresses Off On Check Settings Stateless Address Settings Enable or disable stateless addresses Setting IPv6 Addresses Off Ont Check Settings Use DHCPv6 Enable or disable the stateful address that is acquired via DHCPv6 Setting IPv6 Addresses Check Settings Stateful Address 471 676 Prefix Length DNS Settings Specify settings for Domain Name System DNS which provides a host name for IP address resolutions 2 Configuring DNS DNS Host Name Domain Name Settings Use IPv4 Host Domain Off Host Name Domain Name Ont DNS Dynamic Update Settings Off t On Register Manual Address Off t On Register Stateful Address Off t On Register Stateless Address Off t On DNS Dynamic Update Interval O to 24 to 48 hr mDNS Settings Specify settings for using DNS functions without DNS servers 2 Configuring DNS Off On Use Same mDNS Name as IPv4 Off mDNS Name Ont WINS Settings Specify settings for Windows Internet Name Service WINS which provides a NetBIOS name for IP address resolutions in a mixed network environment of NetBIOS and TCP IP Configuring WINS WINS Resolution Off t On WINS Server Address 0 0 0 0 Scope ID LPD Print Settings Enable or disable LPD a printing protocol that can be used on any hardware platform or operating system 2 Con
240. Remove the tape and packing materials pM f 8 Gently close the feeder NOTE Make sure that all the packing materials have been removed from the machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn A E ge V gt Continue to Preparing Toner Cartridges 29 6 6 MF8280Cw MF8230Cn 0ALJ 009 Preparing Toner Cartridges The machine comes with toner cartridges installed at the time of purchase You must remove the sealing tape from the cartridges to use the machine Read the precautions in Maintenance and Inspections and 2 Consumables before preparing the toner cartridges 1 Open the front cover 2 Pull out the cartridge tray MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn 3 Remove the sealing tape by pulling it straight up while holding down the toner cartridge The full length of the sealing tape is approximately 50 cm There is a toner cartridge for each of the four colors Remove the sealing tape from each toner cartridge IMPORTANT When pulling out the sealing tape If the sealing tape remains inside the toner cartridge the quality of printouts including faxes may deteriorate Also note that it will not be possible to reprint a fax because the fax function automatically deletes data once it is printed Do not pull the sealing tape at an angle If the tape breaks you may not be able to pull it out completely If the sealing tape becomes stuck when pulling it out keep pulling until it is completel
241. S CBC Encryption algorithm ESP and key length e AES CBC 128 bits 192 bits or 256 bits Hash algorithm encryption algorithm and key AES GCM 128 bits 192 bits or 256 bits length Hash algorithm HMAC SHA1 96 Key exchange algorithm group and key length NOTE IPSec functional restrictions IPSec supports communication to a unicast address or a single device amp The machine cannot use both IPSec and DHCPv6 at the same time IPSec is unavailable in networks in which NAT or IP masquerade is implemented Using IPSec with IP address filter IP address filter settings are applied before the IPSec policies Specifying IP Addresses for Firewall Rules 434 676 Configuring IPSec Settings Before using IPSec for encrypted communication you need to register security policies SP A security policy consists of the groups of settings described below Up to 10 policies can be registered After registering policies specify the order in which they are applied Selector Selector defines conditions for IP packets to apply IPSec communication Selectable conditions include IP addresses and port numbers of the machine and the devices to communicate with IKE IKE configures the IKEv1 that is used for key exchange protocol Note that instructions vary depending on the authentication method selected Pre Shared Key Method A key of up to 24 alphanumeric characters can be shared with the other devices Enable SSL for the R
242. S CUNT P12 V ection Siren Corana Seg Capp frets E sinr Pris Fay Maes Far Samira Zan tiing mipmap lepras PiE SEREH Key Name Enter up to 24 alphanumeric characters for the name of the key pair to be registered Password Enter up to 24 alphanumeric characters for the password of the private key set for the file to be registered B Registering a CA certificate Click Register on the right of the CA certificate you want to register 449 676 SS eee E it ee iets loch h Preferences foros Regkiaien hron Verge Sefings Locus Sesinge 4 Caribas teia o Fogaa Pagar Dents Bund Vota Conti Ens d Hopes el L C apii Trees Sa e V ye cien Seren Comta Sarg Copy elige File Wima Far Sasieqgs L V MD amp CER Feiti 3 Scan Peine blaeore Usa Print ganing ii Pret TTE a eRe LINKS Generating Key Pairs Verifying Key Pairs and Digital Certificates Enabling SSL Encrypted Communication for the Remote UI 2 Configuring IPSec Settings 2 Configuring IEEE 802 1X Authentication 450 676 OALJ OAA Verifying Key Pairs and Digital Certificates Once key pairs and CA certificates are registered you can view their detailed information or verify them for validity and signature 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Go LSE EEE Ap ott tere Ves i Yee lerim Pook ihi Esca Baak hkamah Prima
243. SD Scanning check box is selected To perform scanning press ES and specify a computer as a scan destination Scanning from the Machine Use Multicast Discovery Select the check box to set the machine to reply to multicast discovery messages If the check box is cleared the machine stays in sleep mode even when multicast discovery messages are flowing on the network j Click OK 349 676 D Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON NOTE Using the operation panel LPD RAW and WSD settings can also be accessed from LPD Print Settings 2 RAW Print Settings WSD Settings Setting up WSD network devices on Windows Vista 7 8 The WSD printer and scanner can be added from the printer folder Open the printer folder Displaying the Printer Folder click Add a device or Add a printer and follow the on screen instructions For more information about how to install MF Drivers for the WSD network printer see MF Driver Installation Guide LINKS Configuring Printer Ports 350 676 0ALJ 089 Configuring Printer Ports Printing errors can occur when the IP address of the machine has been changed or when a printer has been added via the Windows printer folder These errors are typically caused by incorrect printer port settings For example an incorrect port number or port type may have been specified In such situations your attempt to print fails because t
244. Select Country Region Forwarding Settings Store Print When Forwarding Remote UI On Off Restrict TX Function Display Job Log USB Device On Off Store to USB Memory Memory Media Print On Off Product Extended Survey Program On Off 2 Cloud Print On Off Secure Print Settings 3PDL Selection Plug and Play Update Firmware GInitialize Key and Certificate Initialize Address Book Olnitialize System Management Settings Network Settings See 2 Network Settings System Manager Information Settings Specify the ID or PIN exclusively for Administrators who have access privileges to Network Settings and System Management Settings ID is System Manager ID and PIN is System Manager PIN You can also register the name of an Administrator Setting the System Manager ID System Manager ID and PIN Enter a number of up to seven digits for the System Manager ID and PIN System Manager ID System Manager PIN 532 676 System Manager Name Enter up to 32 alphanumeric characters for the name of an Administrator Device Information Settings Ea Enter up to 32 alphanumeric characters for the name and the installation location to identify the machine Device Name Location oF amp A EET System Management Settings Device Information Settings p Select Device Name or Location Enter Device Name or Location Entering Text Apply A a
245. Settings Fax Setup Guide 3 Press Next Register the unit telephone nusber for this device D Press Next Register the unit nase 5ender name company name atc 6 Enter the unit name such as a user name or company name GEntering Text and press Apply Enter up to 24 alphanumeric characters Pressing lt A a 12 gt toggles the input modes 45 676 gt Continue to Selecting the Receive Mode LINKS Sending Faxes 46 676 0ALJ 00W Selecting the Receive Mode Select the receive mode that suits your intended use beforehand Deciding Which Fax Receive Mode to Use NOTE If you previously selected Set Up Later on the fax setup screen Registering the Fax Number and Unit Name press Fax Settings Fax Setup Guide to display the fax setup screen T Press Next The screen shown here is displayed after the unit name has been registered Registering the Fax Number and Unit Name Set the RX mode Answer the following questions te select the appropriate RX aode 2 Select the receive mode that suits your intended use a Use A W to select Yes or No and press j to select the receive mode NOTE You may be able to manually set a receive mode other than those described below depending on your country or region Receiving Faxes mlo set the receive mode to Auto Do you want to use this device for fax only mo t
246. Settings GO Setting the Department ID Management QGNetwork Security 2System Management Settings 2Saving Loading Registered Data GInitialize Menu 463 676 0ALJ 0AJ Saving Loading Registered Data Address Book or menu options data that has been registered in the machine can be saved in your computer export Data that is saved on your computer can also be registered in the machine import You can easily copy the destinations in the Address Book to multiple machines To use these features it is required that you have logged on in System Manager Mode Depending on the model you cannot import the Address Book that exported from the machine If using the same model you can import export menu options and other data except the Address Book Saving Loading Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 2Saving Loading Settings IMPORTANT Do not turn OFF the machine until the import or export process is complete It may take a few minutes to complete the process If the machine is turned OFF during the process it may result in damage to data or the machine Do not operate the machine during the export import process Before exporting importing check that no operation such as printing documents is currently processing 464 676 OALJ OAK Saving Loading Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only You can save registered Address Book data in your computer or regi
247. Size Ad LTR 16K Type Plainl 3 Recycled D Confirm the procedure and press j Adjustment starts In approximately 1 to 2 minutes an adjustment image is printed Steps Start Press 0 Step 1 1 Print Image 1 for Adjust Printing Image 1 for 2 Scan Isage 1 for Adjust Adjustment Print Image 2 for Adjust 4 Scan Image 3 for Adjust 6 Open the feeder after the screen displayed during printing disappears 600 676 Place the adjustment image on the platen glass with the print side face down Place the adjustment image so that the black stripe is toward the back side of the machine We Gently close the feeder Press Color The adjustment image is scanned and adjustment starts In approximately 30 seconds the second adjustment image is printed Step 2 Step 3 Scanning Image 1 far Printing Image 2 far Adjustments s Adjustment 1 0 Open the feeder remove the first adjustment image and then place the second adjustment image on the 11 12 platen glass with the print side face down Place the adjustment image so that the black stripe is toward the back side of the machine Gently close the feeder Press Color The adjustment image is scanned and adjustment starts In approximately 1 to 2 minutes the adjustment is finished Step 4 Full Adjust Scanning Image 2 far Adjustments 1 3 Press j to close the menu screen 1 4 Open the feeder and remove th
248. Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Who Rete Ul Paral Lai Lipa DAE 23 12 E1 HE IT A LT Device Haak likesratizn 1 Prima p Bardy Fr priri kanm dip Gandy ie en Faa il andy tr sere or renie Pacers ji rez nines ha amon 3 Click Department ID Management and register or edit Department IDs BPE eee Settings Feegiaaatian Froan eE Mad m Crits Miaa Haig E CELD iape ngoai Cann iia tremo qe Label trSa id HE Bl gai Teas dkg pa Idin Sciirgs Ceras Semen Deeper FD Laco pem a Lap retia gs raren Pap Tria Fin SB rz r Rajaa haa Depia Ci Al Damis Scan Tange n 2n Cops Pages Plan Pages Seca igea Tuy d Prov Sapte tapaea ee a ee eee ee ee Cok Porter Sema ie tet ee i t i i 1 a aaia ires Liira i ibs 6 i i Ea gnis Lipman Capri Rx Frit cite Peel b 3 Hi E Lim parie Ii Baers B Registering a Department ID 1 Click Register New Department Specify the required settings and click OK 401 676 G TE JAEBMLEXENL m depaetinermtd erp bers pD maom Ves diu Wie fmin Foch ips Figura AEREE een Mi j Tazgrz Lx iE I i gt Aegina N E Papa baig Bij Bis Di Irene osea s anno Lor d rei gs M iee deagain Tirma at gr c l mcdion Tsien Coren EN E 3 y E Copy tres in Tia Via F digits Fan Bruns Son Tange Maer P digits iptay Unc Pri camina Dene 5ptrgs
249. Switch a lt Answering Machine gt lt Manual gt lt Net Switch gt M NOTE When the call is a fax The machine receives the fax automatically When the call is a telephone call An incoming call rings Pick up the handset to answer the call NOTE You need to connect your telephone or the optional handset to the machine beforehand When the call is a fax After an incoming call rings the machine receives the fax automatically When the call is a telephone call The answering machine activates enabling the caller to leave a message If you pick up the handset before the answering machine starts recording a message you can talk with the caller NOTE You need to connect your answering machine to the machine beforehand Set the answering machine to answer after a few rings We recommend that you add approximately 4 seconds of silence at the beginning of the message or set the maximum recording time to 20 seconds When the call is a fax An incoming call rings Pick up the handset If you hear a beep press Ef d select Start Receiving and press 53 to receive faxes Specify the destination 03 03 2013 14 00 Resolution 200 x 100 dpi Hao End When the call is a telephone call An incoming call rings Pick up the handset If you do not hear a beep start your conversation NOTE You need to connect your telephone or the optional handset to the machine beforehand You can set the
250. System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Ceska Baak koe iie ETT Frima M Bardy amp priri kana S Bariy i en Faa qp Cari tr are w renin aem te Ir rrrr giis Wa cre 3 Click Network Settings TCP IP Settings iore ere Tarani Ci ps has Tikes aig fection Soir Ceres ummgu Copy rers bd Fan Satire Zon Satin bheegi Uwe Print Samia Perret Serres Dagan Ega LI En ops Lipan Eai ai ME papper 4 Specify SLP settings lSpecifying multicast device discovery 4 Click Edit in Multicast Discovery Settings 393 676 05 wp IAEA ERE A m naterre epp bem C He M Ves Feim Toh H Linen reary I debe ae br irc at CEN en Sloth Hie ES flee Mode Boss alos beigi rm Seas vinds Roa aliu e Paa Puree 11437 Rese oll Pm aei Pis Taria ten k Hints alors bedevil Bil ide 2 Select the Respond to Discovery check box and specify the required settings e eo 3 ph de Er d m reba reajhcm ebbe Ves a eee femin Foch h Seige Pepkinies Lorum Vra aane Erga Hewes biip TCPURP ating 5 Eds Midicau Dinar L4 E Lara Ed ubica Daci ega Tess Ganija mpe Lee m Fonction S Spes 9 Cusen Caps Settings Wehea hear revery Sens Far Saning RarpondsDucreas c Scan hiing ee Respond to Discovery Select the check box to set the machine to respond to imageWARE multicast discovery packets and enable monitoring by ima
251. TE If Print Side Priority is set for a paper source that is loaded with paper you cannot use for 2 sided printing Paper Speed Priority is applied to the paper source instead In this case you need to load the paper in the same way as when Speed Priority is selected Loading Preprinted Paper 1 sided printing speed may be slower when Print Side Priority is selected 493 676 0ALJ OC1 Copy Settings Hm All the settings about the copy are listed with short descriptions Default settings are marked with a dagger t Hetwork Settings Ji Preferences Timer Settings Common Settings NOTE Asterisks Settings marked with 1 are only available for the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn amp Settings marked with 2 are only available when the optional paper drawer drawer 2 is attached Change Default Settings You can change the factory default settings about copy The selected settings are used as the default settings of the copy function Changing Default Settings Number of Copies 1t to 99 Density Nine Levels Original Type Text Photo Map Speed Text Photo Map t Text Photo Map Quality Printed Image Text 2 Sided Off t 1 Sided gt 2 Sided 2 Sided gt 2 Sided 2 Sided gt 1 Sided Copy Ratio Custom Ratio 100 1 1 t 400 Max 200 141 A5 gt A4 70 A4 gt A5 50 25 Min Paper Multi Purpose Tray Drawer 1t Drawer 2 2 Non 1 Off t 2on 1 4on 1 ID
252. TOT Cet abs Thambpis SA E CADRAGE JADE TE SAS DUET IF A AREE 775 o Peper HI Iam aga neri Bekk Senge i Benni Farag Conc wor Maragargrd alice ae ae The result from verifying the certificate is displayed as shown below tm PE m serum my pese ent Ves di Wee Fesin Foch hp Settings Registration Hade Spe Manager c Paper fatur Heija fem ter n yeh Bch is Cene Dato Trees Sap icien Sntirgn c Comen Wangs c Capp miaj z Far Samras D kan Feiing D kien i Prie ganim Perret esr LINKS Generating Key Pairs Using CA issued Key Pairs and Digital Certificates 452 676 OALJ OAC Using Remote UI Using a Web browser to operate the machine remotely you can check the documents waiting to be printed or the status of the machine You can also make some settings such as registering the Address Book You can do this without leaving your desk making system management easier Functions of the Remote UI Managing Documents and Checking the Machine Status Setting Up Menu Options from Remote UI 2Saving Loading Registered Data Registering Address Book from Remote UI MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Basics of the Remote UI Starting Remote UI Remote UI Screens System Requirements The following environment is required to use the Remote UI In addition set the Web browser to enable Cookies Windows Windows XP Vista 7 8 Microsoft Internet E
253. Ted TE ha EZ D Operating Preview Images Specifying Settings for Documents and Color Mode Specifying Resolution and Image Size Adjusting Image Quality Adjusting Brightness and Color Specifying Other Settings Registering Frequently Used Settings Operating Preview Images Ea If you place the document on the platen glass and click Preview a preview image is displayed You can specify the area you want to scan and check the effects of image adjustments on the preview image E Clear Clears the preview image Ti Crop Specifies the cropping area with the cropping frame Click and drag the area you want to crop The cropping area is indicated with a dotted line You can move the cropping frame or change its size with your mouse NOTE Setting multiple scanning areas You can specify cropping areas in the document so that each of them can be scanned as separate images Drag the cropping frame to specify the areas you want to scan You can specify up to ten areas Click Scan to scan the areas in the cropping frames as separate images A Move the Image 213 676 Drags the image to move the visible part of the image when a preview image is enlarged OQ Zoom Enlarges the entire preview image Left click the image to zoom in Right click the enlarged image to zoom out To enlarge a part of the image to check the details use Zoom 5 Left Rotate Right Rotate
254. To change protocols port numbers see Changing Port Numbers 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Deska Baak Inioratiza m x Seles Pritt iEn e priri Eana qp arj im en Pua qp Pane tr are or ceive fee ji renr lrirrrraticn ha cra Seer Whipp a g etg Tirso aire qe ledin Scirgs Ceres Ser Cep res A Pres Fin AN res ATi Sa a i san Tiig bieta Ug Print Saning Derer Sereg E sia EIL bagni Lire Eai a 4 Configure printing protocols m Configuring LPD or RAW 1 Click Edit in LPD Print Settings or RAW Print Settings Dic hoy un LIME Fiat erage Vis LPG Prag FA rhe Samia Qu lige RAM Prnt q WED beninge Les AAD Panty n 2 Configure the settings as necessary 348 676 aG ee tr ms e Ves de Wee Bieri look o ig 7 amp etingsRoegistration halite Sues Manager Fehman Henge Repke rrn Veep me Erge Herki Latir TCPSP Eaizr Eda LPO Fiii San Pagar airs LE ZOLEE Tene enia ial 6 ale de reta gs ee Tes amiga Lhangem ud Eo a Facius sia ea maa pee iz eed CFT ord OH bises ok Canca Cern mg 5 UP Primi Sting Capp 5reriaugs uem Zan hiing E birey Ure Prin Samia Deme Use LPD Printing Select the check box to print via LPD When not using LPD printing clear the check box Use RAW Printing Select the check box to print via RAW When not using RAW printing clear the
255. Tone Select whether the machine beeps when one of the toner cartridges is almost empty Off On Warning Tone Select whether the machine beeps when problem such as a paper jam or an operation mistake occurs Off Ont Job Done Tone Select whether the machine beeps when copying or scanning is complete Off Ont Energy Saver Alert Select whether the machine beeps when the machine enters or wakes from sleep mode Off On Display Settings Default Screen after Startup Restoration 483 676 By default the main copy screen is displayed immediately after the machine is turned ON or when the Auto Reset function is performed Specify the setting to change the default screen and display the main screen of a different function Copyt Fax 1 Scan Memory Media Print Preferences BB Display Settings p Default Screen after Startup Restoration Select a function to display the desired screen Brightness E43 Adjust the brightness of the display to suit the installation location of the machine Five Levels Preferences ff Display Settings p Brightness fj Use 44 p to adjust the brightness Apply Invert Screen Colors Select On to invert the display colors Select On if the display is hard to view even after the brightness was adjusted in Brightness Off t On Preferences p m Display Settings ES Invert Sc
256. Using WPS When using WPS two modes are available push button mode and PIN code mode liPush Button Mode Find the WPS mark shown below on the package of your wireless router Also make sure that there is a WPS button on your networking device Setting Up Connection Using WPS Push Button Mode o EPIN Code Mode Some WPS routers do not support the push button mode If WPS PIN code mode is mentioned on the package or in the instruction manuals of your networking device set up the connection by entering the PIN code Setting Up Connection Using WPS PIN Code Mode 324 676 NOTE If the wireless router is set to use WEP authentication you may not be able to set up connection using WPS Manually Setting Up Connection When manually setting up a wireless connection you can either select a wireless router or manually enter the required information Regardless of the method make sure that you have the required setup information including the SSID and network key Checking the SSID and Network Key ll Selecting a Wireless Router Select this setup option if you need to manually set up the connection but want to complete the setup as easily as possible Setting Up Connection by Selecting a Wireless Router llManually Entering the Setup Information If you want to specify security settings in detail such as authentication and encryption settings manually enter the SSID and network key to set up the connection Setting Up Conne
257. White Copy Jobs Sn Die parent O Paese Tital Regae New Department Copy Pages Print Pages Scan Pages D ment ID La Black amp V hie Color Bleck amp While Cole Black amp whe Color D001 1 i D a 0 Delete 1234557 z Liniknnyem E Jabs RX Prini n a i n a n Repi Enabling the Department ID Management After you register as many Department IDs as necessary enable Department ID Management 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration 402 676 ber LAGS pisi tg er Wee larim Tooke ihi Po Rete Ul Paral Mad Va Ryser Manager Hasip Lari Upisi A Sa ST M e aae MoniecCarcs Ceska Baak Intoaranizs f p Ex Meie LLL Frima M Bardy amp priri Eana Goody ien Faa ap Sandy tr sere or ranie foe Aig tee rrk ji renr lrirrreatim ha amare 3 Click Department ID Management Edit Apsara HI Magura eel Ve pacti cni dL com peel partent 10 Paga leri again Hew Deparment Clear Al Canin Scan Taine Copy Pages Prat Pages Scan Pages THT F 5 lrapastena ft Maetaty Voce Print Senn 2 Bech E Wh s Coke acti Wha Coor Black Whie Cole Panir Seem pa iran j 1 4 r7 r7 les ire da Sans Landa pn Carn Whe Sede Manse ary lb Depart gm agarre ni E j j ite Ketel 5renatda ET m Siew L Figur az murga Repke just Li iir
258. XXXXXX 2 Select Yes and press fj Is it OK te delete 161 676 LINKS Receiving Faxes Checking Status and Log for Sent and Received Documents 162 676 0ALJ 03U Forwarding Received Faxes 9 You can forward received documents to other destinations You can select a document from among all the T c 4 documents received in memory for forwarding or set the machine to automatically forward every received a lt gt document to specified destinations Fax numbers as well as e mail addresses and shared folders in computers can be specified as forwarding destinations Documents are converted into PDF files when the destinations that are specified for forwarding are e mail addresses or shared folders NOTE Available destinations for forwarding are limited to the destinations registered in the Address Book If no destinations are registered register destinations in the Address Book before using this feature Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Specifying e mail addresses and shared folders as forwarding destinations is only available for the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn 163 676 0ALJ 03W Selecting a Document to Forward The machine forwards the document that you select from among all the documents received in memory To use this feature first activate the Memory Reception feature Storing Received Faxes into Memory Memory Reception NOTE As
259. a Fa amore 3 Click Import Export Menu eF JE ep cL e m P E qe e Pent o E Preman Pagar hiing Bej Veer Loa H tiet ipa a pu Sateen Fia Zn hiig bieti Uses Pria gar lrer Jerrya Cheat Seq iren Ea ys Lt rcr tor Sabrina tona sdgaagemaet Depart Sagres Fiehowal ina ds cay Frei Cummamcauon Mangere Turm crame Saige baii Haii a Car CEMOCH NI DUI A Maia 4 Click Start Exporting G TEREE E quie es fain Dooh Wig r G set qoe Tigra ErgQzFzkEikcn minos imei ueni d Pa ais T imparai i apai Wana Seine pipah ana Le d frein bema Da yes can bees gast Trea 8 fusca gue b ruanas Far mig ne OD TESSLESQO Lae I anctier Enitirem Cones mg Boe to beer apo Capp Ires Fan Semin Patera an 7 EE EEE Scan hiing Strive rd Lil aiclarars a Ey Uh Pi ee Taslar hanap am atier Deppe Seep er 5 Follow the on screen instructions to specify the location where the exported setting data is saved The setting data will be saved IMPORTANT Do not operate until the process is complete The screen remains the same during the export process Do not operate the Remote UI until the message The file name download has completed is displayed at the bottom of the screen Loading Settings 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration 469 676 UDITEUUTITTIEMMIT Ta Help E dd yes Ipen
260. ace in memory may be running low Print or delete data in memory 2 Checking Deleting Documents in Memory Printing Documents in Memory A fax cannot be received on an optical fiber line The machine is compliant with use on analog lines When using an optical fiber line or IP phone line the machine may not work correctly depending on the connection environment or connected devices In such a case contact the provider of the optical fiber line or IP phone 577 676 OALJ OCR When You Cannot Print Properly If printing results are not satisfactory or paper creases or curls try the following solutions If the problems persist contact your local authorized Canon dealer or the Canon help line Smudge Marks Appear on the Streaks Appear on Printouts White Streaks Appear Bottom Edge of Printouts I e e on ibe Toner Smudges and Splatters Printouts Are Faded GA Portion of the Page Is Not Appear Printed Print Density Is Uneven Printouts Are Grayish Paper Creases A ABC Paper Curls Printouts Are Skewed Paper Is Not Fed Two or More Sheets Are Fed Together 578 676 OALJ OCS Printing Results Are Not Satisfactory Dirt inside the machine may affect printing results Perform care and cleaning to the machine first Cleaning the Machine Smudge Marks Appear on the Bottom Edge of Printouts Do you print data without margins This symptom occurs if a margin is set to non
261. acturers ili Make sure that the network settings have been completed on the computer If the network has not been set up properly you will not be able to use the machine on the network even if you perform the rest of the procedure below NOTE Depending on the network you may need to change settings for the communication method half duplex full duplex or the Ethernet type 10BASE T 100BASE TX Configuring Ethernet Settings For more information contact your Internet service provider or Network Administrator To check the MAC address of the machine see Viewing the MAC Address To connect to an IEEE 802 1X network see 2 Configuring IEEE 802 1X Authentication v Select wired or wireless LAN GSelecting Wired LAN or Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only i v 3 Connect to a wired or wireless LAN Proceed to the section that corresponds to the setting you selected in step 2 a i Connecting to a Wired LAN 2 Connecting to a Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only v 320 676 Set the IP address as necessary 4 AFARA 2j This step is required when you want to assign a specific IP address to the machine or change the dynamic IP addressing protocol from the default DHCP Setting IP Addresses 321 676 0ALJ 07S Selecting Wired LAN or Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only After you decide on wired or wireless LAN to connect the machine to the computer 42 Connect
262. address and priority for the e mail as necessary The subject and the priority are set to Attached Image and Standard respectively by default The body is not set by default Enter it as necessary Without the body text only scanned documents are sent The reply to address is not set by default If you want to display the reply to address differently from that of the machine specify the address from among those registered in the Address Book If no destination is registered in the Address Book see Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Send Press Start Husber of Destinations 1 Tai jehn axanple coa Data Size Standard Reply To Hone Priority Standard BTo specify subject body E3 1 Select lt Subject Message gt and press 73 Send Press Start Humber of Destinations 1 Tai jehn iaxanple coa Data Size Standard Reply To Hone Priority Standard 2 Select Subject and press fj s T 3 Enter the subject using the numeric keys and press lt Apply gt Pressing lt A a 12 gt toggles the input modes Subject Max 40 Characters k T XX A 4 Select Message and press 53 Subject Message bject XXXXXX D Enter the body using the numeric keys and press Apply Pressing lt A a 12 gt toggles the input modes Message Max 140 Characters T oor 6 Press lt Apply gt 289 676 Subj
263. after the Auto Reset is performed can be selected in lt Function After Auto Reset gt Function After Auto Reset Ea Select whether to return the display to the default screen after the Auto Reset is performed If Default Function is selected the main screen of the function selected in Default Screen after Startup Restoration is displayed Default Screen after Startup Restoration If Selected Function is selected the display returns to the main screen of the function that was selected Default Functiont Selected Function amp Timer Settings FR Auto Reset Time p Select Default Function or Selected Function B 9 Auto Sleep Time If the machine has not been operated or has had no data to process for a specified period of time the machine enters sleep mode to save energy consumption Auto Sleep Specify the period of time after which auto sleep is performed Auto Sleep is not performed when 489 676 the setting menu is displayed We recommend using the factory default settings to save the most power Entering Sleep Mode MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn 10t to 60 min MF8280Cw MF8230Cn 20 to 60 min Auto Offline Time Ea If a key has not been pressed for a specified period of time after the screen below is displayed the machine is set online for scanning the machine automatically becomes offline Specify the time period at which the machine becomes offline You can
264. ail an error returned from the server Check whether the POP server is set correctly Check whether your mail server and network are running correctly For more information contact your Network Administrator 812 The password that is used for POP authentication is not set correctly Enter the password that is used for POP authentication correctly If you are unsure of the POP password check the documents about the settings that are provided by your Internet service provider or contact your Network Administrator 813 The logon name that is used for POP authentication is not set correctly Enter the logon name that is used for POP authentication correctly 822 An image file in a USB memory device could not be printed because the format of the image file is not supported Store the image in a supported file format so that you may be able to print it 568 676 Printing from USB Memory USB Print 839 A user name and password that are used for SMTP authentication are not set correctly Set the user name and password correctly 2 Configuring Basic E mail Settings Configuring Advanced E mail Settings 841 When sending an e mail an encryption algorithm that is common to the mail server is not present Clear the Use SSL check box for both SMTP and POP servers Configuring Advanced E mail Settings Add the common encryption algorithm to the mail server settings 844 SSL
265. aining machine information via the printer driver Using the operation panel You can enable or disable the SNMP settings from amp 2SNMP Settings Enabling Both SNMPv1 and SNMPv3 If both versions of SNMP are enabled it is recommended that MIB access permission in SNMPv1 be set to Read Only MIB access permission can be set independently in SNMPvi and SNMPv3 and for each user in SNMPv3 Selecting Read Write full access permission in SNMPv1 negates the robust security features that characterize SNMPv3 because most of the machine settings can then be controlled with SNMPv1 LINKS Enabling SSL Encrypted Communication for the Remote UI 392 676 0ALJ 094 Configuring SLP Communication with imageWARE You can facilitate the collection and management of various information about networked devices by implementing device management software such as imageWARE Enterprise Management Console into the network Information such as device settings Address Books and error logs is retrieved and distributed via the server computer If the machine is connected to such a network imageWARE searches the network for the machine by using protocols such as Service Location Protocol SLP to gather information from the machine including the power status SLP settings can be specified via the Remote UI For more information about imageWARE contact your local authorized Canon dealer image WARE 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in
266. ame Password To specify a user name other than the login name clear the Use Login Name as User Name check box Select the check box if you want to use the login name as the user name teren Sennen Ta ded ey eed Cice Use TLS meat be arredi Oe T pra changa fe cg ma Daiks Andvarricason Vicbed a buries nil be avaiable sean I caacelad in Ceres Serge to teem Capp Sethmga Te change Cea Lun Lara Pamm Saunzu ee SL mew bo cures On gs Da Ead Ul Serin caza in Fax Sara Scan Saisie ax Cured bitei inp Frew Teg l ore WEF BJAR Batini kyper Teega f eae F EEn a obs bimp Cabin Lin a mumps Sele Uber E thes L e parent eee poene EM m heic Seta ud Bieiuihy famia uw Ue TL Comarca Manager TILE imei Pu ae HSCHAPSI utem asd oraedieng begs LLE Si pap z bipil ap n Danyi CENON KO 2047 A reps ere 3 Set the user name password and click OK 443 676 Wiig 28 Onde ac Wen d bieta Utd Pria amiga Maa 28 chuc bei d Pct zo Diipa open paga Ba Ba dapi i Ent eile Sn ert Depart Mgoazamrri m heh Sedanga Cramp Prisi wero WairggaTEnd User Name Enter up to 24 alphanumeric characters for the user name Change Password To set or change the password select the check box and enter up to 24 alphanumeric characters for the new password both in the Password and Confirm text boxes 6 Click ok J Pi fe ISEDMLEXERI m netam pees nok hie AOI r
267. amples or logos and printouts Gray Compensation E43 Select whether to print gray black and white data using only the black toner You can specify the setting separately for text graphics and images Test tray Compensalions Ore Gray Compensation Off Text Off Ont Graphics Off Ont Image Off Ont p Printer Settings f lt PCL gt p Gray Compensation gt Select Text Graphics or Image p p Select Off or On f gt ott Prints gray black and white data by using the yellow magenta cyan and black toner Gradation reproducibility of dark areas improves in comparison to On M On Prints gray black and white data by using only the black toner and reduces toner bleeding CMS Matching Selection Ea 525 676 You can set the machine or a computer printer driver to perform color matching If Printer is selected the machine performs color matching and if Host is selected the computer or printer driver performs it Printert Host Printer Settings p E lt PCL gt p CMS Matching Selection Select Printer or Host amp b CMS Matching Gamma 4 Select the processing method for print data You can select to perform color matching or to perform gamma correction You can specify the setting separately for text graphics and images Text Gamma CMSt Graphics Gamma CMSt Imag
268. an or USB Print functions The fax function is available only on the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw GO Display Reset key Press to cancel the settings and restore the previously specified settings Address Book key MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw only Press to display a list of destinations registered in the Address Book or to register or edit destinations in the Address Book Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Coded Dial key MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw only Press to use coded dial numbers After pressing the key enter a three digit number to display the destination registered for that number 44 key When specifying settings press to return to the previous screen When entering text press to move the cursor to the left Press to decrease the sound volume or a setting value such as density for scanning copying etc A key When specifying settings press to select the item above the currently selected item When changing setting values press to increase a value mI 1 key 60 676 When specifying settings press to proceed to the next screen When entering text press to move the cursor to the right Press to increase the sound volume or a setting value such as density for scanning copying etc MLY key When specifying settings press to select the item below the currently selected item When
269. an Seg Capa reae Pia fom um Fn Salas P aai Far 5 1 Scan obire hipaa Uie Princ Saminga Pret Serre Chapel Egea ora dn Ea Bom ica redet Carina Lu Soles sd pag get Ut parre 1 M a agzarcri Z Click Edit for a filter type Mad yitam blire dial Fretar Henge Repkiaian hran Wl pman bairge Loca Selig MAD Adim M Pagar being Siege nion ann Ls reta ga LiT Father itum C Imir Seir cran Seaegn Dukkan I he Hi Verg rear oie eed Scan ting s Mna nad P aite a Bipap Ute Pra smi ip dal I qr B pepp Outbound Filter Select to restrict sending data from the machine to a computer by specifying MAC addresses Inbound Filter Select to restrict receiving data from the machine to a computer by specifying MAC addresses D Specify the settings for packet filtering Select the precondition default policy to allow or reject the communication of other devices with the machine and then specify 411 676 MAC addresses for exceptions i In Weep Erga lacay enig MAL A Erga Regina y domm M Edi Tia rh Ft etteserel Fitas Drie he ee aT Chaga will zo eee ade a maa poet be aed CFT ard OH OK Cancel Crimi Fer iha Fite Delmi Policy blaeory Voss Print amnia lerer tempga Erea Adra sias TEL Age D Hause ago incite tee Sari BIMET Mpeg Leper Aopen Fieessk Seiya E Seco ieri CIEOGEEYUor E E Sepia camine risg bmp aperi basir taia emma Canrurt CANON KO 2
270. an load the paper into the paper drawer or manual feed slot Load the paper you usually use into the paper drawer The paper drawer is convenient when using large amounts of paper Use the manual feed slot when you temporarily use size or type of paper that is not loaded in the paper drawer See Paper for available paper sizes Paper Type and Setting for the Machine See the table below to specify the paper settings according to the type and weight of the paper to load into the paper source For more information about how to specify the paper settings on the machine see Specifying Paper Size and Type For the amount of paper that can be loaded in each paper source see Paper MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Paper Setting Paper Type Paper Weight SA Reaching 60 to 74 g m Plain 1 1 Plain paper 70 to 84 g m Plain 2 1 2 75 to 90 g m Plain 3 gt 2 Recycled paper 60 to 74 g m Recycled Color paper 60 to 74 g m Color 86 to 119 g m Heavy 1 Heavy paper 120 to 128 g m Heavy 2 129 to 163 g m Heavy 3 Envelope Envelope 100 to 110 g m Coated 1 120 to 130 g m Coated 2 Coated paper 155 to 165 g m Coated 3 210 to 220 g m Coated 4 Transparency lt Transparency gt Label Labels 1 You can specify either Plain 1 or Plain 2 as the paper type for 70 to 74 g m2 paper If you experience any of the following problems after specifying either of these two settings s
271. and PIN using the numeric keys and then press ID 2 Logging on to the Machine 3 Select TCP IP Settings lt MTU Size 4 Select the MTU and press jj 5 Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON LINKS Configuring Ethernet Settings Setting a Wait Time for Connecting to a Network 373 676 0ALJ 08W Setting a Wait Time for Connecting to a Network When a network is designed to enjoy redundant connectivity with multiple switching hubs or bridges it must have a mechanism to prevent packets from looping One effective solution is to define the role of each switch port However communication may still be disrupted for several tens of seconds immediately after you change the way that network devices are connected or if you add a new device If this type of problem occurs set a wait time for connecting to the network 1 Press 4 2 Use A W to select Network Settings and press 0 s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press ID 2 Logging on to the Machine UJ Select Waiting Time for Connection at Startup and press 0 4 Enter the wait time in second and press lt Apply gt Use AJ W or the numeric keys to enter the time Waiting Time for Connection 5 Press 8 LINKS Configuring Ethernet Settings Changing the Maximum Transmission Unit 374 676 0ALJ 08X
272. and turn it back ON NOTE You can enable or disable the IP Address Filter settings from a 2MAC Address Filter 412 676 LINKS Specifying IP Addresses for Firewall Rules 413 676 OALJ O9F Changing Port Numbers Ports serve as endpoints for communicating with other devices Typically conventional port numbers are used for major protocols but devices that use these port numbers are vulnerable to attacks because these port numbers are well known To enhance security your Network Administrator may change the port numbers When a port number has been changed the new number must be shared with the communicating devices such as computers and servers Specify the port number settings depending on the network environment NOTE amp To change the port number for proxy server see Setting a Proxy amp To change the port number for LDAP server see Registering LDAP Servers MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 1 Press amp 2 Use A W to select Network Settings and press fj s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press ID 2 Logging on to the Machine 3 Select TCP IP Settings Port Number Settings 4 Select a port and press jj Multicast Discovery NOTE Learning more about the ports lt LPD gt lt RAW gt lt WSD Search Configuring Printing Protocols and WSD Functions HTTP Disabling HTTP Communication lt PO
273. arance of magazine photos g lt gt Decreases the sharpness resulting in a softer image Example If you want to improve the appearance of magazine photos No change to sharpness Hesort Plan The world s cora reals where rug Decreased sharpness Resort Plan The world s coral reefs where lt gt Increases the image sharpness Example If you want to sharpen text and lines written in pencil Mo change to sharpness Increased sharpness Resort Plan The world s coral reefs where brilliantlycoloreg fish and a myriad of other tropical LINKS Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 2 Adjusting Density 303 676 OALJ 06X Adjusting Balance between File Size and Image Quality The scanned documents are converted into the specified file formats At that time you can specify the file compression ratio lt Small Memory Priority gt makes the compression ratio higher than normal to create smaller files with lower image quality On the other hand lt Large Image Quality Priority gt makes the compression ratio lower than normal larger files with higher image quality Standard Large Image Quality Priority Small Memory Priority gt The data size is highly compresse
274. argin 200 676 LINKS Printing a Document Printing Multiple Pages onto One Sheet Printing Booklet MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 201 676 0ALJ 04L Collating Printouts by Page When printing copies of multi page documents select Collate to print complete sets in sequential page order This function is useful when preparing handouts for meetings or presentations E Finishing Specify the sorting method of the printouts when printing multiple page documents Collate The printouts are grouped into complete sets in sequential page order For example if you are printing three copies of a five page document the printouts will be arranged in the following page order 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 Group The printouts are not collated For example if you are printing three copies of a five page document the printouts will be arranged in the following page order 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 NOTE If you select Off whether the printouts are collated or not depends on the setting made on the application LINKS Printing a Document 202 676 OALJ 04R Printing Multiple Pages onto One Sheet You can print multiple pages onto a single sheet For example you can print four or nine pages onto a single sheet by using 4 on 1 or 9 on 1 Use this function if you want to save paper or to view your document in thumbnails
275. aterials to setting up the machine This manual describes the procedure for connecting the machine to a wireless LAN router it also contains information for troubleshooting when configuring the settings Read this manual with Getting Started This manual describes all the functions of the machine in a manual that is viewed using a Web browser You can browse information by category or enter a keyword to search for pages on a specific topic Using e Manual This manual describes how to install the MF Drivers MF Toolbox and software included on the User Software CD ROM This manual describes how to configure settings and prepare for sending scanned images by e mail and saving scanned images to shared folders 22 676 0ALJ 008 Removing Packing Materials Read the precautions in Installation and Handling and then carry the machine to the installation site and remove all of the orange tape and packing materials The shape and location of the packing materials described here may differ from those used for your machine as the packing materials may have been changed added or removed without notice NOTE Save the packing materials The box and packing materials included at the time of purchase will be needed when transporting the machine for relocation or maintenance When installing the optional paper drawer MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn only Install the optional paper drawer Drawer 2 before moving the machine For deta
276. ation for the Remote UI 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration fo al Go TAE EEE print D e Ves dd D Vows larim Tah Help Da Remate Ul Paral Vd pa Stars Manager Hain Deska Baak hka iis Sisins Prkas dian ix priri Eana dp Bariy im oct Faa dip Ranch rm sere or eerie fe ji renr lrirrrraticn kia arans 3 Click Network Settings IEEE 802 1X Settings 441 676 p mex m I eremi Vaan HEr Hawes ang BTU Sus febrar INTE eng paras U gnus P8 orir See ftra LET Fd nm gant m Het pasga ay ore Comrmmamcamon Mangere mas credi biega lt brem agent Z Click Edit Fisfarencus zr rgnTzgkigz us ren Vier mmar irge Herai Gating s BEMI 1X Tringa Seat e 133 A128 5 d Baraj agar Cani i oi da ELSE Tirta aeq Feien Seinen IEEE HIII fatiga Comm Hastings Use EIE E 3X E z Cep Felag Z Far Samir z oan iing Biet Uta Pria gaming Perier teg D Select the Use IEEE 802 1X check box enter the login name in the Login Name text box and specify the required settings E ik Wame Femin Tah hp 5 Sahingsfegistratism Haite Srem Wiraga Primene Seiirnge Rrgkisim Seem repe rga Hoteaek Liig 5 EEE p DX Siaga E EEE 812 1X Pagan Saiirep p See ume Corgi rei ga l T hangs f paing eating ire Sai qu Changes udi be gates zii Dn rua poat iz ed CFT an
277. autions when handling and storing toner cartridges Consumables The average yield is based on ISO IEC 19798 the global standard related to Method for the determination of toner cartridge yield for color printers and multi function devices that contain printer components issued by ISO International Organization for Standardization when printing A4 size paper with the default print density setting MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Canon Genuine Toner Cartridge Average yield of toner cartridge Canon Cartridge 718 Black 3 400 sheets Canon Cartridge 718 Yellow Canon Cartridge 718 Magenta Composite Y Yellow M Magenta and C Cyan 2 900 sheets Canon Cartridge 718 Cyan MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Canon Genuine Toner Cartridge Average yield of toner cartridge Canon Cartridge 731 Black 1 400 sheets Canon Cartridge 731 H Black 2 400 sheets Canon Cartridge 731 Yellow Canon Cartridge 731 Magenta Composite Y Yellow M Magenta and C Cyan 1 500 sheets Canon Cartridge 731 Cyan NOTE Use the table of average yields above as a guide for replacing toner cartridges However depending on the installation environment or printing paper size or type you may need to replace a toner cartridge before the end of the estimated lifetime Specifying an auto shutdown time shorter than the default setting 4hours may shorten the life of the toner cartridges 596 676 OALJ OE9 Relocating the Machine The machine is hea
278. ayed during setup Press fj and return to step 5 8 Check that the Wi Fi indicator is blinking on the operation panel The Wi Fi indicator blinks when a wireless router is detected 326 676 When the setup is completed the screen below is displayed and approximately 2 seconds later the Wi Fi indicator lights up p tg zi mp w Wait approximately 2 minutes until the IP address settings of the machine are completed IMPORTANT Signal strength When more than one wireless router is available for connection the machine connects to the device with the strongest signal Signal strength is measured using RSSI Received Signal Strength Indication NOTE Reducing power consumption You can set the machine to enter Power Save Mode based on signals emitted from the wireless router Power Save Mode If the IP address of the machine has changed In a DHCP environment the IP address of the machine may be changed automatically If this happens the connection is maintained as long as the machine and the computer belong to the same subnet LINKS Connecting to a Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only 327 676 0ALJ 07Y Setting Up Connection Using WPS PIN Code Mode If your wireless router supports WPS PIN code mode generate a PIN code with the machine and register the code to the networking device IMPORTANT How to operate the wireless router may vary on each device See the instruction manuals for
279. ayout settings such as binding position and margin values Binding Location F3 Select the binding position of the paper along the long edge or the short edge For 2 sided printing image orientation is automatically arranged to produce the correct layout mg in the illustrations below represent margins When the binding position is on the long edge of the paper Front Back Front Back When the binding position is on the short edge of the paper Front Back Front Back a Long Edget Short Edge NOTE You cannot create a binding margin with this setting alone Use this setting in combination with the lt Gutter gt setting to set the binding margin for the selected binding position Printer Settings Layout Bj Binding Location fj Select Long Edge or Short Edge B gt Gutter Ea Specify the binding margin to apply to the binding position selected in the Binding Location setting 50 0 to 0t to 50 0 mm IMPORTANT If this setting moves any of the print data outside the printable area the portion outside the printable area will not be printed Printer Settings p 3 Layout p 3 Gutter Specify the binding margin Apply Offset Short Edge Front E3 Specify the print position by setting the offset value for the short edge on the front side of the paper Increasing the value moves 515 676 the print position to the rig
280. bout the required settings contact your Internet service provider or Network Administrator 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Go Pepe DR REED petal ten tere ed Geet Py o help n Remate Ul Paral Lai Upemigs OOD Sia F1 HE JT AM Dusica Bank krkurnatias erie LLL Frima M Bardy amp priri Eana S Bondy fe n Pua qp Cane tr sere or ceri foe Ermer inrrraticn Ag tee rrk ha cre Click Network Settings E Mail Settings Pelee uz Papa Dette ewe AQT ae Lp bigory Uwe Print Samia lerer TES E EIE a bagni Lilja Spring opera Sd paa gpevapet port i Homare Z Click Edit X Settingsfegistration Felan az Papua baing Tp nga Cann DH eds 5 Plaji Tiresa aii qe r m ETZELI Ceran regn SMTP Seri biisi Cipp tres ad dcin Fan Salire Ariterm mopon Seria San ing Les POF Auifaniicason Eafors Sandi bier Une Pria Samia Uva SATP Aziterscarizn oF Usa ESL oF Specify the required settings beep ERE m ntar aral ithir deae nigra ane lo D d rei ge Tres ahi si LL Dunga solli tre aacisz zx a man poan h eed CF on OH fection Eorum Cern mg p E Mus retira C p iria UTP Ferer Actress Fin Sairas Scan hiing E Mail idiren Khare piy Prit Siege dhamis siir eripias Sabre Perper tS 362 676
281. bstances come in contact with electrical parts inside the machine it may result in a fire or electrical shock When installing and removing the optional accessories be sure to turn OFF the power unplug the power plug and then disconnect all the interface cables and power cord from the machine Otherwise the power cord or interface cables may be damaged resulting in a fire or electrical shock Do not use near any medical equipment Radiowaves emitted from this machine may interfere with medical equipment which may cause a malfunction and result in serious accidents a If any foreign substance falls into this machine unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet and contact your local authorized Canon dealer N CAUTION Do not install in the following locations The machine may drop or fall resulting in injury Unstable location Location exposed to vibrations Other cautions When carrying this machine follow the instructions in this manual If carried improperly it may fall resulting in injury When installing this machine be careful not to get your hands caught between the machine and the floor or walls or between the paper drawers Doing so may result in injury IMPORTANT Do not install in the following locations that may result in damage A location subject to dramatic changes in temperature or humidity A location near equipment that generates magnetic or electromagnetic waves A laborat
282. bus 152 155 222 hit Fisi T pos m RA CIR c JO Z Click Close 352 676 LINKS Setting Up Print Server 353 676 0ALJ 08A Setting Up Print Server With a print server you can reduce the load on the computer that you print from The print server also enables each computer to install MF Drivers over the network which saves you the trouble of installing the drivers on each computer by using the CD ROM To set up a computer on the network as a print server configure the settings for sharing the printer IMPORTANT To perform the following procedure log on to your computer with an administrator account You may be unable to install drivers over the network depending on the operating system and the bit architecture 32 bit or 64 bit of the print server and client computers When implementing a print server in a domain environment consult your Network Administrator NOTE Using Department ID Management with a print server Canon Driver Information Assist Service must be added during the printer driver installation MF Driver Installation Guide 1 Open the printer folder Displaying the Printer Folder 2 Right click your printer icon and click Printer properties or Properties add a eie Ads 3 prier ase wee s printing Frint seres propeeriaer Reaper dier Devices 3 s Printers and Faxed 7 Cans Canon Car Canon Canon Fux AAR Ser FRSC d LFSC PFS Series FAX Sarees LPCLI Series LFRE
283. c Wyeeticn Seren Ve ied a ke ined Canicas ee TLS inim b reed D gms change fva ley arci ZoriEcata n atakai Vkrhad s lunciza nl be aval gran Fcaacciad in Corta remgs fibi acean z Cop rein ge Tg change Da ua Mama Panami Sang Jee SIL reai be areas On en the Fmi LI Seir paga in is Beary Sabio z Son Sorge S J met biper Usus Pria Faning S m bar WEE BIO TX Satter 1 Vus IEEE SE ik A Chg Ege reda ds Engin Lisa rr Garin saxmpla bo Mew papp tine dL liz parie i P aaga meni Marea ot kay to Liar E hekik Senge e Biscuit fariei ELLE Correri MAr Iga TETi TTLE bimp Pepca in ian CHEAP Use IEEE 802 1X Select the check box to enable IEEE 802 1X authentication Login Name Enter up to 24 alphanumeric characters for a name EAP identity that is used for identifying the user BH Setting TLS 1 Select the Use TLS check box and click Key and Certificate 2 Click Register Default Key on the right of the key pair you want to use for the client authentication 442 676 DqueTTUTITTIE m UMTUEMUMTUEUUDEETIS TILES l r1 TED Femin Took m _ T Sings Rrgkisim yrn Heep rga Hotewk boiin s EEE MLIN Teiga s E EEE E12 1X Tiras aie gps Play desi tae Se Ti Qo fection Sailing Regione Rep arei nri atn Coma Kary Hita Kay Uy Carica Caps Settings birg as a Ragate aliwi Kay Far Sami bay paat Jac e Fangia Detach Kay Tan 3 ME a inary Vno Priv etg bay tapes e 1 9 NOTE Vie
284. c Degen D Urai BR Darrai I2 1 EET RV uL p rie aparinami HT laparna DERE REEL H renal le manag depre a pees epesi D aige aie click DS Tier Bul m Vereen Sarre Ceres Huaemgm Copan n O Maaagsraupt Ep trea 5 Degen di Danger Fan Saming A dena Pret lesen bh Labasan H Zan hiing 4 Aipa E dinner riaan ID Flog Uns Pre sam z Alea Hbc AR Prats Dag bin Department ID Management Select the check box to enable Department ID Management If you do not want to use Department ID Management clear the check box NOTE For information on the Allow Print Jobs with Unknown IDs Allow Scan Jobs with Unknown IDs Allow Black amp White Copy Jobs check boxes see Blocking Jobs When Department ID Is Unknown NOTE Using the operation panel If you only want to enable or disable the settings you can use on the operation panel Department ID Management On Off Logging on to the machine Enter Department ID and PIM Login Press ID Logout Press IU When you try to operate the machine when Department ID Management is enabled the following logon screen is displayed PIN Black amp White Copy Scan 403 676 Setting the Department ID Management for Printing or Faxing from the Computer If you want to enable Department ID Management for printing and faxing from a computer you need to specify settings by using the drivers you already installed on the computer Specify the Department ID and PIN as neces
285. can configure advanced settings for PDF files PDF Settings E Leste mmh PL Teed Language PDF Lsdpigiien Euin High Create Searchable PDF Specify whether you want to convert the scanned document into a searchable PDF Characters in the scanned document are converted into text data and the text can be searched using a computer Text can also be edited with a word processing application To create a searchable PDF select 300 dpi for Image Quality 2 Configuring Scan Settings Text Language Select the language that matches the document PDF Compression Select the level of the data compression If you select High the data size of images such as photographs or illustrations are reduced more than if you select Standard However the image quality may degrade depending on the document type f Save Scanned Image to Click Browse and specify the save destination for the scanned data If you select PDF Add Page for Save as Type 155 Save Scanned Image to is switched to Create PDF File Based On In this case specify an existing PDF file to which you want to add the newly scanned document data The data is added to the existing file as additional pages Adding Pages to an Existing PDF file Save Pictures to a Subfolder with Current Date If you select the Save Pictures to a Subfolder with Current Date check box a subfolder named with the scanning date is created in the folder specified in
286. canned image The setting is applied if you select Color or Grayscale for Color Mode Bl Scanner Tab Configure the temporary save destination of files the playing of audio files and other settings Select hader Where Temporary Vies ane erend aren dli B5ppc Berg Uncen Sound aching Pury lues uing Scanning Poy Saung hen Scarring a Lompleled Select Folder Where Temporary Files are Saved Click Browse to change the folder to which an image is temporarily saved Sound Settings You can specify the music or sounds that are played while the machine is scanning or when scanning is complete Click Browse to specify a file to be played The following file formats extensions are supported MIDI files mid rmi midi Audio files wav aif aiff MP3 files mp3 Play Music During Scanning The specified sound file is played while scanning is being performed 280 676 Play Sound When Scanning is Completed The specified sound file is played when scanning is complete Test Scanner You can check whether the scan function of the machine is working properly When the Scanner Diagnostics screen opens click Start Registering Frequently Used Settings It is troublesome to configure the color mode image quality or other settings each time you scan If you register frequently used settings as Favorite Settings you can scan simply call the registered settings w
287. cant Authenticator LINKS Configuring Settings for Key Pairs and Digital Certificates 430 676 0ALJ 0A4 Enabling SSL Encrypted Communication for the Remote UI You can encrypt communication between the machine and a Web browser on the computer by using Secure Sockets Layer SSL SSL is a mechanism for encrypting data sent or received over the network SSL must be enabled when the Remote UI is used for specifying settings for IPSec Pre Shared Key Method IEEE 802 1X authentication TTLS PEAP or SNMPv3 To use SSL for the Remote UI you need to set a key pair and enable the SSL function Generate or install the key pair for SSL before enabling SSL 2 Configuring Settings for Key Pairs and Digital Certificates 1 Start the Remote UI and log on 2 Click Settings Registration Fa Remate Ul Paral i Ceska Baak hikari Deia es tek j Firma M Sant amp print Eana S Bondy fe ora Pua iM Bardy fe nerd or neri fe Aiia Book v t Ir rrrr giis ha errem Tran cosa s anno Lo ds iet Tiras ais fection Sir Ceres Serge Con rers bd A FP sore EI ATi Maa Zon Satin bieman Uwe Print Samia Dene TES Dipa Espri een a Caen Linda SE Sprig Sele Hoare De rari I Bianggerprwi Chee IL m a Sy narre Saf oett 4 Click Key and Certificate in SSL Settings Fahy are ee a Seringas e ana 59 Hargis Ui DUM V Had Serin V eacu era HO Derren FR Loa aon See
288. change the password enter up to 32 characters in the Password text box Use SSL Select the check box to use SSL for encrypting communication with the SMTP server Select the check box for Confirm Certificate for SMTP Sending or Add CN to Verification Items depending on your needs 6 Click rok 363 676 4 e ngwegers E Minimi Pietera tzErgzFrgkiilc Sav Lug tzEngz Herei Tairg Jal Scoti Edn Mal Sadg T Xe epee ZETI Tene Vipap Sane DH 1 iei bd i Tes Hlamiage Chores will bo ee acina sia Da man posmi h Ged OFF onc DH feden Sebring G Cermna Steg E Mi Setirsys Cipp trea gs PE SAT Farer Addas EE Zan Jatin E Mail Addresr biper Uu Pria Sama pe ee abe oce srg Ast ate slc T erigpdice katie Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON IMPORTANT Depending on the network you are using you may need to change the SMTP or POP3 port setting Changing Port Numbers For more information contact your Internet service provider or Network Administrator LINKS 2 Configuring the Machine for Scanning to E mail Configuring Basic E mail Settings Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 364 676 0ALJ 08J Configuring the Machine for Scanning to Shared Folders Before configuring the machine for scanning to shared folders check the setup flow shown below 1 I Make sure that the ma
289. chine and the computer are correctly connected E 2 Connecting via Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only a Connecting via Wired LAN v Make sure that you have the following information The IP address of the machine Viewing Network Settings The name of the computer where the shared folder is located 2 Viewing the Computer Name Path to and the name of the shared folder If access restrictions are set to the folder the user name and password information is also needed NOTE Bg For instructions on how to create a new shared folder see Send Setting Guide included with the User Software CD ROM v Make sure that the computer meets the following system requirements for the Send Function Setting Tool Operating system Windows XP Vista 7 8 Server 2003 Server 2008 Server 2012 Web browser Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 0 or later Display SVGA monitor with at least 800 x 600 pixel screen resolution that supports at least 256 colors NOTE Also make sure that Use HTTP and Remote UI On Off gt are set to On Disabling HTTP Communication Disabling Remote UI v Set the machine configuration Setting a Shared Folder as a Save Location 365 676 OALJ O8L Setting a Shared Folder as a Save Location The feature of scanning to shared folders is also called Scan to SMB because the feature uses Server Message Block SMB a Windows specific technology SMB is a protocol for
290. chine to ask users to enter the fax number twice when it is entered by using the numeric keys This way you can reduce the risk of faxing to the wrong number due to input mistakes 1 Press 4 amp 2 Use A W to select System Management Settings and press 3 s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press ID 2Logging on to the Machine 3 Select Restrict TX Function Confirm Entered Fax Number 4 Select On and press Confirm Entered Fax Number E lt Off gt Does not display the screen for confirming the fax number M On Displays the screen for confirming the fax number D Press 4 amp Displaying Destinations in Address Book When using coded dial numbers to specify destinations you need to remember whose destination or what group is registered in what coded dial number If you do not remember all these numbers perfectly you may send your documents to unintended destinations You can avoid sending data to unintended recipients by configuring the machine to display the details of the coded dial number you selected as a sending destination before you send documents to that destination 1 Press 4 2 Use A W to select System Management Settings and press 0 s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press ID 2Logging on to the Machine 3 Select Restrict TX Function lt Code
291. ck box to use APOP to encrypt the password during the authentication process Clear Mail Box When a transmission error occurs an error notification may be sent to the address specified in E Mail Address Depending on the e mail service you are using these error notifications may eventually fill your mail box in the server to its capacity if you do not delete them Select the check box to clear the mail box IMPORTANT Selecting the Clear Mail Box check box All the e mails in the inbox on the server are deleted as soon as OK is clicked in step 6 If an e mail address for everyday use is specified in E Mail Address be careful not to delete unread e mails To lessen the risk of deleting unread e mails use an e mail account exclusively for the machine lSetting up SMTP authentication or encrypted communication with the SMTP server SMTP authentication SMTP AUTH uses a user name and password to authorize users to send e mails Communication with the SMTP server can be encrypted if it supports SSL liiis Sering infexraion Adi CM ia Vocem foo lia GF kote iier Cigar pa Baye lia SATP Sotto STR Sir TH nai Fama ees dung Petree id Farmad Line SL Ceskra Caic kr ITF ering hdd Ch pz erties Pee LI A L ld ME a eee Use SMTP Authentication SMTP AUTH To enable authentication on the SMTP server select the check box and enter up to 64 characters in the User Name text box Set Change Password To specify or
292. cks and time The correct UTC time zone setting is required for Internet communications Timer Settings ff Date Time Settings p gt Time Zone ff Select a time zone fm gt amp Daylight Saving Time Settings 2 EZ Enable or disable daylight saving time If daylight saving time is enabled specify the dates from which and to which daylight saving time is in effect Off Ont 488 676 Start Month Week Day End Month Week Day Timer Settings fJ Date Time Settings fj Daylight Saving Time Settings fg Select a month and day Apply Auto Reset Time ta If a key is not pressed for a specified period of time the screen and the settings are initialized to display the default screen Auto Reset Specify the interval at which the Auto Reset is performed Select lt 0 gt to disable the Auto Reset function The Auto Reset is not performed in the following cases The setting menu is displayed The machine is processing data such as when printing documents or sending or receiving faxes An error message is displayed and the error indicator is blinking However Auto Reset is performed when the error does not prevent the user from continuing to use a function O Auto Reset is disabled 1 to 2 to 9 min m Timer Settings ES Auto Reset Time ES Set the Auto Reset time Apply NOTE The screen displayed
293. clicked a dialog box for entering the fax number again is displayed when you click Add to Destination List For more information click Help on the fax driver screen 173 676 Reis Fan Humbe belans aclebreg Desirs be Debra Lat i Aiphesrarrer Fog acta 4 Attach a cover sheet to the document as necessary Attaching Cover Sheets to PC Faxes 5 Click OK to send the document 174 676 0ALJ 043 Attaching Cover Sheets to PC Faxes You can attach a cover sheet to the document you are sending Select a cover sheet from three preset cover sheets in the fax driver or create your own custom cover sheets For more information click Help on the fax driver screen 1 Open a document in an application and display the print dialog box How to display the print dialog box differs for each application For more information see the instruction manual for the application you are using 2 Select your fax driver and click Print Pages peat ai siaha EAIA ether a ande age Suisa si a dede 1L 22 3a paga mga For example 5 17 Om mS Cover Sheet Attachment Select Different Sheet to Each Destination or Same Sheet to All Destinations Style Select a cover sheet from the three preset cover sheets Template 1 to 3 The layout of the selected cover sheet is displayed in the image on the left Items to Include Ea Displays items that are to be included on a cover sheet To
294. ct Yes and press fj 143 676 Fax Number Max 120 Digits s G s128XXXXXXX NOTE If you want to easily and quickly delete destinations without displaying a list of destinations Before selecting Confirm Edit Destination in step 1 you can press 4 li to toggle the destinations you specified Display a destination you want to delete and press LINKS Sending Faxes Sending Faxes to Multiple Destinations Simultaneously Sequential Broadcast 144 676 0ALJ 03C Specifying from Address Book Fax The Address Book enables you to specify a destination by selecting from a list of registered destinations or by searching by name for destinations with recipient names You can also directly specify a destination by entering a three digit number coded dial number assigned to a destination Selecting Destinations from Address Book 2 Selecting Destinations Directly by Entering Coded Dial Numbers NOTE You need to register destinations in the Address Book before using this feature GRegistering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Selecting Destinations from Address Book 1 Press Z58 2 Press E You can also use A W to select Specify from Address Book on the screen and press 9 3 Use 44 to select a tab Address Book Favorites Address Book Group Us FREI cm vr CANON 455XXXXXXX li sales 5 destination s Details Edit Registe
295. ct AES CCMP or TKIP to match the setting of the wireless router 9 lt AES CCMP gt Sets AES CCMP as the encryption method 3 Enter the network key that you have written down s Enter the network key using the numeric keys and press Apply Entering Text PSK 8 64 Characters h 8 Select Yes and press fj 334 676 bo you want to connect with Connecting new settings Cancel Press Stop NOTE If an error message is displayed during setup Press 3 check whether the specified settings are correct and return to step 5 9 Check that the Wi Fi indicator is blinking on the operation panel The Wi Fi indicator blinks when a wireless router is detected Connected Wait approximately 2 minutes until the IP address settings of the machine are completed IMPORTANT Signal strength When more than one wireless router is available for connection the machine connects to the device with the strongest signal Signal strength is measured using RSSI Received Signal Strength Indication NOTE Reducing power consumption You can set the machine to enter lt Power Save Mode gt based on signals emitted from the wireless router Power Save Mode If the IP address of the machine has changed In a DHCP environment the IP address of the machine may be changed automatically If this happens the connection is maintained as long as the machine and the computer belong to the same subnet LINKS Connecting t
296. ction by Specifying Detailed Settings LINKS Connecting to a Network Selecting Wired LAN or Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only 325 676 0ALJ 07X Setting Up Connection Using WPS Push Button Mode If your wireless router supports WPS push button mode you can easily set up a connection with a WPS button IMPORTANT How to operate the wireless router may vary on each device See the instruction manuals for your networking device for help 1 Press 2 Use A W to select Network Settings and press 73 s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press ID 2 Logging on to the Machine 3 Select Wireless LAN Settings and press fj s If the Do you want to enable the wireless LAN message is displayed select Yes and press fj 4 Read the message that is displayed and press 53 D Select WPS Push Button Mode and press 73j Mireless LAM Settings e WPS PIM Code Hode 551D Settings Power Save Made Wireless LAM Information 6 Select Yes and press fj Dao you want te connect with new settings Press and hold the WPS button on the wireless router The button must be pressed within 2 minutes after pressing fj in step 6 Depending on the networking device you may need to press and hold the button for 2 seconds or longer See the instruction manuals for your networking device for help NOTE If an error message is displ
297. cuments Sending a Secured Document from a Computer to the Machine 1 Open a document in an application and display the print dialog box How to display the print dialog box differs for each application For more information see the instruction manual for the application you are using 2 Select the printer driver for the machine and click Preferences or Properties d Samet Privo ae nee ee h Se el ee FRUSGU a M aft EPS Docomen Canon MERE Senes WERE LT ay a pt E Ti Far ZERO Comment Al Pages TEE inter eher 9 Brie page amber or 3 nage cage cere Formers 5 12 3 Select Secured Print in Output Method Click Yes or No on the Information pop up screen If you want to use the same user name and PIN every time click Yes To change the user name and PIN every time click No deis Ponting Pielea a Exe beings Pape Setup Fabien Fager Source Quality Pratis EJ Defui Serge x NEL Edag m Qe js Lia AM Page See Copiii ik pris sal l i Darin grum A Landncape The output method val be sarhadi Secured Front Got the user indormahon by clicking the Metai hettan Enter tha document nama PM gir when printing Dra yeu went bo set the user intonation fada Gute Pir ghirag ew Saij ow Pine Deis itu Fi Caliper Mose Li Auto zokor EUN DE Tanne Hel BIf you selected Yes E4 Enter the user name for User Name and PIN for PIN and click O
298. cuments to a USB memory device The selected settings are used as the default settings when scanning documents Changing Default Settings Change Default Settings Scan Size A4t A5 File Format PDF Compact 504 676 PDF JPEG TIFF Density Nine Levels Original Orientation Portrait Landscape Original Type Text Text Photo t Photo 2 Sided Original Off t Book Type Calendar Type Sharpness Seven Levels Data Size Small Memory Priority Standard t Large Image Quality Priority Output File Image Settings Specify settings for the gamma value and file compression ratio for converting scanned documents into files YCbCr TX Gamma Value Select the gamma value used when converting scanned color documents into the specified file format You can specify the same gamma value as that of the monitor which is to be used for viewing the converted files The files are displayed with brightness that is true to the original documents Setting Gamma Values Gamma 1 0 Gamma 1 4 Gamma 1 8 Gamma 2 2 PDF Compact Image Quality Level Adjust the balance between data size and image quality to suit the type of document you are scanning when converting scanned documents into PDF Compact files Data Size Priority makes the compression ratio higher than normal to create smaller files with lower image quality On the other hand Image Quality Priority makes the compression ratio lower than normal to create larg
299. d Do you want to print A document could not be scanned due to insufficient memory space Select whether to print up to the scanned pages or to cancel the scanning If you cancel divide the document into multiple sections and scan them or change the scanning settings The memory media is restricted The function that prints files in a USB memory device is disabled Set Memory Media Print On Off gt to On Restricting the USB Print Function The number of entered characters is incorrect or invalid characters are used The network key the WPA WPA2 PSK or WEP key of a wireless router is not entered correctly Check the network key the WPA WPA2 PSK or WEP key of the wireless router and set it to the machine again For more information about how to check the network key see the instruction manuals for your networking devices or contact your manufacturer Checking the SSID and Network Key Setting Up Connection by Selecting a Wireless Router Setting Up Connection by Specifying Detailed Settings The USB memory is restricted The function that stores a scanned document to a USB memory device is disabled Set Store to USB Memory to On O Restricting the Scan to USB Function The WEP key is not set correctly Check the WEP settings The network key the WEP key of a wireless router to be connected is not set to the machine correctly Check the network key the WEP key of the wireless router
300. d follow the instructions in the displayed dialog box This message appears when printing via Secure Print and other cases LINKS Checking the Printing Status and Log 192 676 OALJ 04E Canceling Prints You can cancel printing from your computer or on the operation panel of the machine From a Computer From the Operation Panel From a Computer You can cancel printing from the printer icon displayed on the system tray on the desktop 1 Double click the printer icon NOTE When the printer icon is not displayed Open the printer folder Displaying the Printer Folder right click your printer icon and click See what s printing or double click the icon of the printer driver for the machine 2 Select the document you want to cancel and click Document Cancel 1 documents in quet 3 Click Yes Are you sure vou want to carcel the document Printing of the selected document is canceled NOTE Several pages may be output after you cancel printing TIPS Canceling from the Remote UI You can cancel printing from the Job Status page on the Remote UI Checking Current Status of Print Documents Canceling from an application On some applications a screen like shown below appears You can cancel printing by clicking Cancel Ponting Legume on ihe Ganon UFSI Caras FAILT ge cm Fuge i 193 676 From the Operation Panel Cancel printing using or Status Monito
301. d Dial TX Confirmation 4 Select On and press 423 676 Coded Dial TX Confirmation E off Does not display the details of the entered coded dial number M On Displays the details of the entered coded dial number D Press 8 LINKS 2 Registering Destinations Specifying from Address Book Fax Specifying from Address Book Registering Address Book from Remote UI MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 424 676 OALJ 09X Prohibiting Sequential Broadcasting MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Sequential broadcasting is a feature that sends faxes to multiple recipients in succession This feature can be disabled if preferred 1 Press 8 2 Use A W to select System Management Settings and press s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press jp 2Logging on to the Machine 3 Select Restrict TX Function Restrict Sequential Broadcast 4 Select Confirm Sequential Broadcast or lt Reject Sequential Broadcast and press j Restrict Sequential O off Confirm Sequential Broadcast r ee E pe ha E off Enables sequential broadcasting M Confirm Sequential Broadcast Displays the confirmation screen when sending a fax via sequential broadcasting 9 Reject Sequential Broadcast Disables sequential broadcasting D Press LINKS Limiting Available Des
302. d Sending Functions MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Some cases of information leakage can be prevented by limiting the available fax and e mail destinations to those registered in the Address Book or LDAP servers or by setting a PIN for the Address Book so that unauthorized users cannot add or edit Address Book entries You can also avoid sending documents to unintended recipients if the machine is set to ask you to enter the fax number twice for confirmation 418 676 OALJ O9L Setting a PIN for Address Book The Address Book can be set to require users to enter a PIN in order to add new entries to the Address Book or edit existing entries Setting a PIN to the Address Book can reduce the risk of documents being sent to unintended recipients because changes to the Address Book can only be made by users who know the PIN 1 Press 2 Use A W to select System Management Settings and press s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press 1p 2 Logging on to the Machine UJ Select Restrict TX Function Address Book PIN 4 Set the PIN for editing the Address Book Enter a number of up to seven digits using numeric keys and press lt Apply gt When lt PIN Confirm gt is displayed enter the PIN once again to confirm NOTE You cannot set a PIN that consists only of zeros such as 00 or 0000000 To disable the
303. d and reduced but the image quality becomes low iy lt Standard gt The compression ratio and the image quality are adjusted to an intermediate setting between lt Small Memory Priority gt and lt Large Image Quality Priority gt Large Image Quality Priority The image quality improves but the data compression ratio decreased and data size becomes large LINKS Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 2Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Selecting a File Format 304 676 0ALJ 06Y Setting Gamma Values The scanned documents are converted into the specified file formats At that time you can specify the gamma values to apply to the documents You can specify the same gamma value as that of the monitor which is to be used for viewing the converted files so the files are displayed with brightness true to the original documents NOTE For the gamma value of a monitor display see the instruction manual included with the display Scan Settings ff Output File Image Settings ff YCbCr TX Gamma Value fj Select the gamma value 53 Cb r TX Gamma Value Gama 1 0 Gama 1 4 Cama 1 8 LINKS Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn M
304. d document to print and press H Select File NOTE If the Select User screen is displayed If secured documents from two or more users are being held in memory the Select User screen is displayed prior to the Select File screen Use A Wto select your user name and press ff Select Usar n User 2 User 3 3 Enter the PIN using numeric keys and then press Apply Printing starts Use A W to select the document to cancel printing R Cancel Yes fj Changing the Valid Time Period for Secured Documents 225 676 The machine at purchase is set to delete secured documents 30 minutes after receiving them unless they are printed but you can change this setting 1 Press 4 2 Use A W to select System Management Settings and press fj s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using numeric keys and then press p 2 Logging on to the Machine CJ Select Secure Print Settings and press fj 4 Select On and press i NOTE Disabling Secure Print Select Off press Bj and restart the machine D Specify how long the machine holds secured documents and press Apply Use g or the numeric keys to enter the time The secured document is erased from the memory of the machine when the time specified here elapses Secure Print Deletion Time 6 Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10
305. d io Be funcional of he daca directly fom ihe CD ROM b PN by 9 SSS Manuals ee SX VIRORUM hc Cosplay manuals relied ip sse of the dece _ A J T sil LL a Onine User Registration Dick hare by accezz Canes hora pape to register onlies and aree a Su cala nain Eni The options to be displayed differ depending on your country or region If the above CD ROM Setup screen does not appear Windows XP and Server 2003 1 From the Start menu select Run 2 Enter D MInst exe and then click OK Windows Vista 7 and Server 2008 1 Enter D MInst exe in Start Search or Search programs and files under the Start menu 2 Press the ENTER key on the keyboard Windows 8 and Server 2012 1 Right click the lower left corner of the screen and select Run 2 Enter D MInst exe and then click OK The CD ROM drive name is indicated as D in this manual The CD ROM drive name may differ depending on the computer you are using 17 74 If the language selection screen is displayed before the CD ROM setup screen appears Select the language and click OK 3 When the following screen appears select the connection method to a computer For USB Connection Select USB Connection and click Next Select ihe Type of Connection Sei tha tige of cen con botetan ie daxce an your COTA 2 jj G Matwork Coneacipn I orn Bee me Gera ce E yesr Sori pe vi mec resur Far mg neon on
306. ddress Enter the address of the proxy server Specify the IP address or host name depending on the environment HTTP Proxy Server Port Number Change the port number as necessary Enter a number between 1 and 65535 Use Proxy Authentication To enable authentication by the proxy server select the check box and enter up to 24 alphanumeric characters for the user name in the User Name text box Set Change Password To set or change the password for the proxy authentication when it is enabled select the check box and enter up to 24 alphanumeric characters for the new password in the Password text box 6 Click OK Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON LINKS Using Google Cloud Print 416 676 0ALJ 09J Restricting the Machine s Functions Some of the functions of the machine may rarely be used or provide opportunities for misuse For security purposes the machine can be set to limit its capabilities by partially or completely disabling these functions Restricting Access to Address Book and Sending Functions Restricting Access to Address Book and Sending Functions MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Restricting USB Functions Restricting USB Functions Disabling HTTP Communication and Remote Management GDbDisabling HTTP Communication GDisabling Remote UI 417 676 OALJ O9K Restricting Access to Address Book an
307. ddress cannot be entered Use Same Host Name Domain Name as IPv4 Select the check box to use the same host and domain names as in IPv4 Host Name Enter up to 47 alphanumeric characters for the host name of the machine that is to be registered to the DNS server Domain Name Enter up to 47 alphanumeric characters for the name of the domain the machine belongs to such as example com DNS Dynamic Update Select the check box to dynamically update the DNS records whenever the machine s IP address is changed To specify the type s of addresses you want to register to the DNS server select the check box for Register Manual Address Register Stateful Address or Register Stateless Address To specify the interval between updates enter the time in hours in the DNS Dynamic Update Interval text box mDNS Settings Use mDNS Adopted by Bonjour mDNS multicast DNS is a protocol for associating a host name with an IP address without using DNS Select the check box to enable mDNS Use Same mDNS Name as IPv4 Select the check box to use the same mDNS name as in IPv4 To set a different name clear the check box and enter the mDNS name in the mDNS Name text box 3 Click OK ETE ER E lzpk ailc Carum 4 tzEDEE Hrani Torir T i Edi i PESE mee em eee reg Dranga Wem kirai shiji Charya wil xo cee aa ee man pee h amsi OFF ari OH IF Seber Serieys 7 li Pa can kirg Lih Load tree DEOS DODOC DOR hh DOD
308. de page age For example 5 17 OG NOTE In Windows 8 Server 2012 if you want to send a fax from the Windows Store app display the charm bar to the right of the screen and tap Devices the machine you are using Print When you send a fax in this way you can only set some of the fax functions If the message The printer requires your attention Go to the desktop to take care of it is displayed move to the desktop and proceed to step 3 3 From the Sending Settings tab enter Destination Name and Fax Number and click Add to Destination List Mumber of Ceesinations Spey Cuil Dash Pref Shine Sed Fa iora amd mage If you need to specify a number to dial an outside line select Specify Outside Dialing Prefix and enter the number in Outside Dialing Prefix The specified number is added to the beginning of the fax number when the machine dials To make it easier to specify destinations using the Address Book see Using Registered Destinations Selecting Store Sent Fax Information and Image enables you to store the logs for sending documents and check detailed information of a sent document along with its image including destinations and number of pages For more information click Help on the fax driver screen NOTE If you have selected Reenter Fax Number before adding Destination to Destination List in the dialog box that is displayed when Security Settings of the Special tab is
309. ded 2 You can specify either Plain 2 or Plain 3 as the paper type for 75 to 84 g m paper If you experience any of the following problems after specifying either of these two settings specify the other setting Paper that is output curls Afterimages appear on the blank area Toner is not fully fixed and the printouts are faded 3 You can also specify Plain 1 Plain 2 Plain 3 Recycled Color Heavy 1 Envelope or Thin as the paper type for index cards IMPORTANT Do not use the following types of paper Wrinkled or creased paper s Curled or rolled paper Torn paper Damp paper Very thin paper Paper printed by a thermal transfer printer Highly textured paper Glossy paper iij s a I di Paper handling and storage Store the paper on a flat surface Keep the paper wrapped in its original package to protect the paper from moisture or dryness LT Do not store the paper in such a way that may cause it to curl or fold Ir Do not store the paper vertically or stack too much paper Do not store the paper in direct sunlight or in a place subject to high humidity dryness or drastic changes in temperature or humidity ii 72 676 NOTE When printing on paper that has absorbed moisture Steam may emit from the paper output area or water droplets may form on the back side of the operation panel or around the paper output area There is nothi
310. destinations as necessary 1 Select lt Confirm Edit Destination and press Send Press Start Humber af Destinations Z 4ATa GANUN janefexample com 3 Press Clear Dest gt select Yes and press fj If you specified destinations in Group Dial in step 2 lt Number of Destinations gt is displayed on the screen Selecting this item and pressing displays detailed destinations in Group Dial Mame CARON E Mail Address john example_ Gear Dest NOTE If you want to easily and quickly delete destinations without displaying a list of destinations Before selecting Confirm Edit Destination in step 1 you can press 4 lj to toggle the destinations you specified Display a destination you want to delete and press Selecting Destinations Directly by Entering Coded Dial Numbers 309 676 1 Press g 2 Press Coded Dial MOC m m C4 C8 C6 7 8 9 Ome e 3 You can also use A W to select Specify from Coded Dial on the screen and press i 3 Use the numeric keys to enter a three digit number 001 to 181 s If you enter the wrong characters press Press to delete each character one by one press and hold to delete all the input characters at once Enter Coded Dial Number T NOTE If a confirmation screen appears When Coded Dial TX Confirmation is set to On a screen is displayed that shows the destination and the name for the nu
311. determined by these settings Date Format 2 Select the date format order of year month and day YYYY MM DD MM DD YYYY DD MM YYYYt Timer Settings ff Date Time Settings p Date Format fj Select the date format gt gt amp Time Format Ea Select the 12 or 24 hour clock display setting 12 Hour AM PM 24 Hour Timer Settings fj Date Time Settings fg Time Format p Select the display setting 487 676 Current Date Time Settings 1 Ea Set the current date and time Use 4 l to move the cursor and A W to specify the date and time or switch between AM PM Current Date Time Settings 03 03 2013 10 23 AM F IMPORTANT Set lt Time Zone gt before setting the current date and time If the lt Time Zone gt setting is changed the current date and time are also changed accordingly Timer Settings ff Date Time Settings p Current Date Time Settings Set the date and time lt Apply gt NOTE The current date and time cannot be changed for 1 hour after daylight saving time is in effect Time Zone Ea Select the time zone If the time zone setting is changed the values set in Current Date Time Settings are also changed accordingly UTC 12 00 to UTC 0 00t to UTCT 12 00 NOTE UTC Coordinated Universal Time UTC is the primary time standard by which the world regulates clo
312. di APAD Athionfie H 4 Des Coss Precesrcr ERE 200 Cuts C mpgube nas demas ind warkgeaup jets Action Cover Computer name Wychaege settings Pinda pda Full compter narra A i Peterman Ifosmation and Computer descriptione Workgroup woRIGROUE B Viewing the Computer Name Windows XP Server 2003 1 Start select Control Panel 2 Display the System screen Click Performance and Maintenance System 3 Click the Computer Name or Network ID tab 667 676 4 Click Change or Properties Computer Hame Changes Tou can change the nace and lhe membershup of his computer Changes mag sect access bo network mespuices Compute name t Full compuler name l Member al C Damari p XJ S wiorkgieun wORKGR aur Windows Vista 7 8 Server 2008 Server 2012 1 Display Control Panel Windows Vista 7 Server 2008 Start select Control Panel Windows 8 Server 2012 Right click the lower left corner of the screen select Control Panel 2 Display System Windows Vista 7 8 Server 2008 R2 Server 2012 Click System and Security or System and Maintenance System Windows Server 2008 Double click System Mm Checking the LPR RAW Printer Port 1 Open the printer folder Displaying the Printer Folder 2 Right click your printer icon and click Printer properties or Properties in the pop up menu i Mesh mac Haider ind eund amp Diced andPertari b
313. displayed MF Toob Earning H pese 1 is ines T itin ahii pigi plica Ia angel acd cii Hed Dick Varas io quit Ge cs 1 If there are additional pages of documents to be scanned place the next document on the platen glass and click Next Repeat this step until you finish scanning all of the pages When there is only one page to be scanned proceed to the next step 2 Click Finish When scanning is complete the scanned document is saved to a folder on the computer or forwarded to an application Configuring Storing Settings Specifying External Applications to Forward Scanned Data Configuring Settings for MF Toolbox and the Scanner You can switch to another scanner by using the Settings button You can also configure settings such as the name of the computer to save documents Sattings ee ee ee Select Scanner Select the scanner machine to use with MF Toolbox M Computer Name When scanning by using the operation panel of the machine there is a procedure to specify a destination to save the scanned document Scanning from the Machine You can edit the computer name that appears on the display of the machine during this procedure Comment You can enter a comment for each type of scan Edit the comment as necessary Close Toolbox after Finishing Scanning when Started from Device When you scan by using the operation panel of the machine MF Toolbox starts Yo
314. diting program to crop out everything you don t need IMPORTANT Using your product to scan print or otherwise reproduce certain documents and the use of such images as scanned printed or otherwise reproduced by your product may be prohibited by law and may result in criminal and or civil liability If you are uncertain about the legality of using your product to scan print or otherwise reproduce any particular document and or of the use of the images scanned printed or otherwise reproduced you should consult in advance with your legal advisor for guidance 628 676 For more information about this function see Configuring Scan Settings in ScanGear MF Searchable PDFs You can convert scanned documents to regular PDF files or you can go a step further and make the text in that scanned document searchable There s a lot more you can do with a PDF file when you make it text searchable To do this just select PDF as the scan type when you scan with MF Toolbox For more information about this function see Scanning Using MF Toolbox Convert Text in Scanned Documents Text normally gets scanned as an image but you can convert it into text that can also be edited Select OCR as the scan type when you scan with MF Toolbox The software that comes with this machine will convert any text in the scanned image into text data that you can then edit with a text editor For more information about this function see Scan
315. djust the density Apply lt gt Decreases the density jy lt gt Increases the density LINKS Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 2Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only C Adjusting Sharpness 299 676 OALJ O6R Specifying Orientation of Your Document You can specify portrait or landscape orientation EZ Specify destinations or connect the USB memory device Original Orientation 3 Select the document orientation ER Original Orientation Portrait E lt Portrait gt Select for documents with portrait orientation 3 Landscape Select for documents with landscape orientation LINKS Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 2Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 300 676 0ALJ 06S Selecting Document Type You can select the image quality for the scan depending on the document type such as text only documents documents with charts and graphs or magazine photos E lt Text gt Suitable when scanning documents that only contain text M lt Text Photo gt Suitable when scanning documents that contain both text and photos Photo Suitable when sca
316. document press Cancel or Delete select Yes and press fj mTo check the communication logs for sent and received documents 1 Select Job Log and press 73 170 676 Tk Job Status Log Jab status 2 Select the document whose log you want to check and press fj E TX Job Log RX Job Log Displays a list of the documents that were sent and received OK is displayed when a document was sent or received successfully and Error is displayed when a document failed to be sent or received because it was canceled or there was some error y Details Displays detailed information about the document selected from the list NOTE If the Result column shows a three digit number This number represents an error code When an Error Code Appears LINKS 2 TX Result Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 2Communication Management Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only RX Result Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only 171 676 0ALJ 041 Sending Faxes from Your Computer PC Fax You can send fax documents created on your computer application directly from your computer This feature eliminates the need to print documents for faxing and saves paper You need to complete some procedures such as specifying the basic fax settings 12 Configuring Initial Settings for Fax Functions MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only and installing the fax drive
317. document data for any defects Printing was canceled from the computer If you cancel an operation when the print data is being sent to the machine from a computer this error code is displayed but this is not abnormal Print again as necessary A secured document that was left unprinted was deleted If the secured document is not printed within a specific period of time 30 minutes by default it is deleted from memory Send the secured document again and print it within the period Printing via Secure Print Printing using Secure Print was attempted when Secure Print was restricted When lt Secure Print Settings gt is set to lt Off gt you cannot use Secure Print Set the setting to lt On gt and print again Printing via Secure Print Print without using Secure Print Printing a Document 861 A document could not be printed because a printer driver that was not intended for this machine was used Print again by using the printer driver for this machine Printing a Document A document could not be printed due to a defect in its data Check the document data for any defects 863 An error occurred when printing from a computer Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON After the restart is complete try printing again 995 A document waiting to be sent was canceled Send the document again as necessary 570 676 OALJ OCF Common Problem
318. dw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Setting Menu List Network Settings Preferences Timer Settings Common Settings Copy Settings Fax Settings MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Scan Settings Memory Media Print Settings Printer Settings Adjustment Maintenance System Management Settings Initialize Menu Troubleshooting Clearing Jams When an Error Message Appears When an Error Code Appears Common Problems Installation Settings Problems Copying Problems Printing Problems Faxing Telephone Problems MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only When You Cannot Print Properly Printing Results Are Not Satisfactory Paper Creases or Curls Paper Is Fed Incorrectly When a Problem Cannot Be Solved Maintenance Cleaning the Machine Exterior Platen Glass Feeder Fixing Unit Transfer Belt Replacing Toner Cartridges How to Replace Toner Cartridges About Replacement Toner Cartridges Relocating the Machine Maintaining and Improving Print Quality Correcting the Gradation Correcting Print Color Mismatch Adjusting Values for Text Color Reproducibility in Color Documents Printing Reports and Lists TX Result Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Communication Management Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 1 676 465 468 472 474 475 482 487 491 494 496 503 507 510 528 532 542 543 544 552 564 5 1 5 2 5 5 5 6 5 7 578 5 9 582 583 584 5
319. e Copying Multiple Documents onto One Sheet 2 on 1 4 on 1 0ALJ 027 Basic Copy Operations 1 Place the document s Placing Documents E 2 Press J 3 Enter the number of copies using the numeric keys Enter a quantity from 1 to 99 Press to cancel the entered quantity riginal Type Text Phote Map 2 5ided Off Copy Ratio 100 1 1 4 Specify the copy settings as necessary Use to select the settings Various Copy Settings Copy Press Start Original Type Text Photo Map Sided Off Copy Ratio 200 1 1 Paper EN i AtsPlain i M on 1 Off Collate Off Erase Frame off Sharpness Celer Balance Default Favorite Settings Off 5 Press 4 Copying starts If you want to cancel copying press Cancel Yes H 2 Canceling Copies mg When placing documents in the feeder in step 1 The document is automatically scanned m When placing documents on the platen glass in step 1 Ea Depending on the copy settings you made the screen for selecting the document size and paper source is displayed when copying multiple documents Follow the procedure below Use A to select the document size and press fj 109 676 2 Select the paper source that contains the paper you want to use and press fj T AS Plain L If the screen is not displayed proceed to step 3 3 Place the next document on the platen glass and press
320. e Specifying Settings for Documents and Color Mode Fading Correction Minne x Bari Comechon Mone coa Use Descieen Sf Coed Black Text Auto Tone Automatically adjusts the color tone of the image A Reduce Dust and Scratches Makes dust or scratches on the document less noticeable High makes large scratches and dust less noticeable but may ruin details on the image 9 Fading Correction The setting is available if you select Color for Color Mode Corrects faded colors on the document or enhances the color saturation of dull colored documents High dramatically corrects the faded colors but may change the color tone of the entire image Grain Correction Reduces graininess to create a smooth color tone when scanning photographs taken with high speed film High dramatically reduces graininess but may also reduce image sharpness or degrade image quality Use Unsharp Mask Emphasizes the edges and lines in the image creating a sharper appearance Use Descreen Reduces the color unevenness and moire that occur when scanning printed images Correct Black Text Emphasizes the outlines of black text Adjusting Brightness and Color Ea Configure color settings such as brightness contrast and color tone The displayed items vary depending on the settings selected for Color Mode Specifying Settings for Documents and Color Mode When Text E
321. e You can print from an application to the machine once you have the printer driver installed on Printer driver your computer If you install the fax driver on your computer you can select Print from an application select 4 the Canon fax driver as a printer and specify the output destination and options The fax driver converts the data into an image that conforms to standard fax protocols so that the data can be printed or saved using the recipient s fax machine You can use the machine as a scanner once you have the scanner driver installed on your Scanner driver computer Fax driver Network Scan You need this utility software to use the machine as a network scanner It is automatically Utility installed along with the scanner driver The MF Toolbox provides a group of commands for you to open a scanned image in an 2 MF Toolbox application send it as an e mail attachment file store it on the hard disk etc Additional Software Program You can handle scanned images in many ways using this software PageManager Fax driver may not be supplied depending on the model you are using 2 Some features of the MF Toolbox for Macintosh may differ from those of the MF Toolbox for Windows For details see the Canon Scanner Driver Guide 4 NOTE Depending on the operating system you are using some functions of the driver software included in the CD ROM may not be usable The newest software is posted on the
322. e Also set the paper type to Plain 1 Plain 2 gt Plain 3 gt Recycled Color or Thin depending on the loaded paper 2Loading Paper Specifying Paper Size and Type NOTE If you print received documents on paper other than A4 or LTR size some portions of the image may be missing or the image may be divided and printed onto several sheets No response from the host The machine is not connected to a network correctly Check the machine and network settings and connect again Connecting to a Network Open System authentication failed Check the WEP settings The authentication method of the machine is set to Open System but that of a wireless router is set to Shared Key Connect again by manually changing the WEP authentication method to Shared Key Setting Up Connection by Specifying Detailed Settings The MAC address of the machine is rejected because the MAC address filter is set at a wireless router Set the wireless router to permit the MAC address of the machine and your computer For more information about how to set see the instruction manuals for your networking devices or contact your manufacturer To check the MAC address of the machine press 4 Network Settings Ethernet Driver Settings GO Viewing the MAC Address Paper jammed Paper jams Remove the jammed paper or document and print again Printing may resume automatically Clearing Jams
323. e Gamma CMSt Printer Settings p k lt PCL gt p CMS Matching Gamma gt Select Text Graphics or Image amp Select Gamma or CMS Gamma Correction ea Set the gamma correction value to match the brightness of the printouts to that of the original data If the printout looks darker or brighter than original change the gamma correction value As the value gets bigger the printout becomes darker You can apply the setting separately for text graphics and images NOTE This setting is enabled only when Gamma is selected in CMS Matching Gamma gt 526 676 Printer Settings p E lt PCL gt p Gamma Correction p Select Text Graphics or Image Set the gamma value p Advanced Smoothing 4 Select how jagged outlines of text and graphics are smoothed lt Smooth 2 gt applies a stronger smoothing effect than lt Smooth 1 gt You can apply the setting separately for text and graphics Advanced Smoothing Off Smooth 1 Smooth 2 Apply to Graphics Off t On Apply to Text Off Ont p Printer Settings p ER lt PCL gt p Advanced Smoothing Specify the smoothing setting 0 9 527 676 OALJ O0C6 Adjustment Maintenance All the settings about adjustment and maintenance are listed with short descriptions Default settings are Sean Settings marked with a dagger Mesery Media Print Settings Sy
324. e List Perform the following procedure 20 74 1 Check the following The computer and machine are connected via the network The machine is turned on The IP address is set correctly The computer and machine are on the same subnet Security software has been exited 2 Click Update Device List If any machines are not displayed by performing the above procedure perform the following procedure 1 Click Search by IP Address 2 Enter the IP address of the machine to be installed Confirming IP Address Settings If the IP address of the machine is between 169 254 1 0 and 169 254 254 255 the IP address is the one assigned by the AutolP function If an IP address other than link local addresses is set for the computer set an IP address in the same subnet as the computer other than link local addresses also for this machine manually This enables the installer to search for this machine e Manual gt Setting IPv4 Address 3 Click OK 8 Select the function you want to use 1 Select the function you want to use driver to be installed 2 Click Next TER Select Dover Select tha divers bo iret Salai Device Target Device Select Diver SONS Satie Confirm Settings Install Diver to insta Set Default Printer Print Test Page Ext TJ ma cm d 3 MJ 7 Fax fat Supported Models Scanner Canon Dra Information desist Service When you ingal thie samice and use
325. e Machine for Printing or 2 Configuring the Machine for Scanning to E mail or Shared Folders Faxing from a Computer MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only li Customizing the Machine for More Convenient Network Experience Ethernet 2 Configuring the Machine for Your Network Environment 319 676 0ALJ 07R Connecting to a Network When connecting the machine to a wired or wireless local area network LAN you need to set an IP address unique to the selected network Select wired or wireless depending on your communication environment and networking devices 2 Connecting to a Computer For specific IP address settings contact your Internet service provider or Network Administrator IMPORTANT If the machine is connected to an unsecured network your personal information might be leaked to a third party NOTE The machine cannot connect to both wired and wireless LANs at the same time The machine does not come with a LAN cable or router Have them ready as necessary For more information about your networking devices see the instruction manuals for the devices or contact your manufacturer WE Before You Start Follow these steps to connect the machine to a network d t Check your computer settings 1 MA Wie ee that tre compute Make sure that the computer is correctly connected to the network For more information see the instruction manuals for the devices you are using or contact the device manuf
326. e address followed by a slash and a number indicating the v addresses with prefix length fe80 1234 64 a prefix 409 676 When Reject is selected for an outbound filter Outgoing multicast and broadcast packets cannot be filtered Deleting an IP address from exceptions Select an IP address and click Delete Same Ema usa hyphen as follaws xxx XXX Xxx XI Xxx Xxx XI occ IF addrezs as fallgus xxx xxx xxx xxxhoc predi length 0 32 j Click OK 6 Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON NOTE You can enable or disable the IP Address Filter settings from 2IPv4 Address Filter LINKS Specifying MAC Addresses for Firewall Rules 410 676 GIPv6 Address Filter OALJ O9E Specifying MAC Addresses for Firewall Rules You can limit communication to only devices with specified MAC addresses or block devices with specified MAC addresses but permit other communications Up to 32 MAC addresses can be specified IMPORTANT This function is unavailable when the machine is connected to a wireless LAN 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Deska Baak Inleoraniza m x Urien Printer Eun e priri Eana qp Bariy im en Pua dp Pane tr are or eee fee ji recw lrirrrraticn ha err Sorority animan Bersi apra Done Cii s rh gu badai HETE Tiree Sae ledin Sabin Com
327. e data that has been encrypted with one of the key pair cannot be returned to its original data form without the other public key cryptography ensures secure communication of data over the network Up to five key pairs can be registered Using CA issued Key Pairs and Digital Certificates For SSL encrypted communication a key pair can be generated for the machine 2 Generating Key Pairs b CA Certificate Digital certificates including CA certificates are similar to other forms of identification such as driver s licenses A digital certificate contains a digital signature which enables the machine to detect any spoofing or tampering of data It is extremely difficult for third parties to abuse digital certificates A digital certificate that contains a public key of a certification authority CA is referred to as a CA certificate CA certificates are used for verifying the device the machine is communicating with for features such as printing with Google Cloud Print or IEEE 802 1X authentication Up to 10 CA certificates can be registered including the five certificates that are preinstalled in the machine Using CA issued Key Pairs and Digital Certificates ll Key and Certificate Requirements The certificate contained in a key pair generated with the machine conforms to X 509v3 If you install a key pair or a CA certificate from a computer make sure that they meet the following requirements E Key pair PKCS 12 1 CA certificate
328. e file or enter the path to the file in File Path the file name with the location where the file is saved prm lee Da pm Bgemumi ooh h G tetingegisinitien Figura Pag Desine TaEngnFrgkRakos hran Virgen rm bairge epi Eee gor zai heri imar heti rapi biara Dk fisse kx abai ihe meres cata Hle bo pat Bij Sonoma anni Dd real ga Tiens arie V aem peer fees Cermna mE C p trea Fay Satire gt Scan Sating Biema Ua Prin Saniga Tepper rtg Sprchy Mora Daa Fila Path Click OK The specified setting data will be imported into the machine Restart the Machine 470 676 Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back on LINKS Remote UI Screens Setting Menu List 471 676 OALJ OAS Registering Address Book from Remote UI MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only You can register or edit the Address Book of the machine by using the computer NOTE You can change the settings only when you have logged on in System Manager Mode 1 Start the Remote UI starting Remote UI 2 Click Address Book Su Remote Ul Portal Mai ta Gyser Maraga Hui Loni Upisa 00D 2312 bri i Cesies Bank krkerratkzs Carr as pere ns fu Frima i Bardy e priri aP T ibam i e qp ariy e are w ceive aem NOTE If the enter PIN page is displayed The Address Book is protected by a PIN Enter the PIN and click OK 3 Click
329. e in the printer driver A margin of 5 mm or less around the edge of paper or 10 mm or less around the edge of envelopes is not printable with the machine Make sure to have margins around the document to print Finishing tab Advanced Settings Expand Print Region and Print Off Streaks Appear on Printouts Are you using appropriate paper Check usable paper and replace with appropriate paper Paper Loading Paper White Streaks Appear Is toner running low Check how much toner is left and replace the toner cartridges as necessary Replacing Toner Cartridges Toner Smudges and Splatters Appear 579 676 Are you using appropriate paper Check usable paper and replace with appropriate paper Paper 2Loading Paper Is toner running low Check how much toner is left and replace the toner cartridges as necessary Replacing Toner Cartridges Printouts Are Faded fe ABC ARG Is toner running low Check how much toner is left and replace the toner cartridges as necessary Replacing Toner Cartridges Are you using appropriate paper Check usable paper and replace with appropriate paper Also specify the paper size and type settings properly Paper 2Loading Paper Specifying Paper Size and Type Are the printouts faded when you print on envelopes Selecting Envelope 2 for Envelope Switch may solve the problem Special Process
330. e machine If so the stored history was deleted Did you set lt Restrict New Destinations to On If so the history before you set was deleted Did you set Restrict Resending from Log to On If so the destinations in the history cannot be specified A fax cannot be sent on an optical fiber line The machine is compliant with use on analog lines When using an optical fiber line or IP phone line the machine may not work correctly depending on the connection environment or connected devices In such a case contact the provider of the optical fiber line or IP phone The results of a sent fax are not satisfactory Clean the platen glass or feeder If cleaning does not improve the results the recipient s fax machine may be a cause Platen Glass Feeder Receiving Problems The results of received fax are not satisfactory Paper creases or curls When You Cannot Print Properly Telephone and fax cannot be switched automatically Check that the receive mode is set to Fax Tel Auto Switch Answering Machine or Net Switch Selecting the Receive Mode Free space in memory may be running low Print or delete data in memory 2 Checking Deleting Documents in Memory G Printing Documents in Memory A fax cannot be received automatically Check that the receive mode is set to Fax Tel Auto Switch Auto Answering Machine or Net Switch Selecting the Receive Mode Free sp
331. e memory at 33 6 Kbps Maximum approx 512 pages Total pages of transmission reception OALJ OFL Maximum number of fax jobs that can be sent from the memory 10 jobs Maximum number of fax jobs that can be received into the memory 90 jobs Normal 200 x 100 dpi Fine 200 x 200 dpi Photo 200 x 200 dpi Superfine 200 x 400 dpi Ultrafine 400 x 400 dpi Favorites 19 destinations Coded dialing 181 destinations Group dialing 199 destinations Address Book dialing Regular dialing with numeric keys Automatic redialing Manual redialing Sequential broadcast 210 destinations Automatic reception Manual reception Remote reception by telephone Default ID 25 Send Results Transmission management report By default auto output every 40 destinations RX Results Handset optional External telephone External telephone with the built in answer function Data modem 1 Depending on your locale or your telephone connection you may be unable to perform data communication In this case contact your local authorized Canon dealer or the Canon help line 2 Based on ITU T ITU Telecommunication Standardization Sector Standard Chart No 1 JBIG standard mode 643 676 Scanner Specifications Type Maximum Scan Size Scan Resolution Scan Speed 1 A4 300 x 600 dpi Host Interface Operating System Driver Color scanner Platen glass up to 216 x 297 mm Feeder up to 216 x 356 mm Optical res
332. e ovens or other equipment that emit radio waves In altitudes of 3 000 m or above sea level Machines with a hard disk may not operate properly when used at high altitudes of about 3 000 meters above sea level or higher 11 676 0ALJ 002 Power Supply This machine is compatible with voltages of 220 to 240 V and electrical frequency of 50 60 Hz IMPORTANT When connecting power Do not connect the machine to an uninterruptible power source a If plugging this machine into an AC power outlet with multiple sockets do not use the remaining sockets to connect other devices Do not connect the power cord into the auxiliary outlet on a computer Other precautions Electrical noise may cause this machine to malfunction or lose data 12 676 0ALJ 003 Handling AN WARNING a Immediately unplug the power plug from the AC power outlet and contact an authorized Canon dealer if the machine makes an unusual noise emits an unusual smell or emits smoke or excessive heat Continued use may result in a fire or electrical shock Do not disassemble or modify this machine There are high voltage and high temperature components inside the machine which may result in a fire or electrical shock a Place the machine where children will not come in contact with the power cord and other cables or internal and electrical parts Failure to do so may result in unexpected accidents a Do not use flammable sprays near this
333. e second adjustment image 1 5 Gently close the feeder NOTE If the lt Correction failed gt message is displayed Did you load plain or recycled A4 or Letter size paper into the paper drawer Did you place the adjustment image with the print side face down with the black stripe toward the back side of the machine Has a paper jam occurred 2Clearing Jams Is the amount of toner required for correction sufficient Checking Toner Level amp Is the transfer belt inside the machine dirty GO Transfer Belt 601 676 Quick Adjust This adjustment maintains the optimized status that was acquired by Full Adjust Note that you cannot perform this adjustment while performing some functions including scanning and printing If the result of this adjustment is not satisfactory perform Full Adjust This adjustment may be automatically performed after you replace a toner cartridge NOTE This adjustment is not available when Only Continue Black amp White Printing is selected on the screen displaying the message End of Toner Cart Lifetime Press 4 amp Use A W to select lt Adjustment Maintenance gt and press 3 Select Auto Adjust Gradation gt Quick Adjust J 0 Ne Press H Adjustment starts In approximately 1 to 2 minutes the adjustment is finished Quick Adjust Adjusting Quick Adjust 5 Press to close the menu screen NOTE You can set the machine
334. e service you are using 1 Press H 2 Press Hook If an external telephone or the optional handset is connected to the machine you can pick up the handset instead of pressing Hook t Specify the destination 03 03 2013 18 00 E Re Pode Auto Resolution 200 x 100 dpi Ho 3 When you hear a dial tone dial the information service t Specify the destination 03 03 2013 14 00 i 12334000 R Start Receiving Resolution 200 x 100 dpi Ha End 4 When the recorded message of the information service answers press This step is unnecessary if the machine is using a tone dialing line T Specify the destination 03 03 2013 14 00 gm i1sXXXXXXMT R Start Receiving Resolution 200 x 100 dpi Ho End D Use the numeric keys to enter the service number assigned for the information you want to receive You can also use the keypad on the telephone to enter the information service number t Specify the destination 03 03 2013 14 00 E s12sXXXXNXKTOOS R Start Receiving Resolution 300 x 100 dpi Ma End 6 Use A W to select Start Receiving and press fj to start receiving faxes If you have picked up the handset hang it up 168 676 t Specify the destination 03 03 2013 14 00 pe e123XXXXXXXTUOR Start Receiving N Resolution 200 x 100 dpi Ho LINKS G Receiving Faxes 169 676 0ALJ 040 Checking Status and Log for Sent and Recei
335. e to accesz Canpe s home page to eegisier onlies and answer a EA The options to be displayed differ depending on your country or region When AutoPlay is displayed Click to close the dialog box 7 Click Browse raat ite Tania aer rad ioni rk anc ar rra E sure Hus Dor cares dier noinen eri bnc Open the folder where the printer driver files are stored For 32 bit versions Open DRIVERS us eng gt 32bit gt Driver on the CD ROM and click Open For 64 bit versions Open DRIVERS gt us eng gt x64 gt Driver on the CD ROM and click Open 46 74 d Diver Name Files Currently on the Disc 5 CHLBOLLINF 8 19 2012 12 04 AM denn cb3 len U5 mm cxps piJBbnF 9 19 2012 9 03 AM 2 CHP5OU inf 9 19 2012 12 3 AM F CNPSOU inf 3 19 2012 12 33 AM i cnorpuw2 inf 9 11 2012 12 44 AM 2 MF45SCN inf 9 26 2012 1 37 PM Fie name CNLBOU INF Fies of type Setup Information irf When you are not sure which operating system that you are using on your computer How to Check the Bit Architecture For Windows 9 Click OK make sure thet the comect dive m selected below Copy manufacturer s files fram FADRIVERS us eng beer 10 Select the printer driver you are using and then click Next 41 14 Install the printer driver Choose your printer from the list Click Windows Update to see more models To metall the drver from an installa
336. e with that language when it is connected to a computer via USB UFRIT LTt UFRII LT XPS PCL5 5 PCL6 5 System Management Settings fj PDL Selection Plug and Play gt j Select Network or USB fj Select a page description language ff Restart the machine PDL Selection Plug and Play l usa ri CC UFKII LT XP3 PCLS PCL o e FAX Detects and connects the machine as a fax device M lt UFRII LT Detects and connects the machine as a UFRII LT printer UFRII LT XPS gt Detects and connects the machine as a UFRII LT printer that is compatible with XML Paper Specification XPS f PCL5 Detects and connects the machine as a PCL5 printer 3 PCL6 Detects and connects the machine as a PCL6 printer 540 676 Update Firmware 3 Select how to install the firmware update according to the environment of the machine Mia PC Select to manually install the firmware update available on the Canon Web site yourself For instructions on how to install the update see the instruction manual available on the Web site When the machine uses a wireless LAN update with Via PC below or use a USB cable to connect Mia Internet Select to automatically install the firmware update without using a computer Follow the on screen instructions to perform the update The machine must be connected to the Internet Via PC Via Internet
337. eas Low Yellow High 17 Levels Medium 17 Levels Low 17 Levels Magenta High 17 Levels Medium 17 Levels Low 17 Levels Cyan High 17 Levels Medium 17 Levels Low 17 Levels Black High 17 Levels Medium 512 676 17 Levels Low 17 Levels NOTE The settings specified for Toner Density Fine Adjust are disabled when Toner Save is enabled Printer Settings R Print Quality Density Toner Density Fine Adjust Select the toner color Select High Medium or Low p Specify the toner density Press Apply repeatedly until Settings applied is displayed Toner Save b Select whether to reduce toner consumption Offt On IMPORTANT When this setting is enabled fine lines and portions with lighter print density may become blurred m Printer Settings gt Print Quality p Toner Save Select Off or On Gradation a Select the data processing method to reproduce gradations Select lt High 2 gt if you want to print in better quality than when selecting lt High 1 gt High 1 High 2 lt Printer Settings Print Quality Gradation Select High 1 or High 2 D gt Special Smoothing Mode L4 Select a smoothing mode to print documents with a smooth finish If you are not satisfied with the printing results of lt Mode 1 gt default you ca
338. easures such as managing user access privileges using firewalls and changing port numbers 397 676 0ALJ 097 Setting Access Privileges Protect the machine from unauthorized access by only allowing users with access privileges to use the machine Access privileges are set separately for each account or ID A PIN can be set for each ID If a user tries to operate the machine when IDs are enabled a logon screen is displayed and the user must enter a correct ID and PIN to use the machine IDs are divided into two types System Manager ID which is intended exclusively for Administrators and Department ID for general users System Manager ID is an account with full access privileges With System Manager ID you can restrict the use of functions such as color copying and faxing for each ID If these two types of IDs are used at the same time two different privilege levels are set which makes it possible to flexibly manage the machine and enhance security System Manager ID System Manager ID is an account with full access privileges If you specify a System Manager ID you need to log on to the machine using the System Manager ID information in order to access Network Settings or System Management Settings Set the System Manager ID when you need different access privilege levels for Administrators and general users Only one System Manager ID can be registered Setting the System Manager ID Department ID Department I
339. ebyted rarae nr anm prirted materi ecm fe Gathers For cartals Canons cnpyisg mac hires Pinter and rsultifuncfional periphicals The Producta Ri ATI CARS AME UNCR FESTAND ALL OE THE FIGHTS ARD AI STHKCTEORS H SCESEMOD IH THIS AGADI MHT MINORI U HHG THE SOFTWARE HY CLICKING THE BUTTON IHDSCATIHO FOUR ACCEPTANCE AS STATED BELOW OR USG THE SOFTWARE YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONTETEINES OF THIS AGREEMENT F YOU INOT AGREE TUO THE FOLLOW ANS TERBES ARD CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT DO WOT USE THE SOFTWARE HO REFUND WILL BE MADE BECAUSE THE SOFTWARE Vi S PROVIDED TO DAT AT MO CHARGE 1 GRANT OF LICENSE Casos grants yog a pa raon al GT and nmen axclualva lBcesee Ip ie use as ined Mere ahallicisde going Hadi insisi sccsn sing Keech or dispiseng the oiea sakey for the ase mwih Erodurte any on comgpulees corey nec vis nabh connected ba the Predects Hoa Desmgaaled Comgpulss You may allow alher usars al ather compulers consertad I your Dazipnaded Campar to use me Solvers praskd ed thal you mis essere thal adi such uzers shadi anie bey thee Termes of this Agnesmen and shall ba aubyect to gres liia amd a bl qadeaas Icone Ex you Fes urate TE Scc pt the beeen gil his aprem rii Te Gacirn tfi farms ol inc apama pin Tree his program ie termes of des a3grae mesi musi ba accepipd Back The installation begins Wait a moment This process may take some time Install Manuals listini the mantais Wa
340. ect XXXXXX bey RRESMUNMU BTo specify reply to address 1 Select Reply To gt and press 73 Send Press Start Humber of Destinations 1 Toi john exanple com Data Size Standard Subject Message Entered 3 Select a reply to address from the Address Book and press fj For instructions on how to use the Address Book see Specifying from Address Book Address Book E Mail eo H jane example com BTo specify priority 4 1 Select Priority and press 53 Send Press Start Husber of Destinations 1 Toi john axample coa Data Size Standard Subject Message Entered Reply To Mene 2 Select a priority level and press 73 8 Press j to start sending Scanning starts If you want to cancel sending press Yes f 290 676 m When placing documents in the feeder in step 1 When scanning is complete the e mail is sent m When placing documents on the platen glass in step 1 Ea When scanning is complete follow the procedures below 1 If there are additional pages of documents to be scanned place the next document on the platen glass and press j Repeat this step until you finish scanning all of the pages When there is only one page to be scanned proceed to the next step 2 Press Start Sending s The e mail is sent TIPS amp If you always want to scan with the same settings 2 Changing Default Settings amp If you
341. ection has been established G LI pT MLE A er fe eee feim looh Wig Canon Logri aynen lets per Merri itus xdanagas I7 Aptis tinaga Pr d Erud ifar eda Ure Hamm Lea im LUE Aa ee 2714 41 pn Haas wm 38 676 NOTE If the Remote UI screen is not displayed Make sure that the machine is properly connected to the computer via a wireless LAN Installation Settings Problems Install the software Install the MF Drivers MF Toolbox and the other included software For more information see MF Driver Installation Guide After installing the software continue to Configuring Initial Settings for Fax Functions MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only 39 676 OALJ OOK Connecting via Wired LAN The machine and computer are connected via a wired LAN router Use a LAN cable to connect the machine to the router NOTE The machine does not come with a LAN cable or router Have them ready as necessary Use a Category 5 or higher twisted pair cable for the LAN Make sure that there are ports available on the router to connect the machine and the computer The machine supports 10BASE T and 100BASE TX connections If you want to connect the machine to a 100BASE TX Ethernet network all the devices connected to the LAN router LAN cable and network board for computer must support 100BASE TX The machine cannot connect to both wired and wireless LANs at the same time If you are switching from wirel
342. ections to clear jams D Paper jammed Remove original fron feeder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Remove original from feeder Document Jams in the Feeder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Open the front cover Paper Jams in the Front Side Remove the paper from the tray Paper Jams in the Manual Feed Slot MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Pull out Drawer 1 Pull out Drawer 2 Paper Jams in the Paper Drawer Open the back cover Paper Jams in the Back Side MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Remove original from feeder Document Jams in the Feeder MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Lift the control panel Paper Jams in the Front and Back Sides Pull out the drawer Open the paper cover Paper Jams in the Manual Feed Slot MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Pull out the drawer Remove the jammed paper QO Paper Jams in the Paper Drawer IMPORTANT When removing the jammed paper do not turn OFF the machine Turning OFF the machine deletes the data that is being printed Be especially careful when receiving fax documents If paper tears Remove all the paper fragments to prevent them from becoming jammed If paper jams repeatedly Tap the paper stack on a flat surface to even the edges of the paper before loading it into the machine Check that the paper is appropriate for the machine Paper Check that no jammed paper fragments remain in
343. ed data to a specified application or attach it to an e mail message Scanning Using an Application You can scan images by using an application such as a word processing or image processing application and load the images directly into the application You do not need to start another application to scan 257 676 0ALJ 063 Scanning Using MF Toolbox You can save scanned documents to a computer forward them to a specified application to edit them or attach them to an e mail message MF Toolbox features preset settings for each purpose including conversion to PDF and color scanning You can scan easily by selecting a preset lll From the Operation Panel 1 Place the document s Placing Documents T e J L wm iiij Press E23 Use A W to select Remote Scanner and press 53 E salet a um pe Waiting m From a Computer 4 Double click the Canon MF Toolbox icon on the desktop MF Toolbox starts Select the scan type Click the icon for the type of scan you want to perform Mail The scanned document is sent as an e mail attachment You can also save it to the computer and manually attach it to an e mail later t OCR Characters in the document are extracted as text data through OCR optical character recognition processing You can edit the extracted data by using an OCR software Specify the OCR software in advance Save The scanned
344. ee pI E A ORO spo oa T P B E diu Wee femin loch Wig OO amp eningsfoegismation Haire plem Maraga Foten E n i Viena E gore gt Pagar fete nna satanic baa p Dias Tee kiker thai Treat amiga cll bo pacis s Ba raaa posmi lx zsad OFF arci DH a D Ta ad i Ke ned Certa Lise TES neas ee hared Da Tyee charga a Eng arci Corie im Acfsarficason Vietked a lurnciza ndi be vada pean I canceled in Care mg doem Dep Deeiinge Te change Da lun Cama Pomme Sang Dea SSL ment bouge On gs Pea Pansi LI Serine paga in Fan Sins 1 z Fan Seeing zz WET M3 1X kariere Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON NOTE You can enable or disable the IEEE 802 1X authentication from 45 GIEEE 802 1X Settings LINKS 2 Configuring Settings for Key Pairs and Digital Certificates 444 676 0ALJ 0A7 Configuring Settings for Key Pairs and Digital Certificates In order to encrypt communication with a remote device an encryption key must be sent and received over an unsecured network beforehand This problem is solved by public key cryptography Public key cryptography ensures secure communication by protecting important and valuable information from attacks such as sniffing spoofing and tampering of data as it flows over a network Key Pair A key pair consists of a public key and a secret key both of which are required for encrypting or decrypting data Becaus
345. eet 50 sheet paper g sheets sheets Color paper 60 to 74 g m 250 sheets 50 sheets 100 to 110 g m2 2 120 to 130 g m2 2 50 sheets Coated paper pe hese 155 to 165 g m2 2 210 to 220 g m Transparency 3 20 sheets Label 50 sheets 20 sheets Envelope 10 sheets 5 sheets 1 Automatic 2 sided printing is available without replacing paper 2 Auto 2 sided printing is available on A4 or Letter size paper 3 Use laser printer transparencies MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Paper Type Paper Capacity for Paper Drawer Paper Capacity for Manual Feed Slot Plain paper 60 to 90 g m 150 sheets 1 sheet 85 to 120 g m 120 sheets 1 sheet Heavy paper 121 to 163 g m 100 sheets 1 sheet Recycled paper 60 to 74 g m 150 sheets 1 sheet 640 676 llPaper Type and Setting for the Machine Color paper Coated paper Transparency 1 Label Index Card Envelope 60 to 74 g m 100 to 110 g m 111 to 130 g m 131 to 160 g m 161 to 220 g m 1 Use laser printer transparencies Loading Paper IB Printable Area The shaded areas in the image below indicate the printable area of the document 5 mr 5 mr 5mm 5mm 150 sheets 100 sheets 50 sheets 50 sheets 15 sheets 10 sheets 641 676 mL sheet sheet sheet sheet sheet sheet Copy Specifications Scan Resolution Output Resolution Copy Ratio Copy Speed 1 A4 Plain Direct Continuous Copying Capacity
346. efix code using the numeric keys select Pause press fj and then press Apply If you do not insert a pause the prefix code is not registered Memory Lock Settings Select whether to store received faxes without immediately printing them Stored fax documents can be printed at any time by changing the setting to Off Storing Received Faxes into Memory Memory Reception Off On Memory Lock PIN Report Print Off Ont Memory Lock Time Off t On Memory Lock Start Time Memory Lock End Time Select Country Region 3 Specify the country or region where the machine is used The default setting may vary depending on the setting selected at initial power on Turning ON the Power and Configuring Initial Settings Austria AT Netherlands NL Belarus BY Norway NO Belgium BE Poland PL Czech Republic CZ Portugal PT Denmark DK Russia RU Egypt EG Saudi Arabia SA Finland FI Slovenia SI France FR South Africa ZA Germany DE Spain ES Greece GR Sweden SE Hungary HU Switzerland CH 536 676 Ireland IE Ukraine UA Italy IT Great Britain GB Jordan JO Other Luxembourg LU System Management Settings Select Country Region ES Select a country or region p gt amp Forwarding Settings 1 3 Select whether to forward all the received fax documents to a specified destination In addition to a fax number you can also specify an e mail add
347. eg Pipay Seninqu Lisa Preery D Click Register Default Key on the right of the key pair you want to use 431 676 Ves due dee Penin Foch h FFretarencuz ZzErgaFzpk i zs Syme inre mark Erga Harai birg 5 TCPAP Stings Key ond Cerik Ppa Sinking Sunirnga Ania Sia La IDE D dra Roy asd ICTTERTI CT Ticar ami Pis and Tita biamag F Aegieteeee Fap ard Furious Bias Kay Hota Key Casque Latham j ima al Fax Samira c Scan obige blauer Us Print amnia Derren Serre NOTE Viewing details of a certificate You can check the details of the certificate or verify the certificate by clicking the corresponding text link under Key Name or the certificate icon Verifying Key Pairs and Digital Certificates 6 Enable SSL for the Remote UI 1 Click Security Settings Remote UI Settings E diu Wee fanim Pooh hp Fiennes Paper betting Bej aera onini pls emis Tiree aie fection Seti Key and Dati ar aie Cer Sg CA Cote EL app reas Piet Santee Fan Saa Uer cu m o Scan Seine bigory Ue Prinr Samia Tem MAC iaa Fi aee Fonxca E coena Eae incar abrir PT RR uri Sele dpa gesund ri liz pari il M a aza reni Veg due Wee Paim Foch h Firem ED r Papae bern idea lig Ta LT De e rei ga Ties ie V action Seinen Corman mg Dipp real ga z Scan Peine Degen EM 3 Select the Use SSL check box and click OK Ves die ys Penes
348. eichen Scire Cora Sarg Capp ires gs Fn Sales D Zara Zomn Sobre Eher Ve Prog oie dp peat fered If Pao paeem Z Click Edit in IPv6 Settings 342 676 Se Cn n etri rn len Wee Fava Foch hp brenil spon HE Opin Semis gt bum Feria briana leas Ac qui Hin HaTe Dich Dami Lunde WP een arg a Blaue akin Lira Pri WAHE Sait ines Titty Roby ons LUA Fiat Seciaga la f eer cH BE A ns net erri idi tr E diu Vae famin loch hip t mon ara C psswos Samega Copy Hang Fan Sirga E Ed bletar Moris Prink Seziegu fone tati Dips ipsi rorem qs bream Upaan eninge i BE 0D EAR GRE Oe CO DE feas Sa Tis Link d rad kiisi D OXUOEHU DERE OEOHMMMI PEE OE p gt Scio Manaquerend rai Lee B Depam D hangar BH Me Me 600 08 99 ER n0 E Hekrork astra E Benati fericugs nisle Fakiren 3 pas cabo ead Cee 0060 5950 pega ben Pena Mara yazir Pret Lane 3 SEDA Fire py Te ade en QS COOL BAR BE DOCOH AUD E DOO krpami spun gt aimee Meria kiwi lani Frade i anne d Sintetews ddremz S DORE DERE COEOHSHII PERS DOERCI Arh Lege LI Blama ihi eaa E DEBES OO HH HHIHH HAOI Grade ange E lies Visual Acidiess OP dija Pret Lim Cera Hra atm en lise Gilet Steel kiia DESEE CECO BAI HHIHH HHO Fini Langit Li DAS bomagan unm HS Sarrar Piddranar DODO NHN Oo IHE DOO d Use IPv6 Select the check box to enable IPv6 on the machine When not using IPv6 clear the check box
349. elephone Ye igTo set the receive mode to Fax Tel Auto Switch Da you want to use this device Do you want to receive faxes for fax only mo telephone automatically but answer the telephone manually a mTo set the receive mode to Answering Machine Da you want to use this device for fax enly mo telephone j telephone manually wooo o o mlo set the receive mode to Manual Da you want to use this device for fax only mo telephone De you want to use an answering machine to answer the telephone i Da you want te receive faxes automatically but answer the teleghone manually De you want to use an answering machine to answer the telephone m 3 Press Apply gt Continue to Connecting the Telephone Line 47 676 LINKS Receiving Faxes 48 676 OALJ 00X Connecting the Telephone Line Connect the telephone line to the machine NOTE If you previously selected Set Up Later on the fax setup screen Registering the Fax Number and Unit Name press lt Fax Settings gt lt Fax Setup Guide gt to display the fax setup screen 1 Press Next One of the screens shown here is displayed after the receive mode has been set Selecting the Receive Mode Connect Telephone Line Connect Telephone Line Fefer to the illustration on the next screen to connect Refer to the illustration on the next screen to connect the lime to the follo
350. em in memory instead of printing However if this function is enabled the machine continues printing Offt On IMPORTANT When this function is enabled faxes may fade or blur Because received documents are not stored in memory you need to ask the sender to resend the document Fax Settings ES b lt RX Print Settings Continue Printing When Toner Is Low 3 On 3 b Fax Setup Guide 3 Select to display on screen instructions for specifying settings including the fax number and the telephone line type 2 Configuring Initial Settings for Fax Functions MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only 502 676 0ALJ 0C3 Scan Settings Hm All the settings about the scan are listed with short descriptions Default settings are marked with a dagger t Mesery Media Print Settings Printer Settings Adjustment Maintenance System anagesent Settings Initialize Menu NOTE Asterisks amp Settings marked with 1 are only available for the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn amp Settings marked with 2 cannot be imported or exported via the Remote UI 2 TX Function Settings USB Memory Settings Output File Image Settings Shortcut Key Settings TX Function Settings 1 Specify settings used for scanning documents to send as e mails or storing scanned documents in a shared folder You can register the sender name for e mails Change Default Settings Specify settings used
351. em manager is displayed This information is set in System Management on the Settings Registration page System Management Settings 460 676 ra Log on to the Remote UI A2 Starting Remote UI Status Monitor Cancel Device Information aa Lam ET 21 12 29 42 PI E CATH T FACES aset UP eo aiu E Pipa aci tel eee Lini Ke gne Bingen La mre Tappi CAMCN iC 2012 A agnis Hanan Checking Print Total Counter The total number of pages that have been printed by the copy print and fax functions is displayed ry Log on to the Remote UI Starting Remote UI Status Monitor Cancel Check Counter Ja erp d matr em Ws E e pets Pooh Wig Coorg SMCS IC VET AUI Pig Pharma LINKS Remote UI Screens 461 676 Setting Up Menu Options from Remote UI OALJ OAR You can change the various machine settings by using the Remote UI Most of the settings can be set also on the machine but some settings can only be set using the Remote UI NOTE You can change the settings under the System Management Settings only when you have logged on in System Manager Mode 1 Start the Remote UI starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Sho Remate Ul Portal Deska Baak Inleoraniza m x Urien Priv and ie priri Eana qp Bariy im en Fug tr rir ation ha err 3 Click the men G LIEU Veg Lim o ue Peete Poo wig Tiana S mU Lir Seed niire Tani TR plas Treas Toiy aen
352. emming is met de essenti le eisen en de andere Dutch relevante bepalingen van richtlijn 1999 5 EG Malti Hawnhekk CANON INC jiddikjara li FM48944 jikkonforma mal ti ijiet essenzjali u ma dispozizzjonijiet Maltese relevanti o ra tad Direttiva 1999 5 KE Magyar Alul rott CANON INC nyilatkozom hogy a FM48944 megfelel a vonatkoz alapvet k vetelm nyeknek s az Hungarian 1999 5 EC ir nyelv egy b el r sainak Polski Polish Niniejszym CANON INC o wiadcza e model FM48944 jest zgodny z zasadniczymi wymogami oraz pozosta ymi stosownymi postanowieniami Dyrektywy 1999 5 EC Portugu s Por este documento a CANON INC declara que o FM48944 est em conformidade com os requisitos essenciais e Portuguese outras disposi es relevantes da Diretiva 1999 5 CE Sloven ina Dru ba CANON INC izjavlja da je tiskalnik FM48944 skladni z bistvenimi zahtevami in ostalimi relevantnimi Slovenian dolo ili direktive 1999 5 ES Slovensky CANON INC t mto vyhlasuje e FM48944 sp a z kladn po iadavky a v etky pr slu n ustanovenia Smernice Slovak 1999 5 ES Suomi CANON INC vakuuttaa t ten ett FM48944 laite on direktiivin 1999 5 EY oleellisten vaatimusten ja sit Finnish koskevien direktiivin muiden ehtojen mukainen Svenska H rmed intygar CANON INC att denna FM48944 star i verensst mmelse med de v sentliga egenskapskrav och Swedish vriga relevanta best mmelser som framg r av direkt
353. emote UI before specifying this authentication method 2 Enabling SSL Encrypted Communication for the Remote UI Digital Signature Method The machine and the other devices authenticate each other by mutually verifying their digital signatures Generate or install the key pair beforehand 2 Configuring Settings for Key Pairs and Digital Certificates AH ESP Specify the settings for AH ESP which is added to packets during IPSec communication AH and ESP can be used at the same time You can also select whether or not to enable PFS for tighter security 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Pa Rimele Ui Pemai Misi m Gyser biaya Heep Ceska Baak hikar rese Sisins Primer de Bunch tr print Sanne qp Bariy tect Faa d Bariy tr sere or renit Pacers ji recor Irbrrrratian Ha eren 3 Click Security Settings IPSec Settings MFRS fortes MOC pe 7 Sittings furgiaaratian Miu Symes Manager Help Helwan ee TamrzzTzckali cs aruis Paper Satin eei Sem eC oleae Sep ae iE ap Sac erly Tha Tiras Satire uua un ecen Scire Y ir Fp mn ry bpp rejs Fn Satire Scan hing hipt Mei Pren Saige Pamor Teama Lea Apiti Hib lina Eige irg a Ea e Lipper Eara Fraisici IE Tunc Selbe pE ppn impara Soper Z Click Edit 435 676 Ves due s Penim looh h LLZNENCIILITII IT NE 71077 Fehmer
354. en though unknown ID jobs functions that permit operations without a Department ID and PIN were disabled in the Department ID Management Enable unknown ID jobs in System Manager Mode in Remote UI Blocking Jobs When Department ID Is Unknown 703 Data could not be written because the memory space that was allocated for images was full when sending an e mail or storing to a shared folder If another sending document is queued wait for a while until it is completed and send again Divide the document into multiple sections before sending Delete the documents that are stored in memory Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON 752 An e mail could not be sent because an incorrect SMTP server name was set Check the SMTP server name and correct the setting Configuring Basic E mail Settings Configuring Advanced E mail Settings An e mail could not be sent because an incorrect domain name was set Check the domain name and correct the setting Configuring DNS An e mail could not be sent because the machine was not connected to a network correctly Check whether the machine is properly installed and correctly connected to the network GG Installation Settings Problems H 753 566 676 755 801 802 804 Scanned data could not be e mailed or stored to the shared folder because the LAN cable is disconnected Check whether the LAN cable is
355. encrypted communication to a POP server failed when sending an e mail with POP before SMTP Check the SSL encrypted communication settings in the POP server Clear the Use SSL check box for the POP server If the problem persists clear the Use POP before SMTP check box and set the communication setting to a setting other than POP before SMTP Configuring Advanced E mail Settings When verifying an SSL server certificate to communicate to the POP server a verification error occurred Check that the CA certificate that signed the SSL server certificate on the POP server side is registered to the machine by using the Remote UI Verifying Key Pairs and Digital Certificates Check that the SSL server certificate on the POP server side is valid Check that the SSL server certificate is not a self signed certificate it 846 An e mail could not be sent due to a POP authentication failure Check the setting and try again Configuring Advanced E mail Settings 852 The machine turns OFF for some reason Check whether the power plug is inserted into an outlet firmly 569 676 853 A document could not be printed because its data size exceeded the machine s upper processing capability The machine may not be able to print documents with many pages Reduce the number of pages per printing or print when no print job is queued or no document is being printed If you are still unable to print check the
356. enter DC followed by a host name a dot delimited character string in the Active Directory domain name and separate each of the entries with a comma If the domain name is john example com for example enter DC john DC example DC com Server Address 192 168 222 10 Position to Start Search Port Number 380 1 565535 Port Number Enter the port number used for communicating with the LDAP server Search Timeout Specify how long the machine searches Enter between 30 and 300 seconds Login Information Select Do Not Use Use or Use Security Authentication depending on the type of authentication implemented by the LDAP 384 676 server When Use or Use Security Authentication is selected the user name and password must be specified Do Not Use Select not to authenticate the machine using the login information Use Select to authenticate the machine using the login information Select to use data obtained by Kerberos a network authentication protocol for the authentication password If this setting is selected the clock of the machine needs to be synchronized with that of the LDAP server Use Security Authentication User Name Enter the user name of the machine that was registered to the LDAP server Depending on the type of characters used up to 120 characters can be entered When Use is selected for Login Information enter the user name in the form domain name user name
357. enter the wrong characters press Press to delete each character one by one press and hold to delete all the input characters at once To make it easier to specify destinations by using other methods such as the Address Book see Specifying Destinations for Faxes Fax Humber Max 120 Digits zx c 128000 NOTE When Confirm Entered Fax Number is set to On a screen appears that prompts you to enter the destination again G Checking Destinations before Sending Documents Enter the same destination again for confirmation BTo send overseas F4 Enter the international access code the country code the area code and the fax number to specify the destination 1 Enter the international access code Fax Humber Max 120 Digits zx ron 2 Use A to select Pause and press fj p pause is inserted between numbers In this case 012 will be dialed first then two seconds later the next number will be dialed NOTE Inputting pauses is optional however consecutive numbers that are input without pauses may not be recognized correctly Pauses can be inserted continuously One pause inserts 4 seconds of waiting time This time can be changed as necessary 2Set Pause Time 133 676 Fa n x Humber Max 120 Digits amp e Pause O l Ro Apply 3 Enter the country code the area code and the fax number Fax Humber Max 120 Digits Y j s 012 p051XXXXOEX
358. ep 9 For Network Connection Le Proceed to step 7 7 Select the machine to be installed 1 Select the machine 2 Click Next Select Ene device fam the device list and click Mes If the device i rot ked in the dence kt chek Search by IP Address and specify the device IP address manually Device List geaich by IP Adckess Update Device List Hex Camel If no machines are displayed in Device List Perform the following procedure 1 Check the following The computer and machine are connected via the network The machine is turned on The IP address is set correctly The computer and machine are on the same subnet Security software has been exited 2 Click Update Device List If any machines are not displayed by performing the above procedure perform the following procedure 1 Click Search by IP Address 2 Enter the IP address of the machine to be installed amp Confirming IP Address Settings fthe IP address of the machine is between 169 254 1 0 and 169 254 254 255 the IP address is the one assigned by the AutolP function If an IP address other than link local addresses is set for the computer set an IP address in the same subnet as the computer other than link local addresses also for this machine manually 12 74 This enables the installer to search for this machine e Manual gt Setting IPv4 Address IP Add ess
359. er files with higher image quality CO Selecting a File Format Image Level in Text Photo Mode or Photo Mode Data Size Priority Normal t Image Quality Priority Image Level in Text Mode Data Size Priority Normal t Image Quality Priority Shortcut Key Settings 2 Register scan settings for the sci ANd sanse keys The settings include the computer that scanned images are saved in the type of scan color or black and white and the file format PDF or JPEG Registering these settings enables you to scan documents into a specified computer just by pressing a key You can view the registered settings by selecting Confirm Destination Scanning Using the Scan PC Key Register Scan gt PC1 Off USB Connection 505 676 Color Scant B amp W Scan Custom 1 Custom 2 Network Connection Color Scant B amp W Scan Custom 1 Custom 2 Scan PC2 Off t USB Connection Color Scant B amp W Scan Custom 1 Custom 2 Network Connection Color Scant B amp W Scan Custom 1 Custom 2 Confirm Destination Scan gt PC1 Scan gt PC2 506 676 OALJ 0C4 Memory Media Print Settings All the settings are about the memory media print listed with short descriptions Default settings are marked with a dagger t Printer Settings Adjustment Maintenance System anagesent Settings Initialize Menu NOTE Asterisks Settings marked with 1 are only available when the optional paper drawer drawe
360. er from O to 254 Notification Interval Specify how often the machine notifies imageWARE of its power status Enter a number in seconds from 60 to 65535 j Click OK D Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON LINKS G Entering Sleep Mode 395 676 0ALJ 095 Security Confidential information is handled by information devices everywhere including computers and printers and any of these devices may become a target for malicious third parties at anytime Attackers may directly gain unauthorized access to your devices or indirectly take advantage of negligence or improper use Either way you may incur unanticipated losses when your confidential information is leaked To counter these risks the machine is equipped with a variety of security functions Set the necessary configuration depending on your network environment la Establishing the Basics of Information Security Protecting the Machine from Unauthorized Access W Preparing for Risks from Negligence or Misuse Restricting the Machine s Printing a Document Secured by a PIN Secure Print MF8580Cdw Functions MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Implementing Robust Security Features Implementing Robust Security Features 396 676 0ALJ 096 Protecting the Machine from Unauthorized Access Prevent unauthorized third parties from accessing and using the machine You can implement multiple security m
361. er is connected to a network 3 If a dialup router does not need to pass broadcast packets set the dialup router so that the broadcast packets will not pass If the dialup router needs to pass broadcast packets check whether the settings are correct If a DNS server is located in an external network set the IP address to be connected not the host name even if connecting to the devices that are on the network that is connected to the machine If a DNS server is located on a network that is connected to the machine and the information about the devices that are connected to an external network is registered to the DNS server check whether the settings are correct When the machine cannot connect to the wireless LAN Check the status of your computer Have the settings of the computer and the wireless router been completed Are the cables of the wireless router including the power cord and LAN cable correctly plugged in Is the wireless router turned on If the problem persists even after checking the above Turn off the devices and then turn them on again Wait for a while and try again to connect to the network v 2 x l Check whether the machine is turned ON If the machine is turned ON turn it OFF and then turn it back ON v Check the installation site of the machine and the wireless router 3 Am Is the machine too far from the wireless router y Are there any obstacles such as
362. ered m recs Sines Prima f Bardy ie priri kanma di Bondy i en Faa dp Sane tr sere or cece fee tr I nirrrr giis ha ern 3 Click Network Settings TCP IP Settings Fiane Fr iing Tonne ep s an D eds rel d Tisass amie fein laren Comes Serge Copp trea gs Fan Salus Zon Setting bieman Uwe Print Samia Derr Sergo D Epes ete d Co gos bitur pe ob tZ apr Sele t papir be rarest ill Bla ree Sy ee Aarts Li ee E hipi Sprig meer HU etg praes C2 1 patron ames Pray baigs Usa Prosy Beco hor oyary Sactings Dees pry Peper e pus arm D Select the Use Proxy check box and specify the required settings 415 676 ler OO Settings Registration Fuime Sakra Rikisi erui Veeg Teina Hatwwdt Sailings TOPAF oiirkge Eda rosy Take Serial CEE Lon ilu bl retia IL ELE DELI Chores will ho ascia ee a maa posmi iz eed OF srid OH Tires ELI ledien Scitinm Comta mg ok Casca Copy ires A die Prey HTTP Prey wii djia Fan Sau Eon hiing bieti Usus Pri saminid HTTP Prem Seren Pori Fiomter rr Derren Herreg Dupi Settings Vp Prosy ainda bag Dee Pe Li ajn Epia kips Prou drei inc abaa briet papper Ibisi hiire Ile part 1 Pana gm meni Wm Reick pega k Filii Contec Margen Segoe ariy bieg bipi ap n buair tariu iri mona Tap CANCHA KE DOR ANP Aria Use Proxy Select the check box to use the specified proxy server when communicating with an HTTP server HTTP Proxy Server A
363. eren Coresa Gear Kay Koma Kew Lang Carico Copy Seetings bey wel 531 a Ries Chg ry Fan Rare bay mac rl Register Delgail Kay Zan hiing bieta Lijek Pri panmi fe m NOTE LI Viewing details of a key pair or certificate You can check the details of the certificate or verify the certificate by clicking the corresponding text link under Key Name or the certificate icon Verifying Key Pairs and Digital Certificates 3 Specify the Valid for and Authentication Encryption DH Group settings 1 0 Specify the IPSec Network Settings ES Lice iig iiaa Biggest Math enis alos SHA andi SHE m Ear pice Y EA aed AES CBE n H Giro apap Fide Am rum 8 655383 BiB ERR irn A be She Se Aion y ESF ESP AEE GC Mf AH OUT aai e Jat OG aed A S LEC om Cn GAH FPE Xl gee s Use PFS Select the check box to enable Perfect Forward Secrecy PFS for IPSec session keys Enabling PFS enhances the security while increasing the load on the communication Make sure that PFS is also enabled for the other devices Specify by Time Specify by Size Set the conditions for terminating a session for IPSec SA IPSec SA is used as a communication tunnel Select either or both of the check boxes as necessary If both check boxes are selected the IPSec SA session is terminated when either of the conditions has been satisfied Specify by Time Enter a time in minutes to specify how long a session lasts LR eh Ente
364. erior front and back side and interior and how they function In addition to describing the parts of the machine used for such basic operations as placing documents loading paper and replacing the toner cartridges this section also describes the keys on the operation panel and display Read this section for tips on how to use the machine properly Front Side G Back Side Interior Manual Feed Slot Paper Drawer Operation Panel Shortcut Keys Display 53 676 0ALJ 011 Front Side MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw MF8230Cn 1 Feeder Automatically feeds documents into the machine for scanning When two or more sheets are loaded in the feeder documents can be scanned continuously Placing Documents Operation panel The operation panel consists of keys such as the numeric keys and Start key a display and status indicators You can perform all the operations and specify settings from the operation panel Operation Panel Display Front cover Open the front cover when replacing toner cartridges or clearing paper jams How to Replace Toner Cartridges Clearing Jams Paper drawer Load the type of paper you frequently use into the paper drawer Loading Paper in the Paper Drawer Power switch Turns the power ON or OFF To restart the machine turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON Ventilation slots Air from inside the machine is vented out to cool
365. ers Windows 8 Server 2012 Right click the lower left corner of the screen select Control Panel View devices and printers WE Displaying Shared Printers in the Print Server 1 Open Windows Explorer Windows XP Vista 7 Server 2003 Server 2008 Start select All Programs or Programs Accessories Windows Explorer Windows 8 Server 2012 Right click the lower left corner of the screen select File Explorer 2 Select Network or My Network Places and double click the computer set up as a print server To view computers on the network you may need to turn on network discovery or search the network for computers Check if your shared printer is displayed wi t Hee MA PE Urgseipe Heiek ated Shin Certe ae emos praet Ye Feel J shared NE Geak haie Ji Geemicacs E Recent Places Es Shared Ponie Z all E Libraries Documenis ah Mur ae Pbures Vid ene a Congute amp Local fk pty Rifrerea boe Desk E Thi Narteec rk LU 4 beri WE Displaying the CD ROM Setup or Select language Screen If your computer does not display the CD ROM Setup or Select language screen after inserting the CD ROM follow the procedure below The CD ROM drive name is indicated as D in this manual The CD ROM drive name may differ depending on the computer you are using 665 676 Windows XP Server 2003 1 Start select Run 2 Enter D MMinst exe for
366. ers Example Canon 1 95 676 I e e O WO OO N Q Ui BR U N e Press lt A a 12 gt or x repeatedly until lt A gt is selected Press 2 repeatedly until the letter C is selected Press lt A a 12 gt or x repeatedly until a is selected Press 2 repeatedly until the letter a is selected Press 6 repeatedly until the letter n is selected Press 6 repeatedly until the letter o is selected Press 6 repeatedly until the letter n is selected Press 1 repeatedly until the symbol is selected Press lt A a 12 gt or x repeatedly until 12 is selected Press 1 Press Apply 96 676 0ALJ 01Y Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only You can register frequently used destinations in the Address Book and easily select them when needed You can register up to 200 destinations in the Address Book Destinations can be searched alphabetically from lists in the Address Book or by entering three digit numbers coded dial numbers You can also specify destinations more quickly by using the following features B Favorites Registering a lot of addresses in the Address Book makes it difficult to find the destination you need To avoid this situation register frequently used destinations as Favorites Destinations registered in Favorites can be searched from the Favorites list lt s tab in the Address Book You can register up
367. ers for the common name of the certificate as necessary Common Name is often abbreviated as CN 6 Click rok A key pair may take approximately 10 to 15 minutes to generate After a key pair is generated it is automatically registered to the machine LINKS Using CA issued Key Pairs and Digital Certificates Verifying Key Pairs and Digital Certificates Enabling SSL Encrypted Communication for the Remote UI 2 Configuring IPSec Settings 447 676 0ALJ 0A9 Using CA issued Key Pairs and Digital Certificates Key pairs and digital certificates can be obtained from a certification authority CA for use with the machine You can store and then register these files by using the Remote UI Make sure that the key pair and the certificate satisfy the requirements of the machine Key and Certificate Requirements Up to five key pairs and 10 CA certificates including the five preinstalled certificates can be registered 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Sho Remate Ul Portal Esta Baak hikareti rs kx Salus Prkaa dian e priri Seam dp arj mosca Faa qp am rr are w ceive Pe tress Irirrrr tiers ha erro 3 Click Security Settings Key and Certificate Settings for key pairs or CA Certificate Settings for CA certificates eee cosa 5 anno Lo eda hiemis Tiree ain ledin eina Cores mg Capa 5 rear gs Fi
368. es Receiving Faxes E Specifying Scanning Settings amp 5 j 5i FO eal ol po mj Adjusting Density Adjusting Sharpness Scanning 2 Sided Documents MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only E Specifying Destinations Simply and Quickly js i L F e TII EI n mei y 2 Specifying from Address Book 2 Specifying Previously Used Specifying Destinations in an Fax Destinations Fax LDAP Server Fax ll Sending and Receiving According to Your Purposes 131 676 Making a Call before Sending QO Sending Faxes to Multiple Faxes Manual Sending Destinations Simultaneously Sequential Broadcast Forwarding Received Faxes Receiving Fax Information Services mm Sending Faxes Directly from Your Computer Sending Faxes from Your Computer PC Fax 132 676 Storing Received Faxes into Memory Memory Reception 0ALJ 032 Sending Faxes NOTE You need to complete some procedures before using fax functions Configuring Initial Settings for Fax Functions MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only 1 Place the document s Placing Documents 2 Press H 3 Enter the destination using the numeric keys and press Apply s If your machine is connected to a PBX Private Branch Exchange use A W to select lt R gt and press j before entering the destination If R is not available you need to register the R key settings R Key Setting s If you
369. es cannot be connected via a USB hub or an extension cable Do not use USB memory devices with special functions such as built in security functions NOTE The USB memory port of the machine supports USB 2 0 amp If a folder in a USB memory device has many files scanning image files to print will take more time Use your computer to delete unnecessary files on your USB memory device or move them to a different folder 1 Connect a USB memory device to the USB memory port IMPORTANT Do not remove the USB memory device or shock or shake the device or the machine when data is being read or written Also do not turn OFF the machine while the processing is in progress Press USB PRINT 231 676 2 3 Use A W to select Select File and Print and press fj Select the printing method J NOTE Index Print You can print thumbnails of the image files JPEG only stored in a USB memory device To print the images in thumbnails select Index Print on the screen and proceed to the next step 4 Select the file to print and press Q You can select multiple files T folderi image D1 jpg 03 03 2013 1 image 03 jpg 03 03 2013 1 image 04 jpg 03 03 2013 1 To clear a selection select the file you have selected marked as 4 and press 53 To display the contents of a folder select a folder and press or Ij To return to the folder in the upper level press Back or f
370. ess Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Onl Registering Destinations in the Address Book 2 676 10 12 13 15 16 18 20 23 26 28 30 32 33 36 38 40 42 43 44 45 47 49 51 53 54 56 57 58 59 60 63 64 67 68 71 74 77 80 82 84 85 86 88 90 93 95 97 98 Registering Destinations for Favorites Registering Multiple Destinations for Group Dial Adjusting the Volume Entering Sleep Mode Setting Auto Shutdown Time MF8540Cdn MF8230Cn Onl Copying Basic Copy Operations Selecting Copy Paper Canceling Copies Various Copy Settings Enlarging or Reducing Selecting Document Type Adjusting Density Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Sharpness 2 Sided Copving MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Onl Copving Multiple Documents onto One Sheet 2 on 1 4 on 1 Using the Paper Save Co Ke Copying Both Sides of an ID Card onto One Page Erasing Dark Borders and Frame Lines Erase Frame Collating Copies by Page Configuring Copy Settings to Your Needs Changing Default Settings Registering Frequently Used Copy Settings Faxing Sending Faxes Canceling Sending Faxes Various Fax Settings Adjusting Resolution Adjusting Density Adjusting Sharpness Scanning 2 Sided Documents MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Specifying Destinations for Faxes Specifying with Numeric Keys Fax Specifying from Address Book Fax Specifying Previously Used Destinations Fax Specifying Destinations in a
371. ess LAN to wired LAN change the connection method to Wired LAN beforehand Selecting Wired LAN or Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only If using the machine in your office consult your Network Administrator 1 Check the device and network settings Has the LAN cable been properly connected to the computer and router For more information see the instruction manuals included with the devices you are using or contact the device manufacturers Have the network settings been completed on the computer If the network has not been set up properly you will not be able to use the machine on the wired LAN network even if you perform the rest of the procedure below 2 Connect a LAN cable Connect the machine to a router by using a LAN cable Push the connector in until it clicks into place 3 Wait approximately 2 minutes While you wait the IP address is set automatically NOTE You can set the IP address manually Setting IP Addresses 4 Check that the settings have been completed properly Ea 1 Check the IP address 2 Viewing Network Settings Write down the IP address that is displayed 2 Open a Web browser on the computer 3 Enter http the IP address of the machine in the address field and press the ENTER key If a Remote UI screen like the one shown here is displayed a proper connection has been established 40 676 Canon aynen Wea ger Mori Sitter
372. ess router is equipped with Wi Fi Protected Setup WPS configuring your network is automatic and easy If your networking devices do not support automatic configuration or if you want to specify authentication and encryption settings in detail you need to manually set up the connection Make sure that your computer is correctly connected to the network Setting Up Connection Using WPS 2Manually Setting Up Connection IMPORTANT Risk of information leak Use wireless LAN connection at your own discretion and at your own risk If the machine is connected to an unsecured network your personal information might be leaked to a third party because radio waves used in wireless communication can go anywhere nearby even beyond walls Wireless LAN security The wireless LAN security that is supported by the machine is listed below For the wireless security compatibility of your wireless router see the instruction manuals for your networking devices or contact your manufacturer 128 104 64 40 bit WEP WPA PSK TKIP AES CCMP WPA2 PSK TKIP AES CCMP NOTE Required devices for wireless LAN connection The machine does not come with a wireless router Have the router ready as necessary amp The wireless router must conform to IEEE 802 11b g n and be able to communicate in 2 4 GHz bandwidth For more information see the instruction manuals for your networking devices or contact your manufacturer Setting Up Connection
373. esu install thee maeuals on your cempiier yos can 73g dii play She fafa mella ul ung ha CEIHFSCHUI C Frae Dizk Space z rT WB Space Reqaieed Im install T2 MB Oe o The options to be displayed differ depending on your country or region 9 Read the License Agreement and click Yes License Agreement Please read fne Piir license agrecmerni compe ans caretully belore inzialling Ee sofware programa CANON SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT _ This i a le ali greene Arama nt bebwesn you aad Cason inc Canen and quvsrning your ase of Canoa s soffmare programs inriudisg the related maras nr am prir ed materi heren ite Software for partis Canon s copyieg machines Minter and rsuitifanrfion al periph ec als Ihe Products ip CAREFULLY AMI UNDERSTAND ALL OF THE RIGHTS ADRES TREC TRS DE SCESIBEL IH THIS AGREEMEHT BEFORE UNIG THE SOFTWARE HY CLICEING THE BUTT OM IHISCATIHG OUR ACCEPTANCE AS STATED BELOW Oft Sim THE SOFTWARE YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AMD COMNTETKETS OF THIS AGREEMENT F YOU TK MOT AGREE TO THE FOLLOWERS TERMY ARD CONDITICH S OF THIS AGREEIMEHT DO BOT USE THE SOT MO REFUND VALL i NUUDE KECALUSE THE SORTE Vi S PR ORSDED TO TOU AT NO CHARGE L GRANT OF LECENSE Casos granis yos d parscondgl birepad and nen asxcluara cesse Ip use use as aed Brei abhal mciede Tg kii ein pcorssisg execubng or dispiassmgb te Software sabes far the at wh Producrs one on compulerg direc oF vis nabuirh Connected
374. et correctly Set the SMTP server name correctly Configuring Basic E mail Settings Configuring Advanced E mail Settings No access privileges to access the shared folder are granted 567 676 Check whether the user name and password that are registered to the destination are consistent with the user account user name and password that is registered to the shared folder For more information about shared folders see Send Setting Guide included with the User Software CD ROM For more information about how to register destinations see Setting a Shared Folder as a Save Location or Registering Address Book from Remote UI MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only it 806 When storing data to a shared folder an incorrect user name or password was specified Register the user account the same user name and password that is registered to a computer to the destination of the Address Book Setting a Shared Folder as a Save Location Registering Address Book from Remote UI MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only When sending an e mail an incorrect destination was specified Enter the correct e mail address and send the message again If the destination that was registered in the Address Book was used check whether the e mail address is correct Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 810 When communicating with the POP server to send an e m
375. evice of the setis must suppert these funes Fokya fus steps bela T Duslery the Information Fiequined for the Settings Check deme t See egal gy ere etis Gode ee ee y vihnar pou paar Terre E nacti Fer Lea hare lab Cash both ha toal are ard Saling Guide to perform me Hinga adie Reader pr Adobe Acracat Aerie ip required 5o dapi tha PDF oghes marais NOTE If the screen below appears Click Yes To use this progam you mus remove all fineveall blocks set agains ihi program De you want be change the Windows Fisemall settings ie thal the Wirdcws Freaall bleh wall be rre To make the setting steir re also necessary to allow exceptione i Wires NOTE If the machine is not displayed in Device List Click Search Again If the problem persists click Search by IP Address enter the IP address of the machine and then click OK 6 Confirm the settings and click OK 2 Click Start to i Jem leger NE BALISE AL ere jorge hind P aan E diu Wee fain Foch H Band Function Setting Ten Siting Carm Fir TP icon ag mele FET Fah BEPA by a iaag iah Cry d ABE QUK B PEAH kaji Drei Hass AFER Piihi aes AAF T Eau Liisi CAD CARO FRI 21 eager If the logon screen is displayed enter the appropriate ID and PIN in the corresponding text boxes and then click Logon 3 Click Store to Shared Folder Settings 367 676 IL it Wee Paene Foch
376. ext and fine lines with a clear finish If this setting is set to On Resolution and Gradation settings that are specified for Text Graphics and Image are disabled i Resolution Gradation Resolution Prints text and thin lines with clear edges Gradation Prints gradations such as those in graphics or photographic images with a smooth finish RGB Source Profile Ea Select the source profile for color matching to print RGB data according to the monitor you are using If you are using an SRGB compatible computer display and select sRGB the tone of printouts will be close to how they appear on your computer display Select Gamma 1 5 Gamma 1 8 or Gamma 2 4 to adjust the gamma value as necessary As the value gets bigger the printout becomes darker You can specify the setting separately for text graphics and images Text SRGB Gamma Gamma Gamma Graphics SRGB Gamma Gamma Gamma Image SRGB Gamma Gamma Gamma NOTE This setting is enabled only when CMS is selected in CMS Matching Gamma gt 523 676 Printer Settings 3 E lt PCL gt p RGB Source Profile ES Select lt Text gt lt Graphics gt or Image p Select the source profile p Output Profile ta Select the output profile for color matching It is recommended that you use the default lt Normal gt setting for printing text or graphic data and the lt Pho
377. f the above CD ROM Setup screen does not appear Windows XP and Server 2003 1 From the Start menu select Run 2 Enter D MInst exe and then click OK Windows Vista 7 and Server 2008 1 Enter D MInst exe in Start Search or Search programs and files under the Start menu 2 Press the ENTER key on the keyboard Windows 8 and Server 2012 1 Right click the lower left corner of the screen and select Run 2 Enter D MInst exe and then click OK The CD ROM drive name is indicated as D in this manual The CD ROM drive name may differ depending on the computer you are using 9 74 If the language selection screen is displayed before the CD ROM setup screen appears Select the language and click OK 3 When the following screen appears select the connection to a computer For USB Connection Select USB Connection and click Next Select the Type of Connection Saiaci tha tpe of cenam clon etwaen fie daxca amd your cemeutar z TED Dimen i o e I Rose a LESE cable da consec me denice io your compar d j i i ta Mehwork Consecton inn eS ms Gerace e yer corti pul vis ma fes he i Far mpeg amain en hz io comed fee primer sang a iness LAN refer dz mu Lang hora page For Network Connection Select Network Connection and click Next Select the Type of Connection Selects tpe of conem con batman fie dac and yvourcempulr R ae F 6 mu USB Comed
378. f the alert sound Off On Three Levels Fax Settings Basic Settings Off Hook Alarm ES On ES Select the volume of the alert sound lt Apply gt 496 676 TX Function Settings Specify settings for sending faxes Change Default Settings Specify settings used for sending faxes The selected settings are used as the default settings when scanning documents Changing Default Settings Resolution 200 x 100 dpi Normal 200 x 200 dpi Fine 200 x 200 dpi Photo 200 x 400 dpi Superfine 400 x 400 dpi Ultrafine Density Nine Levels 2 Sided Original Off t Book Type Calendar Type Sharpness Seven Levels Register Unit Name Fax Register the name of a company or person Registering the Fax Number and Unit Name The registered name is sent as sender information to the destination 2TX Terminal ID ECM TX t Enable or disable error correction mode ECM ECM checks for fax data errors and corrects them To reduce errors on received faxes see ECM RX Off Ont NOTE ECM must be enabled on both the machine and the other fax device because error checks are performed on both the sending and receiving devices Even when ECM is enabled errors may occur due to telephone line conditions amp It may take a longer time than usual to process data when ECM is enabled because the error checks and corrections are performed while the data is transmitted m
379. fault Settings Select the order of files that are displayed File Name Display Format Ea Select whether to display short or long text for file names that are stored in a USB memory device Short File Name Long File Namet Memory Media Print Settings File Name Display Format p Select Short File Name or Long File Name p File Name Display Format Short File Mame 508 676 e Short File Name Shortens a file name to as few as eight characters To distinguish files that have similar names numbers such as 1 or 2 are added at the end of the file names M Long File Name Displays a file name up to 20 characters NOTE The number of characters described above does not include the characters in file extensions such as jpg 509 676 0ALJ 0C5 Printer Settings Hm All the settings about the printer are listed with short descriptions Default settings are marked with a dagger 5can Settings t Mesery Media Print Settings Adjustment Maintenance System Managesent Sebtings Initialize Menu NOTE Asterisks Settings marked with an asterisk are only available for the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Priority of settings Settings that are specified in an application or on the printer driver will override those specified on the machine The settings described in this section are especially useful if you are printing on an operating syste
380. fied number is a telephone number Check Dial Tone Before Sending 1 EZ Select whether to check the dial tone before a fax number is dialed Off On Fax Settings ES TX Function Settings ES amp Check Dial Tone Before Sending p ES On ES RX Function Settings Specify settings for receiving faxes ECM RX ba Enable or disable error correction mode ECM ECM checks for fax data errors and corrects them To reduce errors on sent faxes see ECM TX Off Ont NOTE ECM must be enabled on both the machine and the other fax device because error check is performed on both the sending and receiving devices Even when ECM is enabled errors may occur due to telephone line conditions It may take a longer time than usual to process data when ECM is enabled because the error check and corrections are performed while the data is transmitted amp Fax Settings p lt RX Function Settings p ECMRX Im pe lt On gt Emo s Incoming Ring 1 L3 499 676 Specify settings for sounding a ring to notify you of incoming faxes This feature is only available when Auto or Fax Tel Auto Switch is selected for the receive mode Specify how many times the incoming call rings when the machine receives a fax call You can also disable the settings to prevent the incoming call from ringing Off On 1 to 2 to 99 times NOTE If you use this feature in the
381. figuring IEEE 802 1X Authentication Monitoring and Controlling the Machine with SNMP 433 676 0ALJ 0A5 Configuring IPSec Settings Internet Protocol Security IPSec or IPsec is a protocol suite for encrypting data transported over a network including Internet networks While SSL only encrypts data used on a specific application such as a Web browser or an e mail application IPSec encrypts either whole IP packets or the payloads of IP packets offering a more versatile security system The IPSec of the machine works in transport mode in which the payloads of IP packets are encrypted With this feature the machine can connect directly to a computer that is in the same virtual private network VPN Check the system requirements and set the necessary configuration on the computer before you configure the machine System Requirements 4 IPSec that is supported by the machine conforms to RFC2401 RFC2402 RFC2406 and RFC4305 Operating system Windows XP Vista 7 8 Server 2003 Server 2008 Server 2012 Connection mode Transport mode IKEv1 main mode Pre shared key Authentication method m Digital signature Hash algorithm HMAC SHA1 96 and key length HMAC SHA2 256 bits or 384 bits Key exchange protocol 3DES CBC Encryption algorithm and key length AES CBC 128 bits 192 bits or 256 bits Diffie Hellman DH Group 1 768 bits Group 2 1024 bits Group 14 2048 bits Hash algorithm HMAC SHA1 96 e 3DE
382. figuring Printing Protocols and WSD Functions Off Ont RAW Print Settings Enable or disable RAW a Windows specific printing protocol Configuring Printing Protocols and WSD Functions Off Ont WSD Settings Enable or disable automatic browsing and acquiring information for the printer or scanner by using the WSD protocol that is available on Windows Vista 7 8 Server 2008 Server 2012 Configuring Printing Protocols and WSD Functions WSD Print Settings Use WSD Print Off 478 676 Ont Use WSD Browsing Off Ont WSD Scan Settings Use WSD Scan Off t On Use Computer Scan Off t On Use Multicast Discovery Off Ont Use HTTP Enable or disable HTTP which is required for communications with a computer such as when using the Remote UI WSD printing or printing with Google Cloud Print Disabling HTTP Communication Off Ont Port Number Settings Change port numbers for protocols according to the network environment Changing Port Numbers LPD 1 to 5l5tT to 65535 RAW 1 to 9100 to 65535 HTTP 1 to 80t to 65535 POP3 2 1 to LIOT to 65535 SMTP 2 1 to 25t to 65535 SNMP 1 to 161t to 65535 WSD Search 1 to 3702 t to 65535 Multicast Discovery 1 to 427t to 65535 MTU Size Select the maximum size of packets the machine sends or receives Changing the Maximum Transmission Unit SNMP Settings Specify the settings for monitoring and controlling the machine from a computer running SNMP compat
383. files XXX is the extension for File the file format such as JPG For the first two numerical digits the same number is allotted as that of the folder Name number in which the files are saved For example The fifth JPEG file stored in the SCAN 01 folder is named SCANO105 JPG Disconnect the USB memory device from the USB memory port 1 Press 2 Press Status Monitor 3 Use A to select Device Status and press 753 4 Select Remove Memory Media and press 73 Wait until the message The memory media can be safely removed is displayed 5 Disconnect the USB memory device TIPS If you always want to scan with the same settings Changing Default Settings 286 676 287 676 0ALJ O6E Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only You can specify multiple destinations including Cc Bcc destinations just like you can when sending normal e mails 1 Place the document s Placing Documents L w J LEM iU j Press g Use A W to select E Mail and press 53 ia Select a scan typa Computer Remote Scanner USE Memory Windows 5MB m Enter the destination using the numeric keys and press Apply Pressing lt A a 12 gt toggles the input modes s If you enter the wrong characters press J Press to delete each character one by one press and hold to delete all the input characters at once
384. for Address Book GLimiting Available Destinations 421 676 0ALJ 09U Disabling Use of Previously Used Destinations You can disable selecting previously used destinations and settings from the transmission records for faxing or for scanning to e mail or a shared folder 1 Press 8 2 Use A W to select System Management Settings and press 3 If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press jp 2Logging on to the Machine Select Restrict TX Function Restrict Resending from Log CJ 4 Select On and press i E lt Off gt Enables use of previously used destinations M On Disables use of previously used destinations 5 Press 8 LINKS Limiting Available Destinations Prohibiting Sequential Broadcasting MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Specifying Previously Used Destinations Fax Specifying Previously Used Destinations 422 676 0ALJ 09W Checking Destinations before Sending Documents By entering the fax number twice you can reduce the risk of faxing to the wrong number due to input mistakes Use features described in this section if you send confidential documents Displaying the Screen for Confirming the Fax Number MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only GO Displaying Destinations in Address Book Displaying the Screen for Confirming the Fax Number MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only You can set the ma
385. for scanning documents to send as e mails or storing scanned documents in a shared folder The selected settings are used as the default settings when scanning documents Changing Default Settings Scan Size A4 t A5 File Format PDF Compact PDFt Density Nine Levels Original Orientation Portrait t Landscape Original Type Text Text Photo t Photo 2 Sided Original Off t Book Type Calendar Type Sharpness Seven Levels Data Size Small Memory Priority Standard t Large Image Quality Priority Subject Message Subject Attached Imaget Message 503 676 Reply To None t Specify from Address Book Priority Low Standard t High Windows SMB Scan Size AA t A5 File Format PDF Compact PDFt JPEG TIFF Density Nine Levels Original Orientation Portraitt Landscape Original Type Text Text Photot Photo 2 Sided Original Off t Book Type Calendar Type Sharpness Seven Levels Data Size Small Memory Priority Standardt Large Image Quality Priority Register Unit Name E Mail ea Register the sender name for e mails The registered name is displayed in e mails along with the e mail address If the sender name is not registered only the e mail address is displayed Scan Settings fj TX Function Settings ff Register Unit Name E Mail gt f Enter the sender name Apply USB Memory Settings Specify settings used for saving scanned do
386. ft Windows Windows Vista Windows Server Internet Explorer Word Excel and Power Point are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries This product contains the Universal Font Scaling Technology or UFST under license from Monotype Imaging Inc UFST is a trademark of Monotype Imaging Inc registered in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and may be registered in certain jurisdictions UFST Copyright 1989 1996 1997 2003 2004 2008 all rights reserved by Monotype Imaging Inc All other product and brand names are registered trademarks trademarks or service marks of their respective owners 675 676 0ALJ 0J1 Contact Us CANON INC 30 2 Shimomaruko 3 chome Ohta ku Tokyo 146 8501 Japan CANON MARKETING JAPAN INC 16 6 Konan 2 chome Minato ku Tokyo 108 8011 Japan CANON U S A INC One Canon Park Melville NY 11747 U S A CANON EUROPA N V Bovenkerkerweg 59 1185 XB Amstelveen The Netherlands CANON CHINA CO LTD 15F Jinbao Building No 89 Jinbao Street Dongcheng District Beijing 100005 PRC CANON SINGAPORE PTE LTD 1 HarbourFront Avenue 04 01 Keppel Bay Tower Singapore 098632 CANON AUSTRALIA PTY LTD 1 Thomas Holt Drive North Ryde Sydney NSW 2113 Australia CANON GLOBAL WORLDWIDE SITES http www canon com 676 676 Canon MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF amp 8280Cw MF8230Cn MF Driver Insta
387. function see Using Remote UI 627 676 OALJ 0H2 Going Digital From reams of paper to compact data There is so much more you can do after you go digital Scan and E mail MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only E mail scanned documents without even turning on your computer Just convert your scanned document into an e mail attachment right from the machine If you re one of those people who d rather send a fax than mess around with a computer this feature is for you For more information about this function see Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Scan and Share MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Say you ve got a paper copy of a report for a company wide meeting Scan it convert it and now everyone can see it It s saved directly in a shared folder on your network so there s no need to print out copies and pass them out Once you start talking about hundreds of pages of documents that everyone needs there s just no other way to go For more information about this function see Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Scan Only What You Need What if you re scanning a whole page of a newspaper but all you re really interested in is a headline and a photo Use ScanGear MF You can select what you want from a preview and then have the scanner disregard the rest Otherwise you ll have to use an e
388. fying Orientation of Your Document Adjusting Sharpness a PE P O Selecting a File Format Selecting Document Type Quality File Size Adjusting Balance between File Size and Image Quality 295 676 Adjusting Density Scanning 2 Sided Documents MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Setting Gamma Values 0ALJ 06J Specifying a Scanning Size You can specify the scanning size of your documents LINKS Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 2Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 296 676 0ALJ 06K Selecting a File Format POF You can select from four file formats into which documents are converted lt PDF gt lt PDF Compact gt lt TIFF gt and lt JPEG gt Scanned documents are converted into the file format specified here and then sent to the specified destination Not available when sending e mails NOTE lt PDF Compact gt compresses photos and illustrations on documents more than lt PDF gt The file will be smaller but the image quality of some documents or the number of documents that can be scanned at once may be lower If you select lt PDF Compact gt you can specify the compression level For the resolutions of each file format see Specifications for Scanning to Shared Folde
389. fying Paper Size and Type in the Manual Feed Slot LINKS Paper 79 676 0ALJ 01H Loading Envelopes Make sure to flatten any curls on envelopes before loading them Also pay attention to the orientation of envelopes and which side is face up Before Loading Envelopes 2In the Paper Drawer 2In the Manual Feed Slot NOTE This section describes how to load envelopes in the orientation you want as well as procedures that you need to complete before loading envelopes For a description of the general procedure for loading envelopes in the paper drawer or manual feed slot see Loading Paper in the Paper Drawer or Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Slot Before Loading Envelopes Follow the procedure below to prepare the envelopes before loading NOTE On the MF8280Cw MF8230Cn only one envelope at a time can be loaded in the manual feed slot Follow steps 1 to 3 in the procedure below to prepare the envelope for loading 1 Close the flap of each envelope 2 Flatten them to release any remaining air and make sure that the edges are pressed tightly 3 Loosen any stiff corners of the envelopes and flatten any curls 4 Align the edges of the envelope on a flat surface 80 676 In the Paper Drawer Load the envelopes Monarch MF8280Cw MF8230Cn only COM10 DL or ISO C5 in portrait orientation with the long edges on either side with the non glued side front side face up You cannot print on the rever
390. g 1 Sided gt 2 Sided 2 Sided gt 2 Sided 2 Sided gt 1 Sided mm A E lt Orig Fin Type Specify if you want to change the binding such as when copying book type documents in calendar type format ANB m1 Sided gt 2 Sided F4 If you want to copy portrait oriented documents in calendar type format short edge binding m Orig Fin Type Portrait fj Calendar Type p If you want to copy landscape oriented documents in book type format short edge binding Ben Orig Fin Type Landscape ff Book Type p 121 676 m2 Sided gt 2 Sided 4 If you want to create copies with a different binding type than the original Orig Fin Type Select the original orientation Select the original binding type Select the binding type for the finished copy which is different from that of the original document p m2 Sided gt 1 Sided This setting enables you to align the direction of the output paper When a 2 sided document is in portrait oriented calendar type format short edge binding ad n a m Orig Fin Type Portrait p Calendar Type When a 2 sided document is in landscape oriented book type format short edge binding m Orig Fin Type Landscape amp Book Type p LINKS 2Basic Copy Operations 2 Copying Multiple Documents onto One Sheet 2 on 1 4 on 1 Using the Paper Sa
391. g acd Cord cans retis Tess Homage Foe Hed Fg deu Lata F anciicn Settings Epam Hag ard Caricate i Coran Seg lt Dipp Saig Fis arna Fim Samras Scan ting bhy biiy Prie Saming Darrer See NOTE Deleting a key pair or CA certificate Click Delete on the right of the file you want to delete and then click OK 6 Click Browse specify the file to install and click Start Installation za P eem DA AEA on serine ber rtd btw Vis di eee Pmi lo h Settings Registration a a l Fehmern tzErgzFzgkiilbos Syne Veep ga acair Sonig Key and Cetim Sesings Rogie Kan Pagar Sabinen zd Calico tall Kay and coruliczic p EE UC IE ri kaal By and 7 ori cata rei ga 1 Bge hae He paths al thee lo acid cebcabe ko install ren ge Dick Bera per EE eni seers Cermna Sg st f Cipp trea parity ie 2 Scan sizing Riper Lap Pra sa miis z Derer Seer The key pair or CA certificate is installed in the machine Register the key pair or CA certificate B Registering a key pair 1 Click Register on the right of the key pair you want to register 2 Enter the name of the key pair and password and then click OK zm VLDE NE hinia elie Ves i Wie Pim loch Wig amp atingsRegiaation Dran Vrms rm Satins Tacar Settings Key and thous Sass Toga Em TuEngnHsgkhalca Se cwweecascws Ce Ire gs T ee lod Iis Ue rue age Fla Hae RADIU
392. g av denna produkt Frankrike Denna produkt far inte anvandas utomhus Acest echipament poate fi operat in AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Nota privind utilizarea acestui produs Franta Acest produs nu se va utiliza in exterior ToBa o60pyABaHe Moxe Aa ce u3no i3Ba B AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK 3a6enexka no u3nons3BaHeTO Ha TO340 rnipoaykr OpaHuMs To3n npoaykT He Moxe ga ce U3NON3Ba M3BbH TepMTOpMsiTa Ha Dupmata Vi ger bessu taeki m annast AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Tilkynning vegna notkunar v runnar Frakkland Pessa v ru m ekki nota utan dyra Dette produktet ma anvendes i AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Merknad for bruk av dette produktet Frankrike Produktet kan ikke brukes utend rs F adfar an trealamh seo a fheidhmi in AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK F gra maidir le h s id an t irge seo An Fhrainc Ni f idir an t irge seo a s id amuigh faoin aer Regulatory information for users in Jordan Contains Wireless LAN Module approved
393. g documents make sure that any glue ink or correction fluid on the documents has completely dried To avoid paper jams Do not place the following types of documents in the feeder as this may cause paper jams Wrinkled or creased paper Carbon paper or carbon backed paper Curled or rolled paper Coated paper u Torn paper y F i La Onion skin or thin paper j ff i i Stapled or clipped documents j DU y s Paper printed by a thermal transfer printer Transparencies P uw F i NOTE To scan documents more accurately Documents placed in the feeder are scanned while being fed into the machine On the other hand documents placed on the platen glass remain in a fixed position while they are scanned To ensure more accurate scanning results placing documents on the platen glass is recommended To scan tracing paper or transparencies To scan transparent documents for example tracing paper or transparencies place them on the platen glass Placing Documents on the Platen Glass 1 Open the feeder 68 676 2 Place the document face down on the platen glass Align the corner of the document with the top left corner of the platen glass NOTE To scan transparent documents for example tracing paper or transparencies cover them with plain white paper 3 Gently close the feeder The machine is ready to scan the document When scanning is complete remove the document from the
394. g it Failure to do so may result in burns MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw MF8230Cn When copying with a thick book placed on the platen glass do not press the feeder forcefully Doing so may damage the platen glass and result in injury Be careful not to drop a heavy object such as a dictionary on the platen glass Doing so may damage the platen glass and result in injury Do not carry the machine with the paper drawers or the optional paper drawer installed Otherwise the paper drawer may fall and result in injury Laser beam 13 676 This machine is classified as a Class 1 Laser Product under IEC 60825 1 2007 EN60825 1 2007 The laser beam can be harmful to the human body The laser beam is confined in the laser scanner unit by a cover so there is no danger of the laser beam escaping during normal machine operation Read the following remarks and instructions for safety Never open covers other than those indicated in this manual Do not remove the caution label attached to the cover of the laser scanner unit If you operate the machine in manners other than the control adjustment and operating procedures prescribed in this manual this may result in hazardous radiation exposure If the laser beam should escape and enter your eyes exposure may cause damage to your eyes IMPORTANT When transporting the machine To prevent damage to the machine during transport perform the following
395. geWARE Scope Name To include the machine into a specific scope enter up to 32 characters for the scope name j Click OK NOTE To change the port number for multicast discovery see Changing Port Numbers E Notifying imageWARE of the power status of the machine Ea Click Edit in Sleep Mode Notification Settings Lu A bro SE A m mrt ipp him Ais M View Mavu m Took Mae Une Prep ea Mss and Fn cry rti Diker Fatponga en Sone Hp epu Sleep lode Boss ation Seriags Gloag bisis Karla alice Ge Bod fh ratar iit Fiabe ofl Pam ii Pes Tarn ien h Fasti alors bts yal Bi ade 2 Select the Notify check box and specify the required settings ZaEresHzgkaa us jee Wire mar Erga Haceaek Longe TCPUNP Satire Eda Sep Mode Moudi ubes Seance fon tea p Mode DIPL Drange he oirein atlas Chang will 2c cee oe Coa main posmi h ed OFT srad DH 5 Cepereert tf Menegqerecei B heksik Tetija Brute Fasti Commimcmxor WaraperEni ENS Eee 394 676 Notify Select the check box to notify imageWARE of the power status of the machine When Notify is selected you can expect the machine to avoid unnecessary communication during sleep mode and reduce the total power consumption Port Number Change the port number for this function according to the network environment Number of Routers to Traverse Specify how many routers the notification packets can pass Enter a numb
396. gistration T Metingeegurrion E A Topkanin hran Vir Pager Dette E aud WI atean B gt A Dick Foe UI ka painaa arad agia Moe facic Da set iiri OFP che main oer ot cha device unti registeabes be cornea ie Y cier Satire Core Seg beitrag Fice For cei apad Pring bein bT iea he Fan Satire Scan obire ipy Ligeia Print amiga 241 676 6 Follow the on screen instructions to register the machine LINKS Printing with Google Cloud Print 242 676 0ALJ 05K Printing with Google Cloud Print When you send print data from your computer or smartphone by using Google Cloud Print the machine receives the print data and prints it automatically 1 Make sure that the machine is turned ON 2 Display the print screen from an application on your computer or smartphone Display the print screen from applications such as Google Chrome Gmail or Google Docs that support Google Cloud Print on a computer or mobile devices such as a smartphone The screens shown below are examples when you print a document from Google Chrome on a computer The print screen differs for each application tes 32b Mew vandie Pri nt Hes inrnaniz vance 3 RENE Lit T dieeti al paper Edt Cut Copy Paste Print C arcad Toom ws F3 d Changa Hary Jrpsnb sde Sign le Chieri hettinqu Patras Abeut Gee gle Cl herria Lanz rape Help Exit r W Colne Black and vie Chet ait wo Henis red tries Trwn a
397. h Send Purstion ang Tao taez Ma berian IE ME T Sane cca Hipiai by o rud emer the ica EF Send te anad Lo Setting PUTER De E EA F i FEG pT ee Ho fo Sherri Fote Bim scared originalis 5o a head todor ac feo sarkacrk ron fan osa poser F inr m Prnt Te tai E ee ie Bad Twin Aer sig ub the inc yen can conem m puma ha serie qn ten foie Horoi Ul Ses hand Paste Dudo for meam reer Ya cm dapi Toons emma Lascia irem IDepiaey Maszahs aif tee CIE BUM ete Pur simt d ER baw Obs Cagpqet CAMCH HE DO Ai Rights Ame If the screen prompting you to enter the Address Book PIN is displayed enter the PIN for the Address Book and click OK Setting a PIN for Address Book 4 Specify the required settings Re i ee Pieri Teoh dp Send Facctign fatSng Tool mon ima foe fees D L erin EL S E T Pedum Ter VENETO a QUAE Oe Gra Kus Pa Tan arc ccr Dois gc more teed order othe neg YO bil deb pur Toad Boneg enr Hin Retire epist od Dee C Baa Dal e Ded Tes d Compu Hama of eges Maariaan rbana cider Maree on Saca Dan icason Computer eS Gl Sag tor Sone ea Anoy Airaa De Sted Poche Regerere Lines Kame Faumaced to Arsa Ewa sent Cucpriget CAMOH ike Arii Ai gr Aare Registration Favorites Number With the Send Function Setting Tool you can register a shared folder for saving scanned documents into Favorites in the Address Book Select a number from the drop down
398. h the wired LAN connection Problem with the USB connection The machine cannot be connected to a computer via a wireless LAN a wired LAN and a USB cable at the same time C All three connection types cannot be used at the same time The following can be used at the same time a USB cable and a wired LAN or a USB cable and a wireless LAN Remote UI is not displayed 3 Are Use HTTP and Remote UI On Off gt set to On GDisabling HTTP Communication Disabling Remote UI If the machine is connected to a wired LAN check that the cable is connected firmly and the IP address is set correctly and then start the Remote UI again Connecting via Wired LAN Viewing Network Settings If the machine is connected to a wireless LAN check that the settings are specified correctly and then start the Remote UI again 2 Connecting via Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only A connection to a network cannot be established zr The IP address may not be set correctly Set the IP address again Setting IP Addresses When you connect the machine to a computer via wireless LAN check whether the machine is properly installed and ready to connect to the network When the machine cannot connect to the wireless LAN You are unsure of the set IP address HE Viewing Network Settings The connection method cannot be switched between a wired LAN and a wireless LAN r3 Did you select a wired LAN or a wireless LAN on t
399. hance security and secrecy SSL Encrypted Communication SSL is a protocol for encryption for data sent over a network and is often used for communication via a Web browser or an e mail application SSL enables secure network communication when you access the machine from a computer via the Remote UI Enabling SSL Encrypted Communication for the Remote UI IPSec Communication While SSL only encrypts data used on a specific application such as a Web browser or an e mail application IPSec encrypts the whole or payloads of IP packets This enables IPSec to offer a more versatile security system than SSL 2 Configuring IPSec Settings pe VPN IEEE 802 1X Authentication IEEE 802 1X is a standard and mechanism for blocking unauthorized access to the network by collectively managing user authentication information If a device tries to connect to the 802 1X network the device must go through user authentication in order to prove that the connection is made by an authorized user Authentication information is sent to and checked by a RADIUS server which permits or rejects communication to the network depending on the authentication result If authentication fails a LAN switch or an access point blocks access from the outside of the network The machine can connect to an 802 1X network as a client device Configuring IEEE 802 1X Authentication RADIUS Server Authentication Server E Client Device LAN Switch Suppli
400. hat you can specify when using the numeric keys in combination with an LDAP server is 10 For example if seven destinations have been specified using the numeric keys up to three destinations can be specified using an LDAP server BTo delete destinations E If you specified multiple destinations you can delete destinations as necessary 1 Select lt Confirm Edit Destination gt and press B Sand Press Start Humber of Destinations 2 i5 john 456XXXXXXX Specify Next Destination He is 2 Select a destination you want to delete and press 53 151 676 Canfirm Edit Destination ig john 45000000 Press Clear Dest gt select Yes and press 753 Fax Number Max 120 Digits s G 128XXXXXXX NOTE If you want to easily and quickly delete destinations without displaying a list of destinations Before selecting Confirm Edit Destination in step 1 you can press gt to toggle the destinations you specified Display a destination you want to delete and press J LINKS Sending Faxes Sending Faxes to Multiple Destinations Simultaneously Sequential Broadcast 152 676 OALJ 03H Changing Default Settings The default settings are the settings that are displayed whenever you turn ON the machine or when you press z4 If you change these default settings to match the operations that you perform frequently you can eliminate the need to configure the same settings every
401. he MF Toolbox For Windows Uninstalling the Drivers for the WSD Device For Windows Uninstalling the Product Extended Survey Program For Windows Uninstalling the Software For Macintosh i ee omm on IMPORTANT Confirm the following before uninstalling the software You must have administrative privileges on the computer You should have the installation software in case you want to re install the drivers You have closed all applications on your computer desktop 53 14 Uninstalling the Printer Fax Scanner Driver For Windows 1 Open Programs and Features For Windows XP From the Start menu select Control Panel and then double click Add or Remove Programs For Windows Vista 7 Server 2003 Server 2008 1 From the Start menu select Control Panel 2 Click Uninstall a Program or double click Programs and Features For Windows 8 Server 1012 Right click the lower left corner of the screen and select Programs and Features 2 Select Canon MF8500C Series or Canon MF8200C Series and then click Uninstall 3 Click Delete i MF Drivers Uninstaller This program deletes the MF dress from your computer i Sen ar Dick Delete t6 deleta tha selected device 4 Click Yes to confirm the uninstallation MF Drivers Uninstaller g amp 1 b Are you sure you want to delete the driven Click Exit or Restart 54 14 Uninstallation of the
402. he document data cannot reach the machine To fix this type of problem configure the printer port settings on the computer IMPORTANT To perform the following procedure log on to your computer with an administrator account 1 Open the printer folder Displaying the Printer Folder 2 Right click your printer icon and click Printer properties or Properties Med mcr Haida and seus B Disian and Peritari pr Emm Danan ied r add a jeie Aud 3 grece Sese wies s printing Prin sere p opertser Reset diee EM Devices 3 a Printers and Faxed 7 pe P cd j i Canon Fax BIFES UFFILT bord See whats printing Sa a delaoh piisab Prine meterennes Congte thertcut Troubleshoot Rema device P regenti i Canon MFESDCK Semmes LIFRE LT hate e Defauh Satu J lec umen s ii queue j Model Canon MRSC Gere Chaja Panie ERS LT rece mn Ges om Fos enced brio Secus sco eng Fee Tv Canes HAISE Seres UFRELT Pimi B iha Pe ener reg en i Det urina mill pii sa dn Fora fion checked gest Prst Derm pan LFT3 Fes Pest TEML Seis Fort COMPE Sen Port CoM ens For OOM Samual Port FALE Print tz Fila Add Pt d Enable bidirech pna support C Enable printi pissing B Adding a port 4 If the IP address of the machine has been changed add a new port Adding a port is also an effective solution when an incorrect port type was selected in the Windows printer folder during the printer driver installation Click Add Po
403. he machine enters auto sleep mode are listed below We recommend using the factory default settings to save the most power If you want to change the amount of time that elapses before the machine enters auto sleep mode follow the procedure below MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn 10 minutes setting range is 10 to 60 minutes MF8280Cw MF8230Cn 20 minutes setting range is 20 to 60 minutes Timer Settings fg Auto Sleep Time fj Set the amount of time that elapses before the machine automatically enters sleep mode Apply Auta Sleep Time Exiting Sleep Mode Press to exit sleep mode NOTE If the optional handset or an external telephone is connected the machine exits sleep mode when you take the receiver off 105 676 106 676 0ALJ 025 Setting Auto Shutdown Time MF8540Cdn MF8230Cn Only By enabling this setting you can set the machine to automatically shut down The machine automatically turns OFF after the specified period of idle time has elapsed since entering the sleep mode You can cut electric power consumption at night and on holidays if you forget to turn OFF the machine amp Timer Settings Auto Shutdown Time Set the time period Apply 4 tJ IMPORTANT Before setting Auto Shutdown Time When the Auto Shutdown Time setting is enabled the machine may automatically shut down even if you are operating the machi
404. he operation panel on the machine as well This selection is required to have the machine switch to your selection Selecting Wired LAN or Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only A fax cannot be sent or received on an optical fiber line 3 The machine is compliant with use on analog lines When using an optical fiber line or IP phone line the machine may not work correctly depending on the connection environment or connected devices In such a case contact the provider of the optical fiber line or IP phone You are unsure of the SSID or the network key of the wireless router to be connected The SSID is not displayed on the screen Check whether the SSID can be found on the wireless router or package box Check the SSID or the network key of the wireless router by using Canon MF LBP Wireless Setup Assistant 2 Checking the SSID and Network Key The SSID of the wireless router to be connected is not displayed in the access point list Check whether the SSID is correct 2 Checking the SSID and Network Key If the SSID of the wireless router is hidden using a stealth mode set the SSID to be visible on the wireless router A mode that disables the SSID auto detection of other devices Check whether the machine is properly installed and ready to connect to the network When the machine cannot connect to the wireless LAN 572 676 The machine dials up to an unintended connection destination if a dialup rout
405. he search scope You can efficiently search for topics by narrowing the search scope The search scope selector is especially useful when you can predict the general location of the topic that you are looking for iy Search options selector Select the check box to make your search case sensitive 3 Search with these conditions Click to display the search results with the conditions specified with and gf Search result dialog box Displays the search results of the pages that contain the specified keywords From the results locate the page you are looking for and click the topic title of the page If the results cannot be displayed on one page click B J or a page number to display the results on the corresponding page Site Map Displays the table of contents for the e Manual Top SiteMap Hep even E Canon 5 awb 0 66 Nao se o o amp Important Safety Instructions F Hert L cstal lation Power Supyly D Harding iaintonamce and Inspections Consamalsles Checking Supplied Accessories Removing Packing Materials Preparing Tomer Cartridges Loading Paper Connecting the Power Cord Turning CN the Power and Configuring Initial Setlings Connecting to a Computer Connecting via Wireless LAN Connecting via Wired LAH Connecting wa Usa Configuring Initial Settings tar Fax Functions Deckung Which Fax Receive Moe to se Ragistering tfe Fa Humber and Weit Mame Selecting the Rece
406. hen scanning NOTE The following settings cannot be registered in Favorite Settings Widths and heights in Input Settings and Output Settings On or off of the button to lock the ratio of width to height in Input Settings The magnification percentage 906 in Output Settings E Place the document s and click Preview 2 Change the scan settings Select settings to register as necessary Copal rye viaa Paten Gans rodha F Film m Oia m nss Eom UO o0 i l alow Hade Color ut estingr utput Mesypluting am Todd Output Som Feste 71545 fun Tore RedaeDuscwizocesr Cne Blech Tacd 3 ad d J a Ll 1 5 1 4 Li a 1 i B a 5 i 4 The Add Delete Favorite Settings screen is displayed Add Delete is available when the preview image is displayed 4 Enter a name into Setting Name and click Add Save Enter a name for the settings to register Use a name that is easy to find in the drop down list 281 676 NOTE Calling registered Favorite Settings Display a preview image and select the registered setting in the drop down list E Registering the Brightness or Color Setting To register only the brightness contrast histogram tone curve or threshold setting follow the procedure below 1 Place the document s and click Preview 2 Adjust the brightness or color Adjusting Br
407. hiemis Tous aique ld ledin Dairy Ceren Sr Da oll b eee aH Dep CRIME arti H Gate OE aui H Piar Batini Copa eige Use Pie Fin Satire Herve Hon Prep Packets I Hema Piar Palria Bieta biep Pid Sar Bogota how lade Dene Serr Dimmi Pan Ko Chagra Ege ag ka Mois bijaa Er a yp ew U pipii liz part H1 M aosaga resi NOTE Editing a policy Click the corresponding text link under Policy Name for the edit screen Deleting a policy Click Delete on the right of the policy name you want to delete click OK 1 3 Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON NOTE You can enable or disable the IPSec communication from amp Use IPSec LINKS 2 Configuring Settings for Key Pairs and Digital Certificates 2IPSec Policy List 440 676 0ALJ 0A6 Configuring IEEE 802 1X Authentication The machine can connect to an 802 1X network as a client device A typical 802 1X network consists of a RADIUS server authentication server LAN switch authenticator and client devices with authentication software supplicants If a device tries to connect to the 802 1X network the device must go through user authentication in order to prove that the connection is made by an authorized user Authentication information is sent to and checked by a RADIUS server which permits or rejects communication to the network depending on the authentication result If authentication fails a L
408. hold value for black and white images You can enhance the appearance of text or reduce the visibility of text or images printed on the reverse side of a semi transparent document such as a newspaper The setting is available if you select Black and White for Color Mode The threshold value is the boundary that separates whether a color is rendered as black or white Colors below a certain density level are rendered as white and colors above a certain density level are rendered as black Threshold Level Slide a or enter a value To render more parts as black slide sm to the right or enter a larger value Registering or Calling Settings Call registered brightness or color settings for to f and 3 Registering Frequently Used Settings 278 676 Specifying Other Settings Click Preferences to configure various settings including the operation when scanning Il Preview Tab Peeleren Configure the preview and auto crop operations Privire Seam Coker Garniga cases PFeeriiemn at thun She of Scene Sad zero adi eens e dk Dapy Samed Pese irapa hona Dopp Fra on Prina ias T Emn fade Doparg om Pria imagen hore E Preview at the Start of ScanGear Select the preview operation when you start ScanGear MF Automatically Execute Preview Scanning of the preview image starts automatically when you start ScanGear MF Display Saved Preview Image Preview does not start automatically and the mos
409. hortcut keys to scan To save paper when you copy Using the Paper Save Copy Key To easily scan documents Scanning Using the Scan gt PC Key Print Images Right Off Your USB Stick Insert your USB stick directly into the machine and print JPEG and TIFF images right then and there You can preview images before printing or print a list of images Simple and convenient printing no connection to a computer necessary 626 676 For more information about this function see Printing from USB Memory USB Print Scan and Save to a USB Stick Convert paper documents into JPEG or PDF files and save them on a USB stick that you ve inserted directly into the machine There s no need to save the files to a computer or use specialized software Just found out you need image files of a paper document for a meeting that s about to start Head over to the machine make some PDF files and take the USB stick you stored them on into the conference room For more information about this function see Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory Remote Management with Remote UI Remote UI lets you manage a lot from your computer all without having to go over to the machine Configure settings and keep an eye on the machine s status with an intuitive easy to understand Web browser interface that you ll master immediately Save your time and energy for things other than taking care of the machine For more information about this
410. ht Decreasing the value moves the print position to the left 50 0 to 0t to 50 0 mm IMPORTANT If this setting moves any of the print data outside the printable area the portion outside the printable area will not be printed NOTE You can specify this setting in combination with the Offset Long Edge Front gt Offset Short Edge Back gt and Offset Long Edge Back By specifying all four settings for example the print position is shifted as shown in the illustration below Front Back Front Back If the offset settings are specified in combination with the Gutter setting the specified values are added together Printer Settings ff Layout fg Offset Short Edge Front p Specify the offset value Apply Offset Long Edge Front EJ Specify the print position by setting the offset value for the long edge on the front side of the paper Increasing the value moves the print position downward Decreasing the value moves the print position upward 50 0 to 0t to 50 0 mm IMPORTANT If this setting moves any of the print data outside the printable area the portion outside the printable area will not be printed p Printer Settings gt fg Layout fj Offset Long Edge Front gt p Specify the offset value Apply p Offset Short Edge Back E3 Specify the print position by setting the offset value for the short edge on
411. iPod touch read click as tap in this section foe mg HERH deri PTOP METH MP Barhi 9 Remote Ul Parisi Darri oa Hagin Iter ser me Privior iy ume hr pet L ip o enr Fux Mp o ico need ca meae Fuss adnexa lian frre irm Me arora B na Beeren E etre Safiiri MOP RE Sailers AFERO Sarkes f aA RI 4 Pi rng fled GE R on rai bod i x D PED nir Vus rng Bane etn Cerir epis Beat sop Titer Gatiings Faroe Ted ings Cant ws Sedans Copy Baria Fos Sesinge Boat Danie birer Moda Pin esinga Pinis Daiya n pu Placed Erat m Satan Bonga Desc Shader Meagan Maere VI blew tnl Peg Ear sop E vil Ea EM B EHI A fra Zara HELEN beg DNE ead rs a Flat Saga Fore LETT Roir DAF borer Dairi For ob nkm bape nz Iniaikro Seating information Wiring Time tor Ceeneciion gi Gog Either Diver aariinaa EEE KE ik Soting ela pM NC A003 48 FR Perel Z Click Edit 246 676 Aers Ut dirir Same MEESOMC Saieer MERSORKC Serie mr DEI DRE ISI jm narecrk mezneibum e Facio man i Commer Secinge Liss Aie Prrd en dems Pris Pura Clamor tee Perio newton Vus Seen j pepe Lad Bara NEPETLGUET w cam Levert aka error Macy eds Prod hastis iz g 323 fs q L1 D Specify the required settings and click OK moo keracte ur Ell A Poor beri MENSEM heec mS Oe epee pace ck nmr lklDRRIII fon ranacrk memnmi ada semi l M PREETI foerben BUDE eee Peri Carus Sus fo
412. ial Tone Before Sending LINKS Canceling Sending Faxes Sending and Receiving Faxes According to Your Purposes Checking Status and Log for Sent and Received Documents 135 676 0ALJ 033 Canceling Sending Faxes If you want to cancel sending faxes immediately after pressing B amp W press on the operation panel You can also cancel sending faxes after checking the fax status la Press to cancel If the screen displays a list of documents when is pressed Documents have been scanned and are waiting to be processed Use A W to select the document to cancel DENT cj 10 45AM Sending m Use Status Monitor to cancel amp Status Monitor TX Job Fp Job Status M Select the fax document on the TX Job Status Log gt screen gt E gt Cancel Yes p m al Fax details The number of sending document settings and other details are displayed If you only want to check the details without sending press Status Monitor to return to the fax main screen 3 Cancel Cancels sending LINKS Sending Faxes Checking Status and Log for Sent and Received Documents 136 676 0ALJ 034 Various Fax Settings A variety of settings are available to suit your needs for example when you want to adjust density or enhance the clarity of an image y 2 Adjusting Density Adjusting Sharpness Scanning 2 Sided Documents MF8580Cdw MF8
413. ible software 2Monitoring and Controlling the Machine with SNMP SNMPv1 Settings E43 Enable or disable SNMPv1 When enabling SNMPv1 specify a community name and access privileges to Management Information Base MIB objects Off 479 676 Network Settings p SNMP Settings ES SNMPv1 Settings p Select Off or On amp ES Restart the machine SNMPv3 Settings E43 Enable or disable SNMPv3 Use the Remote UI to specify detailed settings that are applied when SNMPv3 is enabled Off t On Network Settings SNMP Settings ES lt SNMPv3 Settings m Select Off or On EB Restart the machine Acquire Printer Management Information from Host Enable or disable the monitoring of printer management information from a networked computer running SNMP compatible software Off t On Network Settings p SNMP Settings 3 Acquire Printer Management Information from Host ES Select Off or On 3 Restart the machine Dedicated Port Settings ta Enable or disable the dedicated port The dedicated port is used when printing faxing or scanning uses MF Toolbox and when browsing or specifying the machine settings over the network Off Ont Network Settings ES Dedicated Port Settings ES Select Off or On ES Restart the machine 480 676 Waiting Time for Connection at Startup Specify
414. ick OK G Setting a PIN for Address Book Z Click Import tuiErgnHzckhaz zn Lorum Erg maur Erga iusci zma epee Peon Adee act Ce nant ia rapan Di mio eas baai iria cae lick Dana Egi ie capon the sidna besk dan acafk Address lirak ie imperil apo Tas Chad eal Fi D Specify the Address Book file to be imported and click Start Importing To specify the file to be imported click Browse and select the file or enter the path to the file in File Path the file name with the location where the file is saved aEngnFzgkhakoa Lrxm Yarn Seine ri gari ga Basan dems ach pori Adira Eco cerwescascws i IE VE Nasen kc pact ias cakes Book dits Hie igi The cumra address beet wl ba carabin with the asa dee ahn Mii mper iz decd Tyrer Seren Bei ja be IT ie Cy e Fai e aba he reme de Sion Borne ell al ee aed niese Coren omg p Far Satire 5prery Gidran Hock Scan hing m a ene ta Ps C Perper Sere 6 Click ok The specified Address Book data will be imported into the machine LINKS Remote UI Screens Registering Address Book from Remote UI MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 2 Address Book List MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 467 676 OALJ OAL Saving Loading Settings You can save the setting data of the menu option
415. ie Tinj sfr ote Tanin Corn Serge i Cop reae Fan Satire Scan Seine bikt Ligeti Prie saminga Venter Siege LAA ipida Hibe E EIE LI agnis tat Eai a PE RE ri pies H papir i Iz pari 1 P asagareri bat oi EM ih Sey PT 4 Click Generate Key elated hare Care as HE merge Pecks EXE 1 zay Seine Ecy and taco Sane LRL LIN L Mig aha aia ge Tiria aine Hapim Keg ard Cenan ae dismiss Bayus Kay and Cerificate Cora Seg anima m m Cipp teras Fax Sinus amp Zan hiing bieti Uses Pra ls NOTE Deleting a registered key pair Click Delete on the right of the key pair you want to delete click OK A key pair cannot be deleted if it is currently used for some purpose such as when SSL or IEEE 802 1X is displayed under Key Usage In this case disable the function or replace the key pair before deleting it D Specify settings for the key and certificate 446 676 MIS Settings Registration Pima fren John Pagar Laing ewe Aiea ae Le Ea gs Tires ain iei Uds Py Sapna Derer eorgs es a LI Wes tanig Kay Harp ii hae Aca feri Erg gore Celia Reinga Vals Sac Date vy Velicity Ered Daie TATA Cos Linen Eara Pe RO gerat Ue part M anaza meni npe Fran d Derd County Eoo lapin Lat laine Dai Cade Ketel Seega Gey ee E Concern Marge a prem L ingt cari Giy ligat ap n bire Caiu mra O
416. ientation Portrait or Landscape The orientation setting for the document that is specified on the application is usually reflected on the printer driver NOTE You can register the settings you specified in this step as a profile and use the profile whenever you print You can eliminate the need to specify the same settings every time you print Registering Combinations of Frequently Used Print Settings Z Click Print or OK 191 676 mii sn on MESSE Sener POL im Microsoft XRS Docemen LL aon MSO bener IEEE LT li Stalin dia i Comment Page lanza i ij Kuntar of aspi not Page Faces 1655515 Collate Enter niter a uirgo page rumba or a egies Sage miji Pr eae 5 12 1l zel 33 Printing starts On some applications a screen like shown below appears Ponting ET onde Canon MEEERKIC Caras UF RE LT r Fuga i To cancel printing click Cancel when the screen shown above is displayed After the screen disappears or if the screen is not displayed you can cancel printing in other ways Canceling Prints NOTE When printing from the Windows Store app in Windows 8 Server 2012 Display the charm bar to the right of the screen and tap or click Devices the machine you are using Print When you print in this way you can only use some of the print settings If the message The printer requires your attention Go to the desktop to take care of it is displayed go to the desktop an
417. ified setting is ignored when the character code is controlled by the font specified in Font Number DESKTOP PC775 ISO11 PCOT ISO15 PC850 ISO17 PC852 ISO21 PC8DN 520 676 ISO4 PC8TK ISO6 PIFONT ISO60 PSMATH ISO69 PSTEXT ISOL1 ROMAN8 ISOL2 VNINTL ISOLS VNMATH ISOL6 VNUS LEGAL WIN30 MATH8 WINBALT MCTEXT WINL1 MSPUBL WINL2 PC1004 WINLS5 Printer Settings lox lt PCL gt ES Character Code 3 Select the character code ES Custom Paper Select whether to set a custom paper size Select On to set the dimensions of the paper in X dimension and Y dimension Off On m Printer Settings 3 E lt PCL gt p Custom Paper Select Off or On ES Unit of Measure 4 Select the unit of measurement to use to set a custom paper size Millimeterst Inches p Printer Settings p lt PCL gt fj Unit of Measure fl Select lt Millimeters gt or Inches gt gt amp X dimension Ea Specify the horizontal dimension short edge of the custom paper 77 to 215t mm nm p Printer Settings fg lt PCL gt f X dimension Bg Specify the dimension Apply p 521 676 Y dimension Ea Specify the vertical dimension long edge of the custom paper 127 to 355t mm Printer Settings p lt PCL gt Bj Y dimension fJ Specify the dimension amp Apply
418. ightness and Color Select settings to register as necessary 3 Select Add Delete in the drop down list l zi FTT 1 Biekauie a The Add Delete Tone Curve Settings or Add Delete Threshold Settings screen is displayed 4 Enter a name into Setting Name and click Add Save Enter a name for the settings to register Use a name that is easy to find in the drop down list Tone Cures Seng Let tare i e NOTE Calling the registered setting Display a preview image and select the registered setting in the drop down list 282 676 7 Corect Black Text E C242 EZ UA Lusto Add Delete LINKS 2 Configuring Scan Settings in Simple Mode Scanning Using MF Toolbox Scanning Using an Application 283 676 0ALJ 0J0 Convenient Scanning with a Machine Based Operation The machine can convert original documents into electronic file formats such as PDF without using a computer There are many advantages to digitizing documents A variety of useful settings are available to suit your needs Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory One way this function can be used is by scanning documents directly onto a USB memory device and taking the USB memory device to your meeting You can then connect the USB memory device to a computer connected to a projector and project your documents on a projector Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF85
419. ils on how to install the paper drawer see the installation manual included with the optional paper drawer 1 Check the installation site Installation Requirements Install the machine in a location with the following characteristics Sufficient space Ensure at least 100 mm on the right side and back side of the machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn When the optional handset is installed imm Rear cover Paper drawer When the optional Cassette Feeding Unit V1 is installed MF8280Cw MF8230Cn When the optional handselisinstalled 1 1 1 1 1 1 _ 410 484 135 eu RN 1 1 1 1 ex 4 N m CLEDD Lb eee L Fear cover Paper drawer Paper drawer Good ventilation A flat even surface A stable surface able to fully support the weight of the machine Environmental Conditions e Temperature 10 to 30 C Humidity 20 to 80 RH no condensation 2 Remove the machine from the plastic bag and carry it to the installation site Use the handles on both sides of the machine and have at least two people carry it 23 676 MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw MF8230Cn 3 Fully open the rear cover MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw MF8230Cn 4 Remove the tape and packing materials MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw MF8230Cn 24 676 it 5 Close the rear cover 6 Open the feeder
420. include the number of sheets that you are going to send in the cover sheet and specify the number of sheets in Number of Sheets to Send The number of sheets to send is not counted automatically The value specified here is included in the cover sheet M Include Title Select this check box if you want to add a title to the cover sheet and enter the title in Title 4 If you want to insert an attention note select Insert Attention Note and select a note from the Attention Note drop down list Attention notes such as Urgent and Confidential are available You can also enter characters directly in Attention Note instead of selecting a note from the list You can also add comments in Comment to Include Seavey Sarum Edit Adari Boeke Corer Sheet AT oet sei EC D Click Preview to check the contents of the cover sheet and if everything is correct click OK To modify the contents perform the steps from 3 again The specified cover sheet is attached to the fax when the fax is sent 177 676 0ALJ 044 Using Address Book Once you register frequently used destinations for PC faxes in the Address Book you can easily specify destinations whenever you send PC faxes Also Address Book data in CSV format created on applications such as Microsoft Excel can be imported into the machine or the Address Book data can be exported to a file for use on other fax machines or applications NOTE Yo
421. ine Dampen cleaning cloths with water only Do not use alcohol benzenes paint thinners or other flammable substances Do not use tissue paper or paper towels If these substances come into contact with electrical parts inside the machine they may generate static electricity or result in a fire or electrical shock Check the power cord and plug periodically for damage Check the machine for rust dents scratches cracks or excessive heat generation Use of poorly maintained equipment may result in a fire or electrical shock N CAUTION The inside of the machine has high temperature and high voltage components Touching these components may result in burns Do not touch any part of the machine that is not indicated in the manual When loading paper or removing jammed documents or paper be careful not to cut your hands with the edges of the paper IMPORTANT When removing jammed paper or replacing toner cartridges be careful not to get any toner on your hands or clothing If toner gets on your hands or clothing wash them immediately with cold water 15 676 0ALJ 005 Consumables AN WARNING Do not dispose of used toner cartridges in open flames Also do not store toner cartridges or paper in a location exposed to open flames This may cause the toner to ignite and result in burns or fire If you accidentally spill or scatter toner carefully wipe up the loose toner with a damp soft cloth and avoid inhaling any to
422. ine and the ventilation slots Use a soft well wrung out cloth dampened with water or a mild detergent diluted with water To locate the ventilation slots see Front Side and Back Side Ly 3 Wait for the exterior of machine to dry completely 4 Reconnect the power cord and turn ON the machine 587 676 OALJ OE2 Platen Glass Regularly wipe off the dust from the platen glass and the underside of the feeder to prevent smudges to be printed on documents or printouts 1 Turn OFF the machine and unplug the power cord from the AC power outlet When you turn OFF the machine data that is waiting to be printed is deleted Fax documents that were received by using the Memory Reception function faxes that are waiting to be sent and reports that are automatically printed after sending and receiving faxes are not deleted 2 Open the feeder 3 Clean the platen glass and the underside of the feeder Clean the areas with a cloth dampened with water Then wipe the area with a soft dry cloth In addition to the platen glass and underside of the feeder make sure to clean and wipe the white strip of plate 3 and the transparent plastic area 173 too 4 Wait for the cleaned area to dry completely 5 Gently close the feeder 6 Reconnect the power cord and turn ON the machine 588 676 0ALJ 0E3 Feeder Dust and graphite powder may adhere to the roller inside the feeder and cause smudges to appear on pr
423. ines or E lt gt Decreases the sharpness resulting in a softer image Example If you want to improve the appearance of magazine photos No change to sharpness Hesort Plan The world s coral reels where Decreased sharpness Resort Plan mm The world s coral reefs where lt gt Increases the image sharpness Example If you want to sharpen text and lines written in pencil No change to sharpness Increased sharpness Resort Plan The world s coral reefs where brilliantly coloreg fish and a myriad of other tropical LINKS 2Basic Copy Operations Adjusting Density Adjusting Color Balance 120 676 0ALJ 02L 2 Sided Copying MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only You can copy two pages of a document on both sides of the paper You can also copy a two sided document on both sides of the paper or on two separate pages NOTE 2 Sided may not be available with some sizes and types of paper Paper lt 2 Sided gt is not available when using Paper Save Copy or ID Card Copy TIPS Using the Cop key enables you to combine 2 sided copying and 2 on 1 gt lt 4 on 1 Using the Paper Save Copy Key m EM lt 2 Sided gt Bf Select the type of 2 sided copying H 2 5ided Printing 5a 7 2 Sided 2 Sided 479 2 Sided 1 Sided Types of 2 sided copying The illustration below shows the types of 2 sided copyin
424. ing A Portion of the Page Is Not Printed Do you print data without margins This symptom occurs if a margin is set to none in the printer driver A margin of 5 mm or less around the edge of paper or 10 mm or less around the edge of envelopes is not printable with the machine Make sure to have margins around the document to print Finishing tab Advanced Settings Expand Print Region and Print Off Print Density Is Uneven 580 676 Is toner running low Check how much toner is left and replace the toner cartridges as necessary Replacing Toner Cartridges Printouts Are Grayish A ep ABC Is toner running low Check how much toner is left and replace the toner cartridges as necessary GReplacing Toner Cartridges 581 676 OALJ OCU Paper Creases or Curls Paper Creases Is paper loaded correctly If paper is not loaded below the load limit line or is loaded obliquely it may crease 2Loading Paper Are you using paper that has absorbed moisture Replace with appropriate paper Loading Paper Are you using appropriate paper Check usable paper and replace with appropriate paper Paper Paper Curls Are you using appropriate paper Check usable paper and replace with appropriate paper Also specify the paper size and type settings properly Paper Loading Paper Specifying Paper Size and Type If the use of the appropriate paper does n
425. ing paper in the paper drawer or manual feed slot see 2Loading Paper in the Paper Drawer or Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Slot Making 1 Sided Printouts on Paper with Logos Load the paper with the logo side the side to print the document face up IMPORTANT Load only one sheet of paper in the manual feed slot of the MF8280Cw MF8230Cn each time you print Printing on Paper with Logos in Portrait Orientation Preprinted Paper Document Print Result Loading Orientation ABC ABC Printing on Paper with Logos in Landscape Orientation Preprinted Paper Document Print Result Loading Orientation ABC ABC Making 2 Sided Printouts on Paper with Logos MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Load the paper with the front logo side the side to print the first page of the document face down Printing on Paper with Logos in Portrait Orientation 82 676 Document Document Loading Orientation Preprinted P Print Result SHIT are First Page Second Page Lez EU Printing on Paper with Logos in Landscape Orientation Document First Page Loading Orientation Preprinted Paper Print Result Document Second Page NOTE The Switch Paper Feed Method setting MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn only When you print on preprinted paper you need to change the facing of the paper to load each time you perform 1 sided and 2 sided printing However if Switch Paper Feed Method is set to Print Side
426. ing to a Computer select wired LAN or wireless LAN using the operation panel Note that if you change the setting from Wired LAN to Wireless LAN or vice versa you will need to uninstall MF Drivers installed on your computer and then reinstall them MF Driver Installation Guide 1 Press 4 amp 2 Use A W to select Network Settings and press 0 s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press 1p 2 Logging on to the Machine 3 Select Select Wired Wireless LAN and press 53 4 Select Wired LAN or Wireless LAN and press 53 Settings applied D Press amp LINKS Connecting to a Network Connecting to a Wired LAN 2 Connecting to a Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only 322 676 Connecting to a Wired LAN Connect the machine to a computer via a router Use a LAN cable to connect the machine to the router 1 Connect a LAN cable Connect the machine to a router by using a LAN cable Push the connector in until it clicks into place 2 Wait approximately 2 minutes While you wait the IP address is set automatically NOTE You can set the IP address manually Setting IP Addresses LINKS Connecting to a Network 323 676 0ALJ 07U 0ALJ 07W Connecting to a Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only Wireless routers or access points connect the machine to a computer via radio waves If your wirel
427. ings Fana co iWhen placing documents in the feeder in step 1 When scanning is complete the save destination folder is displayed on the computer iE When placing documents on the platen glass in step 1 Ea When scanning is complete follow the procedure below 1 If there are additional pages of documents to be scanned place the next document on the platen glass select Scan Next Original and press 73 Select Next peratlon Confirm Destination J Cancel Store amp Finish Repeat this step until you finish scanning all of the pages When there is only one page to be scanned proceed to the next step 2 Press Store amp Finish The save destination folder is displayed on the computer NOTE About the save destination folder By default the scanned data is saved to the Pictures or My Pictures folder A subfolder named with the scanning date is created and the data is saved to that folder amp To change the save destination see Configuring Storing Settings LINKS Scanning from the Machine 256 676 OALJ OHW Scanning from a Computer There are two ways to scan from a computer using MF Toolbox and using an application such as an image processing or word processing application Scanning Using MF Toolbox MF Toolbox is an application included with the machine that enables you to scan documents or images to a computer You can forward the scann
428. inting or Faxing from a Computer Configuring Printing Protocols and WSD Functions Configuring Printer Ports Setting Up Print Server Configuring the Machine for Scanning to E mail or Shared Folders MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Configuring the Machine for Scanning to E mail Configuring Basic E mail Settings Configuring Advanced E mail Settings 5 676 2 1 2 3 284 285 288 292 294 295 296 297 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 312 313 316 318 319 320 322 323 324 326 328 330 333 336 338 339 342 345 347 348 351 354 357 358 359 362 Configuring the Machine for Scanning to Shared Folders Setting a Shared Folder as a Save Location Configuring the Machine for Your Network Environment Configuring Ethernet Settings Changing the Maximum Transmission Unit Setting a Wait Time for Connecting to a Network Configuring DNS Configuring SMB Configuring WINS Registering LDAP Servers MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Configuring SNTP Monitoring and Controlling the Machine with SNMP Configuring SLP Communication with imageWARE Security Protecting the Machine from Unauthorized Access Setting Access Privileges Setting the System Manager ID Setting the Department ID Management Restricting Communication by Using Firewalls Specifying IP Addresses for Firewall Rules Specifying MAC Addresses for Firewall Rules Changing Port Numbers Setting a Pr
429. intouts To clean the feeder perform the following procedure To clean the feeder you need ten sheets of plain A4 or Letter size paper Set them in the feeder before performing the following procedure Placing Documents 9 Press 4 amp Use A W to select lt Adjustment Maintenance gt and press 0 Select Clean Feeder and press JI U N mL Press 0 Clean Feeder Load 10 sheets of Ad or LTR in the feeder Cleaning starts When the Finished message is displayed approximately 1 minute later press 4 to return to the main screen 589 676 0ALJ OE4 Fixing Unit Dirt may adhere to the fixing units inside the machine and cause black streaks to appear on printouts To clean the fixing unit perform the following procedure Note that you cannot clean the fixing unit when the machine has documents waiting to be printed To clean the fixing unit you need plain A4 or Letter size paper Set the paper in the paper drawer or manual feed slot Loading Paper in the Paper Drawer Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Slot before performing the following procedure NOTE Cleaning requires toner Make sure that there is sufficient toner remaining beforehand Checking Toner Level Press 8 Use A W to select lt Adjustment Maintenance gt and press 0 Select Clean Fixing Unit and press 53 JI 0 Ne Press H Allowed paper Size Ad LTR Type Plaini 3 Recycled Color Cleaning start
430. intouts will match the color tones displayed on your computer screen 211 676 NOTE For more information click Help on the printer driver screen LINKS Printing a Document 212 676 0ALJ 051 Specifying Paper Source ts To print onto the specific paper specify the paper source that is loaded with the paper you want to use NOTE Before printing specify the paper size and type for the paper loaded in the paper source Loading Paper Specifying Paper Size and Type Paper Source tab Select Paper Source in Select by Select the paper source that is loaded with the paper you want to print on from Paper Source OK um Paper Dure Paper Troe Li Sara Payer Ker A Pages When a paper source has been selected it turns purple on the illustration of the machine displayed on your computer screen Printing Specific Pages onto Different Paper You can print specific pages of a document such as when you want to print the cover of a booklet on colored paper In this case load colored paper for the cover in the manual feed slot and load plain paper for the body pages in the paper drawer and then specify the paper settings on the printer driver Bao Semngs Fags Setup Fisting Parer Boute Qus Prats AT Deut Satin Gap Flat Fer Multepuspose Trig Drennan 1 Mukeupose Trey E Select by As in the example described above when you want to use specific paper for specific page
431. ious ways Before you can use this function you need to complete some procedures such as installing the printer driver on your computer For more information see MF Driver Installation Guide About the Printer Driver Help Clicking Help on the printer driver screen displays the Help screen On this screen you can see the detailed descriptions that are not in the e Manual Color Made Puto Color EA NOTE amp Depending on the operating system and the type or version of the printer driver you are using the printer driver screens in this manual may differ from your screens amp If you are using the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn you can use the PCL5c and PCL6 printer driver as well as the UFRII LT printer driver The available print settings vary depending on the printer driver For more information click Help on each printer driver screen B To Use the Optional Paper Drawer MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only If the optional paper drawer drawer 2 is attached to the machine perform the following operation on the printer driver IMPORTANT To perform the following procedure log on to your computer with an administrator account Open the printer folder 2 Displaying the Printer Folder Right click your printer icon Printer Properties or Properties Device Settings tab Select the 250 Sheet Drawer check box OK ih Canoe MFEGDIC Series UFRIELT Properties Ganen Sheng Por
432. ireless LAN and the pages containing the keyword are displayed You can find the page you are looking for from those results You can also enter phrases such as connecting to a network The keyword search also supports the AND Boolean to search for multiple keywords Search Tab Search the site map Click Site Map on the top part of the screen and a list of all the e Manual topics is displayed From there you can find the topic you are looking for Site Map NOTE System Requirements To use the e Manual the following Web browsers are required The content of the e Manual may not display correctly if a browser not listed below is used Windows Internet Explorer 7 0 8 0 9 0 10 0 Firefox 10 0 x ESR 16 Mac OS Safari 3 x 4 x 5 0 5 1 6 0 Firefox 10 0 x ESR 16 About the latest e Manual For the latest e Manual see the Canon Web site 648 676 0ALJ 0H7 Installing e Manual Install the e Manual on your computer by using the CD ROM that comes with the machine The label of the CD ROM that contains manuals may vary depending on the country region or the model of the machine W Using the Multi lingual User Manual CD 1 Insert the Multi lingual User Manual CD into the drive on the computer If the Select language screen does not appear remove the CD ROM from the drive and then insert it again or see 2 Displaying the CD ROM Setup or Select language Screen 2 Select your language and click Install Do
433. is Advanced Color Manageme Oo javie beting i E a Padi Facer 5susca Optra eoning ni Fori lbe eren D harsan 21 Sel Uses treater 3 Mr Use of Saared Pri 190 676 0ALJ 04C Printing a Document This section describes how to print a document on your computer by using the printer driver 1 Open a document in an application and display the print dialog box How to display the print dialog box differs for each application For more information see the instruction manual for the application you are using 2 Select the printer driver for the machine and click Preferences or Properties a r Fur Conon WRG Senes IWEELT mra Al Fugen TEJE Urnie sitter 3 inge pags amber or 3 pngie cage ana frea 5 12 The screen that is displayed differs depending on the application you are using 3 Specify the print settings such as the number of copies and print orientation and click OK 3i el Ni xl eee icd 1 1j h Scan Aute View Sepia Famo Car mute ee Pe Rooke t Tabs Click each tab to display the print setting screens and specify the print settings as necessary Various Print Settings NOTE For the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn the default setting is for 2 sided printing Change the setting as necessary Switching 1 Sided and 2 Sided Printing MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only t Copies Specify the number of copies Orientation Specify the print or
434. isis hran Vbnsg Tr ngm Hirnet Settings TCPURP Sods Ed tr Papa Dating pem enr Se ral Leno D ds rei gs Dhang Fer diro aefiaigs Chere ulli bc ection of Pha rain pow bc eed OFF ari DH Tissus aeq T ge ceri Seer n Cerman Seg IF kidman hrthin js Cipp trea gs TH Airis Lore aito Ai el de C B arde Probi and An P ane tet rua H Tiag Pree od Tee Fan Sisirin Zan iing Sheer Uus Pria same Deer TL Biti P alm EConfiguring IPv6 DNS Click Edit in IPv6 Settings Vase eta lriicrai leas druid Ho baee Die Drami Updgu WP Aiga BP irbjrass akii Les ri WAHE Sanieqs PVR FO s PIE Pia ewig 376 676 2 Configure IPv6 DNS settings The Use IPv6 check box must be selected to configure the settings Setting IPv6 Addresses Dii remi 1n Piren URS pasa kdinas DO H H DOO BOT Zacorkiz OHS facon Aibar Dii a0 IM 0066 606 H ee Ue fares zi Horna Daas ure oe ad Hmi Hare Crea Fises ise Cepeaemic pel ne Hejit Masaai iiia Regii Haski Address VU rgitrier Hamka Seder DRE Dsaenic pcdes ioraa D EESTI 4 es mH 7 Uus Zara eS hom as IPs rac Mierea CHAR GRO FRI NI ee REI s DNS Settings Primary DNS Server Address Enter the IP address of a DNS server Addresses that start with ff or multicast address cannot be entered Secondary DNS Server Address Enter the IP address of a secondary DNS server if any Addresses that start with ff or multicast a
435. isplay appear in the following notation iE Example Keys on the 2 operation panel Color Settings l displayed on lt Timer Settings gt ene eeue Specify the destination panel Buttons and other text interfaces displayed on the computer display Preferences A W used in this manual The A W keys are used to select a desired setting They are only described at the first applicable occurrence of their use in a page and omitted from the second time onward For example the A W keys appear in Step 2 but are omitted in Step 3 Example 1 Press 4 2 Use A to select Network Settings and press 73 3 Select TCP IP Settings lt IPv4 Settings IP Address Settings Computer screens used in this manual Unless otherwise noted displays used in the e Manual are those for the MF8580Cdw Depending on the operating system you are using the appearance of the displays used in this manual may slightly differ from the actual displays Also the appearance of drivers and software may differ depending on their version Illustrations used in this manual 662 676 Unless otherwise noted illustrations used in the e Manual are those for the MF8580Cdw When differences are significant multiple illustrations are used with the model names such as MFXXXX MFXXXX Abbreviations used in this manual The following are the abbreviations for product names used in the e Manual Microsoft Windows XP operating sy
436. it architecture that other computers are running and click OK Adithea Devers You can mrtall aczitinnal drovers yo that users an the folie rores cen dcn cad tam sutomati cslls when Hey connect Processor Type Installed anam Type E Ucar More 54 Typa 3 Usar Mods Type t User Mode Select additional drivers from the following according to the operating system of the print server Print server Select the check box for 32 bit operating Systems x86 Windows XP Server 2003 64 bit operating Windows 2000 Windows XP and Windows Server 2003 under Version systems Windows Vista 7 8 Server 2008 Server 2012 x64 under Processor NOTE If you do not know whether your Windows Vista 7 8 Server 2008 Server 2012 is a 32 bit or 64 bit operating system see 2 Checking the Bit Architecture 3 Insert the User Software CD ROM into the drive on the computer click Browse to specify the folder that contains MF Drivers and then click OK If the print server runs a 32 bit operating system select DRIVERS 32bit Driver folders on the provided CD ROM If the print server runs a 64 bit operating system select DRIVERS x64 Driver folders on the provided CD ROM 4 Follow the on screen instructions to install the drivers D click OK li Installing MF Drivers on a Computer via the Print Server H 1 Locate the shared printer in the print server Displaying Shared Printers in the Print Server 35
437. it back ON LINKS 2 Configuring WINS 380 676 Configuring WINS 0ALJ 090 Windows Internet Name Service WINS is a name resolution service that associates a NetBIOS name a computer or printer name in an SMB network with an IP address To enable WINS the WINS server must be specified IMPORTANT In order to specify WINS server settings NetBIOS name and workgroup name are required to be set Configuring SMB The function is not available in an IPv6 network 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Sho Remate Ul Paral Deska Baak lilooratiza gi pei ES ea b uar berie are Prima i Saeed fr print Eana Goody te sca Fun qp Cam tr are or ceive fe tr Irirrrraticn ha ern Click Network Settings TCP IP Settings Pieler ne Pagar Lacing Selma ahah s ani Le ire dag Tirso aire qe ecen Scire Cora Gergen Capp rea gs Fin Satire San Fain flare Uwe Print Sanm Pret Serres Dipa Espri Satie a8 Eran Linares Sapiro in WINS Settings m biip La w WAH Teiega TIPS Presb UME Pret Spe Lies LPD Prin a RAN Frisi eigen D Select the WINS Resolution check box specify the required settings and click OK 381 676 V 69 MEM S ael er Lage Yee bella aeti Tpi Aiea Caio Dd 1 Lad Lhanges uil e aFacima ol ea maa pee h eed CFT ord OH rema gs Tiras air qe Y medien Seine oz Cerman Seg
438. ith short descriptions Default settings are marked with a dagger Preferences Tirer Settings Common Settings Copy Settings Fax Settings NOTE Asterisks amp Settings marked with 1 are only available for the MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw amp Settings marked with 2 are only available for the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Select Wired Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Settings TCP IP Settings SNMP Settings Dedicated Port Settings Waiting Time for Connection at Startup Ethernet Driver Settings GIEEE 802 1X Settings GInitialize Network Settings Select Wired Wireless LAN 1 When switching the machine from Wireless LAN to Wired LAN you need to specify the setting Conversely when switching the machine from Wired LAN to Wireless LAN you do not need to specify this setting You can switch using the following Wireless LAN Settings Selecting Wired LAN or Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only Wired LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Settings 1 Specify settings for connecting the machine to a wireless LAN You can also view the current settings or specify the setting for saving power consumption WPS Push Button Mode Select to automatically configure a wireless connection by using the button on a WPS wireless router Setting Up Connection Using WPS Push Button Mode WPS PIN Code Mode Select to configure a wireless connection by entering a PIN code for a WPS wireless router Setting Up Co
439. iv 1999 5 EG Rom n Prin prezenta CANON INC declar faptul c aparatul FM48944 este in conformitate cu cerin ele esen iale si cu Romanian alte prevederi relevante incluse n Directiva 1999 5 CE Bpnrapcku Mee C Hacrosujemo CANON INC geknapupa ue FM48944 orroBaps Ha CbLUECTBEHUTe UZUCKBaHUA n Anpyrure npunoxuMa n3ncKBaHna Ha AupektuBa 1999 5 EC Bulgarian slenska H r med l sir CANON INC v yfir a FM48944 s i samr mi vi grunnkr fur og a rar kr fur sem ger ar eru Icelandic tilskipun 1999 5 EC Norsk CANON INC erkl rer herved at utstyret FM48944 er i samsvar med de grunnleggende krav og vrige relevante Norwegian krav i direktiv 1999 5 EF Dearbha onn CANON INC leis seo go gcloionn FM48944 le ceanglais riachtanacha agus le for lacha bhartha eile Gaeilge Irish 13 Treorach 1999 5 CE 672 676 Canon DECLARATION of CONFORMITY We Canon Ime 5 1 Hekusun 7 chome Toride shi Ibaraki ken 302 8501 Japan declare under our sole responsibility that the product l roduct Wireless LAN Module Model Type FMAS944 to which thes declaration relates is in conformity with the essential requirements and other relevant requirements of the RETTE Directive 1999 5 EC Phe product is in conformity with the following standards RADIO EMC SAFETY EN 300 328 V1 7 1 2006 10 EN 30 489 1 V1 1 2008 04 EN 301 489 17 V2 1 1 2009 05 EN 609 50 1 T6 Amd E Ez 2 0409 C 17310
440. ive Mode ee eel ee eh Te eee Le Chapter icons 660 676 Click to jump to the topic of the selected chapter f Title Topic Displays titles and topics Click a title or topic to jump to the page Click to return to the page top 6 a v Click to go to the previous or next chapter 661 676 OALJ OHJ Viewing e Manual Marks Cautions regarding safety restrictions and cautions regarding the handling of the machine useful tips and other information are indicated using the marks below A WARNING Indicates a warning concerning operations that may lead to death or injury to persons if not performed correctly To use the machine safely always pay attention to these warnings CAUTION Indicates a caution concerning operations that may lead to injury to persons if not performed correctly To use the machine safely always pay attention to these cautions Indicates an operation that must not be performed Read these items carefully and make sure not to perform the described operations IMPORTANT Indicates operational requirements and restrictions Be sure to read these items carefully to operate the machine correctly and avoid damage to the machine or property NOTE Indicates a clarification of an operation or contains additional explanations for a procedure TIPS Indicates useful functions or tips for using the machine Keys and buttons used in this manual Keys on the operation panel and buttons on the computer d
441. k Once you press Hook you cannot specify destinations in Group Dial Press End on the Specify the destination screen and specify destinations to send fax documents without pressing Hook Cannot use Cloud printing Server authentication failed Cloud Print is unavailable due to server authentication failure Check whether the date and time settings are correctly specified Date Time Settings Check whether the validity period for the CA certificate has expired If it has expired log on to the Remote UI in System Manager Mode and install a CA certificate Verifying Key Pairs and Digital Certificates Using CA issued Key Pairs and Digital Certificates Cannot use Cloud printing Server communication error 553 676 Cloud Print is unavailable due to an error Check whether the machine is correctly connected to a wireless LAN or wired LAN 2 Connecting via Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only Connecting via Wired LAN A port that is used for Cloud Print may be blocked by a firewall or other protection Check whether the 5222 port is available with your computer If a proxy server is used on the network check whether the proxy settings on the machine and the server are correct For details contact your Network Administrator GSetting a Proxy Cannot use Cloud printing Check settings from Remote UI Cloud Print is unavailable due to an error Check whether you are using
442. kdad NOTE Access the Google Cloud Print Web site for information about the latest applications that support Google Cloud Print 3 Specify the print settings as necessary Copies Specify the number of copies to print Page orientation Select the print orientation portrait or landscape Color mode Select the color mode to print in color or in black and white 2 sided MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn only Specify whether to make 1 sided or 2 sided printouts Binding Location Specify the position to bind the printouts opening horizontally or vertically with a binding tool such as a stapler NOTE The procedures to specify print settings available settings and the names of the settings differ depending on the application that you are using The paper size for printing is automatically selected from either A4 or Letter Make sure that either of these sizes of paper is loaded in the paper source of the machine Loading Paper 4 Send the print data Tap or click Print depending on the device or application you are using Printing starts when the machine receives the print data For instructions on how to cancel printing from the machine see Canceling Prints For instructions on how to cancel printing from your computer or smartphone see the instruction manual for the device or application you are using IMPORTANT Depending on the communication traffic the machine may take a long time to
443. ked in a list IMPORTANT When Display Job Log is set to Off you cannot check the logs for sent documents Display Job Log 1 Press Status Monitor 2 Use A W to select TX Job and press 53 Status Monitor Device Status Copy Frint Jab FX Job Fax Forwarding Errors Network Information 3 Select Job Log and press 53 Jab Status A list of the documents that were sent is displayed 4 Select the document whose detailed information you want to check and press TX Job Log 10 45AM Error 752 D Check the detailed information about the selected document Result OK Started 03 03 10 12AM Department ID LINKS 2TX Result Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 2 Communication Management Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 318 676 0ALJ 07L Network The machine has been designed for flexibility of use across a variety of environments and it includes advanced technologies in addition to basic network features Do not worry if you are not a network expert because the machine has also been designed for convenience and ease of use Relax and proceed with the network setup one step at a time ll Connecting to a Computer Viewing the Machine s Network Settings 2 Connecting to a Network Viewing Network Settings ll Configuring or Preparing for Print PC Fax Scan Functions oft ie e s 2 Configuring th
444. king the preview image to produce the optimum color tone Tone Curve Settings Tone Curve Settings ms The tone curve is a curved line that indicates the brightness and contrast levels of the image Den iin before and after adjustment Select a registered tone curve to adjust the brightness and aa E contrast levels of the image As Select imel d s IC crecer Basel ke Channel If you select Color for Color Mode you can adjust the Red Green and Blue color channels separately To adjust all three colors at the same time select Master You can combine the adjustments made in Master and those made in the individual color channels If you select Grayscale for Color Mode only Grayscale is displayed Select Tone Curve Select from the items listed below No Correction Performs no correction Over Exposure Lightens the entire image Run Darkens the entire image High Contrast Emphasizes the difference between the light and dark parts of the image Invert the Negative Positive Inverts the light and dark parts of the image Image c Ld Final Review Final cim me The results of all adjustments made to the brightness contrast histogram jj and tone Chas Moet curve settings are displayed in a tone curve and as numerical values Perform a final T check of the color settings Threshold 7 7 Adjust the thres
445. l The Wi Fi indicator blinks when a wireless router is detected When the setup is completed the screen below is displayed and approximately 2 seconds later the Wi Fi indicator lights up Connected tp p Lt mp w Wait approximately 2 minutes until the IP address settings of the machine are completed IMPORTANT Signal strength When more than one wireless router is available for connection the machine connects to the device with the strongest signal Signal strength is measured using RSSI Received Signal Strength Indication NOTE Reducing power consumption You can set the machine to enter Power Save Mode based on signals emitted from the wireless router Power Save Mode If the IP address of the machine has changed In a DHCP environment the IP address of the machine may be changed automatically If this happens the connection is maintained as long as the machine and the computer belong to the same subnet LINKS Connecting to a Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only 329 676 0ALJ 080 Setting Up Connection by Selecting a Wireless Router You can search the wireless routers or access points available for connection and select one from the display of the machine For the network key enter a WEP key or TKIP Before selecting a wireless router check and write down the required setup information including the SSID and network key 2 Checking the SSID and Network Key NOTE Security set
446. l R 4 Select Pause to insert a pause at the end of the fax number as necessary and press fj The waiting time inserted here is fixed to 10 seconds This time cannot be changed Fax Humber Max 120 Digits SP S 012 p03 00K Fax Humber Max 120 Digits x j 22p SIXXXXXXP 4 Specify the scanning settings as necessary Use A W to select the settings Various Fax Settings s Send Press Start K sber af Destinations 1 19 123X3XXXXXX Roar Rr Density 0 2 Sided Original off Sharpness 0 5 Press B amp W to start sending Scanning starts s If you want to cancel sending press Yes ff iE When placing documents in the feeder in step 1 When scanning is complete the faxes are sent m When placing documents on the platen glass in step 1 Follow the procedures below Use A to select the document size and press fj When there is only one page to be scanned proceed to step 3 2 Place the next document on the platen glass and press B amp W Repeat this step until you finish scanning all of the pages 3 Press lt Start Sending gt The faxes are sent 134 676 TIPS amp If you always want to send faxes with the same settings Changing Default Settings amp If you want to sound an alarm when the handset is off the hook Off Hook Alarm amp If you want to check the dial tone before sending to avoid sending to wrong destinations Check D
447. l Feed Slot MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Paper guides Adjust the paper guides to exactly the width of the loaded paper to ensure that paper is fed straight into the machine Paper tray MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn only Pull out the paper tray when loading paper Ej Tray extension MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn only Open the tray extension when loading large paper LINKS 2Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Slot 58 676 0ALJ 015 Paper Drawer MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn FJ Paper guides Adjust the paper guides to exactly the size of the loaded paper to ensure that paper is fed straight into the machine Press the lock release levers that are marked with arrows in the illustrations to release the locks and slide the paper guides Lock release lever for extending the paper drawer When loading Legal size paper the paper drawer needs to be extended Press this lever to release the lock and extend the length of the paper drawer NOTE When Legal size paper is loaded The front side of the paper drawer is not flush with the machine when the extended paper drawer is inserted LINKS Loading Paper in the Paper Drawer 59 676 0ALJ 016 Operation Panel IJ W uluy 9 NOTE The operation panel shown above is for the MF8580Cdw The available keys or functions vary depending on the model Function selection keys Press to activate the copy fax sc
448. l settings and then click Continue or OK m Installable Options J Canon NM Seres Make sure your printer s options are accurabely shown here so you can take full advantage af them For imfarmatinn on your printer and its aptional hardware check the documentation that came with if Paper Source Options Mowe E C job Accounting C Secured Prini Function Version 1 0 or later EH Paper Type of Multi purpose Tray Plain L BO to 74 gamz Paper Type of Drawer 1 Plain 1 60 to 74 gimi Paper Type of Drawer 2 Plain 1 060 to 74 g m2 Cancel 35 74 Check that this machine is added to the Printer amp Fax or Print amp Scan dialog box Print amp Fax a e Show All q ET Canon See Series i Canon Wes le Last Used Open Print Queue P Locatbuxm Kind Canon WEE Seres US aatus ble _ Share this printer on the network Sharing Preferences re m Default printer Last Printer Used n Default paper size US Letter al id Click the lock to prevent further changes 9 Close the dialog box TCP IP Connection Register the printer and fax respectively following the procedure below The fax driver cannot be used in an IPv6 environment 1 Open System Preferences and click Printer amp Fax or Print amp Scan 2 Click the icon 36 74 eon Print amp Fax No printers are available Click Add to set up a
449. lect the Display the Scanner Driver check box on the screen in step 6 and click Start to start ScanGear MF 259 676 2 Configuring Scan Settings in Simple Mode 2 Configuring Scan Settings in Advanced Mode ll Previewing Scanned Images Before Specifying File Format and Saving E You can preview the scanned images before specifying the file format and save destination This procedure is not available when OCR is selected in step 5 Place the document start MF Toolbox and proceed with this procedure 1 Select the scan type Click an icon other than the OCR icon Bi ulimi nim Scan 2 Select the Confirmation of the Scanned Image and Exif Settings check box If you selected PDF in step 1 select the Confirm the Scanned Image check box p Scar i Sarti ha cerned nac ie bha eae Midas j nid aoeene Prae ine by species t anpikc aos a Sema Gubre i Select Source rk isl ed Paper Sere Scan Hade liiig Guias 9 Canet Black Ted ging Ina conem Dorem e Sern Scanned raga iz Fis Fiere bosal Save ax T ypx FOF POF Satin Save Gire ege ee Bes 2 tures Pinks So a Subok wah Dunan Date i Enis 6r pplsc ation Dag ael doopi an applicatien icon Pere ie rege kar fa Corfinnabon of the Scanned Iac and Et baira o hum O appe Cmm 3 Click Start Scanning starts To cancel click Cancel The scanned images are displayed as thumbnails on the Scanned
450. lect the documents to combine and click L FT To select multiple documents click the documents while holding down SHIFT key or CTRL key Diemen Harmi Pigi Layreet hio Dimman Change the settings as necessary and click Combine The documents selected in step 6 are combined D pcument M anger T Deeiwwae List Filet Setinge Copies 1 quisi 8 Dubu Sine Demat eng Frei iue Biki Fii T Lapsu Loma ier i Page Oder a Prid Food acennasnd lone E Print Preview Displays a preview of the document to be printed M Document List Print Settings Click the Document List tab to display the documents added in steps 1 to 4 You can remove documents by selecting them in the list and clicking Delete from List Pages Leni Uni cares L 1 on 1 Tani 1 on 1 Click the Print Settings tab to display the screen for specifying print settings such as the number of copies or 1 sided 2 sided printing The settings specified here are applied to the whole print job Eme Cope D pwes SF Output Sisa Conzziarey 2iddaiPuwng Lagoul Lonelenoe Page Orii of Pink Flat Dorimart Pier NOTE For more information click Help on the Canon PageComposer screen 218 676 Details Displays the print setting screen of the printer driver There are fewer settings available than when using the ordinary printing method 8 On the Document Name list select the combined document print
451. lete gt If a screen appears prompting you to enter a PIN enter the correct PIN using the numeric keys and press fi Setting a PIN for Address Book 6 Select Yes and press 5j 99 676 0ALJ 020 Registering Destinations for Favorites You can register frequently used destinations as Favorites in the Address Book Destinations can be edited or deleted after they have been registered You can register up to 19 destinations in Favorites NOTE Three digit numbers are not assigned to Favorites O O ON A Press fj or Ezy Press Hg Press Register Dest gt If a screen appears prompting you to enter a PIN enter the correct PIN using the numeric keys and press 9 Setting a PIN for Address Book Use A W to select Favorites and press j Select Fax or E Mail and press 53 Press Fax when registering a fax number and press E Mail when registering an e mail address The types of destinations that can be selected vary depending on the machine model mRegistering destinations with the LDAP server E4 NOTE If your office has an LDAP server installed you can register destinations searched from the server in the Address Book You need to specify the settings for connecting to an LDAP server beforehand Registering LDAP Servers MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 1 Press LDAP Server 2 Search for the destination to register See steps 3 to 8 on Specifying
452. leted after they have been registered You can register up to 200 destinations in the Address Book 1 2 3 O O ON O Press fj or Ezy Press BEEN Press Register Dest gt s If a screen appears prompting you to enter a PIN enter the correct PIN using the numeric keys and press 9 2 Setting a PIN for Address Book Use A W to select Coded Dial and press 53 Select Fax or E Mail and press fj Press Fax when registering a fax number and press E Mail when registering an e mail address The types of destinations that can be selected vary depending on the machine model mRegistering destinations with the LDAP server E4 NOTE If your office has an LDAP server installed you can register destinations searched from the server in the Address Book You need to specify the settings for connecting to an LDAP server beforehand Registering LDAP Servers MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 1 Press LDAP Server 2 Search for the destination to register See steps 3 to 8 on Specifying Destinations in an LDAP Server Fax for the procedure According to the content registered in the LDAP server the user name and the fax number e mail address of the specified destination that is registered on the LDAP server will be automatically input 3 Select a destination and press f 4 Proceed to step 10 Select Name and press fj Registering Name is optional If you regis
453. llation Guide 1 74 Before Using the Driver 3 About the Drivers and Software 4 Supported Operating Systems 5 Selecting the Driver to Be Installed 6 8 9 1 Installing the MF Drivers and MF Toolbox Installing Using Easy Installation For Windows Installing Using Custom Installation For Windows 7 Installing the Software For Macintosh 28 USB Cable Connection Only when Connecting with USB 32 Checking the Installation Results For Windows 33 Registering the Printer and Fax For Macintosh 34 Installing the Latest Drivers Downloaded from the Canon Homepage 42 Installing the MF Drivers on the WSD Network For Windows 43 Installing the MF Drivers 44 Setting WSD 51 Uninstalling the Software 53 Uninstalling the Printer Fax Scanner Driver For Windows 54 Uninstalling the MF Toolbox For Windows 56 Uninstalling the Drivers for the WSD Device For Windows 58 Uninstalling the Product Extended Survey Program For Windows 61 Uninstalling the Software For Macintosh 62 Troubleshooting 64 How to Use the Online Help 66 Confirming IP Address Settings 68 How to Check the Bit Architecture For Windows 71 Disclaimers 72 Copyright 73 Trademarks 74 2 74 Before Using the Driver Before Using the Driver Read this chapter before installing the software such as the MF Drivers About the Drivers and Software Supported Operating Systems 5 Selecting the Driver to Be Installed 3 14 About the Drivers and Softwar
454. long as the Memory Reception feature is not deactivated the documents in memory are not deleted even after they are forwarded the same documents can be forwarded multiple times 1 Press Status Monitor 2 Use A W to select RX Job and press fj Status Monitor Device Status Copy Frint Job TX Job Fax Forwarding Errors Network Information 3 Select Job Status and press 53 4 Select the document you want to forward and press 3 RX Job Status besa Waiting to print D Press Forward Status Waiting te print Time 03 03 10 45AM Department ID Sender 58TXXXXXXX 6 Select the forwarding destination from the Address Book and press 53 For instructions on how to use the Address Book see Specifying from Address Book Fax Address Book All a wr A Z 5 ERES The document is forwarded to the specified destination 164 676 0ALJ 03X Forwarding All the Received Documents Automatically The machine can forward all the received documents to specified destinations Even if you are out of the office you can receive fax information anytime anywhere Specifying Settings for Documents to be Forwarded Automatically Printing Documents to be Forwarded Printing Resending Deleting Documents that Failed to be Forwarded Specifying Settings for Documents to be Forwarded Automatically While the Forwarding feature is activated all the documents to be received are automa
455. lowing ioa ege ES O Erein Gage Cine Dga byca came me Fear ham a m1 H3 Harin d irga wb heba cremari rca Se DE DILDO ee VEAGCOCOEN AGS GEL I4 DAZ Cee vr om er md zy Trending aefooE Use AirPrint Select the check box to enable printing with AirPrint To disable AirPrint clear the check box Printer Name Location Latitude Longitude Enter the name and the installation location information to help you identify this machine when operating your Apple device This information is useful if you have more than one AirPrint printer NOTE Enabling AirPrint Enabling AirPrint by selecting the Use AirPrint check box also enables the Use HTTP and mDNS Settings IPv4 settings Disabling HTTP Communication Configuring DNS Printer name and location Printer Name and Location are reflected in the following settings respectively Printer Name can also be set in lt mDNS Name gt IPv4 Settings Location can also be set in Location Device Information Settings 6 Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON li Checking Consumables on Macintosh You can display the screen for AirPrint on which you can not only access the AirPrint Settings but also view information about consumables such as paper and toner Click System Preferences in the Dock on the desktop Print amp Scan Select your printer and click Options amp Supplies
456. ly There are other printer settings you can specify on the operation panel of the machine These settings are applied only for PCL printing Printer Settings NOTE Priority of settings When a particular setting can be specified either on the machine or in an application or on the printer driver the settings made in the application or on the printer driver will override those specified on the machine LINKS Printing a Document 2 Various Print Settings 220 676 0ALJ 056 Printing a Document Secured by a PIN Secure Print MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only By setting a PIN to a document when printing from a computer the document is held in the memory of the machine and is not printed until the correct PIN is entered on the operation panel of the machine This function is called Secure Print and the document that is protected by a PIN is called a secured document Using Secure Print keeps printouts of confidential documents from being left unattended Before you can use this function you need to complete some procedures Preparing for Using Secure Print 221 676 Preparing for Using Secure Print Make sure that Secure Print is enabled on the printer driver IMPORTANT To perform the following procedure log on to the computer with an administrator account 1 Open the printer folder Displaying the Printer Folder 2 Right click your printer icon and click Printer properties or Properties ie ec
457. m such as UNIX on which the printer drivers for the machine are not available Availability of settings All the printer settings described in this section except for Paper Size Override gt 2Paper Size Override are only available for PCL printing Specifying these settings is unnecessary for example when you print using the UFRII LT printer driver 2 Copies 22 Sided Printing 2 Default Paper Paper Size Override Print Quality 2Layout Auto Error Skip Timeout Color Mode Gradation Settings 2Compressed Image Output OPCL Copies Ea Set the number of copies to print 1 to 99 Copies m Printer Settings Bg Copies fj Set the number of copies to print amp Apply p 2 Sided Printing ia Select whether to make 2 sided printouts Offt On 510 676 m Printer Settings fg 2 Sided Printing ff Select Off or On p be Default Paper Select the default setting for the size and type of the paper to print on NOTE Default Paper Size and Default Paper Type cannot be specified separately Specify the paper size in the Default Paper Size screen and then specify the paper type in the Default Paper Type screen Default Paper Size Select the default setting for the size of the paper to print on No 10 COM10 Monarch Default Paper Type Select the default setting for the type of the paper to print on Plain 1
458. machine If flammable substances come into contact with electrical parts inside this machine it may result in a fire or electrical shock a When moving this machine be sure to turn OFF the power of this machine and your computer and then unplug the power plug and interface cables Failure to do so may damage the power cord or interface cables resulting in a fire or electrical shock When plugging or unplugging a USB cable when the power plug is plugged into an AC power outlet do not touch the metal part of the connector as this may result in an electrical shock If you are using a cardiac pacemaker This machine generates a low level magnetic flux If you use a cardiac pacemaker and feel abnormalities please move away from this machine and consult your physician immediately N CAUTION Do not place heavy objects on this machine as they may fall resulting in injury For your safety please unplug the power cord if the machine will not be used for a long period of time Use caution when opening and closing covers to avoid injury to your hands Keep hands and clothing away from the rollers in the output area If the rollers catch your hands or clothing this may result in personal injury The inside of the machine and the output slot are very hot during and immediately after use Avoid contact with these areas to prevent burns Also printed paper may be hot immediately after being output so use caution when handlin
459. mage Paper Size SMB TCP IP PDF Compact PDF JPEG TIFF Black and White JPEG 300 dpi TIFF 300 dpi MMR Compression PDF 300 dpi MMR Compression PDF Compact Text 300 dpi Background 150 dpi Color JPEG 300 dpi TIFF 300 dpi JPEG Compression PDF 200 dpi JPEG Compression PDF Compact Text 300 dpi Background 150 dpi Windows XP Vista 7 8 Server 2003 Server 2008 Server 2012 Solaris Version 2 6 or later with Samba 2 2 or later Mac OS X Mac OS X 10 7 and 10 8 is not supported Red Hat Linux 7 2 or later with Samba 2 2 or later 100BASE TX 10BASE T Color Black White Text Text Photo Photo A4 A5 647 676 OALJ OH4 Using e Manual The e Manual is a manual that can be viewed on your computer that describes all of the functions of the machine You can search from your intended use or enter a keyword to quickly find the page you are looking for You can use the e Manual by installing it on your computer or start the e Manual directly from the CD ROM Installing e Manual How to find the topic you are looking for You can find the page you are looking for using the following 3 methods Search the contents You can find the page you are looking for by selecting the topic from the Contents tab on the left side of the screen and selecting the Chapter icon next to the topic Top Page GO Topic Page Search by keyword Perform a search by entering a keyword such as fax or w
460. mage such as the color mode and size of the scan area Select Source Select the image type to scan documents Available items vary depending on where you placed the document If you placed the document on the platen glass Photo Color The photo document is scanned as a color image Magazine Print material such as a magazine is scanned as a color image The color unevenness and moire that Color occurs when scanning print images is reduced Newspaper The text document or line drawing is scanned as a black and white image in black and white only B amp W with no intermediate shades of gray Document The text or photograph document is scanned as a grayscale image in black and white with Grayscale intermediate shades of gray similar to a black and white photograph If you placed the document in the feeder Document Color ADF The document is scanned as a color image 271 676 Document Grayscale ADF The document is scanned as a grayscale image f Select Purpose Select a setting based on your intended use of the scanned image Print 300dpi Select when printing the scanned image Image Display 150dpi Select when displaying the scanned image on a computer OCR 300dpi Select when using the scanned image with OCR optical character recognition software Output Size Select the size of the scanned image when it is printed or displayed on a computer For example if you want to out
461. mage Capture TWAIN Data Sources Canon xxx USB ds xxx may differ depending on the model Max OS X 10 6 or later Close all windows open 7 Restart the computer 63 74 Troubleshooting See the following sections Cannot Install the Software Applications Installed from the User Software CD ROM Supplied with the Machine Are Not Properly Registered in the MF Toolbox It Takes Too Long to Uninstall the Drivers Windows XP The Canon Folder Remains in the Start Menu After the Software Has Been Uninstalled amp Cannot Use the Software After Upgrading the Operating System Cannot Install the Software When you are in an IPv6 environment the CD ROM setup screen may not appear and you cannot install the MF drivers Install the drivers using the WSD port Installing the MF Drivers on the WSD Network For Windows x You may not be able to use the scan function over an IPv6 connection Follow the on screen instructions to install the software If an error occurs during the installation uninstall the software restart your computer and install it again Uninstalling the Software Installing the MF Drivers and MF Toolbox Quit all running applications and install the software again Applications Installed from the User Software CD ROM Supplied with the Machine Are Not Properly Registered in the MF Toolbox Applications are automatically registered to the MF Toolbox once they ha
462. marked with an asterisk are only available for the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Preferences Timer Settings Common Settings Copy Settings Fax Settings Scan Settings Memory Media Print Settings Printer Settings Initialize All 542 676 OALJ OC9 Troubleshooting When a problem occurs check this chapter to find out solutions before contacting Canon E Paper Jams If a document or paper jams see Clearing Jams to remove the jammed paper B Message or Error Code Appears If the screen displays a message or error code three digits see the following sections When an Error Message Appears When an Error Code Appears B Common Problems If you suspect that the machine is malfunctioning see the following sections before contacting Canon 2 Common Problems OInstallation Settings Problems 2 Copying Problems Printing Problems Faxing Telephone Problems MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only la Printing Results are Not Satisfactory If printing results are not satisfactory see When You Cannot Print Properly ABC B When a Problem Cannot Be Solved If a problem persists see When a Problem Cannot Be Solved to find out where to contact 543 676 Clearing Jams OALJ OCA If a paper jams lt Paper jammed gt is displayed on the screen Press lt Next gt to display simple solutions If it is difficult to understand the procedures on the display see the following s
463. mber For Group Dial the destination name and the number of destinations are shown Check the contents and if everything is correct select OK and press To specify another destination select Cancel press j and enter a three digit number again Displaying Destinations in Address Book If you want to specify multiple destinations e mail Repeat steps 2 and 3 Up to 100 destinations can be specified BTOo delete destinations e mail E4 If you specified multiple destinations you can delete destinations as necessary 1 Select lt Confirm Edit Destination gt and press B Send Press Start Humber af Destinations z 4ATao CANN jane example com Specify from LDAP Server Specify from Coded Dial Previous Settings 2 Select a destination you want to delete and press 53 Confirmed t Destination 3 Press Clear Dest gt select Yes and press fj If you specified destinations in Group Dial in step 2 lt Number of Destinations gt is displayed on the screen Selecting this item and pressing displays detailed destinations in Group Dial E Mail Address john example_ Cedad Dial ood NOTE 310 676 If you want to easily and quickly delete destinations without displaying a list of destinations Before selecting Confirm Edit Destination in step 1 you can press 44 lj to toggle the destinations you specified Display a destination you want to delete and press LINKS
464. mostly want to use the telephone You can receive incoming faxes manually Use both fax and Use lt Answering Machine gt telephone answering Connect your answering machine Callers can record a message if they call while you are away machine from the telephone The machine automatically receives incoming faxes Use lt Fax Tel Auto Switch gt standard Connect your telephone The machine automatically receives incoming faxes and the telephone telephone rings for incoming calls NOTE Depending on the type of telephone connected to it the machine may not be able to send or receive faxes properly amp You may be able to manually set a receive mode other than those described above depending on your country or region 2 Receiving Faxes gt Continue to Registering the Fax Number and Unit Name LINKS Receiving Faxes 44 676 0ALJ 00U Registering the Fax Number and Unit Name Register the fax number and unit name of your machine This information is printed at the top of each page sent from the machine Fax Number Numbers Type Sent Time Unit Name Page Number Gaga 2013 2 07 PM FAX 123XXXXXXX ZCANOM 4j 0010007 1 Press Z5 2 Use A W to select Set Up Now and press 53 When de you want to perform fax sekup NOTE If you select Set Up Later the receive mode is set to Auto Later when you want to configure the fax settings display the fax setup screen by pressing i Fax
465. mption You can set the machine to enter Power Save Mode based on signals emitted from the wireless router Power Save Mode If the IP address of the machine has changed In a DHCP environment the IP address of the machine may be changed automatically If this happens the connection is maintained as long as the machine and the computer belong to the same subnet 331 676 LINKS 2 Connecting to a Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only 332 676 0ALJ 081 Setting Up Connection by Specifying Detailed Settings If you want to specify the security settings in detail or cannot establish the wireless connection using the other procedures manually enter all the required information for the wireless LAN connection Before specifying detailed settings check and write down the required information including the SSID network key and wireless security protocols 2 Checking the SSID and Network Key 1 Press 4 amp 2 Use A W to select Network Settings and press 0 s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press ID 2 Logging on to the Machine Select Wireless LAN Settings and press fj If the Do you want to enable the wireless LAN message is displayed select Yes and press fj Read the message that is displayed and press 53 Select SSID Settings Enter Manually gt OU D UJ Enter the SSID that you have written down and press Appl
466. n be used ilConfiguring Ethernet settings manually 1 Select Off and press f 2 Select the communication mode Select Communication Mode ES select Half Duplex or Full Duplex ES Communication Made Half Duplex x E Half Duplex Alternately sends and receives communication data Select when the machine is connected to a networking device using half duplex M Full Duplex Simultaneously sends and receives communication data Use this setting for most environments 3 Select the Ethernet type Select Ethernet Type ES select lt 10BASE T gt or 100BASE TX m Ethernet Type l0BASE T 4 Press lt Apply gt 5 Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON 371 676 LINKS 2 Changing the Maximum Transmission Unit Setting a Wait Time for Connecting to a Network 372 676 OALJ O8U Changing the Maximum Transmission Unit In most Ethernet networks the maximum size of a packet that can be sent is 1500 bytes A packet refers to a chunk of data into which the original data is divided before being sent The maximum transmission unit MTU may vary on each network Change the settings of the machine as necessary For more information contact your Network Administrator 1 Press 4 amp 2 Use A W to select Network Settings and press 0 s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID
467. n IPv4 address and connected to a computer over a network Connecting via Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only QGConnecting via Wired LAN Make sure that the date and time and the time zone settings are correct 2Date Time Settings If the Department ID Management is enabled make sure that the machine is configured to enable printing from a computer even when no Department ID and PIN are entered Blocking Jobs When Department ID Is Unknown Enabling Google Cloud Print Enable the Google Cloud Print function of the machine 1 Press amp 2 Use A W to select System Management Settings and press s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press ID 2 Logging on to the Machine 3 4 Select On and press fj Cloud Print On ff Select Cloud Print On Off gt and press 53 D Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON Registering the Machine with Google Cloud Print Register the machine with Google Cloud Print 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration 240 676 f er IER ERES pri tee ere E i Yee Tlooh ihip Da Remate Ul Peral Wall Vi Systors Manager Hep Loi pem OA IET TM A Guam niara S P oe eee WE Ceska Baak hirra i EXSTITIT TixEirga Ti eguin br A Pring M Sant amp priri A
468. n LDAP Server Fax Changing Default Settings Receiving Faxes Sending and Receiving Faxes According to Your Purposes Making a Call before Sending Faxes Manual Sending Sending Faxes to Multiple Destinations Simultaneousl Storing Received Faxes into Memory Memory Reception Forwarding Received Faxes Selecting a Document to Forward Forwarding All the Received Documents Automatically Receiving Fax Information Services Sequential Broadcast Checking Status and Log for Sent and Received Documents Sending Faxes from Your Computer PC Fax 3 676 100 102 104 105 107 108 109 111 112 114 115 116 117 119 120 121 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 133 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 145 149 150 153 154 157 158 159 160 163 164 165 168 170 172 Sending PC Faxes Attaching Cover Sheets to PC Faxes Using Address Book Registering Destinations Using Registered Destinations Importing Exporting Address Book Data Using the Machine as a Printer Printing from a Computer Printing a Document Canceling Prints Checking the Printing Status and Log Various Print Settings Enlarging or Reducing Switching 1 Sided and 2 Sided Printing MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Onl Collating Printouts by Page Printing Multiple Pages onto One Sheet Printing Posters Printing Booklet MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Onl Printing Borders Printing Dates and Page Numbers Printing Watermarks Setti
469. n Satire Son Jatin bipuigy benc Pri rigs Dern Serre Dipa Espi Diiia b Eip Lipej Eai Bribe U pippi Depart P asagameri Bet oi b Tamas E muy bw r vi i54 Click Register Key and Certificate or Register CA Certificate Mad t Totus bare Hag LEE IRR d ele Song a dde Seta Fay ana eile Seg Tiria aio Haji Rep iis Cece mien Seinen Dasma Firg Pega Kar ad Cani as Corman rega Hay Hana Kap isy Tan ll ars M bey ol a nr Fax Samir Zan hiing bieti Usus Pri samiega its ore NOTE Deleting a registered key pair or CA certificate Click Delete on the right of the key pair or CA certificate you want to delete click OK You cannot delete the preinstalled CA certificates A key pair cannot be deleted if it is currently used for some purpose such as when SSL or IEEE 802 1X is displayed under Key Usage In this case disable the function or replace the key pair before deleting it The preinstalled CA certificate cannot be deleted 448 676 Disabling or enabling the preinstalled CA certificates Click Disable on the right of the preinstalled CA certificate you want to disable To enable the certificate again click Enable on the right of the certificate D Click Install Ves iR ee Paene Fochs hp rm 9 Settings Registration Figtaxnc az Setrge Regkisies ran Viu maa tr gs rcu Sening Koy and Ceti Settings ginis Key Pager Seinen pr EE UE Esqim He
470. n about this function see 2 Entering Sleep Mode Save Toner Got multi page documents or drafts that don t need presentation quality printing There s a setting that uses less toner Give it a try and save toner and money For more information about this function see Saving Toner Send Faxes Directly From Your Computer MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Fax documents directly from your computer Why bother printing and then faxing It just wastes paper and costs you money You can save yourself this trouble and cut costs with paperless faxing For more information about this function see Sending Faxes from Your Computer PC Fax Screen Your Faxes MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only You can have incoming faxes held in memory and then check them yourself before they re printed Just print what you need and delete the rest saving paper and toner _ Fie te For more information about this function see Storing Received Faxes into Memory Memory Reception 625 676 OALJ OH1 Improving Efficiency Little things that save lots of time Here are some simple operations that can make complicated tasks more efficient Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Entering fax and e mail addresses in the Address Book saves you the inconvenience of entering them number by number letter by letter every time you have something to send Display the addresses you use most frequently wi
471. n hiing rom mpi iiw Ligeti Pit Sa mini Fixe Fla Pepper George VC Giria Cortera Faber E pec Deeg Ea gnis Ul stu pde top Ea Duid V dre tope sdgaggeeraet Wee amp direx2 rbanri iter IPv4 Address Outbound Filter Select to restrict sending data from the machine to a computer by specifying IPv4 addresses 408 676 IPv4 Address Inbound Filter Select to restrict receiving data from the machine to a computer by specifying IPv4 addresses IPv6 Address Outbound Filter Select to restrict sending data from the machine to a computer by specifying IPv6 addresses IPv6 Address Inbound Filter Select to restrict receiving data from the machine to a computer by specifying IPv6 addresses D Specify the settings for packet filtering Select the default policy to allow or reject the communication of other devices with the machine and then specify IP addresses for exceptions Fetare ZuErngzFzgk i c run tz i 3 LTE E m Ed Pagar Dating enue Seng aie eh ate Ss FAH Aditi Edi Cunboened Fikes hetja 5 p Drange fer kikre setae rer eq Charges ilie facra xri ea ruin poan ln aad CFT ari OH ren Sein ox Cu Cermta erg z Copy Teiga Set Doehsoured iier Fin Bamra Ura Fla zon iing iaia Fiat ides Poor camini Pepper Sergey escent KITE Er Eiga bA App 13 H Sore Liia ajere Eaha EECEETTTT lie pareant iD Aen Commsacavon Mangere Stengel praedi Stain heel ap n bles ey dnm onn 1 Select the
472. n incoming call is a fax or a telephone call Setting values 5 to 30 seconds default setting 8 seconds f Incoming Ring Time Enables you to specify the duration during which an incoming call rings for a telephone call Setting values 15 to 300 seconds default setting 22 seconds 9 After Ring Enables you to specify how the machine operates if you do not pick up the handset while an incoming call is ringing Select End to disconnect the call or Receive to receive an incoming fax Default setting lt Receive gt TIPS amp If you want to print received documents on both sides of paper Print on Both Sides amp If you want to print information such as reception date and time at the bottom of received documents 2RX Page Footer If you want to continue printing even when the toner is low Continue Printing When Toner Is Low llUsing a Telephone to Receive Faxes Remote Reception When you pick up the telephone and get a fax signal you do not need to go to the machine to receive the fax Just enter a specific ID number default setting 25 with the telephone and you can start receiving the fax 1 When an incoming call rings pick up the telephone handset 2 If you hear a beep enter the ID number for Remote Reception with the telephone 155 676 The ID number is set to 25 by default You can change this number as necessary Remote RX 3 Hang up the handset LINKS Sending and Receiving Fa
473. n try printing again by using another Mode it Mode 2 513 676 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Printer Settings f Print Quality f Special Smoothing Mode p Select the smoothing mode 3 t Mode 1 Prints the edges of dark colored text lines and graphics smoothly This setting is recommended for most types of printing M Mode 2 Prints both edges and interior halftones of graphics smoothly Mode 3 Prints dark colored text and lines on halftone backgrounds smoothly i Mode 4 Prints the edges of objects text lines graphics and photographic images smoothly Mode 5 Prints images and halftones evenly Mode 6 Prints entire objects smoothly NOTE When Error Diffusion is enabled for Halftones Halftones Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 and Mode 4 apply the same effect on printouts as Mode 6 does Line Control Select the data processing method to reproduce lines If Resolution Priority is selected lines are processed to print as clearly as text If Gradation Priority is selected lines are processed as graphics and printed in similar tones and gradations to those of graphics Resolution Priority Gradation Priority p Printer Settings fg Print Quality Bg Line Control p Select Resolution Priority or Gradation Priority be Layout 514 676 Specify the page l
474. name or FQDN of up to 255 alphanumeric characters instead example ntp example com Polling Interval Specify the interval between one synchronization and the next Specify an interval from 1 to 48 hours 6 Click rok Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON NOTE Testing communication with the NTP SNTP server You can test whether the machine is communicating with the registered time server via SNTP Go to Settings Registration Network Settings TCP IP Settings and click Check NTP Server in SNTP Settings If a proper connection has been established the result is displayed as shown below Note that this operation does not adjust the system clock SATP Settings 11 Usa SNTP On NTF Server Mame 132 158 227 40 Falling interval 24 hr Check NTP Server NTP Server Check Rasult OK Department ID Management PIN Confirmation Settings LINKS Registering LDAP Servers MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 387 676 0ALJ 093 Monitoring and Controlling the Machine with SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is a protocol for monitoring and controlling communication devices in a network by using Management Information Base MIB The machine supports SNMPv1 and security enhanced SNMPv3 You can check the status of the machine from a computer when you print documents or use the Remote UI You can enable either SNMPv1 or SNMPv
475. ne by one press and hold to delete all the input characters at once E Mail Address Max 120 Char a amp D Specify from LDAP Server Spacify from Coded Dial A a 12 Apply LINKS Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 307 676 0ALJ 072 Specifying from Address Book The Address Book enables you to specify a destination by selecting from a list of registered destinations or by searching by name for destinations with recipient names You can also directly specify a destination by entering a three digit number coded dial number assigned to a destination Selecting Destinations from Address Book 2 Selecting Destinations Directly by Entering Coded Dial Numbers NOTE You need to register destinations in the Address Book before using this feature GRegistering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Setting a Shared Folder as a Save Location Registering Address Book from Remote UI MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Selecting Destinations from Address Book 1 Press g 2 Use A W to select E Mail or Windows SMB gt and press Computer Remote Scanner USE Memory BP Maiq 1 Windows 598 If you select Windows SMB gt proceed to step 4 3 Press s You can also use A W to select Specify from Address Book on the screen and
476. ne from the Remote UI or from the Send Function Setting Tool A malfunction may occur particularly if the machine shuts down while data is being imported When you import data using the Remote UI or use the Send Function Setting Tool set Auto Shutdown Time to 0 Off in advance NOTE amp The default setting is 4 hours amp If any setting of the Timer Settings is changed from the Remote UI while the machine is in the sleep mode the timer for the Auto Shutdown Time setting is reset to the beginning The machine automatically shuts down after the specified period of idle time has elapsed since the timer was reset 107 676 Copying 0ALJ 026 This chapter describes basic copy operations and various other useful functions such as 2 sided copying and copying both sides of an ID card onto one page llUsing Basic Operations Basic Copy Operations 2 Canceling Copies GO Selecting Copy Paper llUsing Copy Settings to Suit Your Needs Selecting Document Type A DI Adjusting Sharpness e a Using the Paper Save Copy Key Erasing Dark Borders and Frame Lines Erase Frame y Ig Adjusting Density 2 Sided Copying MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 2 Copying Both Sides of an ID Card onto One Page E Simplifying Your Frequent Copy Operations 2 Changing Default Settings Registering Frequently Used Copy Settings 108 676 2 Collating Copies by Pag
477. ne in a TCP IP network such as IP address settings IPv4 Settings Specify settings for using the machine in an IPv4 network IP Address Settings Configure the IP address which is used for identifying devices such as computers and printers on a TCP IP network Setting IPv4 Address Auto Acquiret Select Protocol Off DHCP BOOTP RARP Auto IP Off Ont Manually Acquire IP Address 0 0 0 0 Subnet Mask 0 0 0 0 476 676 Gateway Address 0 0 0 0 Check Settings Auto Acquire IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Address PING Command Select to check that the machine is connected to a computer over a network Testing the Network Connection DNS Settings Specify settings for Domain Name System DNS which provides a host name for IP address resolutions Configuring DNS DNS Server Settings Primary DNS Server 0 0 0 0 Secondary DNS Server 0 0 0 0 DNS Host Name Domain Name Settings Host Name Domain Name DNS Dynamic Update Settings Offt On DNS Dynamic Update Interval O to 24 to 48 hr mDNS Settings Specify settings for using DNS functions without DNS servers Configuring DNS Off Ont mDNS Name DHCP Option Settings Select whether to acquire the host name and whether to use the dynamic update function via the DHCP options when DHCP is enabled Configuring DNS Acquire Host Name Off Ont DNS Dynamic Update Off On IPv6 Settings Specify settings for using the machine in an I
478. ne more easily If you have regularly used preferences such as scanning in color or black and white or a pre determined computer where scanned documents will be saved specifying these settings each time you scan can be troublesome Register these settings in a Scan gt PC key so that you can scan with one press of a key There are two Scan gt PC keys scaneeci and sanere You can register your settings in either of these keys Scanning Using the Scan gt PC Key Other useful scanning functions 252 676 You can save scanned documents to a USB memory device or send them as e mail attachments The documents can also be saved to shared folders You can accomplish these functions directly from the machine Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 253 676 0ALJ 061 Scanning Using the Scan PC Key Place a document on the machine and press canspci OF sanert and scanning starts immediately The type of scan color or black and white the save destination for the document and other settings can be registered to a key and documents can be scanned using those settings This section describes how to register settings in a key and scan with it Registering Your Settings in the Scan PC Key Using the Scan gt PC Key
479. negalima naudoti lauke Deze apparatuur kan worden gebruikt in de volgende landen AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Kennisgeving voor gebruik van dit product Frankrijk dit product kan niet buiten worden gebruikt 673 676 Suomi Finnish Malti Maltese Magyar Hungarian Polski Polish Portugu s Portuguese Sloven ina Slovenian Slovensky Slovak EAAnvikr Greek Svenska Swedish Romana Romanian Bpnrapcku e3nK Bulgarian slenska Icelandic Norsk Norwegian Gaeilge Irish Laitetta voidaan k ytt seuraavassa maassa AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Huomautuksia t m n tuotteen k yt sta Ranska Tuotetta ei saa k ytt ulkoilmassa Dan l apparat jista jintuza f AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK Avviz ghall uzu ta dan il prodott Franza Dan il prodott ma jistax jintuza fuq barra Ez a k sz l k AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK zemeltethet Megjegyz sek a term k haszn lat hoz Franciaorsz g A term k csak belt rben haszn lhat To urz dzenie moze by eksploatowane w AT BE BG CH
480. ner dust Do not use a vacuum cleaner that is not equipped with safety measures to prevent dust explosions to clean up loose toner Doing so may cause damage to the vacuum cleaner or result in a dust explosion due to static discharge A N CAUTION Use caution not to inhale any toner If you should inhale toner consult a physician immediately Use caution so that toner does not get into your eyes or mouth If toner should get into your eyes or mouth immediately wash with cold water and consult a physician Use caution so that toner does not come into contact with your skin If it should wash with soap and cold water If there is any irritation on your skin consult a physician immediately Keep the toner cartridges and other consumables out of the reach of small children If toner is ingested consult a physician or poison control center immediately Do not disassemble or modify the toner cartridge Doing so may cause the toner to scatter Remove the sealing tape of the toner cartridge completely without using excessive force Doing otherwise may cause the toner to scatter IMPORTANT Handling the toner cartridge Be sure to hold the toner cartridge using the handle and do not touch the drum surface Do not scratch the drum surface j or expose it to light Bottom View Do not remove the toner cartridge from this machine or from the protective bag unnecessarily Storing the toner cartridge
481. ng Color Mode Specifying Paper Source Selecting Document Type Saving Toner Combining and Printing Multiple Documents Configuring Printer Settings on the Machine Printing a Document Secured by a PIN Secure Print MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Preparing for Using Secure Print Printing via Secure Print Configuring Print Settings to Your Needs Registering Combinations of Frequently Used Print Settings Changing Default Settings Printing from USB Memory USB Print Changing Default USB Print Settings Using Google Cloud Print Preparing for Using Google Cloud Print Printing with Google Cloud Print Using AirPrint Using the Machine as a Scanner Preparing to Use the Machine as a Scanner Scanning from the Machine Scanning Using the Scan PC Key Scanning from a Computer Scanning Using MF Toolbox Configuring Scan Settings in MF Toolbox Scanning Using an Application Configuring Scan Settings in ScanGear MF 4 676 173 175 178 179 182 184 189 190 191 193 195 197 198 200 202 203 204 205 207 208 209 211 213 215 216 217 220 221 222 223 227 228 230 231 238 239 240 243 244 249 250 251 254 257 258 263 268 270 Configuring Scan Settings in Simple Mode Configuring Scan Settings in Advanced Mode Convenient Scanning with a Machine Based Operation Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF85
482. ng contents 67 74 Confirming IP Address Settings 7 NOTE If the machine is not connected to the network properly The IP address is displayed as 0 0 0 0 When the startup time setting is specified The IP address subnet mask and gateway address will be displayed when the specified time has elapsed e Manual gt Setting a Wait Time for Connecting to a Network When the machine is connected to a switching hub The machine may not be able to connect to a network even if your network settings are appropriate In this case the startup time of the machine needs to be set to a waiting state e Manual gt Setting a Wait Time for Connecting to a Network Confirming IPv4 address settings Press jor Status Monitor 2 Press A or Y to highlight Network Information and then press g Device Status Copy Frint Job TX Job RX Job Fax Forwarding Errors 3 Press 4 or Y to highlight lt IPv4 gt and then press g Ez j IFv6 Wireless LAN Information IEEE 8025 1X Error Information 4 Press A or Y to highlight the option you want to confirm and then press H 68 74 View the information 152 168 0 225 6 Press jor Status Monitor to close the screen Confirming IPv6 address settings Press jor Status Monitor 2 Press 4 or Y to highlight Network Information and then press 3 Status Monitor Device Status Copy Print J
483. ng unusual about any of these occurrences which occur when the heat generated from fixing toner on the paper causes moisture in the paper to evaporate most likely to occur at low room temperatures LINKS Registering a Custom Paper Size 73 676 OALJ O1E Loading Paper in the Paper Drawer Load the paper that you usually use in the paper drawer When you want to print on paper that is not loaded in the paper drawer load the paper in the manual feed slot Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Slot IMPORTANT Make sure to load paper in portrait orientation Paper cannot be loaded in landscape orientation Make sure to load the paper in portrait orientation NOTE Follow the procedure below when loading paper into the optional paper drawer MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn only 1 Pull out the paper drawer IMPORTANT Make sure to hold the paper drawer with both hands and pull it out gently Otherwise you may damage the paper drawer by dropping it if it slides out too easily 2 Slide the paper guides apart Press the lock release lever to slide the paper guides outward On the MF8280Cw MF8230Cn there is no lock release lever for the side paper guides NOTE When loading Legal size paper Press the lock release lever and extend the paper drawer MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Size abbreviations on the paper guides The abbreviations on the paper guides in the paper drawer indica
484. ngs the machine cannot print properly Printing on the Back Side of Printed Paper Manual 2 Sided Printing You can print on the back side of printed paper Flatten any curls on the printed paper and insert it into the paper drawer or manual feed slot Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Slot with the side to print face up previously printed side face down amp When using the manual feed slot load one sheet of paper each time you print amp You can use only the paper printed with this machine amp You cannot print on the side that has previously been printed on If the printouts look faded select On for Drawer 1 Drawer 2 or Multi Purpose Tray depending on the paper source you are using in Manual Back Side Settings for 2 Sided Only Special Processing amp If you are using A5 paper the reverse side may not be printed correctly LINKS 75 676 Paper 76 676 0ALJ O1F Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Slot When you want to print on paper that is not loaded in the paper drawer load the paper in the manual feed slot Load the paper that you usually use in the paper drawer Loading Paper in the Paper Drawer For the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn For the MF8280Cw MF8230Cn IMPORTANT Make sure to load paper in portrait orientation Paper cannot be loaded in landscape orientation Make sure to load the paper in portrait orientation as shown in the illustrations below MF8580
485. nhanced is selected you cannot configure these settings 276 676 E F Brightness Contrast Adjusts the brightness and contrast the difference between the light and dark parts of the image To adjust while checking on a graph click on the upper right of the screen Charnel Mae Es Brightness 7 eas ue ili Contrast ms 9 o Ree Chose Channel If you select Color for Color Mode you can adjust the Red Green and Blue color channels separately To adjust all three colors at the same time select Master You can combine the adjustments made in Master and those made in the individual color channels If you select Grayscale for Color Mode only Grayscale is displayed Brightness Slide a Or enter a value Contrast Slide 4 amp or enter a value When contrast is reduced the difference between the light and dark parts of the image is reduced to create a softer appearance When contrast is increased the difference between the light and dark parts is increased to create a bolder appearance 4 Histogram Heegam dx A histogram is a graph that shows the distribution of brightness in an image You can adjust the image while checking the preview image and histogram Specify the part of the image you want to make brightest or darkest in the preview image so that the brightness balance of the original image is automatically adjusted with the s
486. nication Management Report Auto Print 40 Transmissions gt Select lt On gt to print the report automatically after every 40 transmissions or lt Off gt if you do not want to print the report automatically M Separate TX RX gt Select lt On gt to print sent and received reports separately or lt Off gt to print both reports on one sheet Print the Report Manually Report Print List fj Communication Management Report p Check that the size and type of paper displayed on the screen is loaded in the machine fg Yes m Example e3 3 2013 6 48FW MFBS5UDC Searles Moon CL LEP RPE d dcdbkEYdE zzi Communication fet Heport tat WRAERRREERAEEERESAERSERERANRREHESERARERNEEE TI Start Tim a01 03 12 21 456 a02 03 12 31 TZAKE Ped RE ECH 03 03 12 327 Fwd TX E Mail John ec1ssp le con Fwd RI ECH ABBOOCK X XX TOOR amp 03 03 12 38 Ti e03 0 12 36 i d 44 ETE E RUE a02 03 Tl jJaohn amp cxampl cen ch Result OK indicates that the transmission was completed successfully while NG and three digits an error code indicates that the transmission failed 12 When an Error Code Appears For e mail Communication Management Reports indicate the transmission result between the machine and the mail server not between the machine and the destination address 609 676
487. ning Using MF Toolbox Add Images to a Work in Progress Some applications work with the machine to let you easily import scanned images directly into documents you re working on This way you can skip the steps of opening a separate application just for receiving the scanned images and then exporting them to the application you re really using For more information about this function see Scanning Using an Application 629 676 OALJ OH3 So Much More Just what you were looking for There are a variety of features for whatever you need to do at home in the office or even on the road Easy Printing with Google Cloud Print Hook up to Google Cloud Print with your laptop or cell phone send your data and out come your printed documents With this machine Google Cloud Print and your mobile device print whenever you want from wherever you want d 2h Google mr Cloud Print Ready For more information about this function see Using Google Cloud Print Keep Your Printouts Private MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Normally when you print something from your computer it comes out of the printer right away However if you have sensitive documents this may not be what you want Just use secure printing and no one will be able to print your documents without entering your password on the machine s operation panel Don t let your confidential documents lie exposed on the tray for everyone to see Fo
488. nnection Using WPS PIN Code Mode SSID Settings Select to configure a wireless connection by specifying information including an SSID or a network key by inputting manually from the operation panel Select Access Point Wireless LAN routers that can access the machine are automatically located so you can select from the list You must manually enter a network key such as a WEP key or a PSK Setting Up Connection by Selecting a Wireless Router 475 676 Enter Manually Select to configure a wireless connection by manually entering an SSID By using this method you can specify authentication and encryption settings in detail Setting Up Connection by Specifying Detailed Settings Security Settings None WEP Open System t Select WEP Key 1 2 3 4 Edit WEP Key Shared Key Select WEP Key 1 2 3 4 Edit WEP Key WPA WPA2 PSK Auto t AES CCMP Power Save Mode Ea Select whether or not the machine enters Power Save Mode based on signals emitted from the wireless router Off t On Network Settings p lox Wireless LAN Settings ES Read the displayed message 53 Power Save Mode p m Select Off or On 3 Wireless LAN Information Select to view the current wireless LAN settings Viewing Network Settings MAC Address Wireless LAN Status Latest Error Information Channel SSID Settings Security Settings Power Save Mode TCP IP Settings Specify settings for using the machi
489. nning documents that contain printed photos such as magazines or pamphlets LINKS Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 2Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 301 676 0ALJ 06U Scanning 2 Sided Documents MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only The machine can automatically scan the front and back sides of documents in the feeder IMPORTANT The machine cannot scan both sides of documents automatically when the documents are placed on the platen glass EA Specify destinations or connect the USB memory device 2 Sided Original fj Select Book Type or Calendar Type 3 i Sided Original d E Book Type Select for documents whose images on the front and back sides face the same direction 3 Calendar Type Select for documents whose images on the front and back sides face in opposite directions LINKS Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 2Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 302 676 0ALJ 06W Adjusting Sharpness You can adjust sharpness of the image before sending Increase the sharpness to sharpen blurred text and 5 lines or decrease the sharpness to improve the appe
490. ntil you install the software to connect the USB cable 1 Make sure that the machine is turned OFF gt Continue to Turning ON the Power and Configuring Initial Settings 32 676 OALJ OOF Turning ON the Power and Configuring Initial Settings Turn ON the machine and follow the on screen instructions to configure the initial settings 1 Turn ON the machine 2 Use A W to select the display language and press 53 4 Read the reminder messages that are displayed and press lt Next gt to continue Check that the tabs and Check that paper is loaded pieces of tape are removed from the toner cartridges Open the back cover then confirm that the orange packing material has been NOTE If the Open the back cover then remove the protective sheet message is shown on the display remove the packing materials under the rear cover Removing Packing Materials D Use A W to select your UTC time zone and press fj NOTE UTC Coordinated Universal Time UTC is the primary time standard by which the world regulates clocks and time The correct UTC time zone setting is required for Internet communications 6 Enter the date and time and press Apply Use AJ W to change the numbers and switch between AM and PM Use 44 to move the cursor 33 676 Current Date Time Settings 03 03 2013 10 23 AM Li Use A W to select whether or not to perform color cor
491. nting documents the machine autamalically zajede s paper source that is loads mith the approprate paper Sze Also when the puper mns out this setting enables contnwaus printing by smibching hram ome papar saurpe tn another that io loaded with tha same paper size You can salad a function such as copy ci prsm te enable this Ieature A Send Priority Print Sida Priority Molice Gigs Lecalssne E Contents The chapter icons and titles are displayed 0 The Contents tab can be widened and narrowed Expand all Collapse all Click Expand all to display all of the subsections of all topics Click Collapse all to close all of the subsections of all the topics i Chapter icons Click a chapter icon to navigate to the top of the corresponding chapter Topic page Displays the topics of the selected chapter If is displayed on the topic clicking it displays the subsections of that topic Click to close the expanded topic 3 Print all All pages of the selected chapter are opened in a separate window The chapter can be printed if necessary G Navigation See what chapter topic you are currently viewing Click to return to the page top 0 lt gt Click to display the previous or following topic eo Click to jump to the corresponding page To return to the previous page click Back on your Web browser Click to display the hidden detailed descriptions Click again to close
492. nting documents that have small characters NOTE To specify detailed settings for each item selected on Objective click Advanced Settings For more information click Help on the printer driver screen LINKS Printing a Document 215 676 0ALJ 053 Saving Toner You can set the printer driver to print documents using less toner IMPORTANT When the toner save setting is enabled fine lines and portions with lighter print density may become blurred Quality tab Select the document type in Objective Click Advanced Settings Select Toner Save in the Advanced Settings screen Select On from the drop down list OK OK Hse Sen Fg S ing E Pris rper utpur Mth Fit n1 TUTTI Tha meia im uad when painting riccursanstz in garrai Objective Selecting Document Type Select the document type for which you want to enable the toner save setting M Advanced Settings A screen with settings is displayed Click Toner Save and select On from the drop down list on the bottom of the screen NOTE You can specify whether to enable the toner save setting for each document type Specify the toner save setting for each document type listed in Objective In the Advanced Settings screen you can specify various print settings other than toner save settings For more information click Help on the printer driver screen LINKS Printing a Document 216 676
493. ntouts seem If color reproducibility becomes poor and the density and brightness of printouts differs markedly from the originals perform the appropriate auto adjustment Before adjusting the gradation check the remaining toner level Gradation adjustments require significant toner 2 Checking Toner Level There are three types of adjustments Full Adjust Quick Adjust and Adjust Copy Image Fewer shades in the gradations More shades in the gradations inane NOTE Adjustments may not be performed effectively if there is not sufficient toner Full Adjust This adjustment optimizes reproducibility for color printing When the machine performs full adjustment it obtains information to optimize color reproducibility The machine maintains this information until the next time you perform full adjustment For making full adjustment an adjustment image will be printed twice and scanned twice Note that you cannot perform this adjustment while performing some functions including scanning and printing NOTE This adjustment is not available when Only Continue Black amp White Printing is selected on the screen displaying the message End of Toner Cart Lifetime Press 8 Use A W to select lt Adjustment Maintenance gt and press 53 Select Auto Adjust Gradation Full Adjust JI U Ne Check that the size and type of paper displayed on the screen is loaded in the machine and press fj Allawed Pager
494. o 100 1 1 NOTE The machine does not come with a LAN cable or router Have them ready as necessary amp If you are not sure whether the router you are using supports wireless LAN or wired LAN see the instruction manual provided with the router or contact your manufacturer amp The operating systems listed below are compatible with the included software such as the drivers which are used for connecting the machine to a computer For information about the latest supported operating systems and Service Packs see the Canon Web site http www canon com Windows XP Vista 7 8 Server 2003 Server 2008 Server 2012 These operating systems can be used only with network connection The scan function is not supported 37 676 0ALJ 00J Connecting via Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only The machine and computer are connected via a wireless LAN router A LAN cable is not required because wireless communications radio waves are used to connect the machine and the router NOTE The machine does not come with a wireless LAN router Have it ready as necessary amp The wireless router must conform to IEEE 802 11b g n and be able to communicate in 2 4 GHz bandwidth For more information see the instruction manual provided with the router or contact your manufacturer amp The machine cannot connect to both wired and wireless LANs at the same time When using a wireless LAN connection do not connect a LAN cable
495. o ERI E Ling Add Click to create a new watermark Up to 50 watermarks can be registered f Name Enter the created watermark name Attributes Alignment Print Style Click each tab to specify the text color or print position of the watermark For more information click Help on the printer driver screen 209 676 LINKS Printing a Document Printing Borders Printing Dates and Page Numbers 210 676 0ALJ 050 Setting Color Mode You can select a color mode color or black and white If a document has pages in both color and black and white by specifying auto mode color pages are printed in color and black and white pages are printed in black and white automatically loi aded Tikos Printing p Samed Ping Binding Locabon E imi nt Color Mode Select Black and White or Color If you select Auto Color B amp W the color mode is automatically switched page by page To Specify the Detailed Color Settings Ea You can also specify the detailed color settings such as color adjustment and color matching Quality tab Select the Manual Color Settings check box Click Color Settings Specify the color settings as necessary OK OK E Color Adjustment Adjust the tone brightness and contrast Matching Specify the color matching settings for example you can adjust the settings so that the color tones on your pr
496. o a Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only 335 676 0ALJ 082 Checking the SSID and Network Key When manually setting up a wireless connection you need to specify the SSID and network key of your wireless router The SSID and network key may be indicated on these networking devices Check your devices and write down the necessary information before setting up the connection For more information see the instruction manuals for your networking devices or contact your manufacturer SSID A name given for identifying a specific wireless LAN Some other terms used for SSID include access point name and network name A keyword or password used for encrypting data or authenticating a network Some other terms used Network Key for network key include encryption key WEP key WPA WPA2 passphrase and preshared key PSK When manually setting up a wireless connection by specifying detailed settings you need to specify security settings Check the following information Wireless Security Protocols Security types WEP WPA PSK WPA2 PSK Authentication Encryption authentication method Open System Shared Key Encryption method TKIP AES CCMP ll Checking the SSID and Network Key from a Computer The SSID or the network key may have been changed If you do not know the SSID or the network key you can check them by using the Canon MF LBP Wireless Setup Assistant included with the User Software CD ROM The Canon MF L
497. o send a fax or e mail To enter a new destination with the operation panel or add or edit it in the Address Book you need to set lt Restrict New Destinations gt to lt Off gt For more information contact your Administrator Limiting Available Destinations The black toner cartridge has reached the end of its lifetime The toner cartridge has reached the end of its lifetime Replacement of the toner cartridge is recommended How to Replace Toner Cartridges The computer is restricted Scanning that is operated on the operation panel is disabled in the Department ID Management Log on to the Remote UI in System Manager Mode display the edit screen of the corresponding Department ID and select the Allow Scan Jobs with Unknown IDs check box Blocking Jobs When Department ID Is Unknown The cyan toner cartridge has reached the end of its lifetime The toner cartridge has reached the end of its lifetime Replacement of the toner cartridge is recommended How to Replace Toner Cartridges 560 676 The image cannot be recognized The image you selected could not be previewed when you were selecting files to print in a USB memory device Images with the icon cannot be previewed JPEG or TIFF images can be previewed but some of the images may not be able to be displayed Printing from USB Memory USB Print The magenta toner cartridge has reached the end of its lifetime The toner cartridge ha
498. ob TH Job RX Job Fax Forwarding Errors 3 Press A or Y to highlight lt IPv6 gt and then press 53 Network Information Mirelesa LAN Information E IEEE 02 1X Error Information 69 74 4 Press A or Y to highlight the option you want to confirm and then press H tateless Address i Stateless Address 2 Stateless Address 3 Stateless Address 4 Stateless Address 5 J View the information Link Local Address IP Address y fati 0000 0000 0000 Prefix Length 01223 4567 89ab cdef 6 Press jor Status Monitor to close the screen 70 74 How to Check the Bit Architecture For Windows 1 Open Control Panel Windows Vista 7 Server 2008 Select Control Panel from Start menu Windows S Server 2012 Right click the lower left corner of the screen and select Control Panel 2 Display System Windows Vista 7 8 Server 2008 R2 Server 2012 Click System and Maintenance or System and Security and then click System Windows Server 2008 Click System 3 Check the bit architecture For 32 bit versions 32 bit Operating System is displayed For 64 bit versions 64 bit Operating System is displayed ET e IB Conio Pond piem ond ecunty ko Spthem s e trod Pong i a r aetyol F Hzn P View basic information about your computer HJ Deace Manager Ya mbara cis a Farci hrg Wna 7 Utimaie GF Sytem prctachien Capymght amp X
499. ocedure below 1 Open the feeder cover 2 Gently pull out the document 1 3 Close the feeder cover 549 676 Paper Jams in the Front and Back Sides 1 Lift the operation panel 2 Gently pull out the paper 3 Lower the operation panel 4 Open the rear cover 6 Close the rear cover Paper Jams in the Manual Feed Slot MF8280Cw MF8230Cn 1 Pull out the paper drawer 550 676 IMPORTANT Make sure to hold the paper drawer with both hands and pull it out gently Otherwise you may damage the paper drawer by dropping it if it slides out too easily Open the cover Hold the green knobs and push down the part shown in the figure Gently pull out the paper Hold the green knobs return the part shown in the figure back in place and close the cover Return the part shown in the figure back in place until it clicks Set the paper drawer When the screen shown below is displayed use A W to select Yes and press fj Is all ef the jammed paper removed 551 676 OALJ OCC When an Error Message Appears If you cannot send a fax or the memory is full or you encounter operation problems a message appears on the display Find out more information about messages in the following list Black amp White copying is restricted Do you want to log in Black and white copying is disabled in the Department ID Management Select Yes and log on with a Depa
500. of the frame to erase is increased or decreased relative to the Copy Ratio setting Erase Frame is not available when using Paper Save Copy 2 on 1 gt lt 4 on 1 or ID Card Copy Icoev Erase Frame p 3 E lt On gt 3 Specify the width of the frame to erase Apply Select the document size on the Scan Size screen f Specify Frame Width f E Frame Width Use A W or the numeric keys to enter the frame width 1 to 50 mm and press Apply Example If you want to erase the dark borders and frame lines Without Erase Frame With Erase Frame LINKS Basic Copy Operations 126 676 0ALJ 02W Collating Copies by Page When preparing multiple copies of multi page documents set Collate to On to collate copies in sequential page order This function is useful when preparing handouts for meetings or presentations y oft The copies are grouped by page and not collated For example if you are making three copies of a five page document the printouts will be arranged in the following page order 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 ip lt On gt The copies are grouped into complete sets in sequential page order For example if you are making three copies of a five page document the printouts will be arranged in the following page order 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 LINKS Basic Copy Operations 127 676
501. olution When receiving a fax Ask the sender to divide the document into multiple sections or reduce the resolution before sending 005 A fax could not be sent because the recipient s machine did not respond within 35 seconds When the recipient s machine is turned OFF or the line is busy a fax may not be sent Ask the recipient to check the machine status When sending the fax overseas insert pauses in the fax number Sending Faxes 012 A fax could not be sent because the recipient s machine ran out of paper Ask the recipient to reload the paper 564 676 018 A fax could not be sent since the recipient s machine did not respond because the line was busy or for other reasons When the recipient s machine is turned OFF or the line is busy a fax may not be sent Ask the recipient to check the machine status When sending the fax overseas insert pauses in the fax number Sending Faxes 022 Sending of a fax from a computer is disabled To send a fax from a computer you need to set lt Allow Fax Driver TX gt to lt On gt For more information contact your Administrator Prohibiting PC Faxing MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only A fax could not be forwarded because the specified destination was deleted from the Address Book Register the forwarding destination again If the documents that failed to be forwarded remain in memory you can forward it again Registering in the Add
502. olution Platen glass up to 600 x 600 dpi Feeder up to 300 x 300 dpi Software interpolation resolution 9 600 x 9 600 dpi Color 10 sheets minute Black and White 20 sheets minute 100BASE TX 10BASE T Hi Speed USB USB IEEE 802 11b g n Infrastructure mode 2 Windows XP Vista 7 8 TWAIN WIA 1 0 Windows XP WIA 2 0 Windows Vista 7 8 1 The communication time is not included 2 For MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw only 644 676 OALJ OFR Printer Specifications Printing Method Indirect electrostatic system On demand fixing MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Manual feed slot Approx 50 sheets 60 to 90 g m Paper drawer Approx 250 sheets 60 to 90 g m Paper Cassette Feeding Unit Vi optional Approx 250 sheets 60 to 90 g m Capacity Output Tray MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Manual feed slot 1 sheet Paper drawer Approx 150 sheets 60 to 90 g m Capacity 1 a fresh stack Approx 125 sheets 60 to 90 g m of A4 size paper MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn 1 sided printing Color 20 ppm Print B W 20 ppm Speed 2 MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn 2 sided printing lai Color up to 10 ppm pages per minute 5 spm sheets per minute Bicone B W up to 10 ppm pages per minute 5 spm sheets per minute MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Color 14 ppm B W 14 ppm First Print MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Color 14 5 seconds or less B W 14 5 seconds or less Time 3 A4 MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Color
503. om the computer click Cancel and then start from step 1 again gt If you are using MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw continue to Configuring Initial Settings for Fax Functions MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only gt If you are using MF8540Cdn MF82300Cn the settings for connecting to a computer are complete 42 676 OALJ OOR Configuring Initial Settings for Fax Functions MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Follow steps 1 to 4 described below to configure the fax settings First determine which receive mode best suits your intended use and then follow the on screen instructions to configure the settings For more information about a particular step click on the link to go to the corresponding section Step 1 Deciding Which Fax Receive Mode to Use B Y Step 2 2 Registering the Fax Number and Unit Name c Y Step 3 G Selecting the Receive Mode Step 4 2 Connecting the Telephone Line 43 676 0ALJ 00S Deciding Which Fax Receive Mode to Use Before configuring the fax settings determine which receive mode best suits your intended use Intended use Receive mode Use fax only Never use telephone Auto This setting is for when you want to use the machine exclusively for receiving faxes and you do not want to B use the telephone or optional handset Mostly use telephone Almost never use fax lt Manual gt Connect your telephone to the machine This setting is for when you
504. ombinations of copy settings as one of the modes To edit the settings for a mode that has already been registered select that mode and press lt Register gt again y Settings Configure your frequently used settings Various Copy Settings NOTE If you want to delete a registered setting press EM Favorite Settings fg select the mode Delete Yes m amp If you want to use a registered setting press Favorite Settings fl select the mode ff Registered settings are saved even when the machine is turned OFF amp You can change the settings of a mode after it is activated LINKS Basic Copy Operations 130 676 0ALJ 031 Faxing This chapter describes basic fax operations and various other useful functions to suit your needs such as PC Fax to send documents directly from computers Address Book to specify destinations easily and Forwarding to receive faxes even when you are out of the office NOTE Fax functions are only available for the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw amp You need to complete some procedures before using fax functions 2 Configuring Initial Settings for Fax Functions MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only amp You need to register destinations in the Address Book before using this feature Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only llUsing Basic Operations Sending Faxes Canceling Sending Fax
505. on and the name for the number For Group Dial the destination name and the number of destinations are shown Check the contents and if everything is correct select OK and press To specify another destination select Cancel press fj and enter a three digit number again Displaying Destinations in Address Book If you want to specify multiple destinations Repeat steps 2 and 3 Up to 181 destinations can be specified To specify any additional destinations with the numeric keys use A W to select Specify Next Destination New gt on the screen and press 53 BTOo delete destinations E4 If you specified multiple destinations you can delete destinations as necessary 1 Select lt Confirm Edit Destination and press f Send Press Start Hunker of Destinations 3 j9 CANON 455yXXXXXX Specify Next Destination Me 2 Select a destination you want to delete and press 53 Confira Edit Destination 1E TB9IODOQOXX 5j CANON 456300001 3 Press Clear Dest gt select Yes and press fj If you specified destinations in Group Dial in step 2 Number of Destinations is displayed on the screen Selecting this item and pressing Ej displays detailed destinations in Group Dial Fan Number 123XXXXXXX Coded Dial O01 Clear Dest 0 NOTE If you want to easily and quickly delete destinations without displaying a list of destinations Before selecting Confirm Edit Des
506. onnect the optional handset Installing the Handset Optional MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only USB port Connect a USB cable when connecting the machine and a computer Connecting via USB LAN port Connect a LAN cable when connecting the machine to a wired LAN router etc 2 Connecting via Wired LAN Fi Telephone line jack MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw only Connect a telephone cable when connecting the machine to a telephone line Connecting the Telephone Line External telephone jack MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw only Connect your telephone or answering machine 2 Connecting the Telephone Line Rear cover Open the rear cover when clearing paper jams Clearing Jams Rating label The label shows the serial number which is needed when making inquiries about the machine 2When a Problem Cannot Be Solved F Ventilation slots Air from inside the machine is vented out to cool down the inside of the machine Note that placing objects in front of the ventilation slots prevents ventilation Installation Power socket Connect the power cord Connecting the Power Cord 56 676 0ALJ 013 Interior MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Toner cartridge tray Install the toner cartridges Load the Y yellow M magenta C cyan and K black toner cartridges in the slots from the rear to the front respectively How to Replace Toner Cartridges LINKS Replacing Toner Cartridges 57 676 0ALJ 014 Manua
507. ons is not displayed on applications that do not support AirPrint You cannot print by using those applications 5 Specify the print settings as necessary Number of copies Tap or on the right side of 1 Copy to set the number of copies Double sided MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn only Tap ON on the right side of Double sided to specify 2 sided printing Range i adel and All Pages or specify the range of the pages to print when printing a document with multiple pages NOTE The available settings on Printer Options differ depending on the application you are using Available paper sizes differ depending on the application you are using 244 676 6 Tap Print Printing starts To cancel printing Canceling AirPrint Printing NOTE Checking the print status During the printing process the Print Center icon is displayed in the list of recently used applications on the Apple device and you can use it to check the print status To display the list of recently used applications press the Home button twice Printing from Macintosh Before printing by following the procedure below add your printer to your Macintosh from System Preferences Print amp Scan 1 Make sure that the machine is turned ON and that it is connected to the local wireless LAN Viewing Wireless LAN Settings and Information MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only 2 Open a document in an application and display the print dialog
508. ontinuous printing by switching from one paper source to another that is loaded with the same paper size You can select a function such as copy or print to enable this feature Copy Multi Purpose Tray Off t On Drawer 1 Off Ont Drawer 2 1 Off Ont Printer Drawer 1 Off Ont Drawer 2 1 Off Ont Fax 2 Multi Purpose Tray Off On Drawer 1 Off Ont Drawer 2 1 Off Ont Other Multi Purpose Tray Off On Drawer 1 Off Ont Drawer 2 1 Off Ont 491 676 Common Settings fj Drawer Auto Selection On Off gt fg Select the function f Select the paper source fj Select Off or On Rf Apply a Functions Select the function for which you want to configure automatic drawer selection NOTE Select lt Other gt for functions such as printing reports and lists and printing images from a USB memory device f Paper Sources Select the paper source for which you want to enable NOTE Multi Purpose Tray is not displayed if Printer was selected on the previous screen Automatic drawer selection is always enabled for printing on paper fed from the manual feed slot Switch of the settings Select On to enable automatic drawer selection for the paper source you selected on the previous screen 153 NOTE Make sure to select On for Drawer 1 or Drawer 2 If Off is selected for both drawers you cannot finish the configura
509. ooklet The screen below is displayed Benak ee Prairies Ed Fara ALP age al Drs ee ee Bs Fig En ie ee ee T5 2 Bheels 1 do 15 Bheels pei ot SF Spica Exsculed Dua Baokiel Luise 10 T ram Om Sty Booklet Printing Method All Pages at Once Prints all of the pages at once as a single bundle so that you can make a booklet just by folding the printed pages in half Divide into Sets Prints as multiple bundles divided by the number of the pages specified on Sheets per Set Bind each bundle and then combine them as one booklet Select this option when the document has so many pages that you cannot bind them all into a single booklet Specify Booklet Gutter If you are using a stapler or other binding tools specify the margin width for binding your booklet Select the Specify Booklet 205 676 Gutter check box and specify the margin width in Booklet Gutter LINKS Printing a Document 206 676 0ALJ 04W Printing Borders 7 You can add borders such as broken lines or double lines in the margins of printouts Raton Deus Le j ee tee Edging Select the border type M Preview Displays a preview with the selected border LINKS Printing a Document Printing Dates and Page Numbers Printing Watermarks 207 676 0ALJ 04X Printing Dates and Page Numbers You can print the information such as dates or page numbers and you can specify where to print this info
510. ope Click Start Scanning starts To cancel click Cancel iE When placing documents in the feeder in step 1 When scanning is complete the scanned document is saved to a folder on a computer or forwarded to an application 2Configuring Storing Settings Specifying External Applications to Forward Scanned Data m When placing documents on the platen glass in step 1 Ea If the screen shown below is displayed you can continue scanning documents When you can only scan one page at a time such as when the JPEG format is specified this screen is not displayed Eterna cf page 1 5 betes Te stan chee pagi pica Ia aprii ad cheese Hei Dick Virarbd io que Fih 1 If there are additional pages of documents to be scanned place the next document on the platen glass and click Next Repeat this step until you finish scanning all of the pages When there is only one page to be scanned proceed to the next step 2 Click Finish When scanning is complete the scanned document is saved to a folder on a computer or forwarded to an application 2 Configuring Storing Settings Specifying External Applications to Forward Scanned Data NOTE If the scanning results are not achieved If the expected scanning results are not achieved for example if the image is too dark or the color tone is different from that in the original you can configure advanced scan settings with ScanGear MF Place the document again se
511. operly in some USB memory devices Do not connect anything other than a USB memory device USB memory devices cannot be connected via a USB hub or an extension cable Do not use USB memory devices with special functions such as built in security functions NOTE amp The USB memory port of the machine supports USB 2 0 If a folder in a USB memory device has many files saving scanned data will take more time Use your computer to delete unnecessary files on your USB memory device or move them to a different folder 1 Connect a USB memory device to the USB memory port IMPORTANT Do not remove the USB memory device or shock or shake the device or the machine when data is being read or written Also do not turn OFF the machine while the processing is in progress 2 Place the document s Placing Documents UJ Press H 4 Use A W to select lt USB Memory and press 53 Computer Remote Scanner E Mail Windows 5MB 5 Specify the scan settings as necessary Use AJ W to select the settings Specifying Detailed Settings 285 676 an Press 5tart File Format PDF Density i0 Original Orientation Portra_ Original Type Text Phote 2 Sided Original Off Sharpness t0 Data Size Standard If you select JPEG in File Format only one page can be scanned when the document is placed on the platen glass To scan multiple documents at a time place them in the feeder These documents
512. opying and for copying multiple pages onto one sheet To make 2 sided copies 2 Sided Copying MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only To save paper when you copy Using the Paper Save Copy Key To print 2 sided documents from your computer Switching 1 Sided and 2 Sided Printing MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only To print 2 Sided incoming faxes Print on Both Sides Print Multiple Pages on a Single Sheet To really start saving paper shrink multiple pages onto a single sheet 2 or 4 pages for copies and up to 16 pages for print jobs sent from your computer If you are using a machine capable of 2 sided printing the Copy key enables you to save even more paper by allowing you to simultaneously select the settings for 2 sided copying and for copying multiple pages onto one sheet To copy multiple pages of a document onto one sheet Copying Multiple Documents onto One Sheet 2 on 1 4 on 1 To save paper when you copy Using the Paper Save Copy Key To print multiple pages of a document onto one sheet Printing Multiple Pages onto One Sheet 03 Sleep Mode For saving energy and money a sleep mode that powers down a machine when nobody is using it has become an essential feature This machine will enter sleep mode automatically and can also be put to sleep whenever you want Press once to put the machine to sleep Press it again to instantly wake the machine back into action 624 676 For more informatio
513. oring Documents into Memory To store received documents into memory set Memory Lock Settings to On You can also specify optional settings such as a security setting that makes a password necessary to unlock the feature and a time setting that specifies a period of time during the day in which received documents are stored in memory System Management Settings fj Communication Management Settings Memory Lock Settings gt E On fg Specify each setting p Apply amp Memory Lock Settings Memory Lock Settings Report Print Off b Memory Lock Time Do Hot Set Memory Lock PIN Enables you to register a password of up to seven digits To register a password use the numeric keys to enter a password and press Apply Enter the same numbers again for confirmation and press Apply This password is necessary when you change the memory reception settings or when you deactivate the Memory Reception feature to print all the stored documents If you do not want to register a password just press Apply without entering anything NOTE Passwords with only zeros as in 00 or 0000000 are not allowed 3 Report Print Enables you to print RX Result reports every time documents are stored into memory To print reports select On and press You also need to set lt RX Result Report to On RX Result Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Onl
514. ory or location where chemical reactions occur A location exposed to corrosive or toxic gases A location that may warp from the weight of the machine or where the machine is liable to sink a carpet etc Avoid poorly ventilated locations 10 676 This machine generates a slight amount of ozone etc during normal use Although sensitivity to ozone etc may vary this amount is not harmful Ozone etc may be more noticeable during extended use or long production runs especially in poorly ventilated rooms It is recommended that the room where the machine operates be appropriately ventilated to maintain a comfortable working environment Do not install in a location where condensation occurs In the following cases water droplets condensation may form inside this machine which may result in paper jams and poor print quality or damage Let the machine adjust to the ambient temperature and humidity for at least two hours before use When the room where the machine is installed is heated rapidly When the machine is moved from a cool or dry location to a hot or humid location When using wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw only Set the machine at a distance of 50 m or less from the wireless LAN router Do not set machine in a location where any object blocks communication The signal may be degraded when passing through walls or floors Keep the machine as far as possible from digital cordless phones microwav
515. ot solve the problem set Special Mode P to On Special Processing 582 676 OALJ OCW Paper Is Fed Incorrectly Printouts Are Skewed Do the paper guides align with the edges of the paper If the paper guides are too loose or too tight the printouts are skewed 2Loading Paper Is the paper source the manual feed slot Load the paper into the paper drawer 2Loading Paper in the Paper Drawer Are you printing on curled envelopes Uncurl the envelopes and print again Loading Envelopes If the envelopes are not fed properly even after you have uncurled them selecting Envelope 2 for Envelope Switch may solve the problem Special Processing Paper Is Not Fed Two or More Sheets Are Fed Together Is paper loaded correctly Fan the paper stack thoroughly so that paper is not stuck together Check whether paper is loaded correctly 2Loading Paper Check whether the number of sheets of paper loaded is appropriate and whether the appropriate paper is used Paper Loading Paper Check whether mixed sizes and types of paper are loaded together 583 676 OALJ OCX When a Problem Cannot Be Solved If you cannot solve a problem by referring to the information in this chapter contact your local authorized Canon dealer or the Canon help line IMPORTANT Do not disassemble or repair the machine yourself If you disassemble or repair the machine yourself it may
516. ou perform frequently you can eliminate the need to configure the same settings every time you make copies Copy Settings fj Change Default Settings fj Select the setting fg Change the default value of the selected item Apply gt Change Default Settings Density 20 Original Type Text Photo Map i Sided otf Copy Ratio 1005 1 1 Erase Frame OTT Sharpness i0 Color Balance Default E Settings Select the item you want to set and change the default value LINKS Basic Copy Operations Various Copy Settings Copy Settings 129 676 0ALJ 030 Registering Frequently Used Copy Settings You can register up to four frequently used combinations of copy settings By simply selecting a registered setting combination when it is needed you can eliminate the need to configure the same settings every time you make copies such as if you frequently set the number of copies to 5 set Erase Frame to On and increase the sharpness when copying You can register the setting combinations as Mode 1 to Mode 4 Favorite Settings fg Select Mode 1 to Mode 4 Register Select each setting and set the value p Apply Yes mf Original Type Text Photo Map 2 5ided Off Copy Ratio 100 1 1 Register Erase Frame ff Sharpness i0 Color Balance Default al lt Mode 1 gt to lt Mode 4 gt Register frequently used c
517. oxy Restricting the Machine s Functions Restricting Access to Address Book and Sending Functions MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Setting a PIN for Address Book Limiting Available Destinations Prohibiting PC Faxing MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Onl Disabling Use of Previously Used Destinations Checking Destinations before Sending Documents Prohibiting Sequential Broadcasting MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Onl Restricting USB Functions Disabling HTTP Communication Disabling Remote UI Implementing Robust Security Features Enabling SSL Encrypted Communication for the Remote UI Configuring IPSec Settings Configuring IEEE 802 1X Authentication Configuring Settings for Key Pairs and Digital Certificates Generating Key Pairs Using CA issued Key Pairs and Digital Certificates Verifying Key Pairs and Digital Certificates Using Remote UI Starting Remote UI Remote UI Screens Managing Documents and Checking the Machine Status Setting Up Menu Options from Remote UI Saving Loading Registered Data 6 676 365 366 3 0 3 1 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 9 381 383 386 388 393 396 397 398 399 401 407 408 411 414 415 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 425 426 428 429 430 431 434 441 445 446 448 451 453 454 456 459 462 464 Saving Loading Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Saving Loading Settings Registering Address Book from Remote UI MF8580C
518. p iac Diac dred Eyre add a Sec Ads s prier a eas Dna Print Sree p oapertser Reset diese Devices 3 a Prnpers and Faces 7 Conn MEFESDIC UFFILT Ea Sec what s printing VO Sen uri defit piaba Prshnsinmeterences Comte thorir Treub beth ost Rams device P reogsertoei Canon MIFESDCK Semmes LIERE LT ate 5 Defauh Shaun J dle ueteri ien usen f Model Canon MRSC ferier Cajon Parter 3 Check the port settings Click the Ports tab Make sure that the correct port is selected for the printer 668 676 9 Canoe MFESEIC Series UFRELT Point te the Felrreires porii Desc ureerts mil porri 1 the fing rea 669 676 OALJ OHS Notice Mi Model Names MF8580Cdw F164802 MF8550Cdn F164802 MF8540Cdn F164800 MF8280Cw F164702 MF8230Cn F164700 MThird Party Services and Software Third Party Software MR amp TTE Directive This equipment F164802 F164702 conforms with the essential requirements of EC Directive 1999 5 EC and is usable in EU Only for models with facsimile functionality For Europe only Canon Inc Canon Europa N V MEMC requirements of EC Directive This equipment conforms with the essential EMC requirements of EC Directive We declare that this product conforms with the EMC requirements of EC Directive at nominal mains input 230 V 50 Hz although the rated input of the product is 220 to 240 V 50 60 Hz Use of shielded cable is necessary to comply with the technical
519. p proceed to step 6 nD UWB 0 MN Press B amp W and hang up the handset LINKS Sending Faxes Canceling Sending Faxes Checking Status and Log for Sent and Received Documents 158 676 0ALJ 03R Sending Faxes to Multiple Destinations Simultaneously Sequential Broadcast You can send faxes to up to 210 destinations at once Use the numeric keys or the Address Book to specify multiple destinations If your office has an LDAP server installed you can access the server via the machine and then specify up to 10 destinations The maximum number of destinations that you can specify when using an LDAP server or the numeric keys is 10 respectively If you use the numeric keys in combination with an LDAP server a total of 10 destinations can be specified For example if seven destinations have been specified using the numeric keys up to three destinations can be specified using an LDAP server IMPORTANT When Restrict Sequential Broadcast is set to Reject Sequential Broadcast you cannot use this feature Prohibiting Sequential Broadcasting MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only NOTE You need to register destinations in the Address Book before using this feature Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 1 Place the document s Placing Documents 2 Press H 3 Specify the destination To specify with the numeric keys enter the fax number and press
520. pecified part being the average Likewise you can also adjust the balance with the brightness of the medium tone being the average Chari Haia T EE t o pfe tm Sup Palma a SR G B Haai Litres Channel If you select Color for Color Mode you can adjust the Red Green and Blue color channels separately To adjust all three colors at the same time select Master You can combine the adjustments made in Master and those made in the individual color channels If you select Grayscale for Color Mode only Grayscale is displayed Black point Eyedropper Mid point Eyedropper White point Eyedropper Click the parts on the preview image or cropping frame you want to specify as the darkest the medium and the brightest Slide ah 7 Or Alternatively you can enter a value Gray Balance Eyedropper Tool Click a part on the preview image or cropping frame you want to render as an achromatic color which is black grey or white each of which does not have color depth Color tone on the rest of the image is adjusted with the clicked part being the average For example if snow on a photograph image is bluish click this part because you essentially want to render this part as white When you click this part the snow is no longer bluish and the 277 676 entire image is adjusted so that it comes closer to natural colors Click different parts little by little while chec
521. pecify settings for printing received faxes Print on Both Sides 2 Ea Specify settings for printing received faxes on both sides of paper Off On m Fax Settings RX Print Settings W Print on Both Sides lt On gt Reduce RX Size E Specify settings for reducing the image size of a received document You can select an automatic reduction ratio that reduces the received document to size of the loaded paper You can also select a ratio from a list Off On Ratio Auto t 97 95 90 75 Direction Vertical Horizontal Vertical Onlyt p Fax Settings b lt RX Print Settings p Reduce RX Size On b Specify the settings Apply e Ratio Auto reduces the image by a ratio that is based on the size of the loaded paper 9796 95960 90906 or 759 55 reduce the image by the corresponding ratio i lt Direction gt Select lt Vertical Horizontal gt to reduce the image both vertically and horizontally Select lt Vertical Only gt to reduce only vertically RX Page Footer 4 Select whether to print information including date and time of reception and page numbers on the bottom of received faxes Offt On 501 676 IN Fax Settings fj RX Print Settings p RX Page Footer p On ffl Continue Printing When Toner Is Low EJ If receiving faxes when toner is nearly empty the machine holds th
522. pecify the lt System Manager PIN gt Enter a number of up to seven digits using the numeric keys and press lt Apply gt When lt PIN Confirm gt is displayed enter the PIN once again to confirm System Manager ID System Manager PIN FIN Confirm a a XX i ni SE Blank Ho Settings NOTE You cannot register an ID or PIN that consists only of zeros such as 00 or 0000000 If you want to cancel the System Manager ID and PIN settings clear the text box and press Apply lSetting the System Manager Name 4 1 Select System Manager Name and press fj System Manager Info Settings System Manager ID and PIN 2 Enter up to 32 characters for the System Manager Name and press Apply Entering Text System Manager Mame q dministratorl OOOO Q4 NOTE Configuring settings via the Remote UI Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Click Settings Registration System Management Edit and specify the necessary settings on the displayed screen amp By using the Remote UI you can register a variety of information including contact information Administrator comments the installation location of the machine as well as to the settings that you can register by using the operation panel The registered information can be viewed on the Device Information page of the Remote UI Checking System Manager Information 399 676 Logging on to the machine
523. pecify the other setting Paper that is output curls Afterimages appear on the blank area Toner is not fully fixed and the printouts are faded 2 You can specify either Plain 2 or Plain 3 as the paper type for 75 to 84 g m paper If you experience any of the following problems after specifying either of these two settings specify the other setting Paper that is output curls Afterimages appear on the blank area Toner is not fully fixed and the printouts are faded MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Paper Setting 71 676 Paper Type Paper Weight on the Machine 60 to 74 g m Plain 1 1 Plain paper 70 to 84 g m Plain 2 1 2 75 to 90 g m Plain 3 gt 2 Recycled paper 60 to 74 g m Recycled Color paper 60 to 74 g m Color 85 to 120 g m Heavy 1 Heavy paper 121 to 163 g m Heavy 2 Envelope Envelope 100 to 110 g m Coated 1 111 to 130 g m Coated 2 Coated paper 131 to 160 g m Coated 3 161 to 220 g m Coated 4 Transparency lt Transparency gt Label Labels Index card Heavy 2 3 Thin paper 60 g m Thin 1 You can specify either Plain 1 or Plain 2 as the paper type for 70 to 74 g m2 paper If you experience any of the following problems after specifying either of these two settings specify the other setting Paper that is output curls Afterimages appear on the blank area Toner is not fully fixed and the printouts are fa
524. platen glass Placing Documents in the Feeder 1 Spread the document guides apart Slide the document guides outward until they are slightly farther apart than the actual document width SS ce Pull out the tray extension when loading large documents to prevent them from drooping over the edge of the feeder Z7 2 Fan the document stack and align the edges Fan the document stack in small batches and align the edges by lightly tapping the stack on a flat surface a few times 3 Place the document s face up in the feeder Make sure that the document stack does not exceed the load limit lines IMPORTANT Do not load documents of various sizes at the same time Up to 50 sheets can be loaded at a time If 51 or more sheets are loaded scanning may stop or a paper jam may occur 69 676 4 Align the document guides against the edges of the document Slide the document guides inward until they are aligned securely against the edges of the document n 7 A E n The machine is ready to scan the document IMPORTANT Align the document guides securely against the edges of the document Document guides that are too loose or too tight can cause misfeeds or paper jam While documents are being scanned Do not add or remove documents When scanning is complete Remove the scanned documents from beneath the feeder to prevent paper jams 70 676 0ALJ 01C Loading Paper You c
525. press fi If the Type screen appears select To Cc or Bcc as a destination type and press fi 4 Use lt to select a tab Address Book Favorites Address Book Group i ani E IU doli mmn oy CANON jane exanple com io sales 5 destination s Details Edit Register Dest Details Edit Register Dest lt All gt Displays all the destinations registered in the Address Book For the marks beside the destinations see the explanations below y Displays a list of destinations registered in Favorites lt A Z gt lt 0 9 gt lt ABC gt to YZ Displays destinations with recipient names whose first characters correspond to the characters of the selected tab lt gt 308 676 Displays destinations for faxes To specify destinations using this tab see Specifying from Address Book Fax 2 Displays destinations for e mails lt ul Displays destinations for shared folders lt i gt Displays a list of destinations registered in Group Dial This feature is not available when scanning documents to shared folders 5 Use A W to select a destination and press fj Address Book Favorites ok CANON john exanple com Details Edit Register Dest NOTE If you want to specify multiple destinations e mail Repeat steps 3 to 5 Up to 100 destinations can be specified HTo delete destinations e mail 4 If you specified multiple destinations you can delete
526. press i Hemory Media Print On Off E off Disables the function to read the data from a USB memory device The data in the USB memory device cannot be printed A On Enables the function to print the data stored in a USB memory device D Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON LINKS 2Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory Printing from USB Memory USB Print 427 676 OALJ OAO Disabling HTTP Communication HTTP is used for communications over the network such as when you access the machine via the Remote UI If you are using a USB connection or are otherwise not using HTTP you can disable HTTP to block malicious third party intrusions via the unused HTTP port IMPORTANT Disabling HTTP disables some of the network capabilities such as the Remote UI WSD printing and printing with Google Cloud Print 1 Press 2 Use A W to select Network Settings and press fj s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press ID 2 Logging on to the Machine 3 Select TCP IP Settings Use HTTP 4 Select lt Off gt and press fj a Off Disables HTTP communication a lt On gt Enables HTTP communication 5 Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON LINKS Using Remote UI 2 Changing Port Numbers 3 Configuring P
527. pri ede Sd nag peat E Ir partono D Iam agre ni Fiehowal Setija Er Lu TEST Allow Print Jobs with Unknown IDs In order to print from a computer when Department ID Management is enabled you need to enter the correct ID and PIN on the printer driver Setting the Department ID Management for Printing or Faxing from the Computer However if the check box is selected for this setting you can print from a computer without entering the ID and PIN Clear the check box to require entering an ID and PIN Allow Scan Jobs with Unknown IDs If the check box is selected you can select Computer or Remote Scanner on the main screen and scan documents into a computer anytime using scan Pci Scanepc2 Clear the check box to disable the selection of Computer Remote Scanner and scan c1 Sanca When Department ID Management is enabled Select a scan type The computer is restricted Remote Scanner USB Memory Allow Black amp White Copy Jobs If the check box is selected when Department ID Management is enabled you can copy in black and white without entering the correct ID and PIN Clear the check box to require entering an ID and PIN LINKS Setting Access Privileges Setting the System Manager ID 406 676 0ALJ 09A Restricting Communication by Using Firewalls Without proper security unauthorized third parties can access computers and other communication devices that are connected to a netwo
528. printable area Printable Area Fax Scan Saving in a USB Memory Sending by E mail Sending to a File Server 05mm 638 676 Feeder 3mm amen 3mm 3mm NOTE The scan area for copying may differ from the printable area Printable Area 3mm amm 1mm mm Saving in a Computer The whole document can be scanned Saving in a USB Memory Sending by E mail Sending to a File Server The whole document can be scanned OALJ OFH Paper ll Supported Paper Sizes Paper sizes that can be loaded in the paper drawer the manual feed slot and optional paper drawers are listed below MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn A4 210 0 x 297 0 mm 1 2 B5 182 0 x 257 0 mm t A5 148 0 x 210 0 mm Legal 215 9 x 355 6 mm 1 Letter 215 9 x 279 4 mm 1 2 Statement 139 7 x 215 9 mm Executive 184 0 x 266 7 mm 1 Officio 215 9 x 317 5 mm B officio 215 9 x 355 mm M officio 215 9 x 341 mm Government Letter 203 2 x 266 7 mm Government Legal 203 2 x 330 2 mm Foolscap 215 9 x 330 2 mm Envelope COM10 104 7 x 241 3 mm Envelope Monarch 98 4 x 190 5 mm 3 Envelope C5 162 x 229 mm Envelope DL 110 x 220 mm Custom Paper Size 4 1 Automatic 2 sided printing is available without replacing paper 2 The machine can print received fax documents 3 You can load Envelope Monarch only in the manual feed slot 4 Custom paper size of 100 to 215 9 mm in width and 148 to 355 6 mm in
529. printer L Default printer Last Printer Used zr Default paper size Aa d Click the lock to prevent further changes a 3 Click IP and then select a print protocol from Protocol Enter host name or address Leave blank for default queue Name No Selection Location No Selection Print Using 4 Enter the IP address of the machine to Address and then select Select Printer Software from Print Using 37 14 Protacol i Line Printer Daemon LPO II Walid and complete address Queue a Leave Blank for defaukt queus Mame sd Location Print Using Generic PCL Laser Printer The selected printer software isn t from the marubacturer and may Pee let you use ad The Meares el your printer More Printers Add 5 Select a driver that is capable for this machine from the driver list and then click OK If you are using Mac OS X 10 5 x clicking OK is not required 6 Click Add 7 If the following screen appears specify the optional settings and then click Continue or OK installable Options Make sure your printers options are accurately shown here vo you cam bane full advantage of them Far informabon on your printer and itx optional hardware check the documentation that came wath it Paper Source Options Nome d Jab Accounting C Secured Print Function Version 1 D or later E
530. ps 2400 bps System Management Settings fj Communication Management Settings fj Fax Settings Bj Select TX Start Speed fj Select a communication start speed f RX Start Speed B Adjust the communication start speed This adjustment should be made when it takes a long time to start receiving a fax due to a poor telephone line connection 33600 bpst 14400 bps 9600 bps 7200 bps 4800 bps 2400 bps System Management Settings Communication Management Settings f Fax Settings B Select RX Start Speed p Select a communication start speed ER 535 676 R Key Setting E4 If your machine is connected through a PBX Private Branch Exchange it is necessary to set the access method You can set the PBX type to lt Prefix gt or lt Hooking gt If you register the outside line access number to the R key you can easily access the outside line PSTN PBX Prefix Hooking System Management Settings fj Communication Management Settings fj Fax Settings p Select R Key Setting p m lt PBX gt E gt Select lt Prefix gt or lt Hooking gt 3 Enter the outside line access number if you select lt Prefix gt Apply lt PBX gt Select the type of PBX you are using If you select lt Prefix gt register the prefix code on the next screen i lt Code gt Enter the pr
531. put an image that is appropriate for printing on A4 paper select A4 and Print 300dpi for Select Purpose 3 e Click If you select Add Delete you can add new output size settings and delete the added sizes i to switch between the portrait and landscape orientation This button is not available when Flexible is selected Add Delete tha Output Sce Unio ine Let Duipul gs Mare ating IET iiis Sz Hang I b Uri Hiirraari r ET Cancel Select Flexible to change the ratio of width to height Drag the area you want to scan on the preview image Image Correction Select the Fading Correction check box to correct faded colors on an old photograph or other images into vivid colors This setting is available when a preview image is displayed and you select Photo Color or Magazine Color for Select Source i J LINKS 2 Configuring Scan Settings in Advanced Mode Scanning Using MF Toolbox Scanning Using an Application 272 676 OALJ OHY Configuring Scan Settings in Advanced Mode If you click the Advanced Mode tab on the ScanGear MF screen you can make more advanced adjustments in the image quality than you can in Simple Mode You can also register adjusted settings as Favorite Settings For more detailed information click the icon next to the topic B rns 3 m to Solow bija rom Dupa settings Chaipi Merin Caput tue 9 Come Bisch
532. r mPress to cancel Do you want to cancel If the screen displays a list of documents when is pressed Use A W to select the document to cancel Do you want to cancel m Use Status Monitor to cancel Status Monitor Copy Print Job Job Status p amp Select the document on the Copy Print Job Status screen Cancel p Yes p Copw Frint Jeb Status O2 25P4 Printin be you want te cancel Ty 02 15P4 Printing Jeb Humhee n5 ZW Status Paused TT 02 L6PM Waiting Time 08 03 02 16PM we TESI Department ID Job Type 77 Printer NOTE Several pages may be output after you cancel printing LINKS Printing a Document Checking the Printing Status and Log 194 676 0ALJ 04F Checking the Printing Status and Log You can check the current print statuses and the logs for printed documents Useful in the Following Cases amp When your documents are not printed for a long time you may want to see the waiting list of the documents waiting to be printed When you cannot find your printouts that you thought had been printed you may want to see whether an error has occurred 1 Press Status Monitor 2 Use A W to select Copy Print Job and press 53 Device Status Fax Forwarding Errors Network Information 3 Check the print statuses or logs mTo check the print statuses 1 Select Job Status and press fj E Copy
533. r 2 is attached Settings marked with 2 are only available for the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Change Default Settings Default Display Settings File Sort Default Settings File Name Display Format Change Default Settings Specify the USB Print settings The selected settings are used as the default settings of the USB Print function 2 Changing Default USB Print Settings Number of Copies 1t to 99 Paper Multi Purpose Tray Drawer 1t Drawer 2 1 Noni Off t 2on 1 4 on 1 2 Sided 2 Off t Book Type Calendar Type Print Date Off t On Print File Name Off t On Original Type Photo Priority t Text Priority Brightness Five Levels Halftones Gradation Error Diffusion Default Display Settings Ea Select whether to display a list of file names or thumbnails for previewing when accessing files in a USB memory device 507 676 Detailst Images Memory Media Print Settings Default Display Settings Select Details or Images be Default Display Settings Details Displays file names and dates in list form M Images Displays thumbnails for previewing File Sort Default Settings Ed Select whether to display files in a USB memory device in ascending or descending order of file name or date Name Ascending Name Descending Date Time Ascending Date Time Descending Memory Media Print Settings File Sort De
534. r Dest Details Edit Register Dest lt All gt Displays all the destinations registered in the Address Book For the marks beside the destinations see the explanations below lt gt Displays a list of destinations registered in Favorites lt A Z gt lt 0 9 gt lt ABC gt to YZ Displays destinations with recipient names whose first characters correspond to the characters of the selected tab lt A gt Displays destinations for faxes lt J gt Displays destinations for e mails To specify destinations using this tab see Specifying from Address Book lt gl Displays destinations for shared folders To specify destinations using this tab see Specifying from Address Book lt i gt Displays a list of destinations registered in Group Dial 4 Use A W to select a destination and press 53 145 676 Address Book Favorites a All 2 A Z 0 8 k E ve CANON 12300000000 Details Edit Register Dest NOTE If you want to specify multiple destinations Repeat steps 2 to 4 Up to 200 destinations can be specified To specify any additional destinations with the numeric keys use A W to select Specify Next Destination New gt on the screen and press BTO delete destinations 4 If you specified multiple destinations you can delete destinations as necessary 1 Select lt Confirm Edit Destination gt and press gt Send Press Start Wusber of Destinations
535. r EIE Cp el B zd ines bo Shed Foire Turn scared originalis 5o a siae dolar an fear parkucrk fore fan Pesca e es Rte or FE Tnm eed Oe ee Ee be Tard oe If the screen prompting you to enter the Address Book PIN is displayed enter the PIN for the Address Book and click OK Setting a PIN for Address Book 4 Specify the required settings 360 676 a See p mexNI Vs die e Penim Pooh Wi Send Purzien ang Tao jasiu Ennis att MOE Series di Rs ees eian Te irgi ed Rg ea ga Bee ae Se Th dar En anus Seg Cee an eee ted rie eee Sa DA dida Tode Dn Deere Tin SR esso OE TR CD L4 Rap Pe Ted d EH EY Pi Biel Sana par Praeru loc Fuori Piana UTF Sara SMTP Aurten iha Marsa Poured Fk Mel Caput Ce e 2012 3 REDE Haare Registration Favorites Number With the Send Function Setting Tool you can register an e mail address into Favorites in the Address Book Select a number from the drop down list Name for Favorites Number Enter the name for identifying the destination to be registered Set a name that will be easy for you to find later in the Address Book M Send Destination Settings Destination E mail Address Enter the e mail address that you want to send your scanned documents to SMTP Server Settings SMTP Server Enter the SMTP server name SMTP Authentication Click the Not Set or Set radio button to match the authentication settings of the SMTP se
536. r Richtlinie 1999 5 EG befindet Eesti K esolevaga kinnitab CANON INC seadme FM48944 vastavust direktiivi 1999 5 EU olulistele n uetele ja Estonian muudele asjakohastele s tetele Enalish Hereby CANON INC declares that FM48944 is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant g provisions of Directive 1999 5 EC Espa ol Por medio de la presente CANON INC declara que el FM48944 cumple con los requisitos esenciales y Spanish cualesquiera otras disposiciones aplicables o exigibles de la Directiva 1999 5 CE EAAnvikr Me tnv napouoa n CANON INC OnA veE OTI TO UOVTEAO FM48944 GUULOPMWVETAI npoc TIC OUDIWSEIG ANAITNOEIC Greek kai TIG AOINEG OXETIKEG OIATGEEIG Tc OSnyiac 1999 5 EK Francais Par la pr sente CANON INC d clare que l appareil FM48944 est conforme aux exigences essentielles et aux French autres dispositions pertinentes de la directive 1999 5 CE Italiano Con la presente CANON INC dichiara che FM48944 conforme ai requisiti essenziali ed alle altre disposizioni Italian pertinenti stabilite dalla direttiva 1999 5 CE Latviski Ar o CANON INC deklare ka FM48944 atbilst Direktivas 1999 5 EK b tiskajam prasibam un citiem ar to Latvian saistitajiem noteikumiem Lietuviu iuo bendrov CANON INC deklaruoja kad FM48944 atitinka pagrindinius Direktyvoje 1999 5 EB i d stytus Lithuanian reikalavimus ir kitas josnuostatas Nederlands Hierbij verklaart CANON INC dat FM48944 in overeenst
537. r a size in megabytes to specify how much data can be transported in a session 439 676 Select Algorithm Select the ESP ESP AES GCM or AH SHA1 check box es depending on the IPSec header and the algorithm used AES GCM is an algorithm for both authentication and encryption If ESP is selected also select algorithms for authentication and encryption from the ESP Authentication and ESP Encryption drop down lists ESP To enable the ESP authentication select SHA1 for the hash algorithm Select Do Not Use if you want Authentication to disable the ESP authentication ESP Select the encryption algorithm for ESP You can select NULL if you do not want to specify the Encryption algorithm or select Do Not Use if you want to disable the ESP encryption Connection Mode The connection mode of IPSec is displayed The machine supports transport mode in which the payloads of IP packets are encrypted Tunnel mode in which whole IP packets headers and payloads are encapsulated is not available 11 Click ox If you need to register an additional security policy return to step 6 1 2 Arrange the order of policies listed under Registered IPSec Policies Policies are applied from one at the highest position to the lowest Click Up or Down to move a policy up or down the order Bad t Eriam Lla Pini Figluuncaz SetireceTieckiaies arra Wier Seprce Daza Semi rri ER al see em eC wel Aiea Canna CH dy
538. r cartridge has reached the end of its lifetime Select one of the settings on the display NOTE amp To display the replacement method select Display Recovery Steps on the screen amp If you select Continue Printing Quality Not Guaranteed you can continue printing but the machine may malfunction amp If the yellow magenta or cyan toner cartridge has reached the end of its lifetime and you select Only Continue Black amp White Printing you can continue black and white printing only Faxing is restricted Do you want to log in Faxing is disabled in the Department ID Management Select Yes and log on with a Department ID for which faxing is not disabled For the Department ID and PIN contact your Administrator Setting the Department ID Management 556 676 No Paper Paper is not loaded in the paper drawer or the manual feed slot Load the paper 2Loading Paper Paper on which reports or lists can be printed is not loaded Reports or lists can be printed on A4 or Letter size paper Load A4 or Letter size paper and set its size Also set the paper type to Plain 1 Plain 2 Plain 3 gt Recycled Color or Thin depending on the loaded paper 2Loading Paper GSpecifying Paper Size and Type Paper on which received documents can be printed is not loaded Received documents can be printed on A4 or Letter size paper Load A4 or Letter size paper and set its siz
539. r could not be detected due to setting problems of the network to be connected Check whether the machine is properly installed and ready to connect to the network Installation Settings Problems If the problem persists check the security settings of the wireless router 552 676 Cannot print RX data A received document cannot be printed due to the following Replacement period of the toner cartridge is near A cover is opened A toner cartridge is not set Paper is not set A document or paper jams An abnormality occurs Check whether the problems above are occurring If messages including causes and solutions appear on the display check the contents Cannot receive the fax Make sure the fax was sent correctly by the sender The recipient s machine did not respond within 35 seconds Ask the sender to send the fax again If you hear a beep select lt Start Receiving gt and press to receive the fax Receiving Faxes Cannot send because more than one destination is specified Sending a fax to multiple destinations is disabled To specify multiple destinations you need to set lt Restrict Sequential Broadcast gt to lt Off gt or lt Confirm Sequential Broadcast gt For more information contact your Administrator Prohibiting Sequential Broadcasting MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Cannot specify a group Group Dial was specified as a destination after pressing Hoo
540. r more information about this function see Printing a Document Secured by a PIN Secure Print MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Go Wireless MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only No cables easy installation simple maintenance If you ve got a WPS wireless LAN router bypass the settings process altogether and be ready to go before you know it Enjoy the kind of clutter free and easy to use document system that you can only get from wireless Compatible with IEEE 802 11b g n for stress free wireless and also supports WEP and WPA WPA2 PSK TKIP AES CCMP for tighter security For more information about this function see 2 Connecting to a Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only 630 676 Get Faxes Wherever You Go MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Never worry about missing a fax when you re out of the office Set a forwarding destination and any fax that comes in on the machine will go right to you Better yet make the forwarding destination the e mail address for your tablet or mobile zi ba a M at LI zi For more information about this function see Forwarding Received Faxes Make Posters Blow up a regular one sheet printout and make an exceptionally large poster A large poster will be printed out on nine Sheets Put them together in a 3x3 grid and voila For more information about this function see Printing Posters Make Booklets MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only
541. r on your computer MF Driver Installation Guide before using this feature About the Fax Driver Help Clicking Help on the fax driver screen displays the Help screen On this screen you can see information that is not in the e Manual including information about driver features such as registering frequently used settings and how to set up those features Manber of Destinanana Spi Coeds ising Prefer Sys Set am homan and mae NOTE Depending on the operating system and the version of the fax driver you are using the fax driver screens in this manual may differ from your screens 172 676 0ALJ 042 Sending PC Faxes IMPORTANT When Allow Fax Driver TX is set to Off you cannot send faxes from computers Prohibiting PC Faxing MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only You need to enable Department ID Management on the fax driver you are using if Department ID Management is enabled on the machine For more information click Help on the fax driver screen Setting the Department ID Management 1 Open a document in an application and display the print dialog box How to display the print dialog box differs for each application For more information see the instruction manual for the application you are using 2 Select your fax driver and click Print o amp i pon PRO Senes P fi MEFISDC Sassi Li aen MANIC WR LT Firmi inis p J Pages aba ni EAE Sines A inae sage orsser 2i a des
542. r the PIN if it is set for the Department ID Verify Click to verify that the correct ID and PIN are entered This function is not available if the machine and the computer are connected via a USB or WSD Web Services on Devices port Confirm Department ID PIN When Printing Confirm Department ID PIN when Sending Fax Select the check box to display the Confirm Department ID PIN pop up screen each time you print or fax from a computer Authenticate Department ID PIN at Device Select the check box if the machine and the computer are connected via a USB or WSD port j Click OK NOTE Logging on to the machine When you try to print or fax from a computer when Department ID Management is enabled Confirm Department IVPP the following pop up screen is displayed unless the Confirm Department ID PIN When MC Crn Dearne D and PP Printing Confirm Department ID PIN when Sending Fax check box is cleared CEN aprire IE iets Fi III Ca mea Blocking Jobs When Department ID Is Unknown If you do not change the default settings any user can print from a computer scan via Computer and Remote Scanner or make black and white copies without entering an ID and PIN even when Department ID Management is enabled for the machine You can change the default settings so that the machine cannot be used for these functions without a correct ID and PIN 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting
543. rare r o ar E Cawg Frag Daop CANON KO 200 A rji Pee E Key Settings Key Name Enter up to 24 alphanumeric characters for naming the key pair Set a name that will be easy for you to find later in a list Signature Algorithm Select the signature algorithm from the drop down list Key Algorithm RSA is used for generating a key pair Select the key length from the drop down list The larger the number for the key length the slower the communication However the security is tighter NOTE 512bit cannot be selected for the key length if SHA384 or SHA512 is selected for Signature Algorithm Certificate Settings Validity Start Date YYYY MM DD Enter the date from which the certificate is valid between 01 01 2000 and 31 12 2037 Validity End Date YYYY MM DD Enter the date to which the certificate is valid between 01 01 2000 and 31 12 2037 A date earlier than Validity Start Date YYYY MM DD cannot be set Country Region Click the Select Country Region radio button and select the country region from the drop down list You can also click the Enter Internet Country Code radio button and enter a country code such as US for the United States State City Enter up to 24 alphanumeric characters for the location as necessary Organization Organization Unit Enter up to 24 alphanumeric characters for the organization name as necessary Common Name Enter up to 48 alphanumeric charact
544. reaz Ii riu wo Maas d ue d Trim ceami age emnisy DAS Sever Aidma beaet Ea jhr k si me md d Geman hac Du Cierny et ec Dep pari Lier Vene CERD LARA L ld 5E a ee DNS Settings Primary DNS Server Address Enter the IP address of a DNS server Secondary DNS Server Address Enter the IP address of a secondary DNS server if any Host Name Enter up to 47 alphanumeric characters for the host name of the machine that is to be registered to the DNS server Domain Name Enter up to 47 alphanumeric characters for the name of the domain the machine belongs to such as example com DNS Dynamic Update Select the check box to dynamically update the DNS records whenever the machine s IP address is changed When specifying the interval between updates enter the time in hours in the DNS Dynamic Update Interval text box mDNS Settings Use mDNS Adopted by Bonjour mDNS multicast DNS is a protocol for associating a host name with an IP address without using DNS Select the check box to enable mDNS and enter the mDNS name in the mDNS Name text box DHCP Option Settings Acquire Host Name Select the check box to enable Option 12 to obtain the host name from the DHCP server DNS Dynamic Update Select the check box to enable Option 81 to dynamically update the DNS records through the DHCP server j Click OK 5 amp eningsRegistration Mal ve aite Hare Fierit murga Rpk
545. rection and press 7j When color correction is performed you can make copies and prints that more closely reproduce the colors and density of the original document The time it takes to apply color correction is approximately 2 to 4 minutes Color correction can be performed later Do you want to correct the color for a more accurate reproduction ef the eriginal BPerforming color correction 4 1 Check that the size and type of paper displayed on the screen is loaded in the machine and press 53 Allowed Paper Size Ad LTR 16K Type Plaini 3 Recycled 2 Confirm the procedure and press 73 An adjustment image is printed Step i 1 Print Image for Adjustment Printing Image far 2 Sean Image for Adjustment Adjustment Open the feeder after the screen displayed during printing disappears 4 Place the adjustment image on the platen glass with the print side face down Place the adjustment image so that the black stripe is toward the back side of the machine 5 Gently close the feeder 6 Press Color The machine starts scanning the adjustment image 7 Open the feeder and remove the adjustment image 8 Gently close the feeder NOTE If the lt Correction failed gt message is displayed Did you load plain or recycled A4 or Letter size paper into the drawer Did you place the adjustment image with the print side face down with the black stripe toward the back side of 34 676 the
546. reen Colors Select On or Off p 5j Millimeter Inch Entry Switch L4 Select the unit of measurement Millimeter Inch Preferences p ES Display Settings lt Millimeter Inch Entry Switch gt ES Select Millimeter or Inch Rf gt 484 676 Message Display Time Ea Specify the interval in seconds at which two different messages are alternately displayed 1 to 2t to 5 sec Preferences Display Settings fj Message Display Time p p Enter a number for the interval Apply Scrolling Speed Adjust the speed for scrolling the screen by selecting from three levels Slow Standard Fast Preferences p Display Settings Scrolling Speed Select the speed gt amp Cursor Movement E Configure how the cursor moves after a character is entered on the screen Select Auto to automatically move the cursor to the right of the entered character after approximately 1 second Select Manual to manually move the cursor to the right of the entered character Auto t Manual Preferences Display Settings p Cursor Movement p Select lt Auto gt or Manual m Language 2 H Select the display language used for the display reports and lists Englisht French Spanish German Italian Dutch Finnish Portuguese Norwegian Swedish Danish Slovene Czech Hungarian
547. related to the usage of this machine to Canon every month for ten years Any other information including your personal information is not sent You can also uninstall the Product Extended Survey Program Uninstalling the Product Extended Survey Program For Windows 13 Confirm that the application is selected w under Install and click Next Install Chick heed Ep ead peur I Hl Dasari ni E Frageams required S pinire docemmenis Soong imagas and seeding lees by oun parar za MF Tania Prageam trad alere yog 0 a asd imper imapas Scanned wii a scasnger ima an application JEA mem in emma mesaxageas Cres Imam Ie Faid dies ec Ld 14 Restart your computer 1 Select the Restart Computer Now Recommended check box 2 Click Restart Remove the CD ROM once this screen appears 15 74 Le In the case of USB connection wait until your computer is restarted USB Cable Connection Only when Connecting with USB L In the case of network connection check the installation results Checking the Installation Results For Windows 16 74 Installing Using Custom Installation For Windows 1 Insert the User Software CD ROM into the slot on your computer 2 Click Custom Installation Canon CD ROM Setup leszalla ih standard proram required to sse the device Stat Sofware Programs Stata pogeams relie
548. ress Apply Press Apply Registered to Address Book Coded Dial 001 o hly 102 676 li Editing the Content of Registered Groups After registering destinations you can change the content of groups such as names destinations and coded dial numbers Press or E23 Press BEEN Use lt gt to select lt i gt Use A W to select the destination you want to edit and press lt Details Edit gt Press Edit If a screen appears prompting you to enter a PIN enter the correct PIN using the numeric keys and press 9 2 Setting a PIN for Address Book Ol BR W N e 6 Select the item you want to edit press M perform editing and then press Apply Press Apply Registered to Address Book Coded Dial 001 llDeleting a Group 1 Press or EX Press BEES Use lt p gt to select lt i gt Use A W to select the destination you want to delete and press lt Details Edit gt Press Delete s If a screen appears prompting you to enter a PIN enter the correct PIN using the numeric keys and press fi Setting a PIN for Address Book U AUN 6 Select Yes and press 103 676 0ALJ 023 Adjusting the Volume The machine produces sounds in a variety of situations such as when fax sending is complete or when a paper jam or error occurs You can set the volume of each of these sounds individually 1 Press 8 2 Use A W to select Preferences and press fj
549. ress Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Printing Resending Deleting Documents that Failed to be Forwarded 037 Memory is full If a sending or printing job is queued wait until the job is completed If a received document is stored to memory print or delete it Storing Received Faxes into Memory Memory Reception If sending a document with many pages divide it into multiple sections If sending a fax reduce the resolution to scan the document Adjusting Resolution 099 Printing sending or receiving was canceled When you cancel an operation this error code is displayed but this is not abnormal Print send or receive documents again as necessary 401 A scanned document could not be stored to a USB memory device due to insufficient memory space Delete unnecessary data to free space in the USB memory device or connect a different USB memory device 2Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory 565 676 406 A scanned document could not be stored to a USB memory device due to an error Remove the USB memory device and insert it again Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory Reduce the number of documents to scan 701 Authentication failed because an incorrect Department ID or PIN was entered when the Department ID Management was activated Enter the correct Department ID and PIN Continuing operating without entering a Department ID was attempted ev
550. ress or a shared folder in a computer as the forwarding destination Forwarding All the Received Documents Automatically Off t On Store Print When Forwarding 1 When Forwarding Settings is set to On specify settings for printing or storing forwarded fax documents in memory Print Images Select whether to print forwarded fax documents You can set the machine to print forwarded documents only when an error occurs Printing Documents to be Forwarded Off Ont Only When Error Occurs Store Images in Memory Select whether to store fax documents in memory when they are not successfully forwarded You can resend or print the documents later as necessary Printing Resending Deleting Documents that Failed to be Forwarded Offt Only When Error Occurs Remote UI On Off 3 Select whether to use the Remote UI a feature that enables you to specify the machine settings by using a Web browser Disabling Remote UI Off Ont Restrict TX Function 4 Specify settings for restricting access to sending functions for selected destinations Address Book PIN 537 676 Specify a PIN and require entering it to add new entries to or edit existing entries in the Address Book Setting a PIN for Address Book Restrict New Destinations Select whether to limit the fax numbers and e mail addresses that can be specified as destinations to those already registered in the Address Book Limiting Available Destinations Off t On
551. rint On Off Preduct Extended Survey Pror Cleud Print Settings Secure Print Settings POL Selection Plug and Play E Items for initializing Select the setting you want to initialize lt Initialize All gt Initializes all the settings NOTE To initialize the settings in lt Network Settings gt you can also press Network Settings lt Initialize Network Settings lt Yes gt and restart the machine 621 676 OALJ OFX Appendix This chapter contains technical specifications of this machine instructions on how to use the e Manual disclaimers copyright information and other important information for customers 622 676 OALJ OFY Feature Highlights Give the features that are described in this section a try The features are grouped under four headings Going Green and Saving Money Improving Efficiency Going Digital and So Much More 623 676 OALJ OHO Going Green and Saving Money Easy on the environment easy on your wallet There are lots of ways to cut back on paper toner power and expenses 2 Sided Printing MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only You can use 2 sided printing for copies print jobs sent from your computer and even incoming faxes Because you ll only be using half the paper you would otherwise you can cut your paper costs in half The cep key enables you to save even more paper by allowing you to simultaneously select the settings for 2 sided c
552. rint Settings 238 676 OALJ 05H Using Google Cloud Print Google Cloud Print is a service that enables a user who has a Google account to print from applications such as Google Docs or Gmail via a smartphone tablet or computer connected to the Internet Unlike conventional printing from a computer Google Cloud Print is a new technology that enables you to print by connecting a printer directly to the Web For example if you want to print an e mail or files that are attached to an e mail you can print just by using Gmail for mobile You will find your printouts when you go to the machine eh Google mr Cloud Print Ready IMPORTANT When registering the machine or when using Google Cloud Print to print documents you must be able to connect the machine to the Internet You are also responsible for paying all Internet connection fees You may not be able to use this function in some countries or regions 239 676 0ALJ 05J Preparing for Using Google Cloud Print To print with Google Cloud Print register the machine with Google Cloud Print NOTE To use Google Cloud Print a Google account is required If you do not have one access Google Web site to create your account 2 Checking the Machine Settings Enabling Google Cloud Print Registering the Machine with Google Cloud Print Checking the Machine Settings Before setting up Google Cloud Print check the following Make sure that the machine is assigned a
553. rinter print a test page The icon is added to the printer folder 50 74 Setting WSD 1 Open the network folder For Windows Vista Server 2008 Select Network from the Start menu For Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 Select Computer from the Start menu and click Network For Windows 8 Server 2012 Right click the lower left corner of the screen select File Explore and then click Network 2 Right click the machine icon and select Install from the pop up menu a re dvd nari Carey Edd j paa Sid b BAP LE Chu Computer 15 Maia Devices Zi s Euhhinazmn Lawes i11 Canc cauaa Multa sede Dace T Wetuwrsuh acetic Prat 2 m Centre Pana Haide and Sund Dataa and Pimba Ad s dece Add s pneter Devices 5 Printers and Fases 6 C annri aa Series UP LT 51 74 When User Account Control appears Click Yes or Continue Follow the steps in the procedure below to delete the icon added in step 13 of Installing the MF Drivers if you do not need it 1 Right click the icon and select Remove device or Delete from the pop up menu 2 Click Yes 3 When User Account Control appears click Yes or Continue 52 74 Uninstalling the Software Uninstalling the Software If you do not need the drivers or applications you can uninstall them with the following procedure Uninstalling the Printer Fax Scanner Driver For Windows Uninstalling t
554. rinting Protocols and WSD Functions Using Google Cloud Print 428 676 OALJ OA1 Disabling Remote UI The Remote UI is useful because the machine settings can be specified by using a Web browser on a computer To use the Remote UI the machine must be connected to a computer over the network If the machine is connected to a computer via USB or if you do not need to use the Remote UI you might want to disable the Remote UI to reduce the risk of having your machine controlled remotely over the network by malicious third parties 1 Press amp 2 Use A W to select System Management Settings and press s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press jp 2Logging on to the Machine 3 Select Remote UI On Off gt and press 53 4 Select lt Off gt and press 53 Remote UI n ff a Off Disables the Remote UI i lt On gt Enables the Remote UI 5 Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON LINKS Using Remote UI Disabling HTTP Communication 429 676 0ALJ 0A3 Implementing Robust Security Features Authorized users may incur unanticipated losses from attacks by malicious third parties such as sniffing spoofing and tampering of data as it flows over a network To protect your important and valuable information from these attacks the machine supports the following features to en
555. rk To prevent this unauthorized access specify the settings for packet filter a feature that restricts communication to devices with specified IP addresses or MAC addresses 407 676 0ALJ 09C Specifying IP Addresses for Firewall Rules You can either limit communication to only devices with specified IP addresses or block devices with specified IP addresses but permit other communications You can specify a single IP address or a range of IP addresses NOTE Up to 16 IP addresses or ranges of IP addresses can be specified for both IPv4 and IPv6 amp The packet filters described in this section control communications over TCP UDP and ICMP 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Da Remote Ul Portal mi xi AEG ST F1 HE JT MO a Deska Baak Inleoraniza rese Sisins Frim i Bardy e priri Eana Bondy fe orcas Pua qp ariy e are or ceive foe tr Inia ices 3 Click Security Settings IP Address Filter Lll Ett rei Tiree ain Potion Sirm Cores Serge bby Lite Pri saminga Per Serra LL Appii Fike Chg a eee En S Ls ieget baring het 3d paa perat z Ite parem eee Elbe lx Click Edit for the filter type that you want to use Ie Ae COST DH ies lets Vis Febris Cea Torn ew F Tires ail fection Miry Cores uma Uuitricsaned V dirae Capp trem Vs Fees bitte ea ias Fn Samras Eo
556. rmation on the document upper left lower right etc Page Setup tab Click Page Options Select the print position of the print date user name or page number OK OK Print Date Specify the position to print the print date M Print User Name Specify the position to print the user name logon name for the computer used to print the document Print Page Number Specify the position to print the page number Changing the Print Format of Dates and Page Numbers You can change formatting details such as font and font size when printing dates logon names or page numbers Click Format Settings on the Page Options screen shown above to specify the details LINKS Printing a Document Printing Borders Printing Watermarks 208 676 0ALJ 04Y Printing Watermarks You can print watermarks such as COPY or CONFIDENTIAL over the document You can create new watermarks or use pre registered watermarks ry Page Setup tab Select the Watermark check box Select a watermark from Watermark Name OK TELE Watermark Watermark Name Select the Watermark check box to display the list of the watermarks in the Watermark Name drop down list Select a watermark from the menu M Edit Watermark Ea Displays the screen to create or edit watermarks ater isi Lid par DRAFT ipf rer Pad Fiagui 1590 5 Parif i
557. rs MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only m Detailed Settings for lt PDF Compact gt B lt Scan Settings gt Output File Image Settings fj lt PDF Compact Image Quality Level p 3 Select the type of your documents fg Specify the settings PDF Compact Image Olty Level Image Level in Text Photo Mode l Data Size Priority Normal E Image Level in Text Photo Mode or Photo Mode gt Select when scanning documents that contain photos f Image Level in Text Mode Select when scanning documents that only contain text Data Size Priority The data size is highly compressed and reduced but the image quality is low t Normal The compression ratio and the image quality are adjusted to an intermediate setting between Data Size Priority and Image Quality Priority 3 Image Quality Priority The image quality improves but the data compression ratio decreases and data size is large 297 676 LINKS Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 2Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 298 676 0ALJ 06L Adjusting Density You can adjust the density of the scan if the text or images in a document are too light or dark hg m EU Specify destinations or connect the USB memory device Density 83 A
558. rs who want to complete the setup easily 1 Start the Send Function Setting Tool mUsing a Web browser Enter http the IP address of the machine sendsupport login html in the address field of a Web browser and press the ENTER key D E http 102 168 222 51 sendsupport login html Ele Edit View Favorites Tools Help mUsing the User Software CD ROM 1 Insert the User Software CD ROM into the drive on the computer Select a language and click OK if you are prompted to do so 2 Click Start Software Programs Canon CD ROM Setup laah iba standard programs required t ese the dence Installs selected programs Saia pragearms relied io S9 lunctonabdy of the device drectly fram the CO440M Manuals Dee plas manuas relied in wee ol the deace NOTE If the above screen is not displayed see Displaying the CD ROM Setup or Select language Screen 3 Click Start for Send Function Setting Tool 4 Click Next ir mal m Lc Peir setings fer sending scanned onginals by eral from fee deao or tn p shared fodder fro fe dese Th Urges dece Sf rhe se Tina ee ese Trbara Faya fue steps becker 1 Display the information Fesquinrd for the Settings Check come b Sel Le egal Seed Seg Gode el Pi wil Be mainar y wis pou parforre Eus bnc Fee thei dee lara Check beth taii od and Send Satin Guide bo perform settings adie Reader or Adobe Acrobat Hescer i required
559. rst destination you specified but the fax will be sent to all the destinations that you specified Sending Faxes to Multiple Destinations Simultaneously Sequential Broadcast eS ugaona The selected destination and its fax settings are specified LINKS Sending Faxes 149 676 0ALJ 03F Specifying Destinations in an LDAP Server Fax If your office has an LDAP server installed you can use the destinations registered in the server To specify destinations access an LDAP server via the machine and then search for a destination NOTE You need to specify the settings for connecting to an LDAP server beforehand Registering LDAP Servers MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 1 Press A 2 Use A W to select Specify from LDAP Server and press 3 Specify the destination 03 03 2013 14 00 is Sharpness i0 Specify from Address Book 3 Select the LDAP server you are using and press i shellfish Mot Registered 4 Mot Registered 5 4 Select the search criteria and press i Personal names fax numbers e mail addresses organization names and department names are available criteria for searching destinations Multiple search criteria can be specified at the same time Set Search Conditions Nane E Fax Number E Mail Address Organization 5 Specify the search criteria using the numeric keys and press lt Apply gt The following screen shows an
560. rt 2 Select Canon MFNP Port in Available port types and click New Port 351 676 Zoomlabla port brpar wird Fea Standard TCP T Port m Gem 3 ddd a nea eet rock pod your celect IP adesa HAL cides n Prinber Deea Herod enber rhe regoied informadog 11 vx sebect Bodo Deszi ipxs dp printer bare the kii Paria Dati Hiahia IF acklracis MAL siie Tambo GD Hoge mien FE T AC BE FL 4E DIE 1S2 152 222 h Canon WAEIT Senna SHE FLEAS 132199222 M NOTE If the machine is not detected Click Refresh If the problem persists click IP address or MAC address enter the IP address or MAC address of the machine Viewing Network Settings and then click Next Zur a reme trek pot Ii your celect I9 access oc HAL adress n Prinber Deea Her hod enber rhe reped informadog 11 veu sebect Aion Dasal aft aries bari the bal IP sdim 4 Click Add Finish D Click Close m Changing the port type or number Ea If the printing protocols Configuring Printing Protocols and WSD Functions or port numbers Changing Port Numbers have been changed on the machine the corresponding settings on the computer must also be configured This change is only available for LPR or RAW ports Click Configure Port 2 Click the LPR or RAW radio button in Protocol Type change the number in the Port Number text box as necessary and then click OK Port Harz MHP EFESE IP furi
561. rt key Press to print a report or list or to specify the settings for printing reports Printing Reports and Lists Status Monitor key Press to check the status of printing or faxing to view the usage history or to view the network settings such as the IP address of the machine You can also check the status of the machine such as the remaining amounts of paper and toner or whether any errors occurred Display gr Energy Saver key Press to put the machine into sleep mode The key lights up yellow green when the machine is in sleep mode Press the key again to exit sleep mode Entering Sleep Mode ID key Press after entering the ID and PIN to log on when Department ID Management is enabled After you finish using the machine press this key again to log off 2Logging on to the Machine 9 Shortcut keys Shortcut keys make it easier to send scanned documents to a computer and save paper when making copies Shortcut Keys x Secure Print key MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn only Press when you start printing secured documents To print a secured document press the key select the secured document to print and enter the PIN that has been set on the computer Printing a Document Secured by a PIN Secure Print MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Clear key Press to delete the entered numbers and text Stop key Press to cancel copying faxing and other operations 4 key Press to enter symbols such as or
562. rtment ID for which black and white copying is not disabled For the Department ID and PIN contact your Administrator Setting the Department ID Management Black amp White printing is restricted Do you want to log in ta Black and white printing is disabled in the Department ID Management Select Yes and log on with a Department ID for which black and white printing is not disabled For the Department ID and PIN contact your Administrator Setting the Department ID Management Cannot change the destination type of destinations registered to a group A selected destination could not be edited because it was registered to Group Dial To change the type of destination that is registered to Group Dial first delete the registered destination from Group Dial Next change the destination type and then register the destination to Group Dial again Cannot find the access point x When automatic setting with WPS was attempted a wireless router could not be detected within a specific period of time Connect again paying attention to the time limit Setting Up Connection Using WPS Push Button Mode Setting Up Connection Using WPS PIN Code Mode An SSID or network key of a wireless router was entered manually but the entry was incorrect Check the SSID and network key and enter the correct ones again Checking the SSID and Network Key Setting Up Connection by Specifying Detailed Settings A wireless route
563. rver When Set is selected enter the user name in the User Name text box and password in the Password text box NOTE Authentication methods for sending e mails To prevent e mail transmissions by unauthorized users the machine supports SMTP authentication SMTP AUTH and POP before SMTP For more information about the required authentication method contact your Internet service provider or Network Administrator POP before SMTP authentication can only be configured by using the Remote UI 2 Configuring Advanced E mail Settings D click Next Confirm the settings and click Register OY Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON IMPORTANT Additional settings may be required depending on the network you are using For more information contact your Internet service provider or Network Administrator To enable SSL for e mailing see 2 Configuring Advanced E mail Settings To change port numbers see Changing Port Numbers LINKS 2 Configuring the Machine for Scanning to E mail Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 361 676 OALJ 08H Configuring Advanced E mail Settings Use the Remote UI to configure detailed e mail settings such as POP before SMTP authentication and SSL encryption For more information a
564. ry Steps Displays the procedure for replacing a toner cartridge A Continue Printing Quality Not Guaranteed You can continue printing but the machine may malfunction Only Continue Black amp White Printing You can continue printing in black and white even if a yellow magenta or cyan cartridge has reached the end of its lifetime End of cart parts lifetime Cart replacement recommended This message which appears with the toner cartridge color s notifies you that the machine may not print in optimum quality The 592 676 reason may be that a toner cartridge that has reached the end of its lifetime is still inserted in the machine It is recommended that you replace this cartridge with a new one Pressing Close will return to the main screen End of cart parts lifetime XXWXX replacement recommended 100 Gis A4 End of cart parts lifetime Cart replacerent recomended Cyan Yelleri Original Type Text Phata Map f S1ided Off Copy Ratio 100 1 1 IMPORTANT You can continue printing when this message is displayed but the print quality may deteriorate B If Printouts are Poor in Quality If your printouts begin to show any of the following features one of your toner cartridges is nearly empty Replace the nearly empty toner cartridge even if no message is displayed How to Replace Toner Cartridges llChecking Toner Level Partially faded Uneven density
565. s Enter the setting using the numeric keys and press Apply on each screen IP Address Gateway Address 1 LE 192 168 0 2258 B k 152 168 0 18 gu D Restart the machine Turn OFF the machine wait for at least 10 seconds and turn it back ON NOTE Checking whether the settings are correct Make sure that the Remote UI screen can be displayed with your computer Starting Remote UI If a computer is not available you can check the connection by using the operation panel Testing the Network Connection Testing the Network Connection 1 Press 4 2 Use A W to select Network Settings and press j s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press jp 2 Logging on to the Machine 3 TCP IP Settings IPv4 Settings PING Command 4 Enter the IPv4 address of another device on the network and press lt Apply gt PING Command T 192 168 0 2300 Received response from host If a proper connection has been established the result is displayed as shown above 340 676 LINKS Setting IPv6 Addresses Viewing Network Settings Configuring WINS 341 676 OALJ 085 Setting IPv6 Addresses Pai F The IPv6 addresses of the machine can be configured via the Remote UI Before setting IPv6 addresses check the IPv4 address settings 12 Viewing IPv4 Settings You need to set the correct IPv4 settings to
566. s If you encounter problems when using the machine check the items in this section before contacting us If the problems persist contact your local authorized Canon dealer or the Canon help line Check the Following Is the machine turned ON Is the power cord connected If the machine is turned ON but does not respond turn it OFF check whether the power cord is connected correctly and turn it back ON 2 Connecting the Power Cord Are the phone cord LAN cable and USB cable connected correctly Check whether these cables are connected correctly Use care not to mistake the phone cord s port for the other cables ports 2 Connecting the Telephone Line Parts and Their Functions Is sleep mode activated If you leave the machine unattended for a specific period of time it enters sleep mode for power conservation not allowing you to operate it To cancel sleep mode press Is any message displayed on the display If a problem occurs a message is displayed When an Error Message Appears If a problem persists even after checking Click the link that corresponds to the problem Installation Settings Problems 2 Copying Problems Printing Problems Faxing Telephone Problems MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only 571 676 OALJ OCH Installation Settings Problems See Common Problems also NOTE Icons in the description Problem with the wireless LAN connection Problem wit
567. s When the Finished message is displayed approximately 1 minute later press 45 to return to the main screen 590 676 OALJ OE5 Transfer Belt Dirt may adhere to the transfer belt inside the machine and cause the print quality to deteriorate To clean the transfer belt perform the following procedure Note that you cannot clean the transfer belt when the machine has documents waiting to be printed 1 Press amp 2 Use A W to select lt Adjustment Maintenance gt and press 0 3 Select Clean ITB gt and press 53 4 Press H Cleaning starts When the Finished message is displayed approximately 1 to 2 minutes later press 4 to return to the main screen 591 676 OALJ OE6 Replacing Toner Cartridges The machine will display a message when a toner cartridge is nearly empty Note that the print quality becomes poor if you continue printing without taking any action You can check the remaining toner level on the display When a Message Appear If Printouts are Poor in Quality Checking Toner Level iB When a Message Appear The message that is displayed depends on the amount of remaining toner Depending on which message is displayed you will need to make sure that you have a replacement toner cartridge ready or replace the toner cartridge How to Replace Toner Cartridges About Replacement Toner Cartridges NOTE Where XXXX appears in the descriptions below the toner cartridge color
568. s select Paper Source 213 676 A Paper Selection Select how to specify paper such as Different for Cover and Others or Different for First Others and Last Also specify which paper should be used for the cover and the body pages You can select this option when you select Booklet Printing in 1 sided 2 sided Booklet Printing in the Basic Settings tab Printing Booklet MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only LINKS Printing a Document 214 676 0ALJ 052 Selecting Document Type You can specify the document type to ensure optimal image quality There are different settings for photo documents documents that have charts or graphs and documents that have design drawings with fine lines Imm iiih Th Tidi i Leber a drin dee ri Geel Ait pakita Objective Select an option that suits the document type or purpose of printing For example select General for general use or select Vivid Photo when you want to print photo images in optimal print quality General A versatile option that is suitable when printing most documents Publications Suitable when printing documents that have a mix of photo images charts and graphs Graphics Suitable when printing documents that have charts or graphs Vivid Photo Suitable when printing photo images Designs CAD Suitable when printing design drawings that have many fine lines High Definition Text Suitable when pri
569. s 9 NOTE Although Print Date is not available for Index Print the modification date of the file is automatically printed below each image Print File Name E4 You can print the file name below each image Use A W to select On and press 53 235 676 Print File Mame NOTE Although Print File Name is not available for Index Print the file name is automatically printed below each image Original Type E4 You can select the type of original depending on the image to print Use A W to select Photo Priority or Text Priority and press i riginal Type Text Priority E Photo Priority Gives priority to printing photo images smoothly Text Priority Gives priority to printing text clearly Brightness E4 You can adjust the brightness of printouts Use 4 lp to adjust the brightness and press Apply e lt gt Prints images darker i lt gt Prints images brighter NOTE You can adjust the brightness of TIFF files only when they are JPEG compressed lt Halftones gt You can select the printing method to reproduce halftones the intermediate range between the lighter and darker areas of an image for optimal image quality Use A W to select lt Gradation gt or Error Diffusion gt and press fi Gradation e Gradation Prints images with fine gradation such as digital camera images with a smooth finish Error Diffusion
570. s Edit Register Dest Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only lt Select Paper gt Screen When you press Select Paper Settings to select the paper to copy or print on the lt Select Paper gt screen is displayed Select the paper on the screen Also for example you can press this key to change the paper settings when you load a paper size that is different from the previously loaded paper size Note that the paper setting must be correctly specified so that the paper is fed properly Select Paper E in A5 Plain 1 Selecting paper Use to select the paper you want to print on M Paper Settings Use to specify the size and type of the paper loaded in the paper drawer You can also register the paper settings for the paper that you frequently load into the manual feed slot Specifying Paper Size and Type Menu Screen When you press i the Menu screen is displayed On this screen you can start specifying general machine settings such as Common Settings or Timer Settings as well as many of the settings for each function such as fax and scan 64 676 Preferences Timer Settings Comon Settings Copy Settings Fax Settings Setting Menu List lt Output Report gt Screen When you press Report the lt Output Report gt screen is displayed From this screen you can print reports such as the sending and receiving results for
571. s JohnBa xamp 16 com LET CANON best Type E Mai 1 Example Group Dial u3 03220135 L Z9PM MPE2DD C Serics Boo EECPESSSEES SELES PSE Eio EE i Eo it HS Ept Croup Destination List rig A A aa A A A A A a EET OTET SALESDEFT Gl iohnsciamelec con CANUH 13004 3o mncsScxaNHPlc con I i4 ltl 128 Ie002 458 ABC Company e002 The Group 15 LINKS Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Registering Address Book from Remote UI MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 612 676 OALJ OEW User Data List System Manager Data List You can check the list of the settings Setting Menu List as well as the content that has been registered in the machine by printing a User Data List or a System Manager Data List Both lists include the paper size and type registered in the machine the print settings of lt TX Result Report gt lt Communication Management Report gt and lt RX Result Report gt Example 03 03 26131 6 50AM MFARE DC Sorios RUM Controller Ver Nain Controller Boot RM UL ECONT Panel Memory Capacity Serial Kumher 1 Preferencas Sound Yolume Control Fax Tone Fas Volumo Eine Tone Ring Tone Volume TX Done Tomo Ti Done Volume NOTE PREECE ERE ELE ETE SEE EEE EE User Bata List LELI dxitkixsddifrzdziiktz ziikrti 81 11 TYPES 81 04 81 38 81 01 01 02 5I SMH FAFUOIIS Report Print List ff U
572. s black yellow magenta or cyan appear in the actual messages Prepare the XXXX toner cartridge This message notifies you that a toner cartridge needs to be replaced soon Make sure that you have a replacement toner cartridge ready Replace the toner cartridge if you see this message before you start to print a large job Prepare the XXXX toner cartridge 100 BM 1 Original Type Text Photo Map 2 Sided Off Copy Ratio 100 1 1 NOTE When this message is displayed When copying or printing you can continue printing the document If the Prepare the black toner cartridge message is displayed when the machine is receiving a fax or automatic report output is set received faxes and reports will be stored in the machine so that they do not appear faded after they are printed To continue printing even if the toner is running low set Continue Printing When Toner Is Low to On 2Continue Printing When Toner Is Low End of Toner Cart Lifetime This message which appears with the toner cartridge color s notifies you that a toner cartridge has reached the end of its lifetime It is recommended that you replace the cartridge with a new one You can continue printing but the print quality cannot be guaranteed Ea End of Tomer Cart Lifetime yan Hagentat H Yellow Y e Quality Not Guaranteed Only Continue Black amp White _ Display Recove
573. s in your computer or register the saved data in the machine The exported data can be imported If using same model other machines can import the data exported from this machine and vice versa These operations can be performed only when you have logged on in System Manager Mode Saving Settings Loading Settings NOTE Settings that cannot be imported exported Settings Location lt Current Date Time lt Timer Settings gt lt Date Time Settings gt Settings gt lt Fax Setup Guide gt lt Fax Settings gt lt Shortcut Key Settings gt lt Scan Settings gt Cloud Print Settings Settings Registration Network Settings User Settings 1 User Settings 2 User Settings 3 Settings Registration Network Settings SNMP Settings SNMPv3 Settings Context Settings Department ID Page Total Settings Registration Department ID Management Key and Certificate Settings Settings Registration Security Settings CA Certificate Settings Select Country Region Forwarding Settings System Management Settings Remote UI On Off Saving Settings 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration 468 676 PS Remete ut Paral Cvaka Bank krkerrar zn E m e Wales Frima Mp Bardy amp priri Emna jf bari imn Faa ap Seedy re err or cece foe At m Pook a tress
574. s isaga I7 ium Mam ages Fk a Frej oar wie Usa harm ange A ee 2714 4 Bn Hass NOTE If the Remote UI screen is not displayed Make sure that the machine computer and router are connected properly via LAN cables and the IP address is set correctly Installation Settings Problems Install the software Install the MF Drivers MF Toolbox and the other included software For more information see MF Driver Installation Guide If you are using MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw continue to Configuring Initial Settings for Fax Functions MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only after installing the software If you are using MF8540Cdn MF8230Cn the settings for connecting to a computer are complete 41 676 OALJ OOL Connecting via USB Install the software and then use a USB cable to connect the machine to the computer The machine does not come with a USB cable Have a cable ready as necessary 1 Install the software Install the MF Drivers MF Toolbox and the other included software For more information see MF Driver Installation Guide 2 Remove the cap that covers the USB port on the back side of the machine Pull the string to remove the cap 3 Connect the USB cable Connect the flat end to the USB port on the computer Connect the square end jj to the USB port on the machine NOTE If the dialog box prompting you to install the software is displayed disconnect the USB cable fr
575. s only one page to be scanned proceed to the next step 2 Press Start Sending gt The documents are scanned to the shared folder TIPS If you always want to scan with the same settings 2 Changing Default Settings LINKS 2Canceling Sending Documents E mail Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 2 Checking Log for Sent Documents E mail Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 293 676 0ALJ O6F Canceling Sending Documents E mail Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only If you want to cancel sending immediately after pressing 4 press on the operation panel Do wou want to cancel If the screen displays a list of documents when 5 is pressed Documents have been scanned and are waiting to be processed Use A W to select the document to cancel DESIT LINKS Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 294 676 Specifying Detailed Settings OALJ 06H This section describes the settings available when scanning documents These settings include specifying the file format into which documents are converted and adjusting density to improve the appearance of scanned documents as well as the basic settings such as specifying the document orientation or scanning size Specifying a Scanning Size GO Speci
576. s reached the end of its lifetime Replacement of the toner cartridge is recommended 2How to Replace Toner Cartridges The memory is full A fax could not be sent or received or a document could not be scanned due to insufficient memory space If a sending or printing job is queued wait until the job is completed If a received document is stored to memory print or delete it Storing Received Faxes into Memory Memory Reception If sending a document with many pages divide it into multiple sections If sending a fax reduce the resolution to scan the document Adjusting Resolution If scanning change the file format to reduce its file size Selecting a File Format A scanned document could not be stored to a USB memory device due to insufficient memory space Delete unnecessary data to free space in the USB memory device or connect a different USB memory device Scanning Documents Directly to USB Memory The memory is full Enter the original type settings again A document could not be scanned because memory became full during copying Set Original Type to Original Type Text Photo Map Speed gt and copy Selecting Document Type The memory is full Process secure print jobs Memory became full of secured documents that were not printed Print the secured documents that are stored in memory Printing via Secure Print 561 676 The memory is full Scanning will be cancele
577. s that are too loose or too tight can cause misfeeds or paper jams gt Continue to Specifying Paper Size and Type in the Manual Feed Slot For the MF8280Cw MF8230Cn IMPORTANT Make sure to insert the paper drawer The machine only prints when the paper drawer is inserted even if paper is loaded in the manual feed slot An error message is displayed if you attempt to print without inserting the paper drawer Load only one sheet of paper at a time Only one sheet of paper can be loaded each time you print 1 Spread the paper guides apart Slide the paper guides outward 78 676 o o 2 Insert the paper and align the paper guides against the width of the paper Load the paper in portrait orientation with the short edge toward the feed slot with the print side face up Paper cannot be loaded in landscape orientation Insert the paper 10 to 20 mm into the manual feed slot and then slide the paper guides inward until they are aligned securely against the edges of the paper oF a gt IMPORTANT Align the paper guides securely against the edges of the paper Paper guides that are too loose or too tight can cause misfeeds or paper jams 3 Insert the paper slowly into the rear of the manual feed slot The paper is pulled slightly into the machine when inserted into the slot NOTE When loading envelopes or paper with a logo see Loading Envelopes or Loading Preprinted Paper gt Continue to Speci
578. s the sharpness resulting in a softer image Example If you want to improve the appearance of magazine photos No change to sharpness Hesort Plan The ods cora reels where Decreased sharpness V Hesort Plan dw La n The world s coral reels where va Increases the image sharpness Example If you want to sharpen text and lines written in pencil No change to sharpness Increased sharpness Resort Plan The world s coral reefs where brilliant coloreg fish and a myriad of other AN tropical Avs LINKS QOSending Faxes Adjusting Density 140 676 0ALJ 038 Scanning 2 Sided Documents MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only xdi The machine can automatically scan the front and back sides of documents in the feeder O n 6 th Lf IMPORTANT Place the documents in the feeder the machine cannot scan both sides of documents automatically when the documents are placed on the platen glass or when the machine is set to Manual Sending m 2 Sided Original fj Select Book Type or Calendar Type 3 i Sided Original E Book Type Select for documents whose images on the front and back sides face the same direction 3 Calendar Type Select for documents whose images on the front and back sides face in opposite directions LINKS Sending Faxes Making a Call before Sending Faxes Manual Sending 141 676
579. sary IMPORTANT To perform the following procedure log on to your computer with an administrator account 1 Open the printer folder Displaying the Printer Folder 2 Right click your printer or fax icon and click Printer properties or Properties CJ Men Haida ind eund Dinca and Pon Add a dece Add a printer ase wies s printing Frint serve properties Rest dence Devices 4 a Fines and Fakes 7 y Canon MFESDIC UFFILT bed See what s printing VO Se dri h piai Prizetnacrederenicec Crie shpricut Tiulsleih ost Rams device Prijeti Canon MIFSSOCK Seres LIFRE LT Tne e Defauh li Model Canos MRSC Sere Cabajare Panier Sab J daumen ii queue Cn coh an LIFE T Gener Srsing Pots Advanced Color Manasgeneers oek o ELTE Paper Dre Cipire Is 250 Speci Eirerwer Socolng ei Host uta Lee Deceesct IU Margareti ot Sai Uar erates 5 Alice Lina of Secured Print 1 Select the Use Department ID Management check box and click Settings on the right of it For the fax driver also select the Allow PIN Setting check box to enable the PIN setting 2 Specify the settings as necessary and click OK 1234557 Confirm Cleceriment CYP IH hen Printing Allow PIN Setting Select the check box to enable the PIN setting Department ID Enter a number of up to seven digits for the Department ID 404 676 PIN Enter a number of up to seven digits fo
580. se side of envelopes NOTE Monarch size envelopes cannot be loaded in the paper drawer on the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Load them into the manual feed slot amp Load the envelopes so that the edge with the flap is toward the left side as shown in the illustration Close the flap and load the envelope In the Manual Feed Slot Load the envelopes Monarch COM10 DL or ISO C5 in portrait orientation with the short edge toward the machine with the non glued side front side face up You cannot print on the reverse side of envelopes IMPORTANT Load only one envelope for the MF8280Cw MF8230Cn each time you print NOTE Load the envelopes so that the edge with the flap is toward the left side as shown in the illustration MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Close the flap and load the envelope Close the flap and load the envelope 81 676 0ALJ 01J Loading Preprinted Paper When you use paper that has been preprinted with a logo pay attention to the orientation of the paper when loading Load the paper properly so that printing is performed on the correct side of the paper with a logo Making 1 Sided Printouts on Paper with Logos Making 2 Sided Printouts on Paper with Logos MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only NOTE This section mainly describes how to load preprinted paper with the proper facing and orientation For a description of the general procedure for load
581. security settings Select a wireless router and press Details To return to the previous screen press Back 330 676 55ID 01 Security Settings WEF Channel 13 If your wireless router is not found Check whether the machine is properly installed and ready to connect to the network Installation Settings Problems 8 Enter the network key that you have written down Enter the network key using the numeric keys and press lt Apply gt Entering Text WEP WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK WEF Key 5 26 Characters PSE 8 64 Characters A E bosono 0 0 0 0 pasooo e Do you want te connect with Connecting new settings Cancel Press Stop NOTE If an error message is displayed during setup Press 3 check whether the network key is correct and return to step 5 1 0 Check that the Wi Fi indicator is blinking on the operation panel The Wi Fi indicator blinks when a wireless router is detected When the setup is completed the screen below is displayed and approximately 2 seconds later the Wi Fi indicator lights up p tg Lt mp w Wait approximately 2 minutes until the IP address settings of the machine are completed IMPORTANT Signal strength When more than one wireless router is available for connection the machine connects to the device with the strongest signal Signal strength is measured using RSSI Received Signal Strength Indication NOTE Reducing power consu
582. ser Data List or System Manager Data List fg Check that the size and type of paper displayed on the screen is loaded in the machine 3 Yes ER g ooi The User Data List does not include the setting lists of Network Settings and System Management Settings To check all the settings items including Network Settings and System Management Settings print the System Manager Data List LINKS 2 TX Result Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 2Communication Management Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only RX Result Report MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Loading Paper 613 676 OALJ OEY IPSec Policy List You can check the list of policy names and the IPSec settings registered in the machine by printing an IPSec Policy List Report Print List IPSec Policy List fj Check that the size and type of paper displayed on the screen is loaded in the machine f Yes p Example 53 03 2013 9 10PM NFB amp 0OC Series u E Bom AZXERRRERESRAA RRAXGXAdARAAGXAZGERE wm IPSec Policy List wmm wb d ke mdcb Eun dede nic ep e l PSec amp ertimngs Use Pier On Racelve Son Policy Peckots Allow Priorlty Ll Policy Sellinas Policy Name exrxamplo Enable Folicr On Selector Settings Local Address omoto Addrezk Local Port Remote Port IKE Sottings KE Woda Authentication Met heed All IP Addresses
583. shared or local printers functions that allow you to obtain device information will be added to your computer Select when using the print function Select when using the PC fax function This function sends documents or images that were created on a computer directly as a fax transmission Select when using the scan function If another Select Driver screen is displayed repeat this step until the Confirm Settings screen is displayed 21 74 9 Set the printer or fax information 1 Specify the settings for each option as needed 2 Click Next 1 Printer information Fax information Canfim the folowing setting details Canim the folowing setting details Dew reu en change Ene pris nama Il you specify the pinter as n reu can change Ene Fax mame IF pou specily this Lax as a shed select Device shared ponte vau can specify the shared printer name and set i i Face you can speci the shad fat name and set an additional Select Diva an additional diver Lalbernate dover diaa alkemate deve Confirm Settings Contim the sellingi and then chick Mex Contim the sellings and then click Har Printer Fax Port CNMFMP 2CSEFZEDBELE annn cm ns LER LT Pot CNMFMP 2CSEF ZEDBECE nvr RE Gaias FAY ual anon ae ess Sener FA Use Shared Printer E Use as Shared Fax 1 2 3 4 51 b T si 8 in de PO Dress to Add Drea to Add Cuwerk Device 1 Dumat Device 5 Humber al Dewces bo Set 5 N
584. sharing resources such as files and printers with more than one device in a network G Configuring SMB To configure the machine for saving your scanned documents into a shared folder in the network via SMB specify the location of the shared folder from a computer by using the Send Function Setting Tool NOTE You can also use the Remote UI to specify the location of the shared folder by registering the folder to the Address Book The Send Function Setting Tool is helpful for users who want to complete the setup easily 1 Start the Send Function Setting Tool mUsing a Web browser Enter http the IP address of the machine sendsupport_login html in the address field of a Web browser and press the ENTER key File Edit View Favorites Tools Help mUsing the User Software CD ROM 1 Insert the User Software CD ROM into the drive on the computer Select a language and click OK if you are prompted to do so 2 Click Start Software Programs CD ROM Setup kasall iba standard programs required t eae the deca j ingal greed programm Manuals Dee plas manuas relied in eee ol the deact Ma sco Wo ARD NOTE If the above screen is not displayed Displaying the CD ROM Setup or Select language Screen 3 Click Start for Send Function Setting Tool 4 Click Next If you want to view Send Setting Guide click How to Set 366 676 m Peranane her ninge cand bn ER CERRO Tha target d
585. sition to which the start menu is added appear Specify the settings in the respective screens and then click Next Click Start in the displayed screen 15 Click Exit Chick sat to exit Ehe wizard t The software for which the check box was selected in step 4 is installed Follow the on screen instructions 16 When the following screen appears read the displayed information click Accept or Do Not Accept and then click Next 25 14 below related to your Canon product be sent via the Intemet te Canon or in the case that you are using a Canon product in China to the legally approved research company Shanghai Duegu Marketing Inc L Information related to Canon laser printer scanner fax Computer s OS version language and display setting information Derice drier and applicabon software usage logs 2 Information related to Canon laser printer Fax Printer s ID number inztalation date and hme toner use nformasbon number of sheets printed and maintenance iniformoatan Tf your Canon product ie shared for use collective information recorded in the shared product wil be sent In this survey we will not send any other information induding your personal infanmabion For this reason fram the information that is sent to us we ane unable to identify spedfic customers Wwe are therefore unable to respond to requests to dadose ans sent information To accept the terms above select Accept and then dick
586. start the machine L t is necessary to restart the machine for the settings to take effect Turn OFF the machine and wait for at least 10 seconds before turning it back ON 7 74 Installing the MF Drivers and MF Toolbox Installing the MF Drivers and MF Toolbox Install the software to use the machine n eee SS aa a Installing Using Easy Installation For Windows Installing Using Custom Installation For Windows Installing the Software For Macintosh USB Cable Connection Only when Connecting with USB Checking the Installation Results For Windows Registering the Printer and Fax For Macintosh Installing the Latest Drivers Downloaded from the Canon Homepage The method of installation varies depending on the connection method or environment Connection Installation method method USB connection Installing Using Easy Installation For Windows Windows Network connection s Installing Using Custom Installation For Windows IPv4 environment N k ti EXON ense Installing the MF Drivers on the WSD Network For Windows IPv6 environment USB connection Macintosh 5 Installing the Software For Macintosh Network connection When installing downloaded drivers 5 Installing the Latest Drivers Downloaded from the Canon Homepage Presto PageManager is not installed by selecting Easy Installation To install the software select Custom Installation f
587. stem Windows XP Microsoft Windows Vista operating system Windows Vista Microsoft Windows 7 operating system Windows 7 Microsoft Windows 8 operating system gt Windows 8 Microsoft Windows Server 2003 operating system Windows Server 2003 Microsoft Windows Server 2008 operating system Windows Server 2008 Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 operating system gt Windows Server 2008 R2 Microsoft Windows Server 2012 operating system Windows Server 2012 Microsoft Windows operating system gt Windows 663 676 OALJ OHK Others This section describes basic Windows operations and includes disclaimers copyright information and other information 664 676 OALJ OHL Basic Windows Operations WE Displaying Computer or My Computer Windows XP Professional Server 2003 Start select My Computer Windows Vista 7 Server 2008 R2 Start select Computer Windows 8 Server 2012 Right click the lower left corner of the screen select File Explorer Computer WE Displaying the Printer Folder Windows XP Professional Server 2003 Start select Printers and Faxes Windows XP Home Edition Start select Control Panel Printers and Other Hardware Printers and Faxes Windows Vista Start select Control Panel Printer Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 Start select Devices and Printers Windows Server 2008 Start select Control Panel double click Print
588. stem Management Sebtings Initialize Menu NOTE Asterisks Settings marked with an asterisk are only available when the optional paper drawer drawer 2 is attached Auto Adjust Gradation Auto Correction Settings Correct Print Color Mismatch Black Text Processing for Color Special Processing Clean Fixing Unit 2Clean ITB Clean Feeder Auto Adjust Gradation Adjust the gradation density and color in copies or printouts Correcting the Gradation Full Adjust Quick Adjust Adjust Copy Image Auto Correction Settings Select whether to automatically perform a quick gradation adjustment or color shift correction after the machine is turned ON Auto Adjust Image Regularly Ea Select when to make an automatic quick gradation adjustment If On is selected quick adjustment is automatically made after the machine is turned ON If Off is selected a quick adjustment is made when the first printing is completed after the machine is turned ON You can also perform this adjustment manually Quick Adjust Offt On Adjustment Maintenance ES Auto Correction Settings ES lt Auto Adjust Image Regularly gt EB Select On or off Em gt Correct Print Color Mismatch When Main Power is ON Ea Select whether to automatically perform the Correct Print Color Mismatch function after the machine is turned ON You can also perform this adjustment manually Correcting Print
589. ster saved Address Book data in the machine Other machines can import the registration contents exported from this machine and vice versa It may not be available depending on the model Saving Address Book Loading Address Book Saving Address Book 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration D Remate Ul Portal Lai penton DAE ia Pig iP DE Mimi Mew Pa Ceska Boake Inlosrarkza Prima lp Bariy amp pin nH IC LII laa Wp Came te are or caertr facem intone ies Aiia Flock v ha amare Click Import Export Address Book Tg pap Cann DE he iens hiver Lm i pura Tirreno ain F unctcn Satire Ulan Coren Serge Cipp Tiagi Far Brus Zn hing flea piy Print Sariga Denner Serra Cheat Spec feeds Ea goth bid pl top E Eee Seed sigaageraet Depart aoazrteni Curmmamcqeon Mangere Turis camide brega E bipil apon kaira an iera Capra EMO CES DOT A Nig Pe rel If the screen prompting you to enter the Address Book PIN is displayed enter the PIN and click OK Setting a PIN for Address Book 4 Click Start Exporting 465 676 Go eee ee Fs fee pei o Ode MES MEENODC m Ga met Mai so Eyes Maree Hag x Settings Regi tration Figuras SenrcePeckiaie Seam t Paper Laing LIE imparai m praed Adee Lr Tene Senda ane DR Ls vemm is DR brpa l apa Da ideas baai dria Tess anii ga Click cent Expec
590. stinations amp If you want to disable specifying previously used destinations Disabling Use of Previously Used Destinations LINKS Sending Documents as E mails Directly from the Machine MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 2Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Registering LDAP Servers MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 306 676 0ALJ 071 Specifying with Numeric Keys E mail Use the numeric keys on the operation panel to specify destinations IMPORTANT When Restrict New Destinations is set to On you cannot use the numeric keys to specify destinations Limiting Available Destinations NOTE You can use the numeric keys only when specifying the first destination If you want to specify any additional destinations use the Address Book or an LDAP server To specify destinations as Cc or Bcc addresses you need to use the Address Book Specifying from Address Book Specifying Destinations in an LDAP Server E mail 1 Press E23 2 Use A W to select E Mail and press ff Computer Remote Scanner WSE Memory E Mail Jj Windows 5B j 3 Enter the destination using the numeric keys and press Apply Pressing lt A a 12 gt toggles the input modes s If you enter the wrong characters press Press to delete each character o
591. t TX Function Restrict New Destinations 4 Select On and press fj Restrict New Destinations y oft Cancels the restriction on new destinations Fax numbers and e mail addresses can be specified by using any method i lt On gt Enables the restriction Users need to specify destinations by selecting from the Address Book or searching the LDAP servers 5 Press 4 amp IMPORTANT This function does not limit the available destinations for PC faxing Prohibiting PC Faxing MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only LINKS Setting a PIN for Address Book Disabling Use of Previously Used Destinations Prohibiting Sequential Broadcasting MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only 420 676 0ALJ 09S Prohibiting PC Faxing MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only You can prohibit users from PC faxing faxing from a computer 1 Press amp 2 Use A W to select System Management Settings and press s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press ID 2 Logging on to the Machine 3 Select Restrict TX Function Allow Fax Driver TX 4 Select lt Off gt and press fj Allow Fax Driver TX E lt Off gt Disables PC faxing M On Enables PC faxing D Press amp LINKS Sending Faxes from Your Computer PC Fax Setting the Department ID Management for Printing or Faxing from the Computer Setting a PIN
592. t recently saved preview image is displayed None Preview does not start automatically and no preview image is displayed Cropping Frame on Previewed Images Select how the cropping frame Operating Preview Images is displayed on the preview image Execute Auto Cropping on Previewed Images Auto Crop is performed based on the scanned document Display the Last Frame on Previewed Images Auto Crop is not performed and the most recently set cropping frame is displayed None Auto Crop is not performed and no cropping frame is displayed B Scan Tab Configure the settings that are applied when you scan a document by using an application and the settings for ScanGear MF operations Scan nio Using Soie Vido Caa bade Tani ace Tohii Tai Enhanced E Scan without Using ScanGear s Window When you scan the document by using an OCR software or other application the ScanGear MF screen may not be displayed In such a case the document is scanned with the setting of the application applied However if the application does not have the following settings enable them here so that these settings are applied for scanning 279 676 Color Mode Text and Table If the application settings are specified to scan documents in color those settings are replaced and documents are scanned with the ScanGear MF color mode set to Color Mode Text and Table Text Enhanced If the application settings are specified to scan doc
593. t serne properes Reeseapwee Genre Derice 4 a Prinl rs and Fas 7 Canon Canon FESO MFAS Series Series FELE RE Jet X f EA T Hnnter prcgertier Cresle iherteut Vroghlerh oot Remus dexict Propestuez Can nMFESOCNM Semmes FA Medeb Cinan FESE Sane FAX i Category Printer Tabs 0 documentis i quee w Canon MPBSOOC Senex FAO Printing Preferences Sow Person Address Book 4 Select the file to import and click Open For a CSV file specify the separators used in the file 184 676 Look pr Nu Castor E Libranes R pl System Folder ww A Des Litesries 1 Open the printer folder Displaying the Printer Folder 2 Right click your fax icon and click Printing preferences Adda dece Add s preter See abd s pridie Fring sereer propeerises Resa disce b Deviors 4 a Printers and Faxes 7 Canon MPEGS eC Seres FARO Medel Canen RAPES Senei FAX Category Printer Taws 0 documentIs i quee 3 Click the Edit Address Book tab Export 185 676 NOTE If you have selected Protect with Password when Exporting Address List in the dialog box that is displayed when Security Settings of the Special tab is clicked a dialog box for entering a password is displayed when you click Export For more information click Help on the fax driver screen Bb Canon MFESODC Series FAX Printing Preferences
594. t the hash algorithm Encryption Select the encryption algorithm DH Group Select the Diffie Hellman group which determines the key strength B Using a pre shared key for authentication 1 Click the Pre Shared Key Method radio button for Authentication Method and then click Shared Key Settings 2 Enter up to 24 alphanumeric characters for the pre shared key and click OK 438 676 G jt bere DEN m sergmts opere shunt iy hired pepa Loi Sos Bote core coU Bie Baie D Om X JP Ves due o ue femin Foch h mcm X metings Registration mem Feni T z K T Pagar Lange Stared agna Canine EM da Shared Hag bering renal gs E Ww ore Tiens asi mul ve Shane Kg Seria ge Corres Carum aa sita as Cipp ires Fan Sates x Zan hiing Bitir Users Pria samedi keier RES Perre ptr 3 Specify the Valid for and Authentication Encryption DH Group settings B Using a key pair and preinstalled CA certificates for authentication 1 Click the Digital Signature Method radio button for Authentication Method and then click Key and Certificate 2 Click Register Default Key on the right of a key pair you want to use e UREEUTTITIEUEEEEEBDUT L s mM EETA UE Veg di e Penin Foch ips mus Fihn hinrce Beckie Hra xmurtzaEngz 5ocude c t farce hepun hos Fae Paice Pasar Sting Kap adarka ag p EE UCET Key anc Cariicms Samir Sr a Tiew amisga aby bd Tita be SS ledin S
595. t to delete and press 53 2 Select Delete and press 73 3 Select Yes and press fj 2 140 x 200 mm Edit Delet e Is it OK to delete Specify the paper size 90 676 1 Specify the length of the lt X gt shorter side Select X and press Input the length of the X side using A W or the numeric keys and press Apply 2 Specify the length of the Y longer side Select Y and press Input the length of the Y side and press Apply Specify Size Set Length for Y Select the paper type and press 53 Plain 3 75 90 g m Recycled Color Heavy 1 86 119 g m Heavy 2 120 128 g m Selecting a Registered Custom Paper Setting The paper sizes that are registered in the procedure above are displayed on the screen for selecting the paper size EWhen selecting the paper size for the paper drawer On the screen to specify the size of the paper that is loaded in the paper drawers the registered paper sizes are displayed Specifying Paper Size and Type in the Paper Drawer Paper Setkings Multi Purpose Tray Register Custom Paper NOTE Only the registered paper sizes that can be loaded in the paper drawer are displayed Paper iEWhen selecting the paper size for the manual feed slot When paper is loaded in the manual feed slot the screen for selecting the paper size for the manual feed slot is displayed The
596. t to or from IPv4 addresses of the other devices Addresses All IPv6 Select to use IPSec for all IP packets that are sent to or from IPv6 addresses of the other devices Addresses IPv4 Manual Select to specify a single IPv4 address or a range of IPv4 addresses to apply IPSec Enter the IPv4 Settings address or the range in the Addresses to Set Manually text box IPv6 Manual Select to specify a single IPv6 address or a range of IPv6 addresses to apply IPSec Enter the IPv6 Settings address or the range in the Addresses to Set Manually text box Addresses to Set Manually If IPv4 Manual Settings or IPv6 Manual Settings is selected for Remote Address enter the IP address to apply the policy You can also enter a range of addresses by inserting a hyphen between the addresses NOTE Entering IP addresses Description Example IPv4 Delimit numbers with periods 192 168 0 10 Entering a single address IPv6 p Delimit alphanumeric characters with colons fe80 10 Specifying a 192 168 0 10 range of Insert a hyphen between the addresses 165 165 6 2B addresses Specifying a 437 676 range of addresses with a prefix IPv6 only psit address followed by a slash and a number indicating the prefix fe80 1234 64 Subnet Settings When manually specifying IPv4 address you can express the range by using the subnet mask Enter the subnet mask using periods to delimit numbers example 255 255 255 240
597. t using the wireless LAN Turn the main power OFF and ON then configure the settings E again A connection failed due to an error while setting wireless LAN connection Restart the machine and set again If the problem persists even after restarting the machine check whether the machine is properly installed and ready to 555 676 connect to the network 2Installation Settings Problems If the problem persists even after checking the wireless LAN connection check the security settings of the wireless router Could not connect using WPS Wait a moment then configure the settings again When automatic setting with WPS was attempted the connection failed due to an error Wait for a while and set again If the problem persists check whether the wireless router supports WPS If WPS is supported Check whether the machine is properly installed and ready to connect to the network QGInstallation Settings Problems If WPS is not supported Set using another connecting method Connecting to a Wireless LAN MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only End of cart parts lifetime Cart replacement recommended A toner cartridge may be set that cannot guarantee print quality because it has reached the end of its lifetime or for other reasons Replacement of the toner cartridge is recommended You can continue printing but the print quality may deteriorate 2How to Replace Toner Cartridges End of Toner Cart Lifetime The tone
598. ta and the text can be searched using a computer 2 Documents are scanned in black and white only with no intermediate shades of gray NOTE To change settings You can change settings from MF Toolbox 2 Configuring Scan Settings in MF Toolbox ll Checking the Registered Settings b Scan Settings p ES Shortcut Key Settings ES Confirm Destination ES Select lt Scan gt PC1 gt or Scan gt PC2 gt f Confirm Destination Confira Destination E Name of destination computer Shows the name of the computer registered as the save destination f Scan type Shows the type of scan that has been set Using the Scan PC Key 1 Place the document s 2 Placing Documents 255 676 2 Press scan PET OF 5canwPC2 To check the settings registered in the key see Checking the Registered Settings Scanning starts amp To cancel press Cancel p Yes f IMPORTANT Color Scan You cannot scan while the MF Toolbox setup screen is displayed Close the screen DA ic S before scanning ard opens Fe ene by pond app al Coenen 5 rege S elect Foun rut Minted Paper Sie Soan Mace Image Dual s Conect Blech Tad U apis Ihe 5 conner Dirar e Cee 9 canas bna ka File Mame fee fA FOF Saas eared Inset A Gores Fiches bo 855 ubloldes wath Career iste Edena Aopkcatien Dag aedi deop in ae plicabon ion Fees Ks gee Loe oi Hes Caceres rage anc E et Sett
599. tdn Sain Leese SHE Copy miny Fim Sa can Satira bleus Bossa Pru emis Pere argu Duga Epo biega Baan Ua Sem ag Trika dni ger d Prepared i Mya percent Z Hirak Taxe DI TIEN a EI Loree feo Maree te Puteo Fera ascen Pel s knpanUExperi For more information about the settings menu see each item below dp andy rr serre or eerie aem Misi m sfera baaga Hep e Ahani eloniei arra u item you want to set Biad t Ersan Laren Hei Prager Saninga Eh Faper dettings uni Par perm Tray Ear aen asbl na ir 1 Pirr tita 24 Piri hpi Win 2 EH iens UTILI Paper Som ad Pager Fp Main 3 15 484 peed Menu items Preferences Paper Settings Sound Volume Control Displ Settings Timer Settings ay Preferences 2 Timer Settings Function Settings Common Settings Copy Settings Fax Settings Scan Settings Common Settings Copy Settings Fax Settings MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Scan Settings Memory Media Print 462 676 GSpecifying Paper Size and Type LINKS Settings Printer Settings Report Settings System Management Department ID Management Network Settings Security Settings Communication Management Settings Forwarding Settings Import Export Initialize Setting Information Remote UI Screens Memory Media Print Settings Printer Settings Printing Reports and Lists System Management Settings 2System Management
600. te paper sizes as follows LGL Legal s LTR Letter EXEC Executive 74 676 3 Load the paper so that the edge of the paper stack is aligned against the rear side of the paper drawer Fan the paper stack well and tap it on a flat surface to align the edges IMPORTANT Do not exceed the load limit line when loading paper Make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the load limit line 3 Loading too much paper can cause paper jams NOTE When loading envelopes or paper with a logo see Loading Envelopes or Loading Preprinted Paper 4 Align the paper guides against the edges of the paper Press the lock release lever and slide the paper guides inward until they are aligned securely against the edges of the paper IMPORTANT Align the paper guides securely against the edges of the paper Paper guides that are too loose or too tight can cause misfeeds or paper jams 5 Insert the paper drawer into the machine NOTE When Legal size paper is loaded The front side of the paper drawer is not flush with the machine when the extended paper drawer is inserted gt Continue to Specifying Paper Size and Type in the Paper Drawer IMPORTANT When changing the paper size or type The factory default settings for paper size and type are lt A4 gt and lt Plain 2 gt respectively If you load a different size or type of paper into the machine make sure to change the settings If you do not change the setti
601. ted States and may also be trademarks or registered trademarks in other countries Windows Windows Vista and Windows Server are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Bonjour Finder Macintosh Mac OS and OS X are trademarks or registered trademarks of Apple Inc in the U S and or other countries This product contains the Universal Font Scaling Technology or UFST under license from Monotype Imaging Inc UFST is a trademark of Monotype Imaging Inc registered in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and may be registered in certain jurisdictions Copyright 1989 1996 1997 2003 2004 20068 all rights reserved by Monotype Imaging Inc All other product and brand names are registered trademarks trademarks or service marks of their respective owners 14 74
602. tem Manager ID If System Manager ID is not set factory default settings you do not need to input anything A End User Mode You can check the status of documents or the machine and you can also change some of the settings If you wish to delete your print documents enter the user name of the documents in User Name The user name is automatically set to print documents based on information such as your computer name or computer logon name m When the Department ID Management is enabled Enter the appropriate ID in Department ID and PIN in PIN Setting the Department ID Management Z Click Log In Portal Page main page will be displayed Remote UI Screens 454 676 18b ERA porte imr iae femin Ta Bigi ta Syuic Wira Help Laziimeziankiitk iar Gu rua pease acid Derka Bank khiari i e istes Seg Hage res Prinizi Mb ears ie print Ea Bory m ocn Faa Mp Ears te seed en rece hoe faidomna lack reat Inero hea erre Consamuti inion Pese inim Vppir Fund Fraa Papia FEH nos Pape lp hif mpina Tras kia Pimi LE DE Pisin Eh gens 5 Di 1 the Tin Th gah Fiume r c Ewer kem Harz Saikia Tease E Upas Tori DE i Vlad a Tiei D 1 allia Tin DE E Pita th Tons DE Saepe ri Saupe Lik Dipi CAMOH KS od Aa Fights Asens 455 676 OALJ OAF Remote UI Screens This section describes the typical screens of the Remote UI Portal Page main page
603. tep 2 2 Removing Packing Materials C Bes Step 3 Preparing Toner Cartridges ip a v Step 4 Loading Paper Step 5 Installing the Handset Optional MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only Y Step 6 2 Connecting the Power Cord vO v Step 7 Turning ON the Power and Configuring Initial Settings v Step 8 2 Connecting to a Computer Ll um v 18 676 Step 9 2 Configuring Initial Settings for Fax Functions MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only 19 676 0ALJ 007 Checking Supplied Accessories If an item is missing or damaged contact our Canon Authorized Service Facilities or the Canon Customer Care Center The machine Toner cartridge s Power cord Getting Started Shortcut key label MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only User Software CD ROM Multi lingual User Manual CD MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8280Cw Only ooa Telephone cable Handset cable clamps MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw Only Wireless LAN Setting Guide MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Only 20 676 23 oy User Software CD ROM NOTE MV yp Multi lingual User Manual CD The included items may vary depending on your country or region The machine does not come with a USB cable LAN cable or router Have them ready as necessary Make sure that the USB cable you use has the following mark WI 2PEEO USB Supplied Toner Cartridges 4 The average yields of the toner cartridges that come with
604. ter Name the destination can be searched alphabetically Enter the name using the numeric keys and press Apply Select Fax Number or E Mail Address and press fj Enter the number or address using the numeric keys and press Apply Press Apply A three digit number is automatically set to destinations The number can be edited after it has been registered Registered to Address Book Coded Dial 001 LDAP Server E Editing the Content of Registered Destinations After registering destinations you can change the content of destinations such as numbers names types and coded dial numbers 98 676 Press or gg Press NH Use lt to select the tab containing the destination you want to edit Use A W to select the destination you want to edit and press lt Details Edit gt Press Edit s If a screen appears prompting you to enter a PIN enter the correct PIN using the numeric keys and press 3 Setting a PIN for Address Book Ol BR W N e 6 Select the item you want to edit press j perform editing and then press Apply Press Apply Registered to Address Book Coded Dial 001 LDAP Sever Avy W Deleting a Registered Destination 1 Press or Ga Press BEEN Use 44 to select the tab containing the destination you want to delete Use A W to select the destination you want to delete and press lt Details Edit gt U AUN Press lt De
605. ter in the specified file format Scanning Using the Scan gt PC Key Paper Save Copy key For the amp copy key settings are pre registered that enable you to save paper by copying two or four sheets of documents onto one side of a page On the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn you can also select 2 sided copy settings to save even more paper Using the Paper Save Copy Key LINKS Operation Panel 63 676 0ALJ 018 Display settings for these functions You can also check information such as error messages and communication status pan The display shows the screens for copying scanning and other functions as well as the screens for specifying mi 1 on the display Original Type Text Phobos feSided OFF Copy Ratio Li 1 1 Main Screen When you press I4 W ES or Ell the main screen for the selected function is displayed The copy main screen is shown below as an example l Copy Press Start 100 mc 1 Original Type Text Phote Map 2 Sided Off Copy Ratia 100 1 1 2Basic Copy Operations Sending Faxes 2Using the Machine as a Scanner Printing from USB Memory USB Print Address Book Screen MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only When you press Biss the Address Book screen is displayed Use this key when you want to specify a destination for a fax or scan You can also register and edit destinations from this screen lly CANON janedexanple com Detail
606. th the Favorites feature to quickly and easily send what you need to the people who need it You can save your Address Book data on your computer and feel secure knowing that your important contact information is backed up To use the machine to enter addresses in the Address Book Registering in the Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only To use your computer to enter addresses in the Address Book Registering Address Book from Remote UI MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only To select an Address Book address as a fax destination Specifying from Address Book Fax To select an Address Book address as an e mail destination Specifying from Address Book To save Address Book addresses on your computer or to export Address Book addresses that are saved on your computer to the machine Saving Loading Address Book MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only Shortcut Keys for Copying and Scanning Take advantage of the shortcut keys on the operation panel so you don t have to reconfigure the same settings over and over again The Copy key enables you to save paper by allowing you to copy two or four pages onto one sheet If you are using a machine capable of 2 sided printing you can also copy on both sides of the sheet For scanning use the scans Pct Sanca keys to preset your favorite save destinations scan types and file formats Just place your document and touch one of these s
607. that promotes energy saving through the use of computers and other office equipment ENERGY STAR The program backs the development and dissemination of products with functions that effectively reduce energy consumption It is an open system in which business proprietors can participate voluntarily The targeted products are office equipment such as computers displays printers facsimiles and copiers The standards and logos are uniform among participating nations BIPv6 Ready Logo The protocol stack included in this machine has obtained the IPv6 Ready Logo Phase 1 established by the IPv6 Forum iB Wireless LAN Regulatory Information MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw only MF8580Cdw MF8280Cw includes approved Wireless LAN Module Model name FM48944 Regulatory information Users in the European Union and other European countries R amp TTE Declaration of Conformity Wireless LAN Module C 17310 x Spole nost CANON INC t mto prohla uje Ze za zen FM48944 je v souladu se z kladn mi po adavky a dal mi Cesky Czech Vin Mu id e oe prislusnymi ustanovenimi sm rnice 1999 5 ES Dansk Undertegnede CANON INC erkl rer herved at FM48944 overholder de v sentlige krav og vrige relevante krav 671 676 Danish i direktiv 1999 5 EF Deutsch Hiermit erkl rt CANON INC dass sich das Ger t FM48944 in bereinstimmung mit den grundlegenden German Anforderungen und den brigen einschlagigen Bestimmungen de
608. the User Software CD ROM or D Maninst exe for the Multi lingual User Manual CD and then click OK Windows Vista 7 Server 2008 1 Enter D MMinst exe for the User Software CD ROM or D MManinst exe for the Multi lingual User Manual CD in Search programs and files or Start Search under the Start menu 2 Press the ENTER key Windows 8 Server 2012 1 Right click the lower left corner of the screen select Run 2 Enter D MMinst exe for the User Software CD ROM or D Maninst exe for the Multi lingual User Manual CD and then click OK li Printing a Test Page in Windows You can check whether the printer driver is operational by printing a test page in Windows 1 Load A4 size paper in the manual feed slot Loading Paper in the Manual Feed Slot 2 Open the printer folder Displaying the Printer Folder 3 Right click your printer icon and click Printer properties or Properties in the pop up menu ee w Harhama ind boud b Disini and Pentari Aud a dece Add a printer ase wies s printers Print serve properties Devices 3 a Printers and Farei 7 He SF Canon Canon AAR Ser FEC Sares FALE Ternes PO l bed See what s printing v Sm uni elo preter Prine meterences Prinds properties Comte horini Tieulikeihost Remove device P reguertuni Canon MIFESOCK Seres LIFRE LT rate P Desh Lass J ese ues ie queue binds Canon IARE ferier i 4 Print a test page
609. the back side of the paper Increasing the value moves the print position to the right Decreasing the value moves the print position to the left 50 0 to 0t to 50 0 mm IMPORTANT 516 676 If this setting moves any of the print data outside the printable area the portion outside the printable area will not be printed Printer Settings BB Layout fj Offset Short Edge Back gt fg Specify the offset value Apply Offset Long Edge Back E3 Specify the print position by setting the offset value for the long edge on the back side of the paper Increasing the value moves the print position downward Decreasing the value moves the print position upward 50 0 to 0t to 50 0 mm IMPORTANT If this setting moves any of the print data outside the printable area the portion outside the printable area will not be printed Printer Settings fl Layout fg Offset Long Edge Back p Specify the offset value Apply p Auto Error Skip ta Select whether to automatically perform error skip to bypass errors and continue printing when an error occurs with the print data If Off is selected you can perform error skip by using the operation panel Offt On NOTE Error skip bypasses errors in print data so the document may not be printed correctly You can manually perform error skip Status Monitor lt Copy Print Job gt lt Job Status gt
610. the detailed descriptions Search Tab Contains a text box to perform a search and find the page you are looking for 659 676 Liber Geysvenrelis Pare Result 4 bem s important Safety Instructions letting Up the Machine AT L Basic Dieerations Basic Copy Operations Licoming feeder im alap 1 The document ElEsxing is automatically 1 When piscing document on the platen using the Machina as a Princes Pltisieg the Machine ag a Printer 1 glass in Lung the Machine ae 3 Scan Meteor ML mI Musing harata Ut M Setting Menu List Using the Paper Save Copy Key pm serbe Selact the document size on the Sogn Sire mcnesn Paper save copy settings Selec Copying Multiple Documents onte One Sheet 7 on L 4 onm L en 12 Select ihe document size on the Son Sizes screen Un the Output Size sor Erasing Dark Borders and Frame Lines Erase Frame Apply Select the document tiza on the EH Sime screen Frame Width Use te specify t H B CANON me 2013 E Enter keyword s here Enter a keyword or keywords and click to display the search results in the search dialog box 2 Search options Click to specify search conditions such as scope of search and fuzzy match conditions To display the conditions click this button when it is gray To close the display click the button when it is orange 9 Search scope selector Specifies t
611. the machine Do not forcibly remove the jammed document or paper from the machine Forcibly removing the paper may damage parts If you are not able to remove the paper contact your local authorized Canon dealer or the Canon help line When a Problem Cannot Be Solved Document Jams in the Feeder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn If there are documents placed in the feeder remove them first Then follow the procedure below Remove the jammed document from the feeder cover 544 676 1 Open the feeder cover N 2 Move the lever to unlock e 3 Gently pull out the document 1 2 Remove the jammed document from the inner cover inside the feeder 1 Hold the green knob and open the inner cover 2 Gently pull out the document 3 Close the inner cover 3 Return the lever back in place and close the feeder cover Paper Jams in the Front Side 545 676 1 Open the front cover 3 Gently pull out the paper 4 Lower the operation panel and the front cover Paper Jams in the Manual Feed Slot MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn If there is paper loaded in the tray remove it first Do not forcibly remove jammed paper from the machine If the jammed paper cannot be removed easily proceed to the next step 1 Remove the jammed paper in the tray 1 Gently pull out the paper 2 Close the tray 2 Remove the jammed paper inside the tray 1 Pull out the paper drawer 546 676 IM
612. the machine are shown in the table below The average yield is based on ISO IEC 19798 the global standard related to Method for the determination of toner cartridge yield for color printers and multi function devices that contain printer components issued by ISO International Organization for Standardization when printing A4 size paper with the default print density setting MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Canon Genuine Toner Cartridge Canon Cartridge 718 Black Starter Canon Cartridge 718 Yellow Starter Canon Cartridge 718 Magenta Starter Canon Cartridge 718 Cyan Starter MF8280Cw MF8230Cn Canon Genuine Toner Cartridge Canon Cartridge 731 Black Starter Canon Cartridge 731 Yellow Starter Canon Cartridge 731 Magenta Starter Canon Cartridge 731 Cyan Starter NOTE Average yield of toner cartridge 1 200 sheets Composite Y Yellow M Magenta and C Cyan 1 400 sheets Average yield of toner cartridge 800 sheets Composite Y Yellow M Magenta and C Cyan 800 sheets amp Use the table of average yields above as a guide for replacing toner cartridges However depending on the installation environment or printing paper size or type you may need to replace a toner cartridge before the end of the estimated lifetime amp Replacement toner cartridges are different from the supplied toner cartridges so the yield may also differ O About Replacement Toner Cartridges amp Specifying an auto shutdown
613. the machine to a computer Restricting the USB Connection with a Computer Select whether to permit storing scanned documents into a USB memory device Restricting the Scan to USB Function Off Ont Off Ont Select whether to permit printing data from a USB memory device when it is attached to the machine Restricting the USB Print Function Off Ont Enable or disable the Product Extended Survey Program a program for the machine usage Survey Off Ont System Management Settings fj Product Extended Survey Program On Off gt ER Select Off or On fj Restart the machine Enable or disable Google Cloud Print 2 Preparing for Using Google Cloud Print Offt On 539 676 Secure Print Settings 5 Enable or disable Secure Print Printing via Secure Print Off On Secure Print Deletion Time 10 to 30 to 240 min PDL Selection Plug and Play Select a page description language so that the machine is detected as a printer that is compatible with that language when it is connected to a computer by using Plug and Play MF Driver Installation Guide Network Select a page description language so that the machine is detected as a printer that is compatible with that language when it is detected over the network FAX 1 UFRII LTt UFRII LT XPS PCL5 5 PCL6 5 USB Select a page description language so that the machine is detected as a printer that is compatibl
614. the sealing tape Preparing Toner Cartridges How to Replace Toner Cartridges Scanning is restricted Do you want to log in Scanning is disabled in the Department ID Management Select Yes and log on with a Department ID for which scanning is not disabled For the Department ID and PIN contact your Administrator Setting the Department ID Management 559 676 Shared Key authentication failed Check the WEP settings The network key the WEP key of a wireless router to be connected is not set to the machine correctly Check the network key the WEP key of the wireless router and set it to the machine again Checking the SSID and Network Key Setting Up Connection by Specifying Detailed Settings Connect again by selecting a wireless router or by manually changing the WEP authentication method to Open System Setting Up Connection by Selecting a Wireless Router Setting Up Connection by Specifying Detailed Settings The authentication method of the machine is set to lt Shared Key gt but that of the wireless router is set to Open System Change the WEP authentication method to Shared Key at the wireless router and connect again For more information about how to change see the instruction manuals for your networking devices or contact your manufacturer Specifying and registering new destinations is restricted Only destinations that are registered in the Address Book can be specified t
615. tically forwarded System Management Settings fj Forwarding Settings On Q Select the forwarding destination from the Address Book Address Book ALL p xk o AZ E LISI NOTE For instructions on how to use the Address Book see Specifying from Address Book Fax Printing Documents to be Forwarded If you want to check the documents to be forwarded for yourself you can set the machine to print the documents whenever they are forwarded or to print only the documents that failed to be forwarded System Management Settings fj lt Store Print When Forwarding fj Print Images Q Select On or Only When Error Occurs Only When Error Occurs a On Prints all the documents to be forwarded 3 Only When Error Occurs gt Prints only the documents that failed to be forwarded Printing Resending Deleting Documents that Failed to be Forwarded You can store documents that failed to be forwarded in memory and print resend or delete them later 165 676 E Storing Documents that Failed to be Forwarded in Memory System Management Settings fj Store Print When Forwarding fj Store Images in Memory fj Only When Error Occurs 9 Store Images in Memory E Printing Resending Deleting Documents Stored in Memory 1 Press Status Monitor 2 Use A W to select Fax Forwarding Errors
616. tination in step 1 you can press 4 lj to toggle the destinations you specified Display a destination you want to delete and press 147 676 LINKS Sending Faxes Sending Faxes to Multiple Destinations Simultaneously Sequential Broadcast 148 676 OALJ O3E Specifying Previously Used Destinations Fax You can select a destination from among the past three destinations When you specify a previously used destination the machine also sets the same fax settings such as density you used the last time you sent documents to that destination IMPORTANT When lt Restrict Resending from Log is set to On you cannot use this feature Disabling Use of Previously Used Destinations Turning OFF the machine or setting lt Restrict New Destinations gt to lt On gt deletes the past destinations and disables this feature Limiting Available Destinations The destinations in Manual Sending are not available for this feature Making a Call before Sending Faxes Manual Sending NOTE When you specify a destination using this feature any destinations that you have already specified are deleted 1 Press Z53 2 Use A W to select Previous Settings and press 53 Specify the destination 03 02 2013 14 00 i specify Next Destination He Confirm Edit Destination Previous Settings 3 Select a destination and press 7j For Sequential Broadcast the screen displays only the fi
617. tinations Disabling Use of Previously Used Destinations Sending Faxes to Multiple Destinations Simultaneously Sequential Broadcast 425 676 0ALJ 09Y Restricting USB Functions USB is a convenient way of connecting peripheral devices and storing or relocating data but USB can also be a source of information leakage if it is not properly managed Be especially careful when handling USB memory devices This section describes how to restrict connection via the USB port of the machine and how to prohibit use of USB memory devices Restricting the USB Connection with a Computer Restricting the Scan to USB Function Restricting the USB Print Function Restricting the USB Connection with a Computer You can disable the USB port located on the back side of the machine If this port is disabled the machine cannot communicate with a computer via USB 2 Connecting to a Computer This setting does not affect the front USB port which is for attaching USB memory devices 1 Press 4 2 Use A W to select System Management Settings and press s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press ID 2 Logging on to the Machine 3 Select USB Device On Off gt and press 53 4 Select lt Off gt and press fj USS Device n Off E lt Off gt Disables the USB port located on the back side of the machine M On Enables the USB port located on the back side of
618. ting is caper the address bosk diia az a dk Ree _ m Cones ergs i Arkins lirot te imperii apo Capp Salgs Fas Sanies Cmte Hi Zan hiing Eiei biep Prb amih fore 5 Follow the on screen instructions to specify the location where the exported Address Book is saved The Address Book will be saved IMPORTANT Do not operate until the process is complete The screen remains the same during the export process Do not operate the Remote UI until the message The file name download has completed is displayed at the bottom of the screen Loading Address Book IMPORTANT The Address Book data currently registered is overwritten when you load the Address Book data 1 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration D Rete Ul Paral EG Ead ta IM Apai bibr arra Ceska Baak ikon rs kx Sales Frima i Bondy amp priri Ekana Gp bari ien Faa qp Pad te serbe or ceive aem te Irdrerr ation ha err 3 Click Import Export Address Book 466 676 Peme Pagar baing Tj Aiea e Tire ain artery Seir Corta pma Copp trea s Fax Satire Zn hiing Riana Uie Print Saning Pret erra E san IE LI Ea goth isto Ta ning Er ESTEET E Depart Manazamrni Hien Freja Caire CENCH omer Maias If the screen prompting you to enter the Address Book PIN is displayed enter the PIN and cl
619. tings If the wireless connection is set up by selecting a wireless router the WEP authentication method is set to Open System or the WPA WPA2 encryption method is set to Auto AES CCMP or TKIP If you want to select Shared Key for WEP authentication or lt AES CCMP gt for WPA WPA2 encryption you need to set up the connection using the manual entry method GO Setting Up Connection by Specifying Detailed Settings 1 Press 5 2 Use A W to select Network Settings and press 73 s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press 1p 2 Logging on to the Machine 3 Select Wireless LAN Settings and press s If the Do you want to enable the wireless LAN message is displayed select Yes and press fj 4 Read the message that is displayed and press D Select SSID Settings and press fj Mireless LAM Settings WPS Push Button Hode WES PIH Code Moda Power Save Mede Wireless LAN Information 6 Select Select Access Point and press j The machine starts searching for available wireless routers Searching ba NOTE If lt Cannot find the access point gt is displayed See When an Error Message Appears Select a wireless router and press j Select the router whose SSID matches the one that you have written down Select Access Paint T 5510 02 Qt S5ID 03 q SSID SSID 05 NOTE Viewing the details of
620. tion Switch Paper Feed Method 3 Specify this setting when you print a document on paper with logos To print on paper with logos you need to change how the paper loaded in the paper source is facing depending on whether you are performing 1 or 2 sided printing However if you change the setting to Print Side Priority you can just load the paper face down for both 1 and 2 sided printing For more information see Loading Preprinted Paper Multi Purpose Tray Speed Priority t Print Side Priority Drawer 1 Speed Priority t Print Side Priority Drawer 2 1 Speed Priority t Print Side Priority Common Settings fj Switch Paper Feed Method fl Select the paper source f Select Speed Priority or Print Side Priority m Switch Paper Feed Method Hulti Purpose Tray ee B asl Elend el R 2 Drawer 1 Print Side Priority Drawer 2 E Paper Sources Select the paper source that you want to change the setting for Speed Priority 492 676 When using paper that has been preprinted with a logo you need to change how it is facing when you perform 1 sided and 2 sided printing NOTE We recommend selecting Speed Priority if you do not need to consider which side to print on 9 Print Side Priority To print on a specific side of paper you do not need to flip over paper in the paper source whether 1 or 2 sided printing is selected NO
621. tion CD click Have Disk Nv Tell me why driver srgnang is important O Ccu em 11 Specify the printer name 1 Enter a different name to change the default printer name When Set as default printer is displayed specify whether to choose the machine as the default printer Windows Vista Server 2008 2 Click Next This printer will be installed with the Canon 999 Senes UFRIILT driver Installation begins Wait until the following screen closes 48 74 Installing printer lr O When User Account Control appears Click Yes or Continue 12 Select Do not share this printer and click Next To set the machine as a shared printer configure the related settings after you have performed the procedure provided in Setting WSD Printer Sharing H you want to share this printer you must provide a share name You can use the suggested name or type a new ane The share name will be visible to other network users C Share thes printer so that others on your network can find and use it Share name ation ornmerit 13 Click Finish When Set as the default printer is displayed specify whether to choose the machine as the default printer Windows 7 8 Server 2008 R2 Server 2012 Eject the CD ROM when the following screen appears 49 74 To check if your printer i5 working properly or to see troubleshooting information for the p
622. to 19 destinations as Favorites Registering Destinations for Favorites W Group Dial You can select multiple destinations that have already been registered and register them together as a group You can send faxes or e mails to multiple destinations at the same time You can register up to 199 destinations 100 destinations for e mails for a group Groups can also be registered in Favorites Registering Multiple Destinations for Group Dial NOTE Use the Send Function Setting Tool or the Remote UI when registering a shared folder as the destination for scans Setting a Shared Folder as a Save Location Registering Address Book from Remote UI MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only You can save the Address Book as a file on your computer although you cannot use the computer to edit the Address Book You can also import a saved Address Book from the computer to the machine Saving Loading Registered Data You can print a list of destinations registered in the Address Book D Address Book List MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only amp If your office has an LDAP server installed you can register destinations searched from the server in the Address Book You need to specify the settings for connecting to an LDAP server beforehand Registering LDAP Servers MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 97 676 0ALJ 021 Registering Destinations in the Address Book Destinations can be edited or de
623. to gt setting for printing photographic images Text Normalt Photo Graphics Normal t Photo Image Normal Photot NOTE This setting is enabled only when lt CMS gt is selected in lt CMS Matching Gamma gt Printer Settings 3 lt PCL gt p ES Output Profile p ES Select lt Text gt lt Graphics gt or Image Select Normal or Photo 3 p Matching Method 4 Select the color matching method to match the color of the printouts to that displayed on the computer display You can specify the setting separately for text graphics and images Text Perceptual Saturation Colorimetric Graphics Perceptual Saturation Colorimetric Image Perceptual t Saturation Colorimetric NOTE This setting is enabled only when lt CMS gt is selected in lt CMS Matching Gamma gt p Printer Settings fj lt PCL gt p Matching Method fj Select Text Graphics or Image 3 Select the matching method 524 676 Colorimetric E lt Perceptual gt Performs color matching suitable for printing photographic images when lt Photo gt for the lt Output Profile gt setting has also been selected y lt Saturation gt Performs color matching for printing vivid graphics such as illustrations and diagrams C lt Colorimetric gt Performs color matching to minimize the differences in color between originals such as color s
624. to perform this adjustment automatically after the power is turned ON Auto Correction Settings Adjust Copy Image This adjustment improves the result of copies and printing from a USB memory device For correcting copy images an adjustment image will be printed and scanned Note that you cannot perform this adjustment while performing some functions including scanning and printing NOTE This adjustment is not available when lt Only Continue Black amp White Printing gt is selected on the screen displaying the message lt End of Toner Cart Lifetime gt Press amp Use A W to select lt Adjustment Maintenance gt and press fj Select Auto Adjust Gradation Adjust Copy Image KR UU Ne Check that the size and type of paper displayed on the screen is loaded in the machine and press 602 676 Allawed Pager Size Ad LTR 16K Type Plaini 3 Recycled D Confirm the procedure and press 5 Adjustment starts In approximately 1 minute an adjustment image is printed Steps Start Press 0 Step 1 1 Print Image for Adjustment Printing Image for 2 Scan Image for Adjustment Adjustment 6 Open the feeder after the screen displayed during printing disappears Place the adjustment image on the platen glass with the print side face down Place the adjustment image so that the black stripe is toward the back side of the machine Gi 8 Gently close the feeder 9 Press Color
625. ttings simply by selecting one of these profiles from the list This section describes how to register profiles and how to print using them 2 Registering a Profile Selecting a Profile Registering a Profile 1 Change the settings that you want to register as a profile and click Add Click the Basic Settings Page Setup Finishing Paper Source or Quality tabs to specify the print settings on each screen as necessary Various Print Settings Wisichi Page Soe Page Liat n1 Vided 2 ideci Dookdet Printing p Deicke Printing Eirg Location B Long dpe Lee Printing IE Cai Node E 3 Soke BAY geo uo eB 2 Enter a profile name in Name select an icon and then click OK Enter comments on the profile in Comment as necessary Click View Settings to see the settings to register NOTE Editing a profile By clicking Edit on the right side of Add on the screen shown in step 1 you can change the name icon or comment of the profiles you have previously registered You cannot edit the pre registered profiles Selecting a Profile Select the profile that suits your needs and click OK 228 676 NOTE Changing the settings of the selected profile You can change the settings of a selected profile In addition the changed settings can be registered as another profile LINKS Printing a Document 229 676 OALJ O5C Changing Default Settings The default settings
626. turn to the copy main screen 3 Cancel Cancels copying 112 676 LINKS Basic Copy Operations 113 676 0ALJ 02A Various Copy Settings A variety of settings are available to suit your needs such as when you want to save paper or make your documents easier to read Q Selecting Document Type wy DL GO Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Sharpness 22 Sided Copying MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only SE e 2 Copying Multiple Documents onto Using the Paper Save Copy Key 2 Copying Both Sides of an ID Card One Sheet 2 on 1 4 on 1 onto One Page Erasing Dark Borders and Frame 2 Collating Copies by Page Lines Erase Frame 114 676 0ALJ 02C Enlarging or Reducing You can enlarge or reduce copies by using a preset copy ratio such as lt A5 gt A4 gt or by setting a custom copy ratio in increments of 1 Custom Ratio 400A Max 2005 1415 AS gt A4 TON Ad AS SN al lt Custom Ratio gt Use A W or the numeric keys to enter the copy ratio and press Apply You can set any copy ratio from 25 to 400 in 1 increments f Preset copy ratio Use A W to select a copy ratio LINKS Basic Copy Operations 115 676 0ALJ 02E Selecting Document Type You can select the optical image quality for the copy depending on the document type such as text only documents documents with charts and graphs or magazine photos Frinted Image Text
627. u can specify whether you want to automatically close the MF Toolbox screen when you finish scanning LINKS 2 Configuring Scan Settings in MF Toolbox 262 676 0ALJ 064 Configuring Scan Settings in MF Toolbox You can change the preset settings such as the type of scan color or black and white file format and resolution to suit your intended use You can also specify a destination to save the scanned document an application as a forward destination and other settings Lok BEw Ludo 7 Lube 2 cen p gt Becan af e Seven thar cancel erae lo tee verted Dok d opens the inae be epee appii a Scanrse Learn akeri space lagu Heli Pape epe can Mode rasgo 2 udi A Cons Elack Ten Dapp Hes boere Direct fe Susa Scared agiia Fibs Haar Seal Saw az Type Pur Save Soanenec Imes bp en M MP Sans Phctures ia a Sabbia reat Comment Dale ja Eidama Applic alice Dis and deae ars apple iia ions Fre to el e Lpnianiston of Ene scanned naga and Fal 3ebng 2 Configuring Scan Settings 2 Configuring Storing Settings Specifying External Applications to Forward Scanned Data Configuring Scan Settings Configure the scan settings such as the original document size color mode and resolution Mesi An hand ip ar ores a reine Wesge in ania ae Scanner Sallrezr Casket buono reel Mathcad Payer bine Goan Mode Cee Upps Lind cd Aaah Fie PSOE o Dri piip Pe Eei De Ge Spre Ran neni Fue ln
628. u cannot use the Address Book if you do not have permission to access the folder where the Address Book is saved Log on as a user who has permission to access the folder or change the save location of the Address Book Changing Location to Save Address Book Data 178 676 0ALJ 045 Registering Destinations This section describes how to register destinations in the Address Book for PC faxes You can select single destinations from among those registered in the Address Book to make one group destination Group Dial which is useful when sending to multiple destinations at once Registering Destinations Registering Multiple Destinations as One Destination Group Dial NOTE amp A total of 6 000 destinations can be registered 3 000 for single destinations and 3 000 for group destinations amp You can select and combine registered group destinations and register them as separate group destinations amp You cannot use the Address Book if you do not have permission to access the folder where the Address Book is saved Log on as a user who has permission to access the folder or change the save location of the Address Book 2 Changing Location to Save Address Book Data Registering Destinations 1 Open the printer folder Displaying the Printer Folder 2 Right click your fax icon and click Printing preferences Ac rum Hardware and Sud b Danica and Perilurs m Hah Dipan add a isie hdd prianie as satus 5 Dena Print sere
629. ue Printing When Toner Is Low Prepare the cyan toner cartridge Toner is running low Have a new toner cartridge ready About Replacement Toner Cartridges Prepare the magenta toner cartridge Toner is running low Have a new toner cartridge ready O About Replacement Toner Cartridges Prepare the yellow toner cartridge 558 676 Toner is running low Have a new toner cartridge ready About Replacement Toner Cartridges Printer Memory Full Press Status Monitor The memory became full of print data that could not be printed due to errors Cancel printing of the documents with errors or print the documents by selecting Skip Error Canceling Prints Printing is restricted Do you want to log in Printing is disabled in the Department ID Management Select Yes and log on with a Department ID for which printing is not disabled For the Department ID and PIN contact your Administrator Setting the Department ID Management Remote scanning is restricted Scanning that is operated by using a computer is disabled in the Department ID Management Log on to the Remote UI in System Manager Mode display the edit screen of the corresponding Department ID and select the Allow Scan Jobs with Unknown IDs check box Blocking Jobs When Department ID Is Unknown Remove tabs pieces of tape from the toner cartridge The sealing tape on the toner cartridges is still attached Remove
630. ue input field indicate the range of possible values Using 4 gt EProceeding to next screen Returning to previous screen Press lp to proceed to the next screen Press to return to the previous screen M ess Network Settings Dy Preferences gt Auto Reset Tine Function After Auto Reset Auto Sleep Time Auto Offline Time Common Settings Copy Settings Fax Settings A NOTE You can also proceed to the next screen by pressing j and return to the previous screen by pressing Back BAdjusting a setting value Use 44 when adjusting the value on a scale 93 676 Using amp Press to apply a setting Is it OK to delete Using the Multi function Keys Left Right Items may appear at the bottom of the screen such as Background and Apply shown on the screen below Press the corresponding multi function key left right to select one of these items Multi function keys left right NOTE Reference to multi function keys in the Manual The instructions in the e Manual refer to the names of the items at the bottom of the screen instead of the corresponding multi function keys For example when describing instructions for selecting Background on the screen shown above the phrase Press Background is used instead of Press the left multi function key to select lt Background gt Using the Numeric Keys Use the numeric keys when entering text and numbers
631. ues for width and height To lock the width to height ratio of the image click i NOTE s If you select ADF 2 sided for Original Input Method you cannot specify the size by entering the values The image size that can be scanned is limited on some applications If documents are placed in the feeder set the orientation of the documents in Orientation You can also set Binding Location if 2 sided documents are placed in the feeder 274 676 Oeil Oar Color Mode Select the image type to scan documents The document is scanned as a black and white image in black and white only with no Black and intermediate shades of gray You can change the threshold that separates text in the White document or the image into black and white with Threshold Adjusting Brightness and Color The document is scanned as a grayscale image in black and white with intermediate shades of gray similar to a black and white photograph Grayscale Color The document is scanned as a color image Text Enhanced The document is scanned as a black and white image optimized for processing by OCR optical character recognition software Specifying Resolution and Image Size Specify the output resolution and output size Output Resolution Select the resolution of the scanned image that suits your intended use If documents are placed in the feeder the maximum resolution is 300 dpi NOTE About
632. umber af Dewces bo Set 5 e ome erm Q9 TNT NUN 1 Appears if you selected Printer in step 8 7 Appears if you selected Fax for Supported Models in step 8 4 NOTE If you selected the Use as Shared Printer or Use as Shared Fax check box Install the additional driver as follows 1 Click Drivers to Add 2 Select th e operating system displayed in Drivers to Add p E i WETS Select systems lor addtional direers atemale doves that vou want bo install fom the fist belga so that usag on the following siene can dosrioad then automatically when they connect Lee bo wd E dose AP Sere 2003 Victa Server 2006844 ridows 7 E4 bx 3 Click OK If a 64 bit operating system is running on a computer on which the installation is being performed the download installation installation from a network for a client computer on which any of the following 32 bit operating systems is running is not supported due to a Windows restriction Windows XP on which no service pack or SP1 is installed Windows Server 2003 on which no service pack is installed 22 14 If you download and install the software on any of the above 32 bit operating systems you may fail to install the software and may not be able to open the printing preferences dialog box f any of the following 32 bit operating systems is running on a computer on which the installation is being performed the additional driver
633. uments in black and white those settings are replaced and documents are scanned with the ScanGear MF color mode set to Text Enhanced A Automatically Quit ScanGear after Scanning The ScanGear MF screen automatically closes after scanning is complete The screen may automatically close with some applications regardless of this setting ll Color Settings Tab Porlerences Prevara Goa Cobar efiam Cea Configure advanced color and brightness settings such as color matching and gamma correction Color Correction Select the color correction method Recommended Color tone is vividly reproduced on a computer display This setting is recommended for most color corrections Color Matching Color is adjusted so that the color tone on the display comes closer to that on the printed result This setting is available if you select Color for Color Mode Specifying Settings for Documents and Color Mode NOTE If Color Matching is enabled the Fading Correction Adjusting Image Quality setting and the buttons for brightness and color settings Adjusting Brightness and Color are disabled M Always Execute the Auto Tone Color tone is automatically adjusted The setting is available if you select Color or Grayscale for Color Mode Monitor Gamma You can display the document at the proper brightness level by specifying the gamma value of the computer display that displays the s
634. use IPv6 addresses Note that the scan function that uses the scanner driver or MF Toolbox is not available in an IPv6 environment The machine can use up to nine of the following IPv6 addresses Maximum Type number Description available EIER An address that is only valid within a subnet or link and cannot be used to communicate with dioec 1 devices beyond a router A link local address is automatically set when the IPv6 function of the machine is enabled Manmaltedarece 1 An address that is entered manually When using this address specify the prefix length and default router address TATUS An address that is generated automatically using the MAC address of the machine and the 6 network prefix that is advertised by the router Stateless addresses are discarded when the address a machine is restarted or turned ON Stateful address 1 An address obtained from a DHCP server using DHCPv6 Start the Remote UI and log on in System Manager Mode Starting Remote UI 2 Click Settings Registration Who Remate Ul Paral Voli bo sidera barnaga Hap Zl al R04 P uM Daaka Baak krireria iis Sines Prim db Gandy ie priri Eana Goody te sca Fug d Randy tr sere or renie fro ji reza rire atis ha ern Click Network Settings TCP IP Settings El CE mas F m ot eee femin loo Me X Setting Registration Tigluuncaz Mall bes Festes birie Hal BRE ec am eee ieee aaah a Tiig rea qu Bolas Sa Ties w
635. ve Copy Key 122 676 0ALJ 02R Copying Multiple Documents onto One Sheet 2 on 1 4 on 1 You can copy two or four documents onto a single sheet at a reduced size This decreases the number of pages enabling you to save paper NOTE Using 2 on 1 gt lt 4 on 1 reduces the copy ratio automatically the copy ratio is displayed on the screen You can increase or further reduce the copy ratio before pressing amp kb but the edges of the document might not be copied if you increase it 2 on 1 gt lt 4 on 1 is not available when using Erase Frame Paper Save Copy or ID Card Copy amp When you copy multiple documents onto one page margins may be created in the copied image TIPS Using the copy key enables you to combine 2 sided copying and 2 on 1 gt lt 4 on 1 Using the Paper Save Copy Key EM lt N on 1 gt fj Select lt 2 on 1 gt or 4 on 1 gt fj Select the document size on the Scan Size screen p On the Output Size screen select the paper source that contains the paper you want to use M Aj ID Card Copy Select Layout lt 2 on 1 gt lt 4 on 1 gt Select lt 2 on 1 gt to copy two pages of documents onto a single sheet or select lt 4 on 1 gt to copy four pages of documents onto a single sheet A Select Layout Specify how to arrange the documents on the page Use A W to select the desired layout and press F3 i 2 1
636. ve been installed They are not however if installed while the MF Toolbox is open To access these applications from the toolbox you need to manually register them to the toolbox Using the MF Toolbox It Takes Too Long to Uninstall the Drivers Windows XP Quit all running applications including anti virus applications before uninstalling the software The Canon Folder Remains in the Start Menu After the Software Has Been Uninstalled Uninstall the MF Toolbox first before uninstalling the MF drivers If you uninstall the MF drivers first the Canon folder may remain after the MF Toolbox has been uninstalled Follow the steps in the procedure below to remove the folder For Windows XP Right click the Start menu and open Windows Explorer From All Users select Start Menu gt Programs and delete the Canon folder For Windows Vista Right click the Start menu and select Explore All Users From Programs in Start Menu delete the Canon folder For Windows 7 Delete the Canon folder in All Programs under the Start menu Cannot Use the Software After Upgrading the Operating System 64 74 Uninstall the software for this machine before upgrading the operating system on your computer Once the upgrade has been complete reinstall the software Uninstalling the Software 5 Installing the MF Drivers and MF Toolbox Installing the MF Drivers on the WSD Network For Windows 65
637. ved Documents The statuses and communication logs for sent and received fax documents can be checked separately for sending and receiving You can check detailed document information including destinations and number of pages and you can delete unnecessary documents IMPORTANT When Display Job Log is set to Off you cannot check the communication logs Display Job Log NOTE The destinations in Manual Sending cannot be checked because they are not displayed 1 Press Status Monitor 2 Use A W to select TX Job or RX Job and press 53 Status Monitor Device Status Copy Print Jab Fax Forwarding Errors Hetwork Information 3 Check the statuses and communication logs for sent and received documents BTo check the statuses for sent and received documents 1 Select Job Status gt and press fj J 10 454 Sending c5 10 46AM Wai to seni Status Waiting to send Time 03 03 10 45AM Department ID Job Type ge Fax Cancel a lt TX Job Status gt lt RX Job Status gt Displays a list of the documents that are being sent and received or are waiting to be processed i lt Details gt Displays detailed information about the document selected from the list If you specified multiple destinations the number of specified destinations is displayed on the screen To check the details of specified multiple destinations select Number of Destinations and press If you find an unnecessary
638. ver for the machine Select ScanGear MF or WIA If you select ScanGear MF you can configure advanced scan settings 6 Configure the scan settings as necessary For more information about ScanGear MF scan settings see Configuring Scan Settings in Simple Mode or Configuring Scan Settings in Advanced Mode Click Scan Scanning starts When scanning is complete the scanned image is forwarded to an application LINKS 268 676 Configuring Scan Settings in ScanGear MF 269 676 0ALJ 065 Configuring Scan Settings in ScanGear MF ScanGear MF is a scanner driver included with the machine You can use ScanGear MF as follows Starting from MF Toolbox When scanning from MF Toolbox you can call ScanGear MF and configure advanced scan settings Select the Display the Scanner Driver check box and click Start in MF Toolbox to start ScanGear MF Scanning Using MF Toolbox Starting from an application You can use ScanGear MF to load the scanned image into Adobe Photoshop Microsoft Office Word or other image processing and word processing applications Select ScanGear MF from the scan commands Scanning Using an Application TIPS You can do the following by using ScanGear MF Previewing the image before scanning amp Specifying the scanning area Adjusting the detailed image quality 2 Configuring Scan Settings in Simple Mode 2 Configuring Scan Settings in Advanced Mode 270 676 OALJ
639. vy Make sure to follow the procedures below when moving the machine to avoid injury and also make sure to read the safety precautions before you begin Important Safety Instructions 1 Turn OFF the machine and computer When you turn OFF the machine data that is waiting to be printed is deleted Fax documents that were received by using the Memory Reception function faxes that are waiting to be sent and reports that are automatically printed after sending and receiving faxes are not deleted 2 Disconnect the cables and cord from the machine in numerical order as in the illustration below Whether the cables with are connected depends on your environment MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn p Power plug 3 Power cord amp USB cable LAN cable Telephone cable External telephone cable f Handset cable 3 When transporting the machine across a long distance remove the toner cartridges How to Replace Toner Cartridges 4 Pull out the paper drawer IMPORTANT Make sure to hold the paper drawer with both hands and pull it out gently Otherwise you may damage the paper drawer by dropping it if it slides out too easily 5 Close all the open covers and move the machine to a new location The machine is heavy Machine Specifications Make sure to move the machine with two or more people Hold the lift handles and lift up the machine If you are using the MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF85
640. want to specify the e mail sender name Register Unit Name E Mail LINKS Canceling Sending Documents E mail Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 2 Checking Log for Sent Documents E mail Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only 291 676 0ALJ 079 Saving Documents Directly to a Shared Folder MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn Only NOTE Available destinations for shared folders are limited to the destinations registered in the Address Book If no destinations are registered register destinations in the Address Book before scanning to shared folders Setting a Shared Folder as a Save Location Registering Address Book from Remote UI MF8580Cdw MF8550Cdn MF8540Cdn MF8280Cw Only 1 Place the document s Placing Documents 2 Press Ezy 3 Use A W to select Windows SMB gt and press 53 Computer Remote Scanner USE Memory E Mail 00 0 4 Select a destination from the Address Book and press s For instructions on how to use the Address Book see Specifying from Address Book H xr CANON starfish aH CANON swan D Specify the scanning settings as necessary Use A W to select the settings Specifying Detailed Settings If you select JPEG in File Format only one page can be scanned when the document is placed on the platen glass To scan multiple documents at a time place them in the feeder These documents will be scanned and saved
641. white image in black and white only with no intermediate White shades of gray Black and The document is scanned as a black and white image optimized for processing by OCR optical character White OCR recognition software The document is scanned as a grayscale image in black and white with intermediate shades of gray Grayscale similar to a black and white photograph Color The document is scanned as a color image Color The document is scanned as a color image The color unevenness and moire that occurs when scanning Magazine print material is reduced It takes more time to scan when using this setting than when using Color Upper Limit of Attached File This item is displayed when Mail is selected for the type of scan i Scanning Using MF Toolbox The quality of the scanned image is automatically adjusted so that the file size does not exceed the maximum limit that you specify here Image Quality Select the resolution of the scanned image that suits your intended use NOTE Available resolutions vary on whether the document is placed in the feeder or on the platen glass and whether the file format is PDF or JPEG A resolution of 75 dpi is a rough guide for displaying the scanned image on a computer and 300 dpi for printing or creating a searchable PDF If you double the output resolution the image file size increases by a factor of 4 If the file size is too large a memory shortage or
642. will be scanned and saved as separate files For PDF or TIFF files multiple documents can be scanned and saved into one set of files regardless of whether documents are placed on the platen glass or in the feeder 6 Press 4 Scanning starts If you want to cancel scanning press Cancel p Yes Bi iEWhen placing documents in the feeder in step 2 When scanning is complete the scanned data is saved in the USB memory device mg When placing documents on the platen glass in step 2 Ea When scanning is complete follow the procedures below except if you selected JPEG as a file format in step 5 1 If there are additional pages of documents to be scanned place the next document on the platen glass and press j Repeat this step until you finish scanning all of the pages When there is only one page to be scanned proceed to the next step 2 Press lt Store amp Finish gt The scanned data is saved in the USB memory device NOTE How the folders to save scanned data and files are named When scanning is complete a folder is automatically created in the USB memory device to save the scanned data Folders and files are named as follows Folder The SCAN 00 folder is created and up to 100 files are saved in the folder The folders SCAN 01 to SCAN 99 are Name then created when the current folder becomes full of 100 files File names from SCANO000 XXX to SCAN9999 XXX are given to the scanned data
643. wing 1 Telephone Line to A 2 External Tel Line te B 2 Connect the telephone line to the machine lt Notice for Connecting the Telephone Line This product includes the Telephone Line Cord and Adapter to connect the telephone line Depending on your country or region you may need to use the provided Adapter to connect the Telephone Line Cord to the wall telephone jack If you use the provided Adapter follow the instructions below to connect correctly If you use provided Adapter use the Telephone Line Cord with 6 contacts connector in the package with Adapter Do not connect the Telephone Line Cord with 2 contacts connector to Adapter There is the case that this product or connected telephone does not work correctly Adapter to use is different depending on your country or a region Select the proper type of Adapter which you usually use Connect the telephone cable to the telephone line jack on the machine ty and the telephone line jack on the wall If you are using a telephone or answering machine connect it to the external telephone jack If you are using an optional handset connect it to the handset jack 49 676 gt Handset Telephone line jack NOTE If you are connecting an external telephone with fax functions set up the telephone to receive faxes manually CJ Press Next after the telephone line has been connected 4 Use A W to select Yes and press
644. wing details of a key pair or certificate You can check the details of the certificate or verify the certificate by clicking the corresponding text link under Key Name or the certificate icon Verifying Key Pairs and Digital Certificates B Setting TTLS PEAP 1 Select the Use TTLS or Use PEAP check box eren Sennen le i a Ep aed Dadose Line LF meat be kere OE E gms change a Ery ari Corilicain im adfveriicadon Viewed a lurcian mili be avadabis sem E cascolad in Cera Serge Hne Capa enag Te dasqa Cea Lra Mara Famn Sainzu lee ILI mew bo nasal On gs Da Ege Ul Serirsk paga in Beurit Satin Fax Satire Sons UK Conca blarnory Vois Print Gamis bes IEEE Md 4 Ub IEEE POCO 1X COUR Meat eren ied EAMUS lnc pnr aeri Pett sample DlH d puppet fj um TL Depart ID M asagarent Mares cl Kay do Liner i m heisal Fega xm genet te Cone Manager TB m usc ar VILE bn Pyysspat tg Usa arm z bipil ap n Viana Salou eesi L a Wee lage hime aa wer Hare aei hemes n nad Taria Change Uses Hone A Daop CANON D 2007 AI reps Hasan NOTE Internal protocol for TTLS You can select MSCHAPv2 or PAP If you want to use PAP click the PAP radio button Name of Kay to Use Net set Key and Certificate if Use TTLS TTLS Intamal Protocol to Usa MSCHAP a PAP I Use PEAP 4 Use Login Nama as User Name 2 Click Change User N
645. wn here is displayed when paper is loaded in the manual feed slot Follow the on screen instructions to specify settings that match the size and type of the loaded paper Paper Size Multi Purpese Tray NOTE If the screen shown above is not displayed when paper is loaded If you always load the same paper in the manual feed slot you can skip the paper setting operations by registering the paper size and type as the default setting When the default setting is registered however the screen shown above is not displayed To display the screen select Off for Register Default Settings Registering Default Paper Settings for the Manual Feed Slot 1 Select the paper size Use A W to select the paper size and press 3 Paper Size Multi Purpose Tray m When loading custom size paper 1 Select Custom and press fj I50 C5 Government LTR Government LoL Brazil QFICIO Maxico QFICIO 2 Specify the length of the X shorter side Select X and press ff Input the length of the X side using A W or the numeric keys and press Apply Set Length for X ss E 77 215 9 F Specify Size 3 Specify the length of the Y longer side Select Y and press Input the length of the Y side and press Apply Specify Size Set Length for Y 4 Press lt Apply gt 86 676 Sode Plain 3 75 90 g m Recycled
646. x For Macintosh To print or send faxes from a Macintosh you need to register this machine in the Macintosh The registration method varies depending on the connection method Select a method according to your environment To use the scanning function via a network connection you need to register the scanner to the MF Toolbox For details see the Canon Scanner Driver Guide Connection method Registration method Auto IP Bonjour Bonjour Connection TCP IP connection TCP IP Connection USB connection USB Connection Bonjour Connection 1 Open System Preferences and click Printer amp Fax or Print amp Scan 2 Click the icon e e Print amp Fax Show Ali a No printers are available Click Add ta set up a printer B Default printer Last Printer Used JE UE Default paper size Ac Click the lock to prevent further changes aie 3 Click Default and then select a printer name for which Bonjour is displayed in the Kind or Connection column 34 74 Brew Mame No Select Location fin Selection Print Using More Printers idad 4 Select Select Printer Software from Print Using S Select a driver that is capable for this machine from the driver list and then click OK If you are using Mac OS X 10 5 x clicking OK is not required 6 Click Add 7 If the following screen appears specify the optiona
647. xes According to Your Purposes Checking Status and Log for Sent and Received Documents 156 676 0ALJ 03K Sending and Receiving Faxes According to Your Purposes In addition to the basic sending and receiving methods there are a variety of other methods to suit your purposes Ve Y D o 2 Making a Call before Sending Faxes Manual Sending Forwarding Received Faxes LINKS Sending Faxes Receiving Faxes Sending Faxes to Multiple Destinations Simultaneously Sequential Broadcast Receiving Fax Information Services Checking Status and Log for Sent and Received Documents 157 676 Storing Received Faxes into Memory Memory Reception 0ALJ 03L Making a Call before Sending Faxes Manual Sending You can send faxes manually at the end of a phone conversation When you hear a beep over the phone it means the recipient is trying to receive your faxes Press B amp W to send your faxes NOTE You need to connect your telephone or the optional handset to the machine beforehand 1 Place the document s Placing Documents The machine cannot automatically scan both sides of the documents in Manual Sending When the document is placed on the platen glass only one page can be sent Press Z5 Specify the scanning settings as necessary Various Fax Settings Dial the recipient s fax number Ask the recipient to set their fax machine to receive your faxes If you hear a bee
648. xplorer 7 0 or later Macintosh Mac OS 10 4 9 or later except for Classic environment Safari 3 2 1 or later 453 676 OALJ OAE Starting Remote UI To operate remotely you need to input the IP address of the machine into a Web browser and start the Remote UI Check the IP address set to the machine in advance Viewing Network Settings If you have any questions ask your Network Administrator 1 Start the Web browser 2 Enter http the IP address of the machine in the address field and press the ENTER key le http 192 168 0 215 Ele Edit View Favorites Tools Help If you want to use an IPv6 address enclose the IPv6 address with brackets example http fe80 2e9e fcff fe4e dbce NOTE If a security alert is displayed A security alert may be displayed when the Remote UI communication is encrypted Enabling SSL Encrypted Communication for the Remote UI When certificate settings or SSL settings have no errors continue browsing the Web site 3 Log on to the Remote UI m When the Department ID Management is disabled Select System Manager Mode or End User Mode Carmen Legii EB IHE Feii MIDC Teira Syries Mamages EU Qce Ure Harm Legis ge A a 2214 41 ee Hals suu System Manager Mode You can perform all the Remote UI operations and settings Enter the appropriate ID in System Manager ID and PIN in System Manager PIN Setting the Sys
649. y Redial Interval Redial When Error Oceurs On e Redial Times Specifies how many times the machine redials Use A W or the numeric keys to enter a number and press Apply i lt Redial Interval gt Specifies the interval between redials Use A W or the numeric keys to enter a number for the interval and press Apply C Redial When Error Occurs Specifies whether to redial when a transmission error occurs Use A W to select Off or On and press Apply TX Terminal ID Specify settings for adding the sender information including the fax number and the name of the machine to the fax header The recipient can check who sent the fax by looking at the added information Off Ont Print Position Inside Image Area Outside Image Areat Mark Number as FAX t TEL Fax Settings fg TX Function Settings ff TX Terminal ID f On p Specify the settings Apply 498 676 Nark Humber as FAX E Print Position Specifies the position to print the terminal ID information in the sent fax Select Inside Image Area to print the information inside the image area or Outside Image Area to print the information outside the image area M Mark Number as Adds the FAX or TEL mark in front of the fax number registered for the machine Registering the Fax Number and Unit Name Select TEL to indicate that the noti
650. y Memory Lock Time Specify a period of time during the day in which received documents are stored in memory If you do not set a period of time the machine stores every document into memory when Memory Reception is turned on Printing Documents in Memory To print received documents in memory set Memory Lock Settings to Off All the documents in memory are printed NOTE amp You cannot select a specific document for printing amp If a time for the feature to deactivate has been specified the documents are automatically printed at the specified time 160 676 System Management Settings f Communication Management Settings p Memory Lock Settings te E lt Off gt m gt ow Hemory Lock Settings Checking Deleting Documents in Memory You can check detailed information about the documents stored in memory including sender fax numbers and number of pages sent and then delete unnecessary documents 1 Press Status Monitor 2 Use A W to select RX Job and press 53 Status Monitor Device Status Copy Frint Job TX Job Fax Forwarding Errors Network Information 3 Select Job Status and press ff RE Job Status Loag 4 Select the document you want to check and press 3 RX Job Status eee Waiting to print BTo delete the checked document E4 1 Press lt Delete gt Status Waiting te print Time 03 03 10 45AM Department ID Sender 55TX
651. y Entering Text Enter amually Specify the security settings based on the information that you have written down If you do not need to specify the security settings select None and press fj BUsing WEP E4 1 Select lt WEP gt and press ff 2 Select an authentication method and press 73 02 11 Authentication Open System O Syst Sets open system authentication which is also called open authentication 3 Shared Key Uses the WEP key as a password NOTE When Open System is selected When connecting to a wireless LAN the machine experiences an authentication error if the shared key authentication is set on the wireless router If this happens the machine automatically changes the setting to Shared Key and retries the connection 3 Select Edit WEP Key gt and press 73 333 676 4 Select the WEP key 1 to 4 you want to edit and press 73 Up to four WEP keys can be registered D Enter the network key that you have written down Enter the network key using the numeric keys and press Apply Entering Text WEF Key 1 5 26 Characters A 6 Select Select WEP Key and press 53 Fi Select the WEP key you have edited and press fj BUsing WPA PSK or WPA2 PSK B 1 Select lt WPA WPA2 PSK gt and press 53 2 Select an encryption method and press fj MPA WPA2 Encryption Method E Auto Sets the machine to automatically sele
652. y M lt gt Increases the density Adjusting the background color m Density fj Background Adjust Manual 3 Adjust the background color Apply Apply Adjust All Colors al lt gt Makes the background color lighter lt gt Makes the background color darker Adj by Color 4 Adjust each color in the background m Adj by Color Select the color Q Adjust the density Apply Apply Apply 117 676 Adjust by Color LINKS Basic Copy Operations Adjusting Color Balance Adjusting Sharpness 118 676 0ALJ 02H Adjusting Color Balance Adjust the levels of yellow magenta cyan or black e lt gt Makes the selected color lighter i lt gt Makes the selected color darker Example If you want to make a copy with colors that more closely match the original If the color of the copy does not match the original Yellow 5 Cyan 7 Example If you want to make a copy with brighter colors than the original Without color balance adjustment Es Yellow 7 e cs 4 4 Magenta 6 Cyan 5 LINKS Basic Copy Operations Adjusting Density Adjusting Sharpness 119 676 Adjusting Sharpness decrease the sharpness to improve the appearance of magazine photos 0ALJ 02J e You can adjust sharpness of the copied image Increase the sharpness to sharpen blurred text and l
653. y be displayed on the documents that you printed Click Job Number on the paused documents and secure documents to display detailed information You can check the user name and the page count of the printed document Checking History of Documents The history of print copy sending faxes e mails TX or receiving faxes RX is displayed up to 128 jobs ry Log on to the Remote UI Starting Remote UI Status Monitor Cancel Job Log 459 676 Pun SERERE T5 E RI vy ut Poe Rakim Som Ties Hil m Frei Tirua s Tere F i Mua REHASH BPs a Aa P Pisia Tess Page hi OK CENI A 30 4034 ee 19d Paini H Unbded H Wn OR Dyg3323812109 2711204 PEN HAIA 7 304 Pl Fior ro take mcr te Checking Error Information When an error occurs this page will be displayed by clicking the message displayed under Error Information on Portal Page main page Portal Page main page ry Log on to the Remote UI Starting Remote UI Status Monitor Cancel Error Information Ji ep cD ERA nmm Hs que Wee pecs ooh H Checking Device Specifications The maximum print speed and the Secure Print memory capacity are displayed ry Log on to the Remote UI Starting Remote UI Status Monitor Cancel Device Features kan bee mie md Biia Poen Mim Caps Cera RACY IC DOT AUI Pig Maiama Checking System Manager Information Information about the machine and the syst
654. y be done when scanning from the machine Scan while specifying what computer documents will be saved to whether to scan documents in color or black and white whether to save documents as PDFs or JPEGs and other settings 2 Press Ezy 3 Use A W to select Computer and press 53 Windows 5MB 4 Select the destination computer and press 53 This screen is not displayed if only a computer is connected to the machine via USB atei iunet the destination D Select the scan type Scan type Color Resolution File format lt Color Scan gt Color 300 dpi PDF searchable High compression lt B amp W Scan gt Black and white 300 dpi TIFF lt Custom 1 gt Color 300 dpi JPEG Exif lt Custom 2 gt Color 300 dpi PDF searchable Standard compression 1 A PDF format where characters on the document are scanned as text data and the text can be searched using a computer 2 Documents are scanned in black and white only with no intermediate shades of gray NOTE To change settings 251 676 You can change settings from MF Toolbox Configuring Scan Settings in MF Toolbox 6 Press 53 Scanning starts To cancel press Cancel p Yes 3 IMPORTANT T You cannot scan while the MF Toolbox setup screen is displayed Close the screen DO A ERE before scanning al Coenen 5 aire andi open he age no i pecie apples elec Sune uu bel prim T Input Haned Tid Paper Sie Ad hed a
655. y removed 4 Push the toner cartridge tray back in 5 Close the front cover 26 676 NOTE Make sure that all four strips of sealing tape have been removed from the machine gt Continue to Loading Paper 21 676 0ALJ 00A Loading Paper This section describes how to load A4 size paper into the paper drawer Read the precautions in Maintenance and Inspections before loading paper IMPORTANT When loading paper other than A4 size paper The initial setting screen is displayed the first time you turn ON the machine Follow the on screen instructions to load the paper Note that only A4 size paper can be loaded in the machine at this time If you want to load a different size paper complete the initial settings first and then change the paper size and type 2 Loading Paper in the Paper Drawer Specifying Paper Size and Type 1 Pull out the paper drawer IMPORTANT Make sure to hold the paper drawer with both hands and pull it out gently Otherwise you may damage the paper drawer by dropping it if it slides out too easily 2 Slide the paper guides apart Press the lock release lever to slide the paper guides outward On the MF8280Cw MF8230Cn there is no lock release lever for the side paper guides 3 Load the paper so that the edge of the paper stack is aligned against the rear side of the paper drawer Fan the paper stack well and tap it on a flat surface to align the edges IMPORTANT
656. you agree to the terms in the license agreement CAPIO SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT The eT aim Thi s 6 legal sareemant Agreement baton vog and Ceen Inc Canen and mreerning pour use af Caron poftea progreso miingi tee eied TERME Cr amy primes rea berial herrani hae narrare Far cer bein Canon s caging machines NOTE The installation begins Click Exit when the following screen appears It may take a long time to install the e Manual Install Manuals Mnstalatson of e manuals is complete llUsing the User Software CD ROM 1 Insert the User Software CD ROM into the drive on the computer Select a language and click OK if you are prompted to do so If the CD ROM Setup screen does not appear remove the CD ROM from the drive and then insert it again or see Displaying the CD ROM Setup or Select language Screen 2 Click Custom Installation 649 676 Canon CD ROM Setup salk iha standard proorams required ta ese the diits Custom installation inztalie selected programmes etait Software Programs j Stata prsgearms ralaied io Be lunciinakby of ihe dece drecily fom ihe CD ROM s Manuals F Lis pir z manuas relied io ass of the deace 3 Select USB Connection and click Next Select the Type of Connection Select tna tipa of conem Chon Deere f eee ai VOLT cempurar LER Dansecian T bise a LIS Gable da carie ct the davies le your C
657. your networking device for help From a Computer 1 Access your wireless router from a computer and display the screen for entering a WPS PIN code For more information see the instruction manuals for your networking device all From the Operation Panel 2 Press 4 amp 3 Use A W to select Network Settings and press 0 s If the logon screen appears enter the correct ID and PIN using the numeric keys and then press 1p 2Logging on to the Machine 4 Select Wireless LAN Settings and press j s If the Do you want to enable the wireless LAN message is displayed select Yes and press i D Read the message that is displayed and press 53 6 Select lt WPS PIN Code Mode and press fj WPS Push Button Mode SSID Settings Power Save Made Wireless LAW Information Select Yes and press 5j A PIN code is generated Do yeu want te connect with Searching s new settings Enter the access point PIN code PIN Code 12345678 Cancel Press Stop su From a Computer 8 Register the generated PIN code to the wireless router Register the PIN code on the setup screen displayed in step 1 The PIN code must be registered within 10 minutes after pressing in step 7 NOTE If an error message is displayed during setup Press and return to step 6 llli From the Operation Panel 328 676 9 Check that the Wi Fi indicator is blinking on the operation pane
658. z Scum dip Bondy fe ora Pua qp Cane tr are ceri fee Aig tee Cook Ermer infrrreaticn ha cr 3 Click Network Settings Cloud Print Settings Oo W it eee femin foo h Fitau eE Ue Maat Tia T PAP Taia flee apia anni dg rei ja Tiras ar qe fection Scire Corman Seg ep megi Fn Sauce 3 Son Seine bigory Uwe Print Samia Deven Seog EE qc eg Cea goin biaa Eri 5o Mei Hoey DIE Vs it dae Pesin loos Od E z iene uz Repki Lari orp rga Harai hiing Chu Prin Pagar iing Einam Pars Sairi Chew Parr arraja Seien oaa ae LH ds Ire Tiras Lass ledin Seir omraca eanga Vies Leid Prin V opa tren cogis Chad Frini Rzgintra cn baira Fn Rare ig Figa dead obi Me Fab deco Urin Pub LES Son sp n iaa Scan Jon i fie Pegiater bation is enasslakin eiim the device Bipy Vocis Pria Samia errer Serr Culpa Report eeilinga Begesdi aba Maka d Huang e ec ta goin Lud pte ob E Cape ae z opea pappiin lie parece 1 Manag ocn E els Seda uacua Tu NOTE If Register is unavailable You need to enable Google Cloud Print Click Edit select the Use Cloud Printing check box click OK and then restart the machine To reregister the machine To reregister the machine if the owner of the machine has changed or for other reasons unregister the machine and register it again D Click the link of the URL displayed for URL for Re

Canon i-SENSYS MF8230Cn

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents